| Dokumendiregister | Riigikantselei |
| Viit | 26-01886-1 |
| Registreeritud | 25.09.2026 |
| Sünkroonitud | 01.10.2026 |
| Liik | |
| Funktsioon | |
| Sari | 02 Vabariigi Valitsuse istungite ja nõupidamiste ettevalmistamine ja korraldamine/2-5 Vabariigi Valitsuse otsuste alusdokumendid |
| Toimik | |
| Juurdepääsupiirang | Avalik |
| Adressaat | Rahandusministeerium |
| Saabumis/saatmisviis | Rahandusministeerium |
| Vastutaja | |
| Originaal | Ava uues aknas |
| Taotle dokumendi eemaldamist või parandamist |
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 24.6.2026
COM(2026) 308 final
2026/0168 (CNS)
Proposal for a
COUNCIL DIRECTIVE
on administrative cooperation in the field of taxation (recast)
{SEC(2026) 186 final} - {SWD(2026) 164 final} - {SWD(2026) 165 final} -
{SWD(2026) 166 final}
EN 1 EN
EXPLANATORY MEMORANDUM
1. CONTEXT OF THE PROPOSAL
• Reasons for and objectives of the proposal
The Political Guidelines of the European Commission1 have set the objective of making
business easier and faster in Europe by reducing administrative burdens and simplifying
implementation, while upholding high standards, with a view to strengthening European
competitiveness.
The Competitiveness Compass2 highlighted the need to simplify the regulatory environment
and reduce administrative burdens in order to strengthen competitiveness across all sectors.
Subsequently, in its Communication on implementation and simplification3, the Commission
reiterated the need for a bold approach to enhance EU competitiveness and introduced new
targets to reduce administrative burdens. Under the new approach, the burden-reduction
targets of at least 25% for all companies and at least 35% for small and medium-sized
enterprises (SMEs) will be applied to a baseline covering the full range of administrative
costs.
To achieve these objectives, the Commission committed to prioritise proposals that simplify,
consolidate and codify legislation in order to eliminate overlaps, information of low value and
inconsistencies while ensuring that the EU’s priorities continue to be met. A number of
omnibus packages and simplification initiatives in different policy areas have already been
adopted and several others are expected to come. As regards specifically the field of direct
taxation, the Commission Work Programme 20264 announced an Omnibus on taxation which
will simplify, streamline and clarify the EU direct tax acquis5 with a view to reducing
administrative burdens for businesses and ensuring a level playing field across Member
States. The proposal to recast the Directive on administrative cooperation in the field of direct
taxation (DAC)6 will complement the Commission’s simplification efforts in the field of
1 European Commission, Political Guidelines for the Next European Commission 2024–2029: Europe’s
Choice, July 2024, https://commission.europa.eu/priorities-2024-2029_en 2 European Commission, Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the
European Council, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of
the Regions: A Competitiveness Compass for the EU, COM(2025) 30 final, 29 January 2025,
https://commission.europa.eu/document/download/10017eb1-4722-4333-add2-e0ed18105a34_en 3 European Commission, Competitiveness Compass, COM(2025) 30 final. 4 European Commission, Communication from the Commission: Commission Work Programme 2026 –
Europe’s Independence Moment, 21 October 2025, https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-
policy/strategy-documents/commission-work-programme/commission-work-programme-2026_en 5 Council Directive 2003/49/EC of 3 June 2003 on a common system of taxation applicable to interest
and royalty payments made between associated companies of different Member States, OJ L 157;
Council Directive 2009/133/EC of 19 October 2009 on the common system of taxation applicable to
mergers, divisions, partial divisions, transfers of assets and exchanges of shares concerning companies
of different Member States and to the transfer of the registered office of an SE or SCE between Member
States, OJ L 310; Council Directive 2011/96/EU of 30 November 2011 on the common system of
taxation applicable in the case of parent companies and subsidiaries of different Member States (recast),
OJ L 345; Council Directive (EU) 2016/1164 of 12 July 2016 laying down rules against tax avoidance
practices that directly affect the functioning of the internal market, OJ L 193; Council Directive (EU)
2017/1852 of 10 October 2017 on tax dispute resolution mechanisms in the European Union, OJ L 265;
Council Directive (EU) 2025/50 of 10 December 2024 on faster and safer relief of excess withholding
taxes, OJ L 50. 6 Council Directive 2011/16/EU of 15 February 2011 on administrative cooperation in the field of
taxation and repealing Directive 77/799/EEC, OJ L 64.
EN 2 EN
direct taxation by clarifying, simplifying and improving the functioning of the EU framework
for administrative cooperation in direct taxation, without lowering the existing level of
protection against tax fraud, evasion and avoidance.
The DAC is the main piece of EU legislation governing administrative cooperation in direct
taxation. It provides harmonised tools (notably automatic exchange of information - AEOI)
that enable Member States’ tax authorities to cooperate efficiently in combating tax fraud,
evasion and avoidance. The scope of AEOI under the DAC has been expanded several times
over recent years, to respond to emerging challenges and evolving economic realities. While
the initial framework covered AEOI on five categories of income and capital (DAC1), the
framework was subsequently expanded to provide for third-party reporting on financial
accounts (DAC2), cross-border tax rulings (DAC3), country-by country reporting (CbCR) on
the activities of multinational enterprise (MNE) groups (DAC4), reportable cross-border
arrangements (DAC6), income earned through digital platforms (DAC7), crypto-asset
transactions (DAC8) and information related to the global minimum tax for MNE groups
(DAC9). In addition, DAC5 provides access for tax authorities to beneficial ownership
information collected pursuant to the Anti-Money Laundering (AML) legislation.
While a recent evaluation of the DAC7 concluded that it provides a robust legal framework
and has enabled the exchange of substantial volumes of information, it also identified a
number of areas where improvements could be made. In particular, the evaluation concluded
that frequent amendments to the DAC since 2011 and the absence of a codified legal text have
made the framework more complex and less user-friendly. The evaluation also highlighted the
need to simplify reporting obligations under DAC6, to eliminate inefficient reporting
practices and reduce administrative burdens for stakeholders. In addition, the evaluation
found that, despite progress made, challenges remain with respect to the identification of
taxpayers and the automatic matching of information to national tax databases, which
increases the burden on tax administrations to manually cross check the information received.
The outcome of the extensive consultation activities carried out to support the preparation of
this initiative confirmed and reinforced the need to simplify and clarify DAC6, by removing
reporting requirements with limited added value for tax administrations and considering the
relevance of DAC6 in light of Pillar 2 implementation. Stakeholders also identified further
areas for simplification, notably overlapping notification obligations for the purposes of
DAC4 and DAC9, and the thresholds for reporting for the sale of goods under DAC7.
Stakeholders have consistently signalled that such obligations lead to disproportionately high
volumes of notifications and reporting that are either redundant or do not identify a risk of tax
fraud, evasion or avoidance.
Finally, the European Court of Auditors (ECA) addressed DAC into two Special Reports. The
first report, adopted in 2021, identified limitations in the current DAC1 legislative framework
which affect the completeness of the automatic exchange of information between Member
States. This creates level playing field issues and constrains the ability of tax administrations
to maximise the benefits of the DAC. A second report, adopted in 2024, focussed on DAC6
and found that the Directive is complex and inconsistently applied across Member States.
7 Enhancing tax compliance in the European Union - Taxation and Customs Union.
EN 3 EN
This proposal responds to the call for simplification of the DAC legal framework and reflects
the need to ensure that the framework remains proportionate and effective. Member States
support simplification in the field of taxation as demonstarated by the adoption, on 11 March
20258, of Council Conclusions setting a tax decluttering and simplification agenda to enhance
EU competitiveness.
• Consistency with existing policy provisions in the policy area
This proposal codifies the DAC, and its eight amendments, into one single legal act, thereby
increasing coherence, strengthening legal certainty and improving interpretation and usability
for all stakeholders across the Union. In addition, it includes several amendments which are
aimed at simplifying and improving the functioning of the DAC cooperation framework.
The DAC recast proposal is fully consistent with and must be seen in conjunction with the
Omnibus on direct taxation, which simplifies the other pieces of legislation comprising the
EU framework in the field of direct taxation. Taken together, the two proposals put in place a
set of coordinated and comprehensive actions and ensure that both substantive tax rules and
rules on administrative cooperation are simplified, proportionate and therefore fit for purpose.
The proposal is also fully consistent with and reflect the impact on DAC of the adoption of
the Pillar 2 Directive, which ensures that MNE groups in scope pay a minimum effective tax
rate of 15% on profits in each jurisdiction that they operate. While DAC6 and the Pillar 2
Directive address distinct aspects of tax risk, the introduction of the global minimum taxation
framework, by reducing tax rate differentials across jurisdictions, fundamentally alters for in-
scope MNE groups the underlying incentives for the potentially aggressive arrangements
targeted by DAC6.
Finally, the proposal is consistent with Council Directive (EU) 2025/50 (FASTER Directive)
which simplifies procedures for claiming relief of excess withholding taxes while, at the same
time, providing for reporting obligations to increase transparency.
• Consistency with other Union policies
The proposal interacts with the General Data Protection Regulation9 (GDPR) in several
instances where personal data becomes relevant. At the same time, the proposal includes
specific provisions and safeguards on data protection and provides for procedures in the event
of data breach. The relevant IT and procedural measures ensure that personal data is protected
in line with the GDPR. The exchange of data will pass through a secured electronic system
that encrypts and decrypts the data and, in every tax administration, only authorised national
officials should have access to this information. As joint data controllers, Member States will
have to ensure the data storage according to the security measures and time limits required by
the GDPR.
The proposal ensures that the DAC continues to be in line with the EU Anti-Money
Laundering (AML) framework. Council Directive (EU) 2016/2258 of 6 December 2016
amending Directive 2011/16/EU as regards access to anti-money-laundering information by
tax authorities10 (DAC5) granted and required tax authorities the access to the registers and
8 Council Conclusions on a tax decluttering and simplification agenda which contributes to the EU's
competitiveness, 11 March 2025, pdf. 9 Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2018 on the
protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data by the Union institutions,
bodies, offices and agencies and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Regulation (EC) No
45/2001 and Decision No 1247/2002/EC (OJ L 295, 21.11.2018, p. 39–98). 10 http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2016/2258/oj.
EN 4 EN
due diligence documentation pursuant to the EU AML framework that was in place at that
time. In 2024, the new and overhauled Directive (EU) 2024/1640 of the European Parliament
and of the Council of 31 May 2024 on the mechanisms to be put in place by Member States
for the prevention of the use of the financial system for the purposes of money laundering or
terrorist financing11 was adopted. To ensure continued alignment with the new EU AML
framework, this proposal includes references to the updated registers as well as the newly
developed and expanded provisions on customer due diligence and record keeping12.
The proposal is also in line with the provisions on the European Unique Identifier (EUID)
pursuant to Article 16 of the Codified Company Law Directive13 which stipulates that the
EUID is the means to uniquely identify companies cross-border. An EUID is also attributed to
all entities (including trusts and other arrangements) registered in the Beneficial Ownership
Registers Interconnection Systems (BRIS), to which tax authorities will have access pursuant
to this proposal. The optional use of the EUID as a verified means of identification also for
taxation purposes, enables tax authorities to verify, in a reliable way, the identity of the
taxpayers concerned.
The DAC, once recast, will continue to be coherent with the EU Accounting Directive14.
While both DAC4 and the EU Accounting Directive provide for Country-by-Country
reporting, the two instruments are not to be seen as duplicate reporting as the content and the
purpose of each reporting requirements not identical. The reporting included in this proposal
is intended to provide a high-level overview of the MNE group to facilitate risk management
for taxation purposes, while the reporting included in the EU Accounting Directive intends to
promote the transparency of the MNE group toward the public. The inclusion of the enhanced
reporting of Country-by-Country data for statistical purposes in this proposal should however
facilitate the evaluation of the functioning of both Country-by Country reporting and Public
Country-by-Country reporting in the future.
This proposal is coherent with the recent proposal for a regulation on the 28th Regime
Corporate Legal Framework – EU Inc.15, which includes the “once-only” principle for the
submission of information. According to this principle, the information submitted by a
company to the business register (including the EUID), must be shared with other relevant
authorities, including those responsible for issuing the taxpayer identification number (TIN)
and the VAT identification number, without founders and companies having to resubmit the
information to those authorities. In addition, the EU Inc. should obtain the TIN and the VAT
identification number through this digital exchange without needing to submit a separate
11 Directive (EU) 2024/1640 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31 May 2024 on the
mechanisms to be put in place by Member States for the prevention of the use of the financial system
for the purposes of money laundering or terrorist financing, amending Directive(EU) 2019/1937, and
amending and repealing Directive (EU) 2015/849; OJ L, 2024/1640, 19.6.2024, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2024/1640/oj. 12 Regulation (EU) 2024/1624 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31 May 2024 on the
prevention of the use of the financial system for the purposes of money laundering or terrorist
financing; http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1624/oj. 13 Directive (EU) 2017/1132 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 June 2017 relating to
certain aspects of company law (codification); http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2017/1132/oj. 14 Directive (EU) 2021/2101 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2021
amending Directive 2013/34/EU as regards disclosure of income tax information by certain
undertakings and branches; OJ L 429, 1.12.2021, pp. 1–14, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2021/2101/oj. 15 Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the 28th regime corporate
legal framework - 'EU INC.'; EUR-Lex - 52026PC0321 - EN - EUR-Lex.
EN 5 EN
application. The “once-only” principle is followed in the current proposal in relation to the
proposed changes to the concept of “availability” of information under DAC1.
Finally, the DAC coexists with, and is fully consistent with, Regulation (EU) 2022/2065 of
the European Parliament and of the Council (DSA), which harmonises the rules governing the
liability and accountability of providers of intermediary services, including online platforms,
and establishes due diligence obligations applicable throughout the Union. The DSA provides
for conditional exemptions from liability for intermediary service providers and prohibits the
imposition of general monitoring obligations. At the same time, it requires online platforms
allowing traders to conclude distant contracts with consumers to ensure the traceability of
traders using their services to offer products or services. The DAC is without prejudice to, and
complements, the obligations established under Regulation (EU) 2022/2065.
2. LEGAL BASIS, SUBSIDIARITY AND PROPORTIONALITY
• Legal basis
The legal basis of DAC relies on Articles 113 and 115 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the
European Union (TFEU). Article 113 of the TFEU provides a legal basis for the
harmonisation of indirect tax systems of Member States, as far as is needed to ensure the
functioning of the Internal Market and to avoid distortion of competition. Article 115 of the
TFEU provides for the approximation of such laws, regulations or administrative provisions
of the Member States, which directly affect the establishment or functioning of the Internal
Market and make the approximation of laws necessary. The key objective of the DAC is to
ensure that there is a robust legal instrument based on uniform conditions and harmonised
practices to facilitate administrative cooperation and exchange of information in the field of
direct taxation. This is necessary to ensure the proper functioning of the Internal Market and
reduce the negative effects of tax fraud, evasion and avoidance in the EU. As the proposed
initiative codifies and amends the DAC, the legal basis remains the same.
• Subsidiarity (for non-exclusive competence)
The proposal fully observes the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5(3) of the Treaty
on European Union (TEU). The political objectives of simplification necessitate proposals to
codify, simplify and clarify the existing framework to eliminate any overlaps, cut unnecessary
and low-value reporting and ensure consistent implementation, while not undermining the
policy objectives of the legislation. Given the need to act and the nature and extent of the
problem, an EU approach is the only option to ensure that there is a comprehensive and
uniform solution that conforms with EU law, does not distort competition and maintains the
level playing field. Individual actions taken by Member States could not achieve these
objectives. At the same time, the current inefficiencies in the effective functioning of the
DAC acquis are linked to several existing reporting and exchange obligations contained in the
DAC, which can only be comprehensively and uniformly addressed by an EU legislative
initiative.
• Proportionality
The proposal codifies, simplifies and improves existing provisions of the DAC. The changes
are very targeted and do not go beyond what is necessary to achieve the desired objective. In
particular, the changes fully preserve the current safeguards offered by the DAC and do not
lower the existing level of protection against tax fraud, evasion and avoidance.
EN 6 EN
The added value of EU action is that it ensures that there is a coherent, uniform and complete
solution at EU level, which achieves the targeted reductions in reporting burdens and
associated administrative costs for EU businesses.
At the same time, EU action will comprehensively address the current identified inefficiencies
in the functioning of the DAC with targeted improvements to the existing acquis ensuring that
tax administrations, reporting entities and taxpayers benefit from a more efficient and
effective functioning of the DAC.
• Choice of the instrument
The proposal is for a Directive, which is the only instrument available under the legal basis of
Article 115 TFEU. Furthermore, this Directive represents the recast of the existing DAC, as
subsequently amended.
3. RESULTS OF EX-POST EVALUATIONS, STAKEHOLDER
CONSULTATIONS AND IMPACT ASSESSMENTS
• Ex-post evaluations/fitness checks of existing legislation
This proposal and the accompanying staff working document have been informed by the
results of the DAC evaluation, which was published on 19 November 202516. The evaluation
covers the period from 2018 to 2023 and all amendments up to and including DAC6. The
evaluation report is supported by an accompanying staff working document, which is based
inter alia on the findings of an externally contracted study.
The evaluation concluded that the DAC provides a robust legal framework which has
facilitated the exchange of substantial volumes of information that is increasingly being
matched and used by tax authorities (both for risk assessment and for control purposes) and
has fostered voluntary taxpayer compliance. The DAC works effectively and efficiently, and
the costs associated with it are commensurate with the benefits generated. The DAC is
broadly coherent, it has added value compared with national and international alternatives,
and it remains very relevant to achieving its objectives.
At the same time, the evaluation identified several areas where further work should be done in
the short term to further enhance the DAC’s functioning, while reducing the administrative
burden on business. The evaluation pointed, in particular, to the need to: (i) introduce well-
designed simplification, without undermining the DAC’s objectives; (ii) ensure the consistent
application of the DAC across the EU; (iii) facilitate the automatic reconciliation of DAC data
with national data; and (iv) design a system that would enable a robust and automatic
identification of taxpayers.
In the long term, the evaluation emphasised the need to explore how to rationalise IT systems
and better exploit the digital transformation to improve risk analysis while also ensuring cost-
savings for Member States and reducing the administrative burden on business.
• Stakeholder consultations
The stakeholder consultation strategy for this initiative consisted of targeted consultations of
Member States and business stakeholders as well as a call for evidence and a public
16 1_EN_ACT_part1_v3.docx.
EN 7 EN
consultation. All contributions received were considered in the impact assessment report
accompanying this proposal. It includes a synopsis report of the stakeholder consultation in
Annex 2.
The targeted consultations of business stakeholders took the form of interviews and meetings
with different private stakeholders, including businesses of different sizes operating in
different sectors, business associations, associations of tax consultants and academia. From
these consultations emerged a strong call for simplifying the DAC legal framework, notably
in relation to notification requirements for the purposes of DAC4 and DAC9, DAC6 and
DAC7.
As regards Member States, the Commission services organised Working Party IV meetings
which focused on potential topics for simplification/improvement and possible solutions
related to DAC1, DAC4/DAC9, DAC6 and DAC7. Member States were also kept regularly
informed at meetings of the Council High Level Working Party (HLWP).
In addition, on 16 December 2025, the Commission launched a call for evidence and, in
parallel, a public consultation to collect stakeholders’ views on the main policy options for
simplification and their possible impact, including potential cost savings associated with the
simplification of reporting requirements. The consultation remained open until 10 February
and received a total of 60 written responses. Respondents were mainly individual business,
business associations and tax advisors.
Overall, a strong consensus emerged from the business sector on the need for codifying the
DAC by bringing together DAC1 and all its eight amendments (DAC2 to DAC9) into a single
legal act which would replace the current fragmented legal framework. There was also broad
agreement that the existing framework needs to be simplified as it creates disproportionate
administrative and compliance burdens for reporting entities in some areas.
Business stakeholders strongly supported a single notification (for DAC4 and DAC9
purposes), based on a common template and a harmonised timeline, to avoid duplications and
address the current fragmentation between the Member States. They also advocated in favour
of “central filing”, i.e. enabling one entity of the group which is located in the EU to file the
notification on behalf of the entire group, thereby avoiding multiple notifications.
DAC6 generated substantial interest and feedback from business stakeholders, with many of
them seeking clear and harmonised EU-level guidance to ensure the consistent interpretation
and application of DAC6 across Member States, particularly in relation to very complex
concepts like the Main-Benefit Test (MBT). In addition, business respondents consistently
argued that the scope of DAC6 reporting should be more narrowly targeted to arrangements
presenting genuine tax risks. In the light of this, several business stakeholders argued in
favour of carving out from DAC6 reporting all companies that are within the scope of the
Pillar 2 Directive. Moreover, business stakeholders were aligned on the need to remove the
category A hallmarks (generic hallmarks).
As regards DAC7, comments focussed on the current threshold for the online sale of goods
which was considered disproportionately low and insufficiently targeted to cases with a
material likelihood of tax liability. Stakeholders suggested removing the activity threshold (30
transactions) and keeping only the monetary threshold but increasing it to EUR 5,000, or at
least EUR 3,000.
Finally, several stakeholders (associations, business and online platforms) requested the
development of a centralised verification tool for TIN.
EN 8 EN
• Impact assessment
The impact assessment for this proposal was examined by the Regulatory Scrutiny Board
(RSB) on 29 April 2026. A positive opinion with reservations was delivered on 4 May 202617
and all comments were duly addressed in the final version of the impact assessment. In this
regard, the impact assessment report has been enhanced across several areas. Firstly, the
report further clarifies the information that is required to be collected under measure 5 and
that this information shall be collected by public authorities at the national level. This is
complemented with additional information on the proposed legal basis and technical
safeguards that shall be applied in accordance with the GDPR. Chapter 6 of the report has
been improved with additional information and explanations on the expected administrative
costs for tax administrations. As regards, measure 4, the report contains further information
on the data protection and cybersecurity safeguards that will apply, to support the assessment
that the measure is compatible with the Charter of Fundamental Rights. Additional
explanations have been included in the report, which further justify the preferred policy
options of PO1b and PO2b. Finally, Chapter’s 7 and 9 of the report have been supplemented
with additional information, which firstly demonstrates the coherence of the measures with
measures outside of the tax area and secondly includes additional monitoring targets related to
decreases in reporting volumes, increases in tax revenues and reductions in compliance costs
for EU businesses.
The impact assessment considered a baseline scenario (no policy change) and the following
targeted legislative measures, including different policy options to address the identified
shortcomings in the DAC framework:
• Measure 1 – Ensuring that DAC6 reporting obligations (cross-border arrangements) remain
proportionate and effective while promoting a more harmonised application of the Main
Benefit Test (MBT).
• Measure 2 – Amending the reporting threshold for activities involving the sale of goods
under DAC7 (income earned through digital platforms). ·
• Measure 3 – Streamlining notification obligations for multinational enterprise groups for
the purposes DAC4 (country-by-country reporting) and DAC9 (central filing of the top-up
tax return).
• Measure 4 – Improving the accuracy of reported TINs. ·
• Measure 5 – Improving the completeness of information exchanged under DAC1 (certain
categories of income and capital).
The preferred option is a combined package of targeted legislative measures accompanied by
guidance for certain provisions. It includes the following options under each measure:
• Excluding all companies within the scope of Pillar 2 Directive from reporting under
DAC6; refining DAC6 reporting by removing hallmarks with limited added value
(category A); issuing guidance on the application of the MBT to the remaining hallmarks
subject to the test (measure 1).
• Adjusting DAC7 thresholds for the reporting of online sale of goods by removing the
activity threshold and increasing the monetary threshold to EUR 3,000 (measure 2).
17 https://commission.europa.eu/system/files/2020-04/rsb_op_dac_en.pdf.
EN 9 EN
• Introducing a single notification obligation covering both DAC4 and DAC9, including a
harmonised filing deadline, a common notification template and central filing (measure 3).
• Introducing a centralised TIN verification system, accessible to both Member States tax
administrations and reporting entities (measure 4).
• Removing from DAC1 the life insurance products category and requiring Member States
to automatically exchange information available to relevant state level public authorities on
all remaining six categories of income and capital (measure 5).
The preferred policy package delivers significant simplification benefits through a set of
targeted measures, reducing compliance costs and administrative burdens for both businesses
and tax administrations. It removes low-value reporting under DAC6 and DAC7, where
current obligations generate substantial costs for business, with DAC6 compliance costs
estimated at up to around EUR 340 million annually and DAC7 costs at around EUR 452
million per year. It also streamlines duplicative notification obligations under DAC4 and
DAC9, reducing compliance costs that could otherwise reach up to EUR 270 million
annually. In parallel, measures to improve TIN verification, enhance data quality and increase
automatic matching rates, enabling more efficient and automated use of exchanged
information, have been identified. SMEs and micro-enterprises are expected to benefit in
particular from the simplification of reporting requirements under DAC6 and DAC7, where
compliance costs are proportionally higher than for large enterprises, while measures related
to DAC4 and the DAC9 mainly affect larger multinational groups.
Limited adjustment costs are expected for businesses and administrations, mainly related to
adapting reporting systems and procedures. The centralised TIN verification system will
entail adjustment costs at EU level (approximately EUR 1.0 to 1.8 million for on-off costs and
EUR 1.8 to 2.4 million per year for recurrent costs) and national level (approximately EUR 15
to 25 million for on-off costs and EUR 4.5 to 12 million per year for recurrent costs). Given
the voluntary nature of the measure for the reporting entities, while upfront costs are
expected, the measure is expected to deliver net administrative savings over time through
improved data quality, and use of information and reduced correction and validation efforts,
although the precise magnitude of these effects cannot be quantified at this stage. While the
introduction of a TIN validation tool entails upfront and operational costs for all stakeholders,
it will also generate significant overall savings by reducing the need for resource-intensive ex
post correction procedures, that can be quantified to up to approximately EUR 70 million per
year.
Overall, the preferred policy package improves the efficiency, effectiveness and
proportionality of the DAC framework, while supporting a more favourable business
environment and enhancing EU competitiveness through the reduction of administrative
burdens and related costs.
• Regulatory fitness and simplification
The Proposal contributes to the simplification objectives of the Union and supports the REFIT
programme by reducing unnecessary administrative burdens while improving the
effectiveness of the administrative cooperation framework. The Proposal directly simplifies
existing reporting obligations and removes duplicative notifications. In particular, the deletion
of certain DAC6 hallmarks and the exclusion of MNE groups subject to the Pillar 2 Directive
remove reporting requirements that generate limited operational value for tax administrations.
Similarly, the simplification of DAC7 reporting thresholds reduces the volume of reports
associated with low-value transactions, while the introduction of centralised notifications for
EN 10 EN
the purposes of DAC4 and the DAC9 eliminates the current duplicative notification
obligations for MNE groups. Simultaneously the introduction of a new verification system for
TINs combined with improvements in the completeness of the DAC1 framework improve the
efficiency of the DAC. Together, these measures simplify compliance procedures for EU
businesses and SME’s and improve the quality, completeness and use of exchanged
information by tax administrations.
• Fundamental rights
This proposed directive respects fundamental rights and observes the principles recognised in
particular by the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union. The set of data
elements to be transmitted to tax administrations are defined in a way to capture only the
minimum data necessary to detect non-compliant underreporting or non-reporting, in line with
the GDPR obligations, in particular the data minimisation principle.
To ensure full alignment with the Charter of Fundamental Rights and to respect the right to
defence enshrined therein, the proposal is aligned with the developments in the jurisprudence
of the Court of Justice Taking into account the judgment of 8 December 2022 in Case C-
694/20, Orde van Vlaamse Balies and Others Others18 and in the judgement of 29 July 2024
in case C-623/22, Belgian Association of Tax Lawyers and Others19, the term legal
professional privilege should be understood to apply only to lawyers and other professionals
who, like lawyers, are legally authorised to ensure legal representation.
4. BUDGETARY IMPLICATIONS
The estimated impact on expenditure and staffing for 2028 and beyond is added for
illustrative purposes and does not pre-judge the next Multiannual Financial Framework. The
source of financing and scope of Union financial commitment in the post-2027 period remain
subject to the outcome of interinstitutional negotiations on the MFF 2028-2034 and thereafter
shall be determined through the annual budgetary procedure. All appropriations and staffing
allocations as of 2028 are indicative.
The cost for implementing this proposal is estimated to 14.3 million EUR for the period 2028-
2034. For further details, see the legislative financial and digital statement.
5. OTHER ELEMENTS
• Implementation plans and monitoring, evaluation and reporting arrangements
Article 53 of the proposal stipulates that the Commission shall submit a report on the
application of the Directive to the European Parliament and the Council every five years.
To that end, Member States should communicate to the Commission any relevant information
necessary for the evaluation of the effectiveness of administrative cooperation in accordance
with the Directive. Each Member State shall also monitor and assess, in relation to itself, the
effectiveness of administrative cooperation, including in combating tax evasion and
avoidance, and should communicate the results of its assessment, including instruments
measuring the outcome of administrative cooperation to the Commission once a year. The
18 Orde van Vlaamse Balies and Others. 19 Belgian Association of Tax Lawyers and Others.
EN 11 EN
conditions and form for this yearly assessment shall be adopted by the Commission by means
of implementing acts.
• Detailed explanation of the specific provisions of the proposal
The majority of provisions of the proposal remain unchanged in substance, as compared to the
provisions currently in force. As a consequence of the recast exercise, as compared to the
provisions in force, the Articles have been rearranged and renumbered in the proposal in order
to provide clarity to the user and to highlight the importance of automatic exchange of
information. Furthermore, all provisions on one-off exchanges and the references to
implementation in each Article regulating the exchange of information have been removed
and the latter has been replaced by a general provision to empower the Commission to adopt
implementing acts to facilitate technical implementation (Article 44 of the proposal). All
already adopted implementing acts remain in force and the technical arrangements for
exchanges already in place are not modified. The main changes are described below.
(a) Reporting on potentially aggressive cross-border arrangements
To ensure the proportionality of the reporting framework, while promoting a more consistent
application of the Directive across Member States, several amendments have been introduced.
First, in Article 3 of the proposal, a carve-out from the reporting requirements has been
included for entities subject to the Pillar 2 Directive since (a) the 15% minimum taxation is
expected to neutralise aggressive tax planning and (b) MNEs group in scope of the Pillar 2
Directive already face close scrutiny from dedicated audit teams within tax authorities. The
carve-out is narrow and targeted and applies only when there are no benefits given to any
member of the MNE group that the entity belongs to, that would allow to lower taxation
below 15%. Secondly, in line with the judgment20 of the Court of Justice of the European
Union (CJEU), the definition of reportable cross border arrangements has been streamlined
and now only includes arrangements that are implementable. The definition of relevant
taxpayer has also been streamlined to include only the taxpayer who is starting to implement
the reportable cross-border arrangement. Finally, following the changes made to the Annex
IV, the definitions of “marketable arrangement” and “bespoke arrangement” have been
deleted.
In Article 8 of the proposal, the reporting period has been amended in two ways. First, the
calculation of the reporting period now starts when the first step in the implementation has
been made. This is to be understood as concrete measures that are taken in the implementation
of the arrangement, an initial verifiable act, which is the materialisation of the intent to
implement the arrangement, that makes the arrangement’s execution irreversible or legally
binding, such as signing of contracts that enable implementation. The second amendment
concerns the extension of the deadline for reporting by intermediaries from 30 to 90 days in
order to ensure better quality and completeness of information.
In line with recent CJEU judgments, the notion of legal professional privilege in Article 8 has
also been updated. The term legal professional privilege should be understood to apply only
to lawyers and other professionals who, like lawyers, are legally authorised to ensure legal
representation. Therefore, Member States should provide the waiver from filing information
on a reportable cross-border arrangement where the reporting obligation would breach the
legal professional privilege only in respect of professionals who, like lawyers, are authorised
20 Belgian Association of Tax Lawyers and Others.
EN 12 EN
under national law to ensure legal representation. Furthermore, lawyers pursuing their
professional activities under one of the professional titles referred to in Article 1(2)(a) of
Directive 98/5, acting as intermediaries, where they are exempt from the reporting obligation
on account of the legal professional privilege by which they are bound, are also not obliged to
notify any other intermediary that is not their client of that intermediary’s reporting
obligations. However, any intermediaries that are exempt from the reporting obligation
because of the legal professional privilege by which they are bound should remain required to
notify without delay their client of that client’s reporting obligations. In contrast, other
professionals who may also be authorised to ensure legal representation, but do not pursue
their professional activities under one of the professional titles referred to in Article 1(2)(a) of
Directive 98/5, are not granted the legal professional privilege and the existence of the
consultation link between the notifying intermediary and his or her client should be brought to
the attention of the notified intermediary (if any) and, ultimately, the authorities of the
Member State.
The proposal also makes it clear in Article 8 that systematic reporting of the information that
a third country jurisdiction is involved in the reportable arrangement remains necessary.
In Annex IV, in line with the objective to reduce burden by removing reporting obligations
which have low value for tax administrations, Hallmark category A have been deleted. In
addition, in Hallmark C1, the reference to the OECD work on non-cooperative jurisdictions
has been replaced with a reference to the work of the Code of Conduct Group whereby
Member States jointly assess third country jurisdictions against set criteria to deem them
cooperative for tax purposes or not.
In order to ensure legal clarity and consistent application, the substance critera in Hallmark
D2 should be further developed in a Council implementing act, which has been included in
the proposal.
(b) Reporting on sales on digital platforms
In line with the goal of streamlining reporting obligations and reducing administrative burden,
thresholds for sales of goods on digital platforms have been adjusted. In Anex V, Section I,
point B.4, the activity threshold for sales of goods has been removed and the monetary
threshold has been raised from 2.000 to 3.000 EUR.
(c) Streamlining notification obligations for Country-by-Country reporting and
central filing of the top-up tax information return
Currently, every entity that is part of an MNE that is subject to Country-by-Country reporting
(DAC4) and reporting under DAC9 is obliged to notify their tax authority, under both sets of
rules, which group they are a part of and who and by when is filing the report on their behalf.
Furthermore, both sets of notifications work under different timelines. While the deadline for
Country-by-Country reporting is set for the last day of the fiscal year of the MNE group, there
is no such deadline laid down for the purposes of DAC9. Member States have, therefore,
implemented various different notification obligations. Article 16 of the proposal streamlines
these obligations and gives the MNE group the option to file one notification per group, both
for Country-by-Country reporting purposes and for the purposes of central filing of the top-up
tax information return. The notification timeline is based on the timeline of Country-by-
Country reporting and is envisaged to take place on the last day of the fiscal year of the MNE
group. Furthermore, the notification should be done on a single common template to be
adopted by the Commission by way of an implementing act. The notification that is filed with
EN 13 EN
one tax authority is subsequently exchanged with all relevant tax authorities within 3 months
of filing deadline.
(d) Improving the accuracy of the Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)
Article 36 of the proposal envisaged a new tool to be developed by the Commission that
would allow for a digital and automated verification of the correctness of TIN. The tool will
confirm whether a reported TIN corresponds to the reported taxpayer on the basis of the
identifying information provided or indicate that no match could be established. The technical
parameters of this tool will be adopted via a Commission implementing act. The use of the
tool will be compulsory for tax administrations and optional for reporting entities. It will
allow the reporting entities that decides to use the tool to verify the TIN number of taxpayers
before they report the information to the relevant tax authority. When the TIN number is
verified using the verification tool, the collection and reporting of additional identifying
information will no longer be necessary and reporting entities would only need to report the
name and the TIN of the taxpayer. This will reduce compliance burdens while maintaining a
high level of data quality. Government verification services of Member States or equivalent
EU services or assignment of EUID in accordance with Directive 2017/1132 allow for unique
and verified identification of the taxpayer. They can therefore be used instead of the TIN by
the reporting entities. When this is the case, reporting entities only need to report the name
and the verified identifier, such as EUID, of the concerned taxpayer.
(e) Improving the completeness of information exchanged
Articles 3 and 4 of the proposal includes several changes which are aimed to ensure
information completeness. First, the definition of “available information” in Article 3 has
been updated to include not only the information available in the registers of tax authorities,
but also information that is available in all registers and databases of Member States
authorities at the national government level.
In parallel, and in line with the “once-only” principle, to facilitate the fulfilment of the
obligations under Article 4, the proposal provides the legal basis for tax authorities to access
relevant information held by other public authorities at national level. In particular, building
on the progress made in the EU AML framework, the proposal enhances access by tax
authorities to registers established under AML legislation, notably the new interconnected
register on real estate. Access to this single access point for real estate will enable tax
authorities to obtain full information on beneficial ownership of real estate and to exchange
this information with other Member States, pursuant to Article 4. Moreover, Article 39
provides the legal basis for tax authorities the access to registers on pensions that are held on
the national level.
In Article 4, the income and asset category of life insurance products (LIP) has been deleted,
since only a limited number of Member States exchange information under that category, and
since furthermore, there is a significant degree of duplication of reporting with the reporting
under the mandatory exchange of financial information.
Exchange of information on beneficial ownership has been included for real estate, in line
with the latest developments at the OECD level.
With the removal of the category LIP, six categories of income and assets remain, and all six
categories should be mandatorily exchanged, provided that the information is available under
the revised concept.
EN 14 EN
(f) Further improvements and updates to the legal text
The proposal also includes some further changes and clarifications. The reporting template for
Country-by-country report in Annex III and the top-up tax information return in Annex VII
have been deleted from the Directive and replaced with a reference to a template adopted via
implementing acts. These implementing acts have, in fact, already been adopted 21 and are not
expected to change unless there is a change agreed at the OECD level which would require
adaptations to maintain the alignment and ensure a single global reporting standard.
The proposal offers enhanced possibilities for tax authorities to tackle the issue of non-
compliant third country digital platforms. Annex V, Section IV, point F7 clarifies the
situations where tax authorities should apply sanctions towards non-compliant third country
digital platforms, while point F8 enhances cooperation between tax authorities on cases of
non-compliance by third country digital platforms. Furthermore, Article 25 gives tax
authorities the possibility of carrying out simultaneous controls of non-compliant third
country platform operators.
Several changes have been made on the information use and processing. First, Member States
are obliged to share statistics on the volume of automatic exchanges, on an annual basis, with
their national statistical institutes as to allow official computations at national and European
level (Article 46). In addition, Member States shall provide their respective national statistical
authority, on annual basis, all information received on Country-by-Country reporting. In
Article 28, a clarification has been inserted that Member States may provide feedback on the
received information more than once a year if needed. Article 48 requires Member States to
report also on instruments measuring the outcomes of administrative cooperation (key
performance indicators) in the process of monitoring and assessment of the functioning of the
Directive. This will ensure that the Commission will have better quality of data available to
perform the evaluation of the Directive. Lastly, in Article 49, a possibility has been added for
the Commission to publish reports on the use of the information exchanged, as well as
anonymised annual summaries of statistical data provided by the Member States.
21 Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2018/99 of 22 January 2018 amending Implementing
Regulation (EU) 2015/2378 as regards the form and conditions of communication for the yearly
assessment of the effectiveness of the automatic exchange of information and the list of statistical data
to be provided by Member States for the purposes of evaluating of Council Directive 2011/16/EU; OJ L
17, 23.1.2018, pp. 29–33 ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg_impl/2018/99/oj and Commission
Implementing Regulation (EU) 2025/1325 of 7 July 2025 amending Implementing Regulation (EU)
2015/2378 as regards the standard forms and computerised formats to be used for the mandatory
automatic exchange of information under Council Directive 2011/16/EU as amended by Council
Directive (EU) 2025/872; OJ L, 2025/1325, 17.7.2025, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg_impl/2025/1325/oj
EN 1 EN
2011/16/EU
2026/0168 (CNS)
Proposal for a
COUNCIL DIRECTIVE
on administrative cooperation in the field of taxation (recast)
THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, and in particular
Articles 113 and 115 thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the European Commission,
After transmission of the draft legislative act to the national parliaments,
Having regard to the opinion of the European Parliament22,
Having regard to the opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee23,
Acting in accordance with a special legislative procedure,
Whereas:
new
(1) Council Directive 2011/16/EU24 has been substantially amended several times. Since
further amendments are to be made, that Directive should be recast in the interests of
clarity.
2011/16/EU recital 7 (adapted)
new
(2) This Directive builds on the achievements of Directive 77/799/EEC but provides for
clearer and more precise rules governing administrative cooperation between Member
States where necessary, to support them in fighting against tax fraud, evasion and
avoidance .
(3) in order to establish, especially as regards the exchange of information, a wider scope
of administrative cooperation between Member States. Clearer rules should also make
it possible in particular to cover This Directive should apply to direct taxes and
indirect taxes that are not yet covered by other Union legislation and should cover
all legal and natural persons in the Union, taking into account the ever-increasing
22 OJ C […], […], p. […]. 23 OJ C […], […], p. […]. 24 Council Directive 2011/16/EU of 15 February 2011 on administrative cooperation in the field of
taxation and repealing Directive 77/799/EEC (OJ L 64, 11.3.2011, p. 1, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2011/16/oj).
EN 2 EN
range of legal arrangements, including not only traditional arrangements such as trusts,
foundations and investment funds, but any new instrument which may be set up by
taxpayers in the Member States.
new
(4) To preserve the proportionality of burden on reporting entities, Member States should
not introduce or maintain disproportional additional reporting obligations in the area
covered by the Directive, by reason of their nature, scope or cumulative burden, that
may affect and seriously compromise the balance between the overriding requirement
in the public interest and the intrusion into private life set out by this Directive.
(5) Member States should not be exempted from automatically exchanging the
information on income and capital as required by Article 4, solely because the
information is held by another administrative authority at the government level in that
Member State other than the tax administration. In order to establish a level playing
field and ensure that information is of high quality and can be effectively used, the
information exchanged should also include information that is held in registers and
databases by another governmental authority acting on behalf of the State, provided
that it is included in the list of mandatory categories for exchange of information on
income and capital. Furthermore, to ensure effective access to that information, the
access should be granted via electronic means to information in digital format, which
should be, where possible, machine readable and retrievable in accordance with the
procedures for gathering and processing information in that Member State.
(6) The cooperation between Member States under this Directive relies on digital means
of communication. It is essential that these means are secured and in line with
technological advances. Additionally, the development of practical solutions by the
Commission in cooperation with Member States should be allowed.
(7) Union rules implementing agreements reached in the Organisation for Economic
Cooperation and Development (OECD) should take into account the framework
developed by the OECD in order to increase the effectiveness of the exchange of
information and to reduce administrative burden. As a general principle, Member
States should use commentaries and guidance agreed in the OECD as a source of
illustration or interpretation and in order to ensure consistency in application across
Member States to the extent that those documents are compatible with Union law.
(8) Based on the experience with exchanges under this Directive and international
developments in the area of automatic exchange of information, the list of mandatory
categories for the exchange of information on income and ownership should be
revisited. Income from life-insurance products is not exchanged widely and is to a
significant extent already reported and automatically exchanged as financial account
information and it is therefore no longer necessary to exchange this category of
income and capital. Furthermore, it has been agreed at the OECD25 that exchange of
information on ownership and income from immovable property should include
25 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, Framework for the Automatic Exchange of
Readily Available Information on Immovable Property for Tax Purposes: OECD Report to G20
Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors (OECD Publishing October 2025)
https://www.oecd.org/content/dam/oecd/en/topics/policy-issues/tax-transparency-and-international-co-
operation/framework-for-the-automatic-exchange-of-readily-available-information-on-immovable-
property-for-tax-purposes.pdf.
EN 3 EN
information on beneficial ownership. It is therefore appropriate to enhance the
information already exchanged under this category of income and capital.
2014/107/EU recital 9
(9) Member States should require their Financial Institutions to implement reporting and
due diligence rules included in this Directive, which are fully consistent with those set
out in the Common Reporting Standard developed by the OECD26.
2014/107/EU recital 10
(10) The categories of Reporting Financial Institutions and Reportable Accounts covered
by this Directive are designed to limit the opportunities for taxpayers to avoid being
reported by shifting assets to Financial Institutions or investing in financial products
that are outside the scope of this Directive. However, certain Financial Institutions and
accounts that present a low risk of being used to evade tax should be excluded from
the scope of this Directive. Thresholds should not be generally included in this
Directive as they could be easily circumvented by splitting accounts into different
Financial Institutions. The financial information which is required to be reported and
exchanged should concern not only all relevant income (interests, dividends and
similar types of income) but also account balances and sale proceeds from Financial
Assets, in order to address situations where a taxpayer seeks to hide capital that in
itself represents income or assets with regard to which tax has been evaded. Therefore,
the processing of information under this Directive is necessary and proportionate for
the purpose of enabling Member States' tax administrations to correctly and
unequivocally identify the taxpayers concerned, to administer and enforce their tax
laws in cross-border situations, to assess the likelihood of tax evasion being
perpetrated, and to avoid unnecessary further investigations.
(EU) 2015/2376 recital 1
(adapted)
(11) The challenge posed by cross-border tax avoidance, aggressive tax planning and
harmful tax competition has increased considerably and has become a major focus of
concern within the Union and at global level. Tax base erosion is considerably
reducing national tax revenues, which hinders Member States in applying growth-
friendly tax policies. The issuance of advance tax rulings, which facilitate the
consistent and transparent application of the law, is common practice, including in the
Union. By providing certainty for business, clarification of tax law for taxpayers can
encourage investment and compliance with the law and can therefore be conducive to
the objective of further developing the single market in the Union on the basis of the
principles and freedoms underlying the Treaties. However, rulings concerning tax-
driven structures have, in certain cases, led to a low level of taxation of artificially
high amounts of income in the country issuing, amending or renewing the advance
ruling and left artificially low amounts of income to be taxed in any other countries
26 OECD (2025), Consolidated text of the Common Reporting Standard (2025): Standard for Automatic
Exchange of Financial Account Information in Tax Matters, OECD Publishing,
Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/055664b1-en.
EN 4 EN
involved. A high level of An increase in transparency is therefore
required . urgently required. The tools and mechanisms established by Council
Directive 2011/16/EU need to be enhanced in order to achieve this.
(EU) 2015/2376 recital 10
(12) In order to reap the benefits of the mandatory automatic exchange of advance cross-
border rulings and advance pricing arrangements, the information should be
communicated promptly after they are issued, amended or renewed, and regular
intervals for the communication of the information should therefore be established.
For the same reasons, it is also appropriate to provide for the mandatory automatic
exchange of advance cross-border rulings and advance pricing arrangements that were
issued, amended or renewed within a period beginning five years before the date of
application of this Directive and which are still valid on 1 January 2014. However,
particular persons or groups of persons with a group wide annual net turnover of less
than EUR 40 000 000 could be excluded, under certain conditions, from such
mandatory automatic exchange.
(EU) 2015/2376 recital 11
(13) For reasons of legal certainty, it is appropriate, under a set of very strict conditions, to
exclude from the mandatory automatic exchange bilateral or multilateral advance
pricing arrangements with third countries following the framework of existing
international treaties with those countries, where the provisions of those treaties do not
permit disclosure of the information received under that treaty to a third party country.
In these cases, however, the information identified in paragraph 5 of Article 9 6
relating to the requests that lead to issuance of such bilateral or multilateral advance
pricing arrangements should be exchanged instead. Therefore, in such cases, the
information to be communicated should include the indicator that it is provided on the
basis of such a request.
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 33
new
(14) Advance cross-border rulings that determine whether a person is or is not a resident
for tax purposes in the Member State issuing the ruling should also be exchanged
automatically. However, in the interest of proportionality, and in order to reduce
administrative burden, some common forms of advance cross-border rulings which
can include an element of determination of whether a natural person is or is not
resident for tax purposes in a Member State should not, solely on that ground, be
subject to the exchange of information on advance cross-border rulings this should
not be the sole reason for the exchange . Advance cross-border rulings on taxation at
source with regard to non-residents’ income from employment, director’s fees and
pensions should not be exchanged, unless the amount of the transaction or series of
transactions of the advance cross-border ruling exceeds the threshold.
(EU) 2015/2376 recital 14
(15) Member States should exchange basic information, and a limited set of basic
information should also be communicated to the Commission. This should enable the
EN 5 EN
Commission to monitor and evaluate the effective application of the mandatory
automatic exchange of information on advance cross-border rulings and advance
pricing arrangements at any time. The information received by the Commission should
not, however, be used for any other purposes. Such communication would moreover
not discharge a Member State from its obligations to notify any State aid to the
Commission.
(EU) 2015/2376 recital 16
(adapted)
(16) Where necessary, following the stage of mandatory automatic exchange of
information under this Directive, a Member State should be able to rely on Article 5
17 of this Directive 2011/16/EU as regards the exchange of information on
request to obtain additional information, including the full text of advance cross-
border rulings or advance pricing arrangements, from the Member State having issued
such rulings or arrangements.
(EU) 2016/881 recital 3
(17) Member States' tax authorities need comprehensive and relevant information on
multinational enterprise (MNE) gGroups regarding their structure, transfer-pricing
policy and internal transactions in and outside the Union. That information will enable
the tax authorities to react to harmful tax practices by making changes in legislation or
by undertaking adequate risk assessments and tax audits, and to identify whether
companies have engaged in practices that have the effect of artificially shifting
substantial amounts of income into tax-advantaged environments.
(EU) 2016/881 recital 4
(adapted)
new
(18) Increased transparency towards tax authorities could have the effect of giving MNE
gGroups an incentive to abandon certain practices and pay their fair share of tax in the
country where profits are made. Enhancing transparency for MNE gGroups is
therefore an essential part of tackling base erosion and profit shifting. However, in
order to enhance the efficient use of public resources and reduce the administrative
burden for MNE gGroups, the reporting obligation should only apply to MNE
gGroups with annual consolidated group revenue exceeding a certain amount in
line with the OECD Base Erosion and Profit Shifting Report, Action 1327 .
(EU) 2016/881 recital 7
new
(19) In order to enhance the efficient use of public resources and reduce the administrative
burden for MNE gGroups, the reporting obligation should only apply to MNE
27 OECD (2015), Transfer Pricing Documentation and Country-by-Country Reporting, Action 13 - 2015
Final Report, OECD/G20 Base Erosion and Profit Shifting Project, OECD Publishing,
Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264241480-en.
EN 6 EN
gGroups with annual consolidated group revenue exceeding a certain amount. This
Directive should ensure that the same information is collected and made available to
tax administrations in a timely manner throughout the Union .
(EU) 2016/881 recital 12
(20) The mandatory automatic exchange of country-by-country reports between Member
States should in each case include the communication of a defined set of basic
information that would be accessible to those Member States in which, on the basis of
the information in the country-by-country report, one or more entities of the MNE
gGroup are either resident for tax purposes or subject to tax with respect to the
business carried out through a permanent establishment of an MNE Group.
(EU) 2018/822 recital 3
(21) Considering that most of the potentially aggressive tax-planning arrangements span
across more than one jurisdiction, the disclosure of information about those
arrangements would bring additional positive results where that information was also
exchanged amongst Member States. In particular, the automatic exchange of
information between tax authorities is crucial in order to provide those authorities with
the necessary information to enable them to take action where they observe aggressive
tax practices.
(EU) 2018/822 recital 6
(adapted)
(22) The reporting of potentially aggressive cross-border tax-planning arrangements can
contribute effectively to the efforts for creating an environment of fair taxation in the
internal market. In this light, an obligation for intermediaries should be
required to inform tax authorities of certain cross-border arrangements that could
potentially be used for aggressive tax planning. would constitute a step in the right
direction. Furthermore, in order to develop a more comprehensive policy, it
would also be necessary that as a second step, following the reporting, the tax
authorities should share information with their peers in other Member States.
Such arrangements should also enhance the effectiveness of the CRS. In addition, it
would be crucial to grant the Commission access to a sufficient amount of information
so that it can monitor the proper functioning of this Directive. Such access to
information by the Commission does not discharge a Member State from its
obligations to notify any State aid to the Commission.
(EU) 2018/822 recital 8
(23) To ensure the proper functioning of the internal market and to prevent loopholes in the
proposed framework of rules, the reporting obligation should be placed upon all actors
that are usually involved in designing, marketing, organising or managing the
implementation of a reportable cross-border transaction or a series of such
transactions, as well as those who provide assistance or advice. It should not be
ignored either that, in certain cases, the reporting obligation would not be enforceable
upon an intermediary due to a legal professional privilege or where there is no
intermediary because, for instance, the taxpayer designs and implements a scheme in-
EN 7 EN
house. It would thus be crucial that, in such circumstances, tax authorities do not lose
the opportunity to receive information about tax-related arrangements that are
potentially linked to aggressive tax planning. It would therefore be necessary to shift
the reporting obligation to the taxpayer who benefits from the arrangement in such
cases.
(EU) 2018/822 recital 9
new
(24) Aggressive tax-planning arrangements have evolved over the years to become
increasingly more complex and are always subject to constant modifications and
adjustments as a reaction to defensive countermeasures by the tax authorities. Taking
this into consideration, it would be Rather than defining specific tax planning
arrangements, it is more effective to endeavour to capture potentially aggressive
tax-planning arrangements through the compiling of a list of the features and elements
of transactions that present a strong indication of tax avoidance or abuse rather than to
define the concept of aggressive tax planning. Those indications are referred to as
‘hallmarks’.
(EU) 2018/822 recital 10
new
(25) Given that the primary objective of this Directive concerning the reporting of
potentially aggressive cross-border tax-planning arrangements should focus on
ensuring the proper functioning of the internal market, it is critical not to regulate at
the level of the Union beyond what is necessary to achieve the envisaged aims. This is
why it would be necessary to limit any common rules on reporting to cross-border
situations, namely those involving either more than one Member State or a Member
State and a third country since such arrangements have a potential impact on the
functioning of the internal market . In such circumstances, due to the potential
impact on the functioning of the internal market, one can justify the need for enacting
a common set of rules, rather than leaving the matter to be dealt with at the national
level. A Member State could take further national reporting measures of a similar
nature, but any information collected in addition to what is reportable in accordance
with this Directive should not be communicated automatically to the competent
authorities of the other Member States. That information could be exchanged on
request or spontaneously according to applicable rules.
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 44
(adapted)
new
(26) Taking into account the judgment evolution of the jurisprudence of the Court of
Justice in the judgment of 8 December 2022 in Case C-694/20, Orde van
Vlaamse Balies and Others Others 28 and in the judgement of 29 July 2024 in case
28 Judgment of the Court of Justice of 8 December 2022, Orde van Vlaamse Balies and Others, C-649/20,
ECLI Orde van Vlaamse Balies and Others.
EN 8 EN
C-623/22, Belgian Association of Tax Lawyers and Others29, the term legal
professional privilege should be understood to apply only to lawyers and other
professionals who, like lawyers, are legally authorised to ensure legal representation.
Therefore, Member States should provide the waiver from filing information on a
reportable cross-border arrangement where the reporting obligation would breach the
legal professional privilege only in respect of professionals who, like lawyers, are
authorised under national law to ensure legal representation. Furthermore, this
Directive should , Directive 2011/16/EU should be amended in such a manner that
its provisions do not have the effect of requiring lawyers , pursuing their
professional activities under one of the professional titles referred to in Article 1(2),
point (a), of Directive 98/5/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council30,
acting as intermediaries, where they are exempt from the reporting obligation on
account of the legal professional privilege by which they are bound, to notify any
other intermediary that is not their client of that intermediary’s reporting obligations.
However, any intermediaries that are exempt from the reporting obligation because of
the legal professional privilege by which they are bound should remain required to
notify without delay their client of that client’s reporting obligations. In contrast, as
regards the other professionals who, although authorised, as the case may be, by the
Member States to ensure legal representation, do not pursue their professional
activities under one of the professional titles referred to in Article 1(2), point (a) of
Directive 98/5/EC, the existence of the consultation link between the notifying
intermediary and his or her client should be brought to the attention of the notified
intermediary (if any) and, ultimately, the authorities of the Member State.
new
(27) Given the experience with exchanges of information regarding potentially aggressive
cross-border arrangements and with the objective of reducing administrative burden
for companies while preserving the information that is necessary for combatting tax
fraud, evasion and avoidance, it is necessary to revise the reporting requirements for
potentially aggressive cross-border arrangements.
(28) The implementation of the Global Minimum Tax via Council Directive (EU)
2022/252331 ensures that all companies in scope are subject to an effective tax rate of
at least 15%.
(29) Therefore, a targeted and proportionate simplification that recognises the compliance
burden of these entities is needed. Such a carve-out for such MNE groups should be
limited only where the qualified domestic top-up tax applies and be conditional on the
fact that no related benefits are granted to the MNE group by that jurisdiction. This
way, it is ensured that the minimum taxation is always achieved. Reporting remains in
effect when the MNE group is headquartered in a jurisdiction with a side-by-side
regime and has Union entities that implement reportable-cross-border arrangements
29 Judgment of the Court of Justice of 29 July 2024, Belgian Association of Tax Lawyers and Others, C-
623/22, ECLI Belgian Association of Tax Lawyers and Others. 30 Directive 98/5/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 February 1998 to facilitate
practice of the profession of lawyer on a permanent basis in a Member State other than that in which the
qualification was obtained; OJ L 77, 14.3.1998, p. 36, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/1998/5/oj. 31 Council Directive (EU) 2022/2523 of 14 December 2022 on ensuring a global minimum level of
taxation for multinational enterprise groups and large-scale domestic groups in the Union; OJ L 328,
22.12.2022, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2022/2523/oj
EN 9 EN
with a jurisdiction that does not have a qualified domestic top-up tax in effect for the
tax period or in case related benefits are received.
(30) To further simplify reporting only information that is effectively used by tax
authorities should be reported. Furthermore, to ensure better quality of information
reported and sufficient time for intermediaries to coordinate, the time frame for
reporting should be increased to 90 days after the first step of implementation of the
arrangement has been taken. That gives a stable starting point to calculate the filing
deadline, since the first step of implementation is a concrete measure that is taken in
the implementation of the arrangement, as an initial verifiable act which is the
materialisation of the intent to implement the arrangement, that makes the
arrangement’s execution irreversible or legally binding, including the signing of
contracts that enable implementation.
(31) The generic nature of hallmarks of category A under Directive (EU) 2018/822 has
been proven to have little value for tax administrations in fighting tax fraud, evasion
and avoidance, consequentially they generate disproportionate levels of reporting. It is
therefore no longer necessary to lay down such generic hallmarks. In addition, and
building on the work of the EU Code of Conduct for business taxation both in the area
of harmful tax regimes and in establishing a list of non-cooperative tax jurisdictions, it
is appropriate to align the scope of Hallmark C1 with the decisions taken by Member
States collectively in those areas.
(EU) 2021/514 recital 16
(adapted)
(32) In view of the fact that tax authorities worldwide are confronted with the challenges
linked to the ever growing digital platform economy, the Organisation for Economic
Cooperation and Development (OECD) has developed Model Rules for Reporting by
Platform Operators with respect to Sellers in the Sharing and Gig Economy (‘Model
Rules’) 32 . Given the prevalence of cross-border activities that are carried out
by digital platforms as well as the sellers active on them, it can reasonably be expected
that non-Union jurisdictions will have sufficient incentives to follow the leading
example of the Union and implement the collection and mutual automatic exchange of
information on reportable sellers according to the Model Rules. Although not identical
to the scope of this Directive in terms of the sellers on which information must be
reported and the digital platforms by which information must be reported, t The Model
Rules expected to provide providing for the reporting of equivalent information in
relation to relevant activities that are in scope of both this Directive and the Model
Rules, which may be expanded further to cover additional relevant activities.
(EU) 2021/514 recital 17
new
(33) In order to ensure uniform conditions for the implementation of this Directive,
implementing powers should be conferred on the Commission. Those powers should
be exercised in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 182/2011 of the European
32 OECD (2020), Model Rules for Reporting by Platform Operators with respect to Sellers in the Sharing
and Gig Economy, OECD, Paris; www.oecd.org/tax/exchange-of-tax-information/model-rules-for-
reporting-by-platform-operators-with-respect-tosellers-in-the-sharing-and-gig-economy.htm.
EN 10 EN
Parliament and of the Council. More specifically, As the implementation of the
Model Rules by jurisdictions is not subject to any assessment such as a peer review,
the Commission should, by means of implementing acts, determine whether
information required to be exchanged pursuant to an agreement between the
competent authorities of a Member State and a non-Union jurisdiction is equivalent to
that specified in this Directive. Given that the conclusion of agreements with non-
Union jurisdictions on administrative cooperation in the area of taxation remains
within the competence of Member States, the Commission’s action could also be
triggered by a request from a Member State. This administrative procedure should,
without altering the scope and conditions of this Directive, provide for legal certainty
as regards the correlation of the obligations stemming from this Directive and any
exchange of information agreements Member States may have with non-Union
jurisdictions. For this purpose, it is necessary that, following the request of a Member
State, the determination of equivalence could also be made in advance of an envisaged
conclusion of such an agreement. Where the exchange of such information is based on
a multilateral instrument, the decision on equivalence should be taken in relation to the
whole of the relevant framework covered by such an instrument. Nevertheless, it
should still remain possible to take the decision on equivalence, where appropriate,
concerning a bilateral instrument or the exchange relationship with an individual non-
Union jurisdiction In order to give full effect to this mechanism, it is essential that
Member States take appropriate measures to activate in a timely manner exchange
relationships under the Multilateral Competent Authority Agreement on automatic
exchange of information on income derived through digital platforms (‘DPI-MCAA’)
or any other bilateral instrument or exchange relationship with non-Union jurisdictions
whose domestic legislation has been determined as equivalent.
(EU) 2021/514 recital 20
(adapted)
(34) The objective of preventing tax fraud, tax evasion and tax avoidance should
could be ensured by requiring platform operators to report income earned through
digital platforms at an early stage, before the tax authorities of Member States carry
out their yearly tax assessments. To facilitate the work of tax authorities of Member
States, the reported information should be exchanged within one month following the
reporting. In order to facilitate the automatic exchange of information and enhance the
efficient use of resources, exchanges of information should be carried out
electronically through the existing common communication network (CCN) developed
by the Union.
new
(35) In order to continue to adhere to the principle of proportionality, to minimise the
reporting of information that is of limited value for taxation purposes and to continue
to support the circular economy in the sale of second-hand goods it is appropriate to
remove the activity criteria for the sale of goods under Directive (EU)2021/514 and
increase the monetary threshold under Directive (EU) 2021/514 from EUR 2.000 to
EUR 3.000 per year.
(36) In light of the continually evolving landscape of the digital economy, it is necessary to
further clarify the provisions of this Directive with respect to intermediary sellers.
These clarifications will provide legal certainty for platform operators and improve the
EN 11 EN
quality of information reported to tax authorities. In order to limit compliance costs for
platform operators that are small and medium-sized enterprises, the reporting
obligations should not apply where the annual aggregate amount of Consideration
remains below a specified threshold. Furthermore, certain intermediary sellers that
meet the definition of Reporting Platform Operators should be subject to simplified
reporting and due diligence obligations, while transactions between related entities of
a Platform Operator, which pose limited risk to tax transparency, should be exempted
from the scope of the reporting obligations. To ensure alignment with international
standards and prevent regulatory fragmentation worldwide, this new set of rules
should be closely aligned with those simultaneously developed by the OECD in the
context of the Model Rules for Digital Platforms.
(EU) 2021/514 recital 21
new
(37) Where foreign platform operators report equivalent information on reportable sellers
to the respective tax authorities of non-Union jurisdictions, the effective
implementation of due diligence procedures and reporting requirements is expected to
be assured by the tax authorities of those jurisdictions. However, in instances where
this is not the case, foreign platform operators should be obliged to register and report
in the Union, and Member States should enforce the registration, due diligence and
reporting obligations of such foreign platform operators. Therefore, Member States
should lay down rules on penalties applicable to infringements of national provisions
adopted pursuant to this Directive and should take all measures necessary to ensure
that they are implemented. While the choice of penalties remains within the discretion
of Member States, the penalties provided for should be effective, proportionate and
dissuasive. Given that digital platforms often have a wide geographical reach, it is
appropriate that Member States endeavour to act in a coordinated manner when aiming
at enforcement of compliance with the registration and reporting requirements
applicable to digital platforms operating from non-Union jurisdictions, including the
prevention of digital platforms from being able to operate within the Union as a last
resort. Within the limits of its competence, the Commission should facilitate the
coordination of such Member States’ actions, thereby taking into account any future
common measures towards digital platforms as well as differences in the potential
measures available to Member States. Such measures should focus on facilitating
the coordination of Member States’ actions and the introduction of provisions that
allow for effective compliance measures to be undertaken. To that end, Member States
should continue to use the central register to share information with other competent
authorities, to support timely and consistent actions in identifying and tackling, non-
compliance with registration or reporting requirements by a Platform Operator
established outside of the Union.
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 6
(38) Member States have put in place rules and guidance, which differ from Member State
to Member State, to tax income derived from crypto-asset transactions. However, tThe
decentralised nature of crypto-assets makes it difficult for Member States’ tax
administrations to ensure tax compliance.
EN 12 EN
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 7
(39) Regulation (EU) 2023/1114 of the European Parliament and of the Council33 has
expanded the Union regulatory framework to issues of crypto-assets that had so far not
been regulated by Union financial services acts as well as to providers of services in
relation to such crypto-assets (‘crypto-asset service providers’). Regulation (EU)
2023/1114 sets out definitions that are used for the purposes of this Directive. This
Directive also takes into account the authorisation requirement for crypto-asset service
providers under Regulation (EU) 2023/1114 in order to minimise administrative
burden for the crypto-asset service providers. The inherent cross-border nature of
crypto-assets requires strong international administrative cooperation to ensure
effective regulation.
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 8
(40) The Union’s anti-money laundering and countering the financing of terrorism
framework (AML/CFT) extends the scope of obliged entities subject to AML/CFT
rules to crypto-asset service providers regulated by Regulation (EU) 2023/1114. In
addition, Regulation (EU) 2023/1113 of the European Parliament and of the Council34
extends the obligation of payment service providers to accompany transfers of funds
with information on the payer and the payee to crypto-asset service providers in order
to ensure the traceability of transfers of crypto-assets for the purpose of fighting
against money laundering and financing of terrorism.
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 9
(adapted)
(41) At international level, the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development
(OECD) Crypto-Asset Reporting Framework , set out in Part I of the document
‘Crypto-Asset Reporting Framework and Amendments to the Common Reporting
Standard’ approved by the OECD on 26 August 2022 (the ‘OECD Crypto-Asset
Reporting Framework’)35, is aimed at introducing greater tax transparency with regard
to crypto-assets and their reporting. Union rules should take into account the
framework developed by the OECD in order to increase the effectiveness of the
exchange of information and to reduce administrative burden. In implementing this
Directive, Member States should use the Commentaries on the Model Competent
Authority Agreement, set out in the document ‘International Standards for Automatic
Exchange of Information in Tax Matters: Crypto-Asset Reporting Framework and
2023 update to the Common Reporting Standard’, released by the OECD on 8 June
33 Regulation (EU) 2023/1114 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31 May 2023 on markets
in crypto-assets, and amending Regulations (EU) No 1093/2010 and (EU) No 1095/2010 and Directives
2013/36/EU and (EU) 2019/1937; OJ L 150, 9.6.2023, p. 40; ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2023/1114/oj. 34 Regulation (EU) 2023/1113 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31 May 2023 on
information accompanying transfers of funds and certain crypto-assets and amending Directive (EU)
2015/849; OJ L 150, 9.6.2023, p. 1; ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2023/1113/oj. 35 OECD (2023), International Standards for Automatic Exchange of Information in Tax Matters: Crypto-
Asset Reporting Framework and 2023 update to the Common Reporting Standard, OECD Publishing,
Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/896d79d1-en.
EN 13 EN
2023 (the ‘Commentaries on the Model Competent Authority Agreement’), and the
OECD Crypto-Asset Reporting Framework as sources of illustration or interpretation
and in order to ensure consistency in application across Member States.
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 13
(42) The automatic exchange of information between tax authorities is crucial to provide
them with the necessary information to enable them to correctly assess the amounts of
income taxes due. The reporting obligation should cover both cross-border and
domestic transactions in order to ensure the effectiveness of the reporting rules, the
proper functioning of the internal market, a level playing field and respect of the
principle of non-discrimination.
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 14
(43) This Directive applies to crypto-asset service providers regulated by and authorised
under Regulation (EU) 2023/1114 and to crypto-asset operators that are not. Both are
referred to as reporting crypto-asset service providers, as they are required to report
under this Directive. The general understanding of what constitutes crypto-assets is
very broad and includes crypto-assets that have been issued in a decentralised manner,
as well as stablecoins, including e-money tokens as defined in Regulation (EU)
2023/1114 and certain non-fungible tokens (NFTs). Crypto-assets that can be used for
payment or investment purposes are reportable under this Directive. Therefore,
reporting crypto-asset service providers should consider on a case-by-case basis
whether crypto-assets can be used for payment and investment purposes, taking into
account the exemptions provided for in Regulation (EU) 2023/1114, in particular in
relation to a limited network and certain utility tokens.
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 17
(44) Crypto-asset service providers covered by Regulation (EU) 2023/1114 may exercise
their activity in the Union through passporting once they have received their
authorisation in a Member State. For those purposes, the European Securities and
Markets Authority (ESMA) holds a register with authorised crypto-asset service
providers. Additionally, ESMA also maintains a blacklist of operators exercising
crypto-asset services that require an authorisation under Regulation (EU) 2023/1114.
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 18
(45) Crypto-asset operators that do not fall under the scope of Regulation (EU) 2023/1114
but are obliged to report information on the crypto-asset users resident in the Union
pursuant to this Directive should be required to register in one single Member State for
the purpose of complying with their reporting obligations.
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 19
(46) In order to foster administrative cooperation with non-Union jurisdictions, crypto-asset
operators that meet certain conditions should be allowed to solely report information
on crypto-asset users resident in the Union to the tax authorities of a non-Union
jurisdiction insofar as the reported information corresponds to the information set out
EN 14 EN
in this Directive and insofar as there is an effective qualifying competent authority
agreement in place with such non-Union jurisdiction. The qualified non-Union
jurisdiction would in turn communicate such information to the tax administrations of
the Member States where the crypto-asset users are resident. Where appropriate, that
mechanism should be enabled to prevent corresponding information from being
reported and transmitted more than once.
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 20
(adapted)
new
(47) In order to ensure uniform conditions for the implementation of this Directive,
implementing powers should be conferred on the Commission to determine whether
information required to be exchanged pursuant to an agreement between the
competent authorities of a Member State and a non-Union jurisdiction corresponds to
that specified in this Directive. Those powers should be exercised in accordance with
Regulation (EU) No 182/2011. Given that the conclusion of agreements with non-
Union jurisdictions on administrative cooperation in the area of direct taxation remains
within the competence of Member States, the Commission’s action could also be
triggered by a request from a Member State. For that the purpose of
ensuring legal certainty , it is necessary that, following the request of a Member
State, the Commission also be able to determine the correspondence in advance of an
envisaged conclusion of such an agreement. Where the exchange of such information
is based on a multilateral competent authority agreement, the Commission should take
the decision on correspondence in relation to the whole of the relevant framework
covered by such a competent authority agreement. Nevertheless, it should still remain
possible for the Commission to take the decision on correspondence, where
appropriate, concerning a bilateral competent authority agreement.
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 21
(48) Insofar as the international standard on the reporting and automatic exchange of
information on crypto-assets, namely the OECD Crypto-Asset Reporting Framework,
is a minimum standard or equivalent, which establishes a minimum scope and content
of jurisdictions’ implementation thereof, the determination of correspondence of this
Directive and the OECD Crypto-Asset Reporting Framework by the Commission, by
means of an implementing act, should not be required provided that there is an
effective qualifying competent authority agreement in place between the non-Union
jurisdictions and all Member States.
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 23
(49) This Directive does not substitute any wider obligations arising from Regulation (EU)
2023/1114.
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 24
(50) In order to foster convergence and to promote consistent supervision of this Directive
and Regulation (EU) 2023/1114, competent authorities are to cooperate with other
national authorities or institutions and share relevant information.
EN 15 EN
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 25
(51) The exemption from the reporting obligations provided for in this Directive, which is
dependent upon the determination of corresponding reporting and exchange
mechanisms in relation to non-Union jurisdictions and Member States, should apply
only in the area of taxation, and in particular for the purposes of this Directive, and
should not be considered as a basis for recognising correspondence in other areas of
Union law.
(EU) 2025/872 recital 3
(adapted)
new
(52) It is therefore appropriate to amend Council Directive 2011/16/EU to establish new
rRules on the automatic exchange of information to facilitate the exchange of
information with respect to the Top-up tax information return and thereby establish the
framework for the operational implementation of the filing obligations laid down in
Directive (EU) 2022/2523, in line with the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework
(IF) Multilateral Competent Authority Agreement on the Exchange of GloBE
Information and its commentary and the GloBE Information Return (‘GIR’)36 to the
extent that such new rules are consistent with the filing obligations laid down in
Directive (EU) 2022/2523 and with Union law.
(EU) 2025/872 recital 15
(adapted)
(53) Directive 2011/16/EU This Directive , including Annex VII thereto, as
amended by this Directive, should be read together with Directive (EU) 2022/2523.
The terms set out for the purposes of exchange of information with respect to the Top-
up tax information return under this Directive (EU) 2025/872 should have the
same meaning as those in Directive (EU) 2022/2523. Furthermore, this Directive
contains additional definitions that are necessary to reflect international developments
made in the context of the exchange of information in the field of taxation.
(EU) 2025/872 recital 4
(54) While the general rule is that a constituent entity files a Top-up tax information return
with its tax administration (‘local filing’), Directive (EU) 2022/2523 provides a
derogation pursuant to which a constituent entity is not obliged to file a Top-up tax
information return with its tax administration if a Top-up tax information return has
been filed by the ultimate parent entity or by a designated filing entity located in a
jurisdiction that has, for the Reporting fiscal year, a qualifying competent authority
agreement in effect with the Member State in which the constituent entity is located
(‘central filing’). This Directive constitutes such a qualifying competent authority
agreement between Member States.
36 OECD (2025), Tax Challenges Arising from the Digitalisation of the Economy – GloBE Information
Return (January 2025): Inclusive Framework on BEPS, OECD/G20 Base Erosion and Profit Shifting
Project, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/a05ec99a-en .
EN 16 EN
(EU) 2025/872 recital 5
(adapted)
(55) The new rules on automatic exchange of information should enable the central filing
of the Top-up tax information return in accordance with Directive (EU) 2022/2523,
and may also serve for filing purposes in each jurisdiction that is implementing the
OECD Model Rules (‘implementing jurisdiction’). so that the Ttax
administrations of each relevant Member State should receive the necessary
information under the standardised information return.
(EU) 2025/872 recital 6
(adapted)
(56) Member States should take the necessary measures to require the filing constituent
entities of MNE groups to use the standard template form established set out in
accordance with this Directive 2011/16/EU to fulfil their filing obligations
under Directive (EU) 2022/2523. The Member States have discretion regarding which
template is to be used by large-scale domestic groups to fulfil their filing obligations
laid down in Directive (EU) 2022/2523, except in the limited situations when there is a
need for exchange of information.
(EU) 2025/872 recital 7
(adapted)
(57) When a Member State receives a Top-up tax information return from the ultimate
parent entity or the designated filing entity of an MNE group under central filing in
accordance with Directive (EU) 2022/2523, that Member State should communicate to
other Implementing Member States or qualified domestic top-up tax (QDTT)-
only Member States, no later than three 3 months after the filing deadline, or –
in the case of receipt of a Top-up tax information return after the filing deadline – no
later than three 3 months after such receipt, the relevant specific parts of the
Top-up tax information return in accordance with the dissemination approach
approved by the OECD/G20 IF. As regards the first Reporting fiscal year, the deadline
for communication of those relevant specific parts of the Top-up tax information
return should be prolonged to six 6 months after the filing deadline.
Additionally, in order to accommodate any delays in the new system of exchange, in
any case (i.e. for the first and next Reporting fiscal years) the first exchange will take
place no earlier than 1 December 2026.
(EU) 2025/872 recital 8
(58) The Member State of the ultimate parent entity of the MNE group should receive the
full Top-up tax information return. The Implementing Member State should be
provided with the General section of the Top-up tax information return, provided that
there is a constituent entity of the MNE group located in its territory. The QDTT-only
Member State, where constituent entities of the MNE group are located, should be
provided with the relevant parts of the General section of the Top-up tax information
return, although QDTT-only Member States should not send any information in
respect of the Top-up tax information return by automatic exchange of information.
EN 17 EN
(EU) 2025/872 recital 9
(59) Jurisdictional sections should be provided to the Member State with taxing rights
under Directive (EU) 2022/2523, including the QDTT, in accordance with the
dissemination approach.
(EU) 2025/872 recital 17
(adapted)
(60) The standard form template for the Top-up tax information return set out in
established in accordance with this Directive ensures that the information and
tax calculations that an MNE group is required to file under the Top-up tax
information return are sufficiently comprehensive to allow tax administrations to
perform an appropriate risk assessment and to evaluate the correctness of a constituent
entity’s tax liability under Directive (EU) 2022/2523. At the same time, it is sought to
avoid imposing unnecessary information collection, computation and reporting
requirements on MNE groups and to avoid exposing taxpayers to multiple,
uncoordinated requests for further information in each implementing jurisdiction. A
standardised Top-up tax information return does not affect the ability of a tax
administration to require a routine domestic tax return or to collect information for the
purposes of the preparation of the domestic top-up tax return, therefore Member
States, in some cases, should be able to require additional data points to be reported
beyond the Top-up tax information return for purposes of the preparation of the tax
return (for example, to convert the top-up tax liability into the domestic currency).
However, the Member States should generally refrain from requiring the reporting of
additional data points beyond the Top-up tax information return as part of their routine
domestic tax return and payment requirements and any such information should relate,
for example, to liability, timing and method of payment or identification of the
taxpayer and contact details, rather than the calculation of a constituent entity’s top-up
tax liability. This Directive does not apply to domestic tax audit procedures and does
not preclude tax administrations from requesting necessary supporting information in
follow-up requests to verify compliance with provisions transposing Directive (EU)
2022/2523 under their national law.
(EU) 2025/872 recital 18
(61) To ensure the exchange of information regarding joint ventures and equal treatment, in
rare cases where a parent entity of a large-scale domestic group holds a direct or
indirect ownership interest in a joint venture or joint venture affiliate and that joint
venture or joint venture affiliate is subject to a QDTT in another Member State,
Member States should require that such a large-scale domestic group use the same
standard template as an MNE group, i.e. standard template for the Top-up tax
information return set out in this Directive, when filing their Top-up tax information
return. Consequently, Member States should ensure that the provisions on exchange of
information are applied in such cases.
EN 18 EN
new
(62) Entities that are in scope of Country-by-country reporting and in scope of Directive
(EU) 2022/2523 are required to file notifications to inform their tax authority about
which entity will file the country-by-country report and which will file the Top-up tax
information return for them. Since both notifications require the same information, in
order to streamline the processes, alleviate the administrative burden and reduce the
associated costs, such entities should be allowed to file those notifications centrally in
one Member State. The Member States should then ensure that provisions on
exchange information contained in the notifications are applied and, consequently,
only one notification would be filed per MNE group.
2011/16/EU recital 9
(63) Member States should exchange information concerning particular cases where
requested by another Member State and should make the necessary enquiries to obtain
such information. The standard of ‘foreseeable relevance’ is intended to provide for
exchange of information in tax matters to the widest possible extent and, at the same
time, to clarify that Member States are not at liberty to engage in ‘fishing expeditions’
or to request information that is unlikely to be relevant to the tax affairs of a given
taxpayer. While Article 20 42 of this Directive contains procedural requirements,
those provisions need to be interpreted liberally in order not to frustrate the effective
exchange of information.
(EU) 2021/514 recital 3
(adapted)
(64) When replying to a request for information Pursuant to Article 5 of Directive
2011/16/EU, the requested authority is to communicate to the requesting authority any
information it has in its possession, or that it obtains as a result of administrative
enquiries, which is foreseeably relevant to the administration and enforcement of the
domestic laws of Member States concerning the taxes falling within the scope of that
Directive. To ensure the effectiveness of the exchanges of information and to prevent
unjustified refusals of requests, as well as to provide legal certainty for both tax
administrations and taxpayers, the internationally agreed standard of foreseeable
relevance should be clearly delineated and codified.
(EU) 2021/514 recital 4
(65) There is sometimes a need for addressing requests for information that concern groups
of taxpayers who cannot be identified individually and the foreseeable relevance of the
requested information can rather only be described on the basis of a common set of
characteristics. Considering this, tax administrations should continue using group
requests for information under a clear legal framework.
2011/16/EU recital 11 (adapted)
(66) The spontaneous exchange of information between Member States should also be
strengthened and encouraged.
EN 19 EN
(EU) 2025/872 recital 12
(67) The receiving competent authority should notify the sending competent authority
when there is reason to believe that the information included in a Top-up tax
information return, being subject of the exchange, requires correction. Since such
notification normally takes place before a more thorough risk assessment or tax
examination, the sending competent authority should be notified only of manifest
errors identified. The corrected information should be exchanged without undue delay
with all competent authorities for which that information is subject to exchange in
accordance with this Directive. This procedure does not preclude tax administrations
from requesting necessary corrections in follow-up requests to verify compliance with
Directive (EU) 2022/2523 under their national law.
(EU) 2025/872 recital 13
(adapted)
(68) If a competent authority does not receive an exchange that was expected pursuant to a
notification from an MNE group, it should notify the competent authority that was
expected to send the information of the missing exchange. The competent authority
that was expected to send the information should without undue delay determine the
reason for not exchanging the relevant information and inform the competent authority
that notified the missing exchange of that reason within one 1 month,
indicating, where relevant, the expected new date for the exchange. In order to ensure
the effective operation of this Directive 2011/16/EU, it is understood that the
exchange should take place as soon as possible to avoid causing additional delays for
Member States. The expected exchange date should be set for a date no later than
three 3 months from the date of the receipt of notification of the missing
exchange.
(EU) 2025/872 recital 14
(69) If the Top-up tax information return has not been filed centrally by the ultimate parent
entity or the designated filing entity of an MNE group and the information is not
received by the new expected date for exchange, it is understood that the competent
authority that notified the missing exchange may require local filing since the
conditions for central filing under Directive (EU) 2022/2523 have not been fulfilled.
2011/16/EU recital 12 (adapted)
(70) Time limits for the provision of information under this Directive should be laid
down in order to ensure that the information exchange is timely and thus effective.
(EU) 2021/514 recital 22
(adapted)
(71) It is necessary to strengthen the provisions of Directive 2011/16/EU regarding the
presence of officials of one Member State in the territory of another Member State and
the carrying out of simultaneous controls by two or more Member States in order to
ensure the effective application of those provisions. Therefore, tThe responses to
EN 20 EN
requests for the presence of officials of another Member State should be provided by
the competent authority of the requested Member State within a specified timeframe.
Where officials of one Member State are present in the territory of another Member
State during an administrative enquiry, or participate in an administrative enquiry
through the use of electronic means of communication, they should be subject to the
procedural arrangements laid down by the requested Member State to directly
interview individuals and examine records.
2011/16/EU recital 13
(72) It is important that officials of the tax administration of one Member State are allowed
to be present in the territory of another Member State.
2011/16/EU recital 14
new
(73) Since the tax situation of one or more persons liable to tax established in several
Member States is often of common or complementary interest, it should be made
possible for simultaneous controls to be carried out on such persons by two or more
Member States, by mutual agreement and on a voluntary basis. It should also be
possible to carry out simultaneous controls in respect of Reporting Platform Operators
having no economic presence within the Union but facilitating the provision of
relevant activities within the Union as defined in Section I, subparagraph A.8, of
Annex V.
(EU) 2021/514 recital 23
(74) A Member State that intends to carry out a simultaneous control should be required to
communicate its intention to the other Member States concerned. For reasons of
efficiency and legal certainty, it is appropriate to provide that the competent authority
of each Member State concerned is obliged to respond within a specified timeframe.
(EU) 2021/514 recital 24
(adapted)
(75) Multilateral controls carried out with the support of the Fiscalis 2020 programme
for cooperation established by Regulation (EU) No 1286/2013 (EU)
2021/847 of the European Parliament and of the Council37 have demonstrated the
benefit of coordinated controls of one or more taxpayers that are of common or
complementary interest to the competent authorities of two or more Member States.
Such joint actions are currently conducted only on the basis of the combined
application of the existing provisions regarding the presence of officials of one
Member State in the territory of another Member State and simultaneous controls.
However, in many cases that practice has shown that further improvements are needed
to ensure legal certainty.
37 Regulation (EU) 2021/847 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 May 2021 establishing
the ‘Fiscalis’ programme for cooperation in the field of taxation and repealing Regulation (EU) No
1286/2013; OJ L 188, 28.5.2021, p. 1; ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/847/oj.
EN 21 EN
(EU) 2021/514 recital 25
(adapted)
(76) It is therefore appropriate that Directive 2011/16/EU is supplemented with a number
of provisions that further clarify the framework and the main principles that should
apply when the competent authorities of Member States choose to resort to the means
of a joint audit. Joint audits should be an additional tool available for administrative
cooperation among Member States in the area of taxation, which would should
supplement the existing framework that provides for the possibilities for the presence
of officials of another Member State in administrative offices, participation in
administrative enquiries as well as simultaneous controls. Joint audits would
should take the form of administrative enquiries conducted jointly by the
competent authorities of two or more Member States and be linked to one or more
persons of common or complementary interest to the competent authorities of those
Member States. Joint audits can play an important role in contributing to the better
functioning of the internal market. Joint audits should be structured to offer legal
certainty to taxpayers through clear procedural rules, including measures to mitigate
the risk of double taxation.
(EU) 2021/514 recital 26
(adapted)
(77) For the purpose of ensuring legal certainty, the provisions of this Directive
2011/16/EU as regards joint audits should also contain the main aspects of further
details of that tool, such as the specified timeframe for response to a request for a joint
audit, the scope of rights and obligations of the officials participating in a joint audit
and the process leading to establishment of a final report of a joint audit. Those
provisions on joint audits should not be interpreted as prejudging any processes that
would take place in a Member State in accordance with its national law as a
consequence or a follow-up to the joint audit, such as charging or assessing tax by a
decision of tax authorities of Member States, process of appeal or settlement relating
thereto or remedies available to taxpayers arising from those processes. In order to
ensure legal certainty, the final report of a joint audit should reflect the findings on
which the competent authorities concerned agreed. Moreover, the competent
authorities concerned could also agree that the final report of a joint audit includes any
issues where an agreement could not be reached. The mutually agreed findings of the
final report of a joint audit should be taken into account in the relevant instruments
issued by the competent authorities of the participating Member States following that
joint audit.
(EU) 2021/514 recital 27
(78) In order to ensure legal certainty, it is appropriate to provide that joint audits should be
conducted in a pre-agreed and coordinated manner, and in accordance with the laws
and procedural requirements of the Member State where the activities of a joint audit
take place. Such requirements may also include an obligation to ensure that officials of
a Member State who took part in the joint audit in another Member State, also take
part, if required, in any process of complaint, review or appeal in that Member State.
EN 22 EN
(EU) 2021/514 recital 29
(79) While the objective of the provisions on joint audits is to provide a useful tool for
administrative cooperation in the field of taxation, nothing in this Directive should be
construed as being contrary to the established rules on cooperation of Member States
in judicial matters.
(EU) 2015/2376 recital 15
new
(80) Feedback by the receiving Member State to the Member State sending the information
is a necessary element of the operation of an effective system of automatic information
exchange. It is therefore appropriate to underline that Member States' competent
authorities should send, at least once a year, feedback on the automatic exchange
of information to the other Member States concerned. In practice, this mandatory
feedback should be done by arrangements agreed upon bilaterally and with the
technical support of the Commission .
2011/16/EU recital 8 (adapted)
(81) There should be more direct contact between Member States’ local or national offices
in charge of administrative cooperation, with communication between central liaison
offices being the rule. The lack of direct contacts leads to inefficiency, under-use of
the arrangements for administrative cooperation and delays in communication.
Provision should therefore be made to bring about more Ddirect contacts should
take place between services with a view to making cooperation more efficient and
faster. The assignment of competences to the liaison departments should be deferred to
the national provisions of each Member State.
(EU) 2021/514 recital 30
(adapted)
new
(82) It is important that, as a matter of principle, the information communicated under
this Directive 2011/16/EU is used for the assessment, administration and
enforcement of taxes which are covered by the material scope of that this
Directive. While this was not precluded so far, uncertainties regarding the use of
information have arisen due to unclear framework. Therefore, and considering the
significance that VAT has for the functioning of the internal market, it is appropriate
to clarify that information communicated between Member States may also be used
, as well as for the assessment, administration and enforcement of Value
Added Tax VAT and other indirect taxes and customs duties . Given
the link between tax fraud, tax evasion and tax avoidance, and money
laundering, information communicated between Member States may also be
used for the assessment, administration and enforcement of customs duties and
for the national law of Member States concerning anti-money laundering and
combating the financing of terrorism.
EN 23 EN
2011/16/EU recital 18
(83) It is important for the efficiency of administrative cooperation that information and
documents obtained under this Directive could, subject to the restrictions laid down in
this Directive, be used by the Member State that received them also for other purposes.
It is also important that Member States could transmit that information to a third
country, under certain conditions.
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 36
(adapted)
(84) Considering the amount and the nature of the information collected and exchanged on
the basis of this Directive 2011/16/EU, that information can be useful in
certain further areas. While the use of that information in other areas should as a
general rule be restricted to areas approved by the Member State communicating the
information in accordance with this Directive, there is a need to allow for a broader
use of the information in situations presenting particular and serious characteristics
and where it has been agreed at Union level to take action. Such situations would in
particular be those where decisions have been taken pursuant to Article 215 of the
Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union regarding restrictive measures.
Information exchanged under this Directive 2011/16/EU can be very relevant
for the detection of violation or circumvention of restrictive measures. In return, any
potential breaches of restrictive measures will be relevant for tax purposes, since
avoidance of restrictive measures will in most cases also amount to tax avoidance in
relation to the assets concerned. Given the likely synergies and close link between the
detection of avoidance of restrictive measures and the detection of tax avoidance, the
authorisation of a further use of the information is therefore appropriate.
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 37
(adapted)
(85) It is essential that the information communicated under this Directive
2011/16/EU is used by the competent authority of each Member State which receives
that information. Therefore, it is appropriate to require the competent authority of each
Member State to put in place an effective mechanism to ensure the use of information
acquired through the reporting or the exchange of information under this
Directive 2011/16/EU. Such use of information can include, for instance, voluntary
compliance programs, notifications to generate disclosure, awareness campaigns,
prefilling tax returns, risk assessments, limited audits, general audits, tax coding, tax
estimation, assimilation into domestic systems and other tax-related measures.
2011/16/EU recital 19
(86) The situations in which a requested Member State may refuse to provide information
should be clearly defined and limited, taking into account certain private interests
which should be protected as well as the public interest.
EN 24 EN
(EU) 2016/881 recital 22
(87) The information exchanged under this Directive does not lead to the disclosure of a
commercial, industrial or professional secret, a commercial process or information the
disclosure of which would be contrary to public policy.
2011/16/EU recital 21
(88) This Directive contains minimum rules and should therefore not affect Member States’
right to enter into wider cooperation with other Member States under their national
legislation or in the framework of bilateral or multilateral agreements concluded with
other Member States.
2011/16/EU recital 22 (adapted)
(89) It should also be made clear that wWhere a Member State provides a wider
cooperation to a third country than is provided for under this Directive, it should not
refuse to provide such wider cooperation to other Member States wishing to enter into
such mutual wider cooperation.
(EU) 2016/881 recital 9
(90) Member States should lay down rules on penalties applicable to infringements of
national provisions adopted pursuant to this Directive and ensure that those penalties
are implemented. While the choice of penalties remains within the discretion of the
Member States, the penalties provided for should be effective, proportionate and
dissuasive.
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 29
(adapted)
(91) The taxpayer identification number (TIN) is essential for Member States to match
information received with data present in national databases. It increases Member
States’ capability of identifying the relevant taxpayers and correctly assessing the
related taxes. Therefore, it is important that Member States include the TIN of
reported individuals and entities in the reporting and communication of information in
the context of all automatic exchanges under this Directive related to
categories of income and capital subject to the mandatory automatic exchange of
information, financial accounts, advance cross-border rulings and advance pricing
agreements, country-by-country reports, reportable cross-border arrangements,
information on sellers on digital platforms and crypto-assets.
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 30
(adapted)
new
(92) In order to make increase availability of the TIN available to the
competent authorities of Member States, each Member State should take the necessary
measures to require that the TIN of individuals and entities issued by the Member
EN 25 EN
State of residence be reported with respect to every exchange under this
Directive income from employment, director’s fees and pensions and with respect
to advance cross-border rulings and advance pricing arrangements, country-by-country
reports and reportable crossborder arrangements. Such measures can involve
comprise, but are not limited to, the introduction, by the transposition deadline set out
in Article 55 of this Directive, of domestic legal requirements to report the
TIN. Moreover, following the entry into force of Council Directive (EU) 2022/2523
and, in the light of the rules on safe harbours set out in that Directive, it is important to
ensure proper matching, in the context of the mandatory automatic exchange of
information on country-by-country reports pursuant to Directive 2011/16/EU.
However, it is also recognised by the Member States that there can be rare situations
where it is simply not possible for the reporting entity or the reporting individual to
collect and report the TIN, including where, despite best efforts, the reporting entity or
the reporting individual has not been able to collect the TIN or where a TIN has not
been issued to the taxpayer.
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 39
(adapted)
new
(93) The exchange of information should be made through standardised forms and
channels of communication, which should be adopted by the Commission in
accordance with Regulation (EU) No with Regulation (EU) No 182/2011 of the
European Parliament and of the Council 38 In Furthermore, in order to
ensure uniform conditions for the implementation of this Directive, implementing
powers should be conferred on the Commission to provide Member States with
develop a tool allowing an digitalelectronic and automated verification of the
validitycorrectness of the TIN that has been provided by the taxpayer or the reporting
entity or reporting individual. Those powers should be exercised in accordance with
Regulation (EU) No 182/2011. The IT tool to be provided to Member States is
intended to help increase the matching rates for tax administrations and improve the
quality of the exchanged information in general. It should provide an interim
solution until Union services enabling verified identification of taxpayers are
sufficiently developed and widely used.
new
(94) Since no additional matching needs to be carried out once the TIN has been verified, it
is appropriate, by way of derogation from the general reporting obligations laid down
in this Directive, to provide that, in such cases only the name and the verified TIN of
the taxpayer should be reported. The same simplified reporting should be available
where the taxpayer has been identified through a government verification service or an
equivalent Union service.
38 Regulation (EU) No 182/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 February 2011
laying down the rules and general principles concerning mechanisms for control by the Member States
of the Commission's exercise of implementing powers (OJ L 55, 28.2.2011, p. 13, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2011/182/oj).
EN 26 EN
(95) Regulation (EU) No 910/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council39 lays
down the conditions under which Member States are to recognise natural and legal
persons’ electronic identification means falling under a notified electronic
identification scheme of another Member State and provide and recognise European
Digital Identity Wallets, in order to enable and facilitate the exercise by natural and
legal persons of the right to participate in digital society safely and to access online
public and private services throughout the Union. Limited liability companies and
commercial partnerships, which account for the vast majority of companies subject to
reporting requirements, are identified within the Union by an EUID automatically
assigned by the business register with which they are registered. This EUID enables
verified, up-to-date identification that is valid throughout the Union via the Business
Registers Interconnexion System (BRIS). This Directive ensures that EUID can also
be used to identify the taxpayer in the same manner as TIN.
(EU) 2016/2258 recital 3
(adapted)
new
(96) To ensure effective monitoring of the application by Financial Institutions of the due
diligence procedures set out in this Directive 2011/16/EU, the tax authorities
need access to anti-money-laundering (‘ AML’) information obtained
pursuant to Directive (EU) 2024/1640 of the European Parliament and of the
Council40 for the identification of the beneficial owners . In the absence of such
access, those authorities would not be able to monitor, confirm and audit that the
Financial Institutions are applying this Directive 2011/16/EU properly by
correctly identifying and reporting on the beneficial owners of intermediary structures
. For the purposes of the exchange of information on the ownership and income
from real estate, it is also important to grant tax authorities access to the Single Access
Point (SAP) on real estate, established under Directive (EU) 2024/1640.
(EU) 2016/2258 recital 5
(adapted)
new
(97) It is therefore necessary to ensure that tax authorities are able to access the AML
information, procedures, documents and mechanisms for the performance of their
duties in monitoring the proper application of this Directive 2011/16/EU and
for the functioning of all forms of administrative cooperation provided for in that
this Directive. In order for the access to be effective and efficient it should
be immediate and direct and in a digital format.
39 Consolidated text: Regulation (EU) No 910/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23
July 2014 on electronic identification and trust services for electronic transactions in the internal market
and repealing Directive 1999/93/EC; ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/2024-10-18. 40 Directive (EU) 2024/1640 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31 May 2024 on the
mechanisms to be put in place by Member States for the prevention of the use of the financial system
for the purposes of money laundering or terrorist financing, amending Directive (EU) 2019/1937, and
amending and repealing Directive (EU) 2015/849; OJ L, 2024/1640, 19.6.2024; ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2024/1640/oj.
EN 27 EN
new
(98) Furthermore, to ensure that information held, at national level, by administrative
authorities in a Member State that is needed for tax purposes in other Member State is
available to be exchanged, tax authorities should be granted access to administrative
registers and databases on pensions of other public authorities at the government level
in their own Member States.
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 40
(adapted)
(99) The minimum retention period of records of information obtained through the
exchange of information between Member States pursuant to this
Directive2011/16/EU should not be longer than necessary but, in any event, not
shorter than five years. Member States should not retain information longer than
necessary to achieve the purposes of this Directive.
2011/16/EU recital 27 (adapted)
new
(100) All exchange of information Any processing of personal data referred to in this
Directive is subject to Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and
of the Council41 and Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament
and of the Council42 the provisions implementing Directive 95/46/EC of the
European Parliament and of the Council of 24 October 1995 on the protection of
individuals with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of
such data and to Regulation (EC) No 45/2001 of the European Parliament and of the
Council of 18 December 2000 on the protection of individuals with regard to the
processing of personal data by the Community institutions and bodies and on the free
movement of such data. However, it is appropriate to consider limitations of certain
rights and obligations laid down by Directive 95/46/EC in order to safeguard the
interests referred to in Article 13(1)(e) of that Directive. Such limitations are necessary
and proportionate in view of the potential loss of revenue for Member States and the
crucial importance of information covered by this Directive for the effectiveness of the
fight against fraud. Where for the purposes of this Directive it is necessary to
process personal data, this should be carried out in accordance with Union law on the
protection of personal data, in particular its rules on data subject rights and security
obligations. Any processing of personal data under this Regulation is subject to
Regulation (EU) 2016/679.
41 Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the
protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of
such data, and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (General Data Protection Regulation); OJ L 119, 4.5.2016,
p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2016/679/oj. 42 Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2018 on the
protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data by the Union institutions,
bodies, offices and agencies and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Regulation (EC) No
45/2001 and Decision No 1247/2002/EC, OJ L 295, 21.11.2018, pp. 39–98,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2018/1725/oj.
EN 28 EN
2014/107/EU recital 12
(101) Reporting Financial Institutions, sending Member States and receiving Member States,
in their capacity as data controllers, should retain information processed in accordance
with this Directive for no longer than necessary to achieve the purposes thereof. Given
the differences in Member States' legislation, the maximum retention period should be
set by reference to the statute of limitations provided by each data controller's
domestic tax legislation.
(EU) 2021/514 recital 33
(adapted)
new
(102) In order to prevent data breaches and limit potential damage, it is of utmost
importance to improve the security of all data, exchanged between the competent
authorities of Member States in the framework of this Directive 2011/16/EU.
Therefore, it is appropriate to supplement that this Directive with should
contain rules on the procedure to be followed by Member States and the
Commission in the event of a data breach in a Member State as well as in the cases
when the breach occurs to the Secure Digital Information Exchange (SDIE)
CCN. Given the sensitive nature of the data that could be subject to a data breach, it
would be appropriate to provide for measures such as requesting the suspension of the
exchange of information with the Member State(s) where the data breach occurred, or
suspending access to the SDIE CCN to one or more Member States until the data
breach is remedied. Given the technical nature of the processes related to data
exchange, Member States, assisted by the Commission, should agree on the practical
arrangements necessary for the implementation of the procedures to be followed in
case of a data breach and measures to be taken to prevent future data breaches.
(EU) 2023/2226 recital 41
(103) Reporting financial institutions, intermediaries, reporting platform operators, reporting
crypto-asset service providers or competent authorities of Member States are data
controllers within the meaning of Regulation (EU) 2016/679. Where two or more of
those controllers jointly determine the purposes and means of processing of personal
data, they are considered to be joint controllers. For example, competent authorities of
Member States are considered to be joint controllers of the central directory, having
jointly agreed on the personal data to be processed and the manner of processing.
(EU) 2021/514 recital 32
(adapted)
new
(104) In order to assist tax administrations participating in exchange of information under
this Directive, practical arrangements, including where appropriate a joint data
controller agreement, a data processor – data controller agreement or models thereof,
should be drafted by Member States, assisted by the Commission. Only persons duly
accredited by the Security Accreditation Authority of the Commission may have
access to the information communicated pursuant to this Directive 2011/16/EU
EN 29 EN
and provided by electronic means using the SDIE CCN, and only in so far as it is
necessary for the care, maintenance and development of the SDIE central
directory on administrative cooperation in the field of taxation and of the CCN. The
Commission is also responsible for ensuring the security of the SDIE central
directory on administrative cooperation in the field of taxation and of the CCN.
new
(105) In order to create more certainty for taxpayers and ensure a level playing field across
the EU, the possibility to establish further common rules on the criteria included in
some of the specific hallmarks is provided in this Directive. Those implementing acts
should provide taxpayers and tax administrations with detailed and clear rules on the
criteria for the requirements set out in Part II, points D.2(a) and (b) of Annex IV, with
the aim to ensure uniform application of the Directive, reduce the compliance burden
and level the playing filed. Such measures are expected to have an impact on Member
States’ executive and enforcement powers in the field of direct taxation, as well as on
Member States’ tax bases. For that reason, it is appropriate to confer powers on the
Council, based on a proposal from the Commission, to adopt implementing acts.
2011/16/EU recital 17
(106) Collaboration between the Member States and the Commission is necessary for the
permanent study of cooperation procedures and the sharing of experience and best
practices in the fields considered.
new
(107) The effectiveness of administrative cooperation should be regularly evaluated, on the
basis of statistics to be provided by Member States to the Commission. Member States
should also share statistics with their national statistical institutes, as well as country-
by-country reports with their respective national statistical authority to enable them to
provide EUROSTAT with reliable and up-to date information in line with Regulation
(EC) No 223/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council43. To increase
transparency and monitor the use of data received under automatic exchange of
information and the related outcomes, Member States should publish some key
performance indicators. The Commission should also be able to publish certain
information on the basis of data provided by Member States.
(EU) 2025/872 recital 10
(108) Directive (EU) 2022/2523 allows Member States in which no more than twelve
ultimate parent entities of groups within the scope of that Directive are located, to
43 Regulation (EC) No 223/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 March 2009 on
European statistics and repealing Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1101/2008 of the European Parliament
and of the Council on the transmission of data subject to statistical confidentiality to the Statistical
Office of the European Communities, Council Regulation (EC) No 322/97 on Community Statistics,
and Council Decision 89/382/EEC, Euratom establishing a Committee on the Statistical Programmes of
the European Communities (Text with relevance for the EEA and for Switzerland);
http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2009/223/2024-12-26.
EN 30 EN
elect not to apply the IIR and UTPR for a limited period of time. In such cases, a
Member State, if it is not a QDTT-only Member State, should only start applying the
rules on exchange of Top-up tax information returns (i.e. receive and send the
information) when the election period under Directive (EU) 2022/2523 ends.
new
(109) This Directive coexists with, and is fully consistent with, Regulation (EU) 2022/2065
of the European Parliament and of the Council44, which harmonises the rules
governing the liability and accountability of providers of intermediary services,
including online platforms, and establishes due diligence obligations applicable
throughout the Union. This Directive is without prejudice to, and complements, the
obligations established under that Regulation.
(EU) 2016/2258 recital 6
(110) This Directive respects the fundamental rights and observes the principles recognised
by the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union. Where this Directive
requires that access to personal data by tax authorities be provided by law, this does
not necessarily require an act of parliament, without prejudice to the constitutional
order of the Member State concerned. However, such a law should be clear and
precise, and its application should be clear and foreseeable to persons subject to it, in
accordance with the case-law of the Court of Justice of the European Union and the
European Court of Human Rights.
new
(111) The European Data Protection Supervisor was consulted in accordance with
Article 42(1) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the
Council45 and delivered an opinion on [XXX]46.
(112) In implementing this Directive, Member States should ensure full respect for the
fundamental rights and general principles recognised by the Charter of Fundamental
Rights of the European Union, in particular the rights to respect for private life and
communications, to the protection of personal data, and to an effective remedy and a
fair trial, as guaranteed, inter alia, by Articles 7, 8 and 47 of the Charter. Member
States should reconcile the objective of effective administrative cooperation and the
fight against tax fraud, tax evasion and tax avoidance with the imperative to ensure a
high level of protection of fundamental rights in national procedures giving effect to
this Directive and any limitation of those rights must be provided for by law, respect
44 Regulation (EU) 2022/2065 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 October 2022 on a
Single Market For Digital Services and amending Directive 2000/31/EC (Digital Services Act) OJ L
277, 27.10.2022, pp. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2022/2065/oj. 45 Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2018 on the
protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data by the Union institutions,
bodies, offices and agencies and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Regulation (EC) No
45/2001 and Decision No 1247/2002/EC; OJ L 295, 21.11.2018, pp. 39–98; ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2018/1725/oj. 46 [….]
EN 31 EN
their essence, and comply with the principle of proportionality in accordance with
Article 52(1) of the Charter.
(113) Furthermore, while this Directive does not harmonise Member States’ national
procedural remedies, and while the effectiveness of administrative cooperation
requires that certain investigative steps may, where justified, be taken without prior
notification to the taxpayer concerned, Member States should ensure, in accordance
with their obligations, inter alia, under the European Convention on Human Rights,
that persons whose rights are affected by investigative or disclosure measures
connected with the implementation of this Directive have access, under national law,
to effective review by a court or by an independent and impartial body competent to
examine, within a reasonable time, the legality of the measure, including compliance
with the applicable conditions relating to its justification, scope and any relevant
privileges or protections.
(EU) 2015/2376 recital 23
(114) Since the objective of this Directive, namely the efficient administrative cooperation
between Member States under conditions compatible with the proper functioning of
the internal market, cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States but can
rather, by reason of the uniformity and effectiveness required, be better achieved at
Union level, the Union may adopt measures, in accordance with the principle of
subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty on European Union. In accordance
with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, this Directive does not
go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve that objective.
new
(115) The obligation to transpose this Directive into national law should be confined to those
provisions which represent a substantive amendment as compared to the earlier
Directives. The obligation to transpose the provisions which are unchanged arises
under the earlier Directives.
(116) This Directive should be without prejudice to the obligations of the Member States
relating to the time-limits for the transposition into national law and the dates of
application of the Directives set out in Part B of Annex VIII,
2011/16/EU
new
HAS ADOPTED THIS DIRECTIVE:
CHAPTER I
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Article 1
Subject matter
1. This Directive lays down the rules and procedures under which the Member States
shall cooperate with each other with a view to exchanging information for that is
EN 32 EN
foreseeably relevant to the administration and enforcement of the domestic laws of the
Member States concerning the taxes referred to in Article 2.
2. This Directive also lays down provisions for the exchange of information referred to in
paragraph 1 by electronic means, as well as rules and procedures under which the Member
States and the Commission are to cooperate on matters concerning coordination and
evaluation.
3. This Directive shall not affect the application in the Member States of the rules on
mutual assistance in criminal matters. It shall also be without prejudice to the fulfilment of
any obligations of the Member States in relation to wider administrative cooperation ensuing
from other legal instruments, including bilateral or multilateral agreements.
new
4. Member States shall not introduce or maintain, after the entry into force of this
Directive, any domestic reporting obligations that require the collection, reporting, or
transmission of information which substantially duplicates information required to be reported
under Chapter II of this Directive.
For the purposes of first subparagraph, a national reporting obligation shall be considered
duplicative where it requires reporting of the same or substantially similar data, from the same
or equivalent categories of reporting entities or persons, and within a comparable timeframe,
as that required under this Directive.
2011/16/EU
Article 2
Scope
1. This Directive shall apply to all taxes of any kind levied by, or on behalf of, a Member
State or the Member State’s territorial or administrative subdivisions, including the local
authorities.
2. Notwithstanding paragraph 1, this Directive shall not apply to value added tax and
customs duties, or to excise duties covered by other Union legislation on administrative
cooperation between Member States. This Directive shall also not apply to compulsory social
security contributions payable to the Member State or a subdivision of the Member State or to
social security institutions established under public law.
3. In no case shall the taxes referred to in paragraph 1 be construed as including:
(a) fees, such as for certificates and other documents issued by public authorities;
or
(b) dues of a contractual nature, such as consideration for public utilities.
4. This Directive shall apply to the taxes referred to in paragraph 1 levied within the
territory to which the Treaties apply by virtue of Article 52 of the Treaty on the European
Union.
EN 33 EN
Article 3
Definitions
For the purposes of this Directive the following definitions shall apply:
(1) ‘competent authority’ of a Member State means the authority which has been
designated as such by that Member State. When acting pursuant to this Directive, the
central liaison office, a liaison department or a competent official shall also be
deemed to be competent authorities by delegation according to Article 29;
(2) ‘central liaison office’ means the office which has been designated as such
with principal responsibility for contacts with other Member States in the field of
administrative cooperation;
(3) ‘liaison department’ means any office other than the central liaison office
which has been designated as such to directly exchange information pursuant to this
Directive;
(4) ‘competent official’ means any official who is authorised to directly exchange
information pursuant to this Directive;
(5) ‘requesting authority’ means the central liaison office, a liaison department or
any competent official of a Member State who makes a request for assistance on
behalf of the competent authority;
(6) ‘requested authority’ means the central liaison office, a liaison department or
any competent official of a Member State who receives a request for assistance on
behalf of the competent authority;
(7) ‘administrative enquiry’ means all controls, checks and other action taken by
Member States in the performance of their duties with a view to ensuring the proper
application of tax legislation;
(8) ‘exchange of information on request’ means the exchange of information based
on a request made by the requesting Member State to the requested Member State in
a specific case;
2016/881 Art. 1.1
(9) ‘automatic exchange’ means,
2025/872 Art. 1.1(a)
(a) for the purposes of Article 8(1) and Articles 8a to 8ae, the systematic
communication of predefined information to another Member State, without
prior request, at pre-established regular intervals;
2016/881 Art. 1.1
(b) for the purposes of Article 8(3a), the systematic communication of
predefined information on residents in other Member States to the relevant
Member State of residence, without prior request, at pre-established regular
intervals;
EN 34 EN
2025/872 Art. 1.1(a)
(c) for the purposes of provisions of this Directive other than Articles 8(1)
and 8(3a) and Articles 8a to 8ae, the systematic communication of predefined
information provided for in the first subparagraph, points (a) and (b), of this
point.
new
(10) ‘available information’ means, for the purposes of Article 4, information held
by governmental authorities, acting on behalf of the State, in registers and
databases, which shall be made available by electronic means, in digital format,
to the tax authorities of the Member State communicating the information;
2011/16/EU
new
(11) 10 ‘spontaneous exchange’ means the non-systematic communication, at
any moment and without prior request, of information to another Member State;
(12)11 ‘person’ means:
(a) a natural person;
(b) a legal person;
(c) where the legislation in force so provides, an association of persons
recognised as having the capacity to perform legal acts but lacking the status of
a legal person; or
(d) any other legal arrangement of whatever nature and form, regardless of
whether it has legal personality, owning or managing assets, which, including
income derived therefrom, are subject to any of the taxes covered by this
Directive;
(13)12 ‘by electronic means’ means using electronic equipment for the processing,
including digital compression, and storage of data, and employing wires, radio
transmission, optical technologies or other electromagnetic means the use of any
technological systems or tools to process, transmit, or store data in a non-physical
form, regardless of the specific infrastructure or transmission method used ;
13. ‘CCN network’ means the common platform based on the common
communication network (CCN), developed by the Union for all transmissions by
electronic means between competent authorities in the area of customs and taxation;
new
(14) ‘Secure Digital Information Exchange (SDIE)’ means the common platform
established by the Union to enable secure and interoperable transmission of
information between competent authorities in the areas of customs and taxation,
regardless of the underlying communication infrastructure, technologies, or technical
solutions used to support such transmissions;
EN 35 EN
2015/2376 Art. 1.1(b)
(15)14 ‘advance cross-border ruling’ means any agreement, communication, or
any other instrument or action with similar effects, including one issued, amended or
renewed in the context of a tax audit, and which meets the following conditions:
(a) is issued, amended or renewed by, or on behalf of, the government or
the tax authority of a Member State, or the Member State's territorial or
administrative subdivisions, including local authorities, irrespective of whether
it is effectively used;
(b) is issued, amended or renewed, to a particular person or a group of
persons, and upon which that person or a group of persons is entitled to rely;
(c) concerns the interpretation or application of a legal or administrative
provision concerning the administration or enforcement of national laws
relating to taxes of the Member State, or the Member State's territorial or
administrative subdivisions, including local authorities;
2023/2226 Art. 1.1(b)
(d) relates to a cross-border transaction, or to the question of whether or
not activities carried on by a person in another jurisdiction create a permanent
establishment or to the question of whether or not a natural person is resident
for tax purposes in the Member State issuing the ruling; and
2015/2376 Art. 1.1(b)
(e) is made in advance of the transactions or of the activities in another
jurisdiction potentially creating a permanent establishment or in advance of the
filing of a tax return covering the period in which the transaction or series of
transactions or activities took place.
The cross-border transaction may involve, but is not restricted to, the making
of investments, the provision of goods, services, finance or the use of tangible
or intangible assets and does not have to directly involve the person receiving
the advance cross-border ruling;
(16)15 ‘advance pricing arrangement’ means any agreement, communication
or any other instrument or action with similar effects, including one issued, amended
or renewed in the context of a tax audit, and which meets the following conditions:
(a) is issued, amended or renewed by, or on behalf of, the government or
the tax authority of one or more Member States, including any territorial or
administrative subdivision thereof, including local authorities, irrespective of
whether it is effectively used;
(b) is issued, amended or renewed, to a particular person or a group of
persons and upon which that person or a group of persons is entitled to rely;
and
(c) determines in advance of cross-border transactions between associated
enterprises, an appropriate set of criteria for the determination of the transfer
EN 36 EN
pricing for those transactions or determines the attribution of profits to a
permanent establishment.
Enterprises are associated enterprises where one enterprise participates directly
or indirectly in the management, control or capital of another enterprise or the
same persons participate directly or indirectly in the management, control or
capital of the enterprises.
Transfer prices are the prices at which an enterprise transfers physical goods
and intangible property or provides services to associated enterprises, and
‘transfer pricing’ is to be construed accordingly;
(17)16 For the purpose of point 1514 ‘cross-border transaction’ means a
transaction or series of transactions where:
(a) not all of the parties to the transaction or series of transactions are
resident for tax purposes in the Member State issuing, amending or renewing
the advance cross-border ruling;
(b) any of the parties to the transaction or series of transactions is
simultaneously resident for tax purposes in more than one jurisdiction;
(c) one of the parties to the transaction or series of transactions carries on
business in another jurisdiction through a permanent establishment and the
transaction or series of transactions forms part or the whole of the business of
the permanent establishment. A cross-border transaction or series of
transactions shall also include arrangements made by a person in respect of
business activities in another jurisdiction which that person carries on through
a permanent establishment; or
(d) such transactions or series of transactions have a cross-border impact.
For the purpose of point 1615, ‘cross-border transaction’ means a transaction or
series of transactions involving associated enterprises which are not all resident for
tax purposes in the territory of a single jurisdiction or a transaction or series of
transactions which have a cross-border impact;
(18)17 For the purpose of point 1615 and 1716, ‘enterprise’ means any form of
conducting business;
2018/822 Art. 1.1(b)
new
(19)18 ‘cross-border arrangement’ means an arrangement concerning either
more than one Member State or a Member State and a third country where at least
one of the following conditions set out in points (a) to (e) is met, unless the
conditions set out in point (f) are satisfied :
(a) not all of the participants in the arrangement are resident for tax
purposes in the same jurisdiction;
(b) one or more of the participants in the arrangement is simultaneously
resident for tax purposes in more than one jurisdiction;
(c) one or more of the participants in the arrangement carries on a business
in another jurisdiction through a permanent establishment situated in that
EN 37 EN
jurisdiction and the arrangement forms part or the whole of the business of that
permanent establishment;
(d) one or more of the participants in the arrangement carries on an activity
in another jurisdiction without being resident for tax purposes or creating a
permanent establishment situated in that jurisdiction;
(e) such arrangement has a possible impact on the automatic exchange of
information or the identification of beneficial ownership;
new
(f) each of the participants in the arrangements is either part:
(i) of an MNE group or a large-scale domestic group, which for the
tax period falls within the scope of the rules laid down in Council
Directive 2022/2523 or, as regards third-country jurisdictions, the OECD
Model Rules, unless the ultimate parent entity of that MNE group is
located in a jurisdiction with a qualified side-by-side regime for the tax
period; or
(ii) of an MNE group or a large-scale domestic group, which for the
tax period falls within the scope of the rules laid down in Council
Directive 2022/2523 or, as regards third-country jurisdictions, the OECD
Model Rules, and is directly or indirectly held by an Ultimate Parent
Entity that is located in a jurisdiction with a qualified side-by-side regime
for the tax period and both of the following conditions are met: (1) the
participant is subject to a qualified domestic top-up tax for the tax period;
(2) no refund or direct or indirect financial benefit is granted in relation
to that tax.
For the purpose of this point, a jurisdiction with a qualified side-by-side
regime means a jurisdiction that is reported as having such status on the
OECD Central Record for purposes of the Global Minimum Tax in
accordance with the agreement of the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework
on a Side-by-Side Package of 5 January 2026.
2018/822 Art. 1.1(b) (adapted)
new
For the purposes of points 1918 to 23 25 of this Article, Article 8ab and Annex IV,
an arrangement shall also include a series of arrangements. An arrangement may
comprise more than one step or part;
(20)19 ‘reportable cross-border arrangement’ means any cross-border
arrangement that contains at least one of the hallmarks set out in Annex IV;
(21)20 ‘hallmark’ means a characteristic or feature of a cross-border
arrangement that presents an indication of a potential risk of tax avoidance, as listed
in Annex IV;
EN 38 EN
(22)21 ‘intermediary’ means any person or legal arrangement, such as a
partnership, trust or foundation, that designs, markets, organises or makes
available for implementation or manages the implementation of a reportable cross-
border arrangement.
It also means any person that, having regard to the relevant facts and circumstances
and based on available information and the relevant expertise and understanding
required to provide such services, knows or could be reasonably expected to know
that they have undertaken to provide, directly or by means of other persons, aid,
assistance or advice with respect to designing, marketing, organising, making
available for implementation or managing the implementation of a reportable cross-
border arrangement. Any person shall have the right to provide evidence that such
person did not know and could not reasonably be expected to know that that person
was involved in a reportable cross-border arrangement. For this purpose, that person
may refer to all relevant facts and circumstances as well as available information and
their relevant expertise and understanding.
In order to be an intermediary, a person shall meet at least one of the following
additional conditions:
(a) be resident for tax purposes in a Member State;
(b) have a permanent establishment in a Member State through which the
services with respect to the arrangement are provided;
(c) be incorporated in, or governed by the laws of, a Member State;
(d) be registered with a professional association related to legal, taxation or
consultancy services in a Member State;
(23)22 ‘relevant taxpayer’ means any person to whom a reportable cross-
border arrangement is made available for implementation, or who is ready to
implement a reportable cross-border arrangement or who has implemented
the first step of a reportable such an arrangement;
(24)23 for the purposes of Article 8ab, ‘associated enterprise’ means a person
who is related to another person in at least one of the following ways:
(a) a person participates in the management of another person by being in a
position to exercise a significant influence over the other person;
(b) a person participates in the control of another person through a holding
that exceeds 25 % of the voting rights;
(c) a person participates in the capital of another person through a right of
ownership that, directly or indirectly, exceeds 25 % of the capital;
(d) a person is entitled to 25 % or more of the profits of another person.
If more than one person participates, as referred to in points (a) to (d), in the
management, control, capital or profits of the same person, all persons concerned
shall be regarded as associated enterprises.
If the same persons participate, as referred to in points (a) to (d), in the management,
control, capital or profits of more than one person, all persons concerned shall be
regarded as associated enterprises.
For the purposes of this point, a person who acts together with another person in
respect of the voting rights or capital ownership of an entity shall be treated as
EN 39 EN
holding a participation in all of the voting rights or capital ownership of that entity
that are held by the other person.
In indirect participations, the fulfilment of requirements under point (c) shall be
determined by multiplying the rates of holding through the successive tiers. A person
holding more than 50 % of the voting rights shall be deemed to hold 100 %.
An individual, his or her spouse and his or her lineal ascendants or descendants shall
be treated as a single person;
24. ‘marketable arrangement’ means a cross-border arrangement that is designed,
marketed, ready for implementation or made available for implementation without a
need to be substantially customised;
25. ‘bespoke arrangement’ means any cross-border arrangement that is not a
marketable arrangement;
2021/514 Art. 1.1(d)
(25)26 ‘joint audit’ means an administrative enquiry jointly conducted by the
competent authorities of two or more Member States, and linked to one or more
persons of common or complementary interest to the competent authorities of those
Member States;
(26)27 ‘data breach’ means a breach of security leading to destruction, loss,
alteration or any incident of inappropriate or unauthorised access, disclosure or use
of information, including but not limited to personal data transmitted, stored or
otherwise processed, as the result of deliberate unlawful acts, negligence or
accidents. A data breach may concern the confidentiality, availability and integrity of
data;
2023/2226 Art. 1.1(c)
new
(27)28 ‘non-custodial dividend income’ means dividends or other income treated as
dividends in the payer’s Member State which are paid or credited with regard
to an account other than:
(a) a Custodial Account as defined in Section VIII, subparagraph C(3), of
Annex I;
new
(b) an equity interest in an Investment Entity as defined in Section VIII,
subparagraph C(1)(a) or (b), of Annex I;
2023/2226 Art. 1.1(c)
29. ‘life insurance products not covered by other Union legal instruments on
exchange of information and other similar measures’ means Insurance Contracts,
other than Cash Value Insurance Contracts subject to reporting under Section I of
Annex I, where benefits under the contracts are payable on death of a policy holder;
EN 40 EN
(28)30 ‘distributed ledger address’ means distributed ledger address referred to
in Regulation (EU) 2023/1114 of the European Parliament and of the Council47;
(29)31 ‘client’ means, for the purposes of Article 8ab, any intermediary or
relevant taxpayer that receives services, including assistance, advice, counsel or
guidance, from an intermediary subject to legal professional privilege in relation to a
reportable cross-border arrangement.
2025/872 Art. 1.1(b) (adapted)
new
In the context of this Article, Articles 8(3a), 8(7a) and 21(2) and Article 5 of this
Directive and Annex IV to this Directive, any capitalised term shall have the
meaning that it has under the corresponding definitions set out in Section III
of Annex I to this Directive. In the context of Article 21(5) and Article 25(3) and (4)
Article 40 (3) and (4) of this Directive, any capitalised term shall have the meaning
that it has under the corresponding definitions set out in Section VIII of
Annex I, Section I of Annex V or Section IV of Annex VI to this Directive. In the
context of Article 78aa of this Directive and Section I of Annex III to this Directive,
any capitalised term shall have the meaning that it has under the corresponding
definitions set out in Annex III to this Directive. In the context of Article 8ac
Articles 9, 10 and 11 of this Directive and Annex V to this Directive, any capitalised
term shall have the meaning that it has under the corresponding definitions set out in
Section I of Annex V to this Directive. In the context of Article 8ad Articles12, 13
and 14 of this Directive and Annex VI to this Directive, any capitalised term shall
have the meaning that it has under the corresponding definitions set out in Section
IV of Annex VI to this Directive. For the purposes In the context of point
19 of this Article, Articles 158ae and 229a of this Directive and Annex VII to this
Directive, the definitions laid down any term shall have the same meaning as
defined in Article 3, Article 9(2), point (a), Article 16(4), (6), (8) and (11),
Article 17(1), Article 21(5), Article 22(1), Article 24(4) and (6), Article 26(2),
Article 27(3), (4), and (5), Article 28(1), Article 30(2), Article 31(1), Article 32,
Article 33(1), Article 35(1), Article 36(1), Article 37(1), Article 39(1), Article 42(1),
Article 44(1), Article 47(1) and Article 49(3) of Council Directive (EU) 2022/252348
apply . Furthermore, any capitalised term shall have the same meaning as
defined in Section I of Annex VII to this Directive.
47 Regulation (EU) 2023/1114 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31 May 2023 on markets
in crypto-assets, and amending Regulations (EU) No 1093/2010 and (EU) No 1095/2010 and
Directives 2013/36/EU and (EU) 2019/1937 (OJ L 150, 9.6.2023, p. 40). 48 Council Directive (EU) 2022/2523 of 15 December 2022 on ensuring a global minimum level of
taxation for multinational enterprise groups and large-scale domestic groups in the Union (OJ L 328,
22.12.2022, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2022/2523/oj).
EN 41 EN
2011/16/EU (adapted)
CHAPTER II
MANDATORY AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION
SECTION I
MANDATORY AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION AUTOMATIC
EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION ON INCOME FROM EMPLOYMENT, DIRECTOR’S
FEES, PENSIONS, INCOME AND OWNERSHIP OF IMMOVABLE PROPERTY,
ROYALTIES AND NON-CUSTODIAL DIVIDENDS
ARTICLE 8
Scope and conditions of mandatory Automatic exchange of information
Article 4
Scope and conditions
2023/2226 Art. 1.2(a) (adapted)
new
1. The competent authority of each Member State shall, by automatic exchange,
communicate to the competent authority of any other Member State all available
information information that is available concerning residents of that other Member State,
on all of the following specific categories of income and capital as they are to be
understood under the national legislation of the Member State which communicates the
information:
(a) income from employment;
(b) director’s fees;
(c) income from life insurance products not covered by other Union legal
instruments on exchange of information and other similar measures;
(cd) pensions;
(de) ownership , including beneficial ownership as defined in Article 2(1), point
28 of Regulation (EU) 2024/1624 of the European Parliament and of the
Council49, of and income from immovable property;
(ef) royalties;
49 Regulation (EU) 2024/1624 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31 May 2024 on the
prevention of the use of the financial system for the purposes of money laundering or terrorist financing
(Text with EEA relevance); OJ L, 2024/1624, 19.6.2024, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1624/oj.
EN 42 EN
(fg) non-custodial dividend income other than income from dividends exempt from
corporate income tax pursuant to Articles 4, 5 or 6 of Council
Directive 2011/96/EU50.
2021/514 Art. 1.6(a)
new
For taxable periods starting on or after 1 January 2024, Member States shall endeavour to
include the Tax Identification Number(TIN) of taxpayers residents issued by the
Member State of residence in the communication of the information referred to in the first
subparagraph.
Member States shall inform the Commission annually of at least two categories of income and
capital listed in the first subparagraph with regard to which they communicate information
concerning residents of another Member State.
2. Before 1 January 2024, Member States shall inform the Commission of at least four
categories listed in the first subparagraph of paragraph 1 in respect of which the competent
authority of each Member State shall, by automatic exchange, communicate to the competent
authority of any other Member State information concerning residents of that other Member
State. Such information shall concern taxable periods starting on or after 1 January 2025.
2023/2226 Art. 1.2(b)
Before 1 January 2026, Member States shall inform the Commission of at least five categories
listed in paragraph 1, first subparagraph, in respect of which the competent authority of each
Member State shall, by automatic exchange, communicate to the competent authority of any
other Member State information concerning residents of that other Member State. Such
information shall concern taxable periods starting on or after 1 January 2026.
2014/107/EU Art. 1.2(a)
23. The competent authority of a Member State may indicate to the competent authority of
any other Member State that it does not wish to receive information on one or several of the
categories of income and capital referred to in paragraph 1. It shall also inform the
Commission thereof.
2014/107/EU Art. 1.2(d)
(adapted)
new
36. The communication of information shall take place as follows:
(a) for the categories laid down in paragraph 1: at least once a year, as soon as
it becomes available and in any case no later than within six months following the
end of the calendar tax year of the Member State during which the information
became available.;
50 Council Directive 2011/96/EU of 30 November 2011 on the common system of taxation applicable in
the case of parent companies and subsidiaries of different Member States (OJ L 345, 29.12.2011, p. 8
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2011/96/oj).
EN 43 EN
(b) for the information laid down in paragraph 3a: annually, within nine months
following the end of the calendar year or other appropriate reporting period to which
the information relates.
7. The Commission shall adopt the practical arrangements for the automatic exchange of
information, in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 26(2), before the dates
referred to in Article 29(1)
2025/872 Art. 1.2 (adapted)
SECTION II
MANDATORY AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Article 5
Scope and conditions
1. Each Member State shall take the necessary measures to require its Reporting
Financial Institutions to perform the reporting and due diligence rules included in
Annexes I and II and to ensure effective implementation of, and compliance with, such rules
in accordance with Section IX of Annex I.
Pursuant to the applicable reporting and due diligence rules contained in Annexes I and II, the
competent authority of each Member State shall, by automatic exchange, communicate within
the deadline laid down in point (b) of paragraph 36, to the competent authority of any other
Member State, the following information regarding taxable periods as from 1 January 2016
concerning a Reportable Account:
(a) the name, address, TIN(s) and date and place of birth (in the case of an
individual) of each Reportable Person that is an Account Holder of the account and,
in the case of any Entity that is an Account Holder and that, after application of due
diligence rules consistent with the Annexes I and II, is identified as having one or
more Controlling Persons that are Reportable Persons, the name, address, and TIN(s)
of the Entity and the name, address, TIN(s) and date and place of birth of each
Reportable Person;
(b) the account number (or functional equivalent in the absence of an account
number);
(c) the name and identifying number (if any) of the Reporting Financial
Institution;
(d) the account balance or value (including, in the case of a Cash Value Insurance
Contract or Annuity Contract, the Cash Value or surrender value) as of the end of the
relevant calendar year or other appropriate reporting period or, if the account was
closed during such year or period, the closure of the account;
(e) in the case of any Custodial Account:
(i) the total gross amount of interest, the total gross amount of dividends,
and the total gross amount of other income generated with respect to the assets
held in the account, in each case paid or credited to the account (or with respect
to the account) during the calendar year or other appropriate reporting period;
and
EN 44 EN
(ii) the total gross proceeds from the sale or redemption of Financial Assets
paid or credited to the account during the calendar year or other appropriate
reporting period with respect to which the Reporting Financial Institution acted
as a custodian, broker, nominee, or otherwise as an agent for the Account
Holder;
(f) in the case of any Depository Account, the total gross amount of interest paid
or credited to the account during the calendar year or other appropriate reporting
period;
(g) in the case of any account not described in point (e) or point (f), the total gross
amount paid or credited to the Account Holder with respect to the account during the
calendar year or other appropriate reporting period with respect to which the
Reporting Financial Institution is the obligor or debtor, including the aggregate
amount of any redemption payments made to the Account Holder during the calendar
year or other appropriate reporting period;
(h) whether a valid self-certification has been provided for each Account Holder;
(i) the role(s) by virtue of which each Reportable Person that is a Controlling
Person of an Entity Account Holder is a Controlling Person of the Entity and whether
a valid self-certification has been provided for each such Reportable Person;
(j) the type of account, whether the account is a Pre-existing Account or a New
Account and whether the account is a joint account, including the number of joint
Account Holders; and
(k) in the case of any Equity Interest held in an Investment Entity that is a legal
arrangement, the role(s) by virtue of which the Reportable Person is an Equity
Interest holder.
For the purposes of the exchange of information under this paragraph, unless otherwise
provided for in this paragraph or in Annex I or II, the amount and characterisation of
payments made with respect to a Reportable Account shall be determined in accordance with
the national legislation of the Member State which communicates the information.
The first and second subparagraphs of this paragraph shall prevail over paragraph 1, point (c)
of paragraph 1 or any other Union legal instrument, to the extent that the exchange of
information at issue would fall within the scope of point (c) of paragraph 1, point (c), or of
any other Union legal instrument.
The competent authority of each Member State shall communicate the information referred to
in points (h) to (k) of the second subparagraph regarding taxable periods as from 1 January
2026.
2023/2226 Art. 1.2(c)
7a2. Member States shall ensure that entities and accounts that are to be treated,
respectively, as Non-Reporting Financial Institutions and Excluded Accounts satisfy all the
requirements listed in Section VIII, subparagraph B(1), point (c), and subparagraph C(17),
point (g), of Annex I, and in particular that the status of a Financial Institution as a Non-
Reporting Financial Institution or the status of an account as an Excluded Account does not
frustrate the purposes of this Directive.
EN 45 EN
new
3. The automatic exchange of information shall take place annually, as soon as it
becomes available and, not later than nine months after the end of the calendar year or other
appropriate reporting period to which the information relates.
2015/2376 Art. 1.3 (adapted)
new
SECTION III
MANDATORY AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION ON ADVANCE
CROSS-BORDER RULINGS AND ADVANCE PRICING ARRANGEMENTS
Article 68a
Scope and conditions of mandatory automatic exchange of information on advance
cross-border rulings and advance pricing arrangements
1. The competent authority of a Member State, where an advance cross-border ruling or
an advance pricing arrangement was issued, amended or renewed after 31 December 2016
shall, by automatic exchange, communicate information thereon to the competent authorities
of all other Member States as well as to the European Commission, with the limitation of
cases set out in paragraph 78 of this Article, in accordance with applicable practical
arrangements adopted pursuant to Article 21.
2015/2376 Art. 1.3 (adapted)
2. The competent authority of a Member State shall, in accordance with applicable
practical arrangements adopted pursuant to Article 21, also communicate information to the
competent authorities of all other Member States as well as to the European Commission,
with the limitation of cases set out in paragraph 8 of this Article, on advance cross-border
rulings and advance pricing arrangements issued, amended or renewed within a period
beginning five years before 1 January 2017.
If advance cross-border rulings and advance pricing arrangements are issued, amended or
renewed between 1 January 2012 and 31 December 2013, such communication shall take
place under the condition that they were still valid on 1 January 2014.
If advance cross-border rulings and advance pricing arrangements are issued, amended or
renewed between 1 January 2014 and 31 December 2016, such communication shall take
place irrespective of whether they are still valid.
Member States may exclude from the communication referred to in this paragraph,
information on advance cross-border rulings and advance pricing arrangements issued,
amended or renewed before 1 April 2016 to a particular person or a group of persons,
excluding those conducting mainly financial or investment activities, with a group-wide
annual net turnover, as defined in point (5) of Article 2 of Directive 2013/34/EU of the
EN 46 EN
European Parliament and of the Council51, of less than EUR 40000000 (or the equivalent
amount in any other currency) in the fiscal year preceding the date of issuance, amendment or
renewal of those cross-border rulings and advance pricing arrangements.
23. Bilateral or multilateral advance pricing arrangements with third countries shall be
excluded from the scope of automatic exchange of information under this Article where the
international tax agreement under which the advance pricing arrangement was negotiated does
not permit its disclosure to third parties. Such bilateral or multilateral advance pricing
arrangements will be exchanged under Article 219, where the international tax agreement
under which the advance pricing arrangement was negotiated permits its disclosure, and the
competent authority of the third country gives permission for the information to be disclosed.
However, where the bilateral or multilateral advance pricing arrangements would be excluded
from the automatic exchange of information under the first sentence of the first subparagraph
of this paragraph, the information identified in paragraph 6 of this Article referred to in the
request that lead to issuance of such a bilateral or multilateral advance pricing arrangement
shall instead be exchanged under paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article.
2023/2226 Art. 1.3(a) (adapted)
34. Paragraphs 1 and 2 shall not apply in a case where an advance cross-border ruling
exclusively concerns and involves the tax affairs of one or more natural persons, except where
such an advance cross-border ruling was issued, amended or renewed after 1 January 2026
and where:
(a) the amount of the transaction or series of transactions of the advance cross-
border ruling exceeds EUR 1500000 (or the equivalent amount in any other
currency), if such amount is referred to in the advance cross-border ruling; or
(b) the advance cross-border ruling determines whether a person is or is not
resident for tax purposes in the Member State issuing the ruling.
For the purposes of the first subparagraph, point (a), and without prejudice to the amount
referred to in the advance cross-border ruling, in a series of transactions regarding different
goods, services or assets the amount of the advance cross-border ruling shall comprise the
total underlying value. The amounts shall not be aggregated if the same goods, services or
assets are transacted several times.
Notwithstanding the first subparagraph, point (b), the exchange of information on advance
cross-border rulings concerning natural persons shall not include such rulings on taxation at
source with regard to non-residents’ income from employment, director’s fees or pensions.
2015/2376 Art. 1.3 (adapted)
45. The exchange of information shall take place as follows:
51 Directive 2013/34/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on the annual
financial statements, consolidated financial statements and related reports of certain types of
undertakings, amending Directive 2006/43/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and
repealing Council Directives 78/660/EEC and 83/349/EEC (OJ L 182, 29.6.2013, p. 19).
EN 47 EN
2021/514 Art. 1.7(a) (adapted)
(a) in respect of information exchanged pursuant to paragraph 1 – without delay
after as soon as the advance cross-border rulings or advance pricing
arrangements have been issued, amended or renewed and at the latest three months
following the end of the half of the calendar year during which the advance cross-
border rulings or advance pricing arrangements were issued, amended or renewed.;
2015/2376 Art. 1.3 (adapted)
(b) in respect of the information exchanged pursuant to paragraph 2 — before 1
January 2018.
56. The information to be communicated by a Member State pursuant to paragraphs 1 and
2 of this Article shall include the following:
2023/2226 Art. 1.3(b)
(a) the identification of the person, other than a natural person, except where the
advance-cross border ruling concerns a natural person and shall be communicated
pursuant to paragraphs 1 and 34, and where appropriate the group of persons to
which it belongs;
2021/514 Art. 1.7(b)
(b) a summary of the advance cross-border ruling or advance pricing arrangement,
including a description of the relevant business activities or transactions or series of
transactions and any other information that could assist the competent authority in
assessing a potential tax risk, without leading to the disclosure of a commercial,
industrial or professional secret or of a commercial process, or of information whose
disclosure would be contrary to public policy;
2015/2376 Art. 1.3
(c) the dates of issuance, amendment or renewal of the advance cross-border
ruling or advance pricing arrangement;
(d) the start date of the period of validity of the advance cross-border ruling or
advance pricing arrangement, if specified;
(e) the end date of the period of validity of the advance cross-border ruling or
advance pricing arrangement, if specified;
(f) the type of the advance cross-border ruling or advance pricing arrangement;
(g) the amount of the transaction or series of transactions of the advance cross-
border ruling or advance pricing arrangement if such amount is referred to in the
advance cross-border ruling or advance pricing arrangement;
(h) the description of the set of criteria used for the determination of the transfer
pricing or the transfer price itself in the case of an advance pricing arrangement;
EN 48 EN
(i) the identification of the method used for determination of the transfer pricing
or the transfer price itself in the case of an advance pricing arrangement;
(j) the identification of the other Member States, if any, likely to be concerned by
the advance cross-border ruling or advance pricing arrangement;
2023/2226 Art. 1.3(b)
(k) the identification of any person, other than a natural person, except where the
advance-cross border ruling concerns a natural person and shall be communicated
pursuant to paragraphs 1 and 34, in the other Member States, if any, likely to be
affected by the advance cross-border ruling, or advance pricing arrangement
(indicating to which Member States the affected persons are linked); and
2015/2376 Art. 1.3 (adapted)
(l) the indication whether the information communicated is based upon the
advance cross-border ruling or advance pricing arrangement itself or upon the
request referred to in the second subparagraph of paragraph 23, second
subparagraph of this Article.
7. To facilitate the exchange of information referred to in paragraph 6 of this Article, the
Commission shall adopt the practical arrangements necessary for the implementation of this
Article, including measures to standardise the communication of the information set out in
paragraph 6 of this Article, as part of the procedure for establishing the standard form
provided for in Article 20(5).
68. Information referred to in as defined under paragraph 5, points (a), (b), (h) and
(k), of paragraph 6 of this Article shall not be communicated to the European Commission.
9. The competent authority of the Member States concerned, identified under paragraph
6(j), shall confirm, if possible by electronic means, the receipt of the information to the
competent authority which provided the information without delay and in any event no later
than seven working days. This measure shall be applicable until the directory referred to in
Article 21(5) becomes operational.
710. Member States may, in accordance with Article 175, and having regard to Article
21(4), request additional information, including the full text of an advance cross-border ruling
or an advance pricing arrangement.
EN 49 EN
2016/881 Art. 1.2 (adapted)
new
SECTION IV
MANDATORY AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION ON THE COUNTRY-
BY-COUNTRY REPORT
Article 8aa
Article 7
Scope and conditions
1. Each Member State shall take the necessary measures to require the Ultimate Parent
Entity of an MNE Group that is resident for tax purposes in its territory, or any other
Reporting Entity in accordance with Section II of Annex III, to file a country-by-country
report using the standard form adopted in accordance with the procedure set out in Article
43 with respect to its Reporting Fiscal Year within 12 months of the last day of the
Reporting Fiscal Year of the MNE Group in accordance with Section II of Annex III.
2. The competent authority of a Member State where the country-by-country report was
received pursuant to paragraph 1 shall, by means of automatic exchange and within the
deadline laid down in paragraph 4, communicate the country-by-country report to any other
Member State in which, on the basis of the information in the country-by-country report, one
or more Constituent Entities of the MNE Group of the Reporting Entity are either resident for
tax purposes or subject to tax with respect to the business carried out through a permanent
establishment.
3. The country-by-country report shall contain the following information with respect to
the MNE Group:
(a) aggregate information relating to the amount of revenue, profit (loss) before
income tax, income tax paid, income tax accrued, stated capital, accumulated
earnings, number of employees, and tangible assets other than cash or cash
equivalents with regard to each jurisdiction in which the MNE Group operates;
(b) an identification of each Constituent Entity of the MNE Group , including
the TIN, setting out the jurisdiction of tax residence of that Constituent Entity and,
where different from that jurisdiction of tax residence, the jurisdiction under the laws
of which that Constituent Entity is organised, and the nature of the main business
activity or activities of that Constituent Entity.
4. The communication shall take place without delay and not later than within 15
months of the last day of the Fiscal Year of the MNE Group to which the country-by-country
report relates. The first country-by-country report shall be communicated for the Fiscal Year
of the MNE Group commencing on or after 1 January 2016, which shall take place within 18
months of the last day of that Fiscal Year.
EN 50 EN
2018/822 Art. 1.2 (adapted)
new
SECTION V
MANDATORY AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION ON REPORTABLE
CROSS-BORDER ARRANGEMENTS
Article 8ab
Scope and conditions of mandatory automatic exchange of information on reportable
cross-border arrangements
Article 8
Scope and conditions
1. Each Member State shall take the necessary measures to require intermediaries to file
information that is within their knowledge, possession or control on reportable cross-border
arrangements with the competent authorities within 30 90 days beginning:
(a) on the day after the reportable cross-border arrangement is made available for
implementation; or
(b) on the day after the reportable cross-border arrangement is ready for
implementation; or
(c) when the first step in the implementation of the reportable cross-border
arrangement has been made.,
whichever occurs first.
Notwithstanding the first subparagraph, intermediaries referred to in the second paragraph of
point 21 of Article 3 shall also be required to file information within 30 days beginning on the
day after they provided, directly or by means of other persons, aid, assistance or advice.
2. In the case of marketable arrangements, Member States shall take the necessary
measures to require that a periodic report be made by the intermediary every 3 months
providing an update which contains new reportable information as referred to in points (a),
(d), (g) and (h) of paragraph 14 that has become available since the last report was filed.
23. Where the intermediary is liable to file information on reportable cross-border
arrangements with the competent authorities of more than one Member State, such
information shall be filed only in the Member State that features first in the list below:
(a) the Member State where the intermediary is resident for tax purposes;
(b) the Member State where the intermediary has a permanent establishment
through which the services with respect to the arrangement are provided;
(c) the Member State which the intermediary is incorporated in or governed by the
laws of;
(d) the Member State where the intermediary is registered with a professional
association related to legal, taxation or consultancy services.
EN 51 EN
34. Where, pursuant to paragraph 23, there is a multiple reporting obligation, the
intermediary shall be exempt from filing the information if it has proof, in accordance with
national law, that the same information has been filed in another Member State.
2023/2226 Art. 1.4(a)
new
45. Each Member State shall may take the necessary measures to give intermediaries
which are lawyers and other professionals that are legally authorised to ensure legal
representation the right to a waiver from filing information on a reportable cross-border
arrangement where the reporting obligation would breach the legal professional privilege
under the national law of that Member State.
In such circumstances, Eeach Member State shall take the necessary measures to require any
intermediaries that have exercised been granted a waiver on the basis of them
pursuing their professional activities under one of the professional titles referred to in Article
1(2), point (a), of Directive 98/5/EC to notify, without delay, their client, if that client is an
intermediary or, where there is no such intermediary, that client is the relevant taxpayer, of
that client’s reporting obligations under paragraph 6 .
new
Notwithstanding the second subparagraph of this paragraph, each Member State shall take the
necessary measures to require other intermediaries which are legally authorised to ensure
legal representation, but do not pursue their professional activities under one of the
professional titles referred to in Article 1(2), point (a), of Directive 98/5/EC, to notify, without
delay, any other intermediary or, if there is no such intermediary, the relevant taxpayer of
their reporting obligations under paragraph 6.
2018/822 Art. 1.2
new
5. Intermediaries may only be entitled to a waiver under the first subparagraph paragraph
4 to the extent that they operate within the limits of the relevant national laws that define their
professions.
6. Each Member State shall take the necessary measures to require that, where there is no
intermediary at the time when the first step of the implementation of the reportable cross-
border arrangement has been made, or the intermediary notifies the relevant taxpayer or
another intermediary of the application of a waiver under paragraph 4 5, the obligation to file
information on a reportable cross-border arrangement lies with the other notified
intermediary, or, if there is no such intermediary, with the relevant taxpayer.
7. The relevant taxpayer with whom the reporting obligation lies shall file the
information within 90 30 days, beginning on the day after the reportable cross-border
arrangement is made available for implementation to that relevant taxpayer, or is ready for
implementation by the relevant taxpayer, or when the first step in its implementation has been
made in relation to the relevant taxpayer, whichever occurs first.
Where the relevant taxpayer has an obligation to file information on the reportable cross-
border arrangement with the competent authorities of more than one Member State, such
EN 52 EN
information shall be filed only with the competent authorities of the Member State that
features first in the list below:
(a) the Member State where the relevant taxpayer is resident for tax purposes;
(b) the Member State where the relevant taxpayer has a permanent establishment
benefiting from the arrangement;
(c) the Member State where the relevant taxpayer receives income or generates
profits, although the relevant taxpayer is not resident for tax purposes and has no
permanent establishment in any Member State;
(d) the Member State where the relevant taxpayer carries on an activity, although
the relevant taxpayer is not resident for tax purposes and has no permanent
establishment in any Member State.
8. Where, pursuant to paragraph 7, there is a multiple reporting obligation, the relevant
taxpayer shall be exempt from filing the information if it has proof, in accordance with
national law, that the same information has been filed in another Member State.
9. Each Member State shall take the necessary measures to require that, where there is
more than one intermediary, the obligation to file information on the reportable cross-border
arrangement lie with all intermediaries involved in the same reportable cross-border
arrangement.
An intermediary shall be exempt from filing the information only to the extent that it has
proof, in accordance with national law, that the same information referred to in paragraph
1314 has already been filed by another intermediary.
10. Each Member State shall take the necessary measures to require that, where the
reporting obligation lies with the relevant taxpayer and where there is more than one relevant
taxpayer, the relevant taxpayer that is to file information in accordance with paragraph 6 be
the one that features first in the list below:
(a) the relevant taxpayer that agreed the reportable cross-border arrangement with
the intermediary;
(b) the relevant taxpayer that manages the implementation of the arrangement.
Any relevant taxpayer shall only be exempt from filing the information to the extent that it
has proof, in accordance with national law, that the same information referred to in paragraph
13 has already been filed by another relevant taxpayer.
11. Each Member State may take the necessary measures to require that each relevant
taxpayer file information about their use of the arrangement to the tax administration in each
of the years for which they use it.
Corrigendum, OJ L 031,
1.2.2019, p. 108 (adapted)
12. Each Member State shall take the necessary measures to require intermediaries and
relevant taxpayers to file information on reportable cross-border arrangements the first step of
which was implemented between 25 June 2018 and 30 June 2020. Intermediaries and relevant
taxpayers, as appropriate, shall file information on those reportable cross-border arrangements
by 31 August 2020.
EN 53 EN
2018/822 Art. 1.2 (adapted)
new
1213. The competent authority of a Member State where the information was filed pursuant
to paragraphs 1 to 11 of this Article shall, by means of an automatic exchange, communicate
the information specified in paragraph 1314 of this Article to the competent authorities of all
other Member States, in accordance with the practical arrangements adopted pursuant to
Article .
1314. The information to be communicated by the competent authority of a Member State
under paragraph 1213 shall contain the following, as applicable:
2023/2226 Art. 1.4(b)
(a) the identification of intermediaries, other than intermediaries exempt from the
reporting obligation on account of the legal professional privilege pursuant to
paragraph 45, and relevant taxpayers, including their name, date and place of birth
(in the case of an individual), residence for tax purposes, TIN and, where
appropriate, the persons that are associated enterprises to the relevant taxpayer;
2018/822 Art. 1.2
(b) details of the hallmarks set out in Annex IV that make the cross-border
arrangement reportable;
2023/2226 Art. 1.4(b)
(c) a summary of the content of the reportable cross-border arrangement, including
a reference to the name by which it is commonly known, if any, and a description of
the relevant arrangements and any other information that could assist the competent
authority in assessing a potential tax risk, without leading to the disclosure of a
commercial, industrial or professional secret or of a commercial process, or of
information whose disclosure would be contrary to public policy;
2018/822 Art. 1.2 (adapted)
new
(d) the date on which the first step in implementing the reportable cross-border
arrangement has been made or will be made;
(e) details of the national provisions that form the basis of the reportable cross-
border arrangement;
(f) the value of the reportable cross-border arrangement;
(g) the identification of the Member State of the relevant taxpayer(s) and any other
Member States or third country jurisdictions which are likely to be concerned
by the reportable cross-border arrangement;
(h) the identification of any other person in a Member State or third country
jurisdiction likely to be affected by the reportable cross-border arrangement,
indicating to which Member States such person is linked.
EN 54 EN
1415. The fact that a tax administration does not react to a reportable cross-border
arrangement shall not imply any acceptance of the validity or tax treatment of that
arrangement.
16. To facilitate the exchange of information referred to in paragraph 13 of this Article,
the Commission shall adopt the practical arrangements necessary for the implementation of
this Article, including measures to standardise the communication of the information set out
in paragraph 14 of this Article, as part of the procedure for establishing the standard form
provided for in Article 20(5).
1517. The Commission shall not have access to information referred to in paragraph 13,
points (a), (c) and (h) of paragraph 14.
1618. The automatic exchange of information shall take place as soon as the information
becomes available and not than within one month after of the end of the quarter in
which the information was filed. The first information shall be communicated by 31 October
2020.
2021/514 Art. 1.8 (adapted)
new
SECTION VI
MANDATORY AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION REPORTED BY
PLATFORM OPERATORS
Article 8ac
Scope and conditions of mandatory automatic exchange of information reported by Platform
Operators
Article 9
Scope and conditions
1. Each Member State shall take the necessary measures to require Reporting Platform
Operators to carry out the due diligence procedures and fulfil reporting requirements laid
down in Sections II and III of Annex V. Each Member State shall also ensure the effective
implementation of, and compliance with, such measures in accordance with Section IV of
Annex V.
2. Pursuant to the applicable due diligence procedures and reporting requirements
contained in Sections II and III of Annex V, the competent authority of a Member State where
the reporting in accordance with paragraph 1 took place shall, by means of automatic
exchange, and within the time limit laid down in paragraph 3, communicate to the competent
authority of the Member State in which the Reportable Seller is resident as determined
pursuant to paragraph D of Section II, paragraph D, of Annex V and, where the Reportable
Seller provides immovable property rental services, in any case to the competent authority of
the Member State in which the immovable property is located, the following information
regarding each Reportable Seller:
(a) the name, registered office address, TIN and, where relevant, individual
identification number allocated pursuant to the first subparagraph of paragraph 1 of
EN 55 EN
Article 10(1), the first subparagraph 4, of the Reporting Platform Operator, as well as
the business name(s) of the Platform(s) in respect of which the Reporting Platform
Operator is reporting;
(b) the first and last name of the Reportable Seller who is an individual, and legal
name of the Reportable Seller that is an Entity;
(c) the Primary Address;
(d) any TIN of the Reportable Seller, including each Member State of issuance, or,
in the absence of a TIN, the place of birth of the Reportable Seller who is an
individual;
(e) the business registration number of the Reportable Seller that is an Entity;
(f) the VAT identification number of the Reportable Seller, where available;
(g) the date of birth of the Reportable Seller who is an individual;
(h) the Financial Account Identifier to which the Consideration is paid or credited,
insofar as it is available to the Reporting Platform Operator and the competent
authority of the Member State where the Reportable Seller is resident in the meaning
of paragraph D of Section II, paragraph D, of Annex V has not notified the
competent authorities of all other Member States that it does not intend to use the
Financial Account Identifier for this purpose;
(i) where different from the name of the Reportable Seller, in addition to the
Financial Account Identifier, the name of the holder of the financial account to which
the Consideration is paid or credited, to the extent available to the Reporting
Platform Operator, as well as any other financial identification information available
to the Reporting Platform Operator with respect to that account holder;
(j) each Member State in which the Reportable Seller is resident determined
pursuant to paragraph D of Section II, paragraph D of Annex V;
(k) the total Consideration paid or credited during each quarter of the Reportable
Period and the number of Relevant Activities in respect of which it was paid or
credited;
(l) any fees, commissions or taxes withheld or charged by the Reporting Platform
during each quarter of the Reportable Period;
2023/2226 Art. 1.5
(m) the Identification Service identifier and the Member State of issuance, where
the Reporting Platform Operator relies on direct confirmation of the identity and
residence of the Seller through an Identification Service made available by a Member
State or the Union to ascertain the identity and tax residence of the Seller; in such
cases it is not necessary to communicate to the Member State of issuance of the
Identification Service identifier the information referred to in points (c) to (g).
2021/514 Art. 1.8 (adapted)
new
Where the Reportable Seller provides immovable property rental services, the following
additional information shall be communicated:
EN 56 EN
(a) the address of each Property Listing, determined on the basis of the procedures
set out in paragraph E of Section II, paragraph E, of Annex V and respective land
registration number or its equivalent under the national law of the Member State
or other jurisdiction where it is located, where available;
(b) the total Consideration paid or credited during each quarter of the Reportable
Period and number of Relevant Activities provided with respect to each Property
Listing;
(c) where available, the number of days each Property Listing was rented during
the Reportable Period and the type of each Property Listing.
3. The communication pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Article shall take place as soon
as the information becomes available and not later than using the standard computerised
format referred to in Article 20(4) within two months following the end of the Reportable
Period to which the reporting requirements applicable to the Reporting Platform Operator
relate. The first information shall be communicated for Reportable Periods as from 1 January
2023.
Article 10
Registration of Reporting Platform Operators
14. For the purpose of complying with the reporting requirements pursuant to paragraph 1
of this Article 9(1), each Member State shall lay down the necessary rules to require a
Reporting Platform Operator within the meaning of point (b) of subparagraph A(4) of Section
I, point (b) of subparagraph A(4), of Annex V to register within the Union. The
competent authority of the Member State of registration shall allocate an individual
identification number to such Reporting Platform Operator.
Member States shall lay down rules pursuant to which a Reporting Platform Operator may
choose to register with the competent authority of a single Member State in accordance with
the rules laid down in paragraph F of Section IV , paragraph F of Annex V. Member
States shall take the necessary measures to require that a Reporting Platform Operator within
the meaning of point (b) of subparagraph A(4) of Section I , point (b) of subparagraph
A(4) of Annex V, whose registration has been revoked in accordance with subparagraph
F(7) of Section IV , subparagraph F(7) of Annex V, can only be permitted to re-
register on the condition that it provides to the authorities of a Member State concerned
appropriate assurances as regards its commitment to comply with the reporting requirements
within the Union, including any outstanding unfulfilled reporting requirements.
The Commission shall, by means of implementing acts, lay down the practical arrangements
necessary for the registration and identification of Reporting Platform Operators. Those
implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article
5126(2).
25. Where a Platform Operator is deemed to be an Excluded Platform Operator, the
competent authority of the Member State where the demonstration in accordance with
subparagraph A(3) of Section I, subparagraph A(3) of Annex V was provided to, shall notify
the competent authorities of all other Member States accordingly, including any subsequent
changes.
36. The Commission shall, by 31 December 2022, establish maintain a central
register where information to be notified in accordance with paragraph 2 of this Article and
communicated in accordance with subparagraphs F(2) of Section IV, subparagraphs
EN 57 EN
F(2) and F(8) of Annex V shall be recorded. That central register shall be available
to the competent authorities of all Member States.
Article 11
Equivalence
1.7. The Commission shall, by means of implementing acts, following a reasoned request
by a Member State or on its own initiative, determine whether the information that is required
to be automatically exchanged pursuant to an agreement between competent authorities of the
Member State concerned and a non-Union jurisdiction is, within the meaning of subparagraph
A(7) of Section I , subparagraph A(7) of Annex V, equivalent to that specified in
paragraph B of Section III of Annex V. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in
accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 5126(2).
A Member State requesting the measure referred to in the first subparagraph shall send a
reasoned request to the Commission.
If the Commission considers that it does not have all the information necessary for the
appraisal of the request, it shall contact the Member State concerned within two months of
receipt of the request and specify what additional information is required. Once the
Commission has all the information it considers necessary, it shall, within one month, notify
the requesting Member State and it shall submit the relevant information to the Committee
referred to in Article 51(1)26(2).
When acting on its own initiative, the Commission shall adopt an implementing act as
referred to in the first subparagraph only after a Member State has concluded a competent
authority agreement with a non-Union jurisdiction that requires the automatic exchange of
information on sellers deriving income from activities facilitated by Platforms.
When determining whether information is equivalent within the meaning of the first
subparagraph in relation to a Relevant Activity, the Commission shall take into due account
the extent to which the regime on which such information is based corresponds to that set out
in Annex V, in particular with regard to:
(i) the definitions of Reporting Platform Operator, Reportable Seller, Relevant
Activity;
(ii) the procedures applicable for the purpose of identifying Reportable Sellers;
(iii) the reporting requirements; and
(iv) the rules and administrative procedures that non-Union jurisdictions are to
have in place to ensure effective implementation of, and compliance with, the due
diligence procedures and reporting requirements set out in that regime.
The same procedure shall apply for determining that the information is no longer equivalent.
new
2. Where a competent authority agreement with a non-Union jurisdiction that requires
the automatic exchange of information on sellers deriving income from activities facilitated
by Platforms has been determined as equivalent, Member States shall, in accordance with
their respective internal procedures, take all necessary measures to activate without delay the
exchange relationship with the non-Union jurisdiction concerned and notify the European
Commission thereof.
EN 58 EN
2023/2226 Art. 1.6 (adapted)
new
SECTION VII
MANDATORY AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION REPORTED BY
REPORTING CRYPTO-ASSET SERVICE PROVIDERS
Article 8ad
Scope and conditions of mandatory automatic exchange of information reported by Reporting
Crypto-Asset Service Providers
Article 12
Scope and conditions
1. Each Member State shall take the necessary measures to require Reporting Crypto-
Asset Service Providers to fulfil the reporting requirements and carry out the due diligence
procedures laid down in Sections II and III of Annex VI, respectively. Each Member State
shall also ensure the effective implementation of, and compliance with, such measures in
accordance with Section V of Annex VI.
2. Pursuant to the applicable reporting requirements and due diligence procedures
contained in Sections II and III of Annex VI, respectively, the competent authority of a
Member State where the reporting referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article takes place shall,
by means of automatic exchange, and within the time limit laid down in paragraph 56 of this
Article, communicate the information specified in paragraph 3 of this Article to the competent
authorities of the Member States concerned in accordance with the practical arrangements
adopted pursuant to Article 21.
3. The competent authority of a Member State shall communicate the following
information regarding each Reportable Person:
(a) the name, address, Member State(s) of residence, TIN(s) and, in the case of an
individual, date and place of birth of each Reportable User and, in the case of any
Entity that, after application of the due diligence procedures laid down in Section III
of Annex VI is identified as having one or more Controlling Persons that is a
Reportable Person, the name, address, Member State(s) of residence and TIN(s) of
the Entity and the name, address, Member State(s) of residence, TIN(s) and date and
place of birth of each Controlling Person of the Entity that is a Reportable Person, as
well as the role(s) by virtue of which each such Reportable Person is a Controlling
Person of the Entity;
notwithstanding the first subparagraph of this point, where the Reporting Crypto-
Asset Service Provider relies on direct confirmation of the identity and residence of
the Reportable Person through an Identification Service made available by a Member
State or the Union to ascertain the identity and tax residence of the Reportable
Person, the information to be communicated to the Member State of issuance of the
Identification Service identifier regarding the Reportable Person shall include the
name, the Identification Service identifier and the Member State of issuance, as well
EN 59 EN
as the role(s) by virtue of which each Reportable Person is a Controlling Person of
the Entity;
(b) the name, address, TIN and, if available, the individual identification number
referred to in Article 13(1)paragraph 7 and the global legal entity identifier of the
Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider;
(c) for each type of Reportable Crypto-Asset with respect to which the Reporting
Crypto-Asset Service Provider has effectuated Reportable Transactions during the
relevant calendar year or other appropriate reporting period, where relevant:
(i) the full name of the type of Reportable Crypto-Asset;
(ii) the aggregate gross amount paid, the aggregate number of units and the
number of Reportable Transactions in respect of acquisitions against Fiat
Currency;
(iii) the aggregate gross amount received, the aggregate number of units and
the number of Reportable Transactions in respect of disposals against Fiat
Currency;
(iv) the aggregate fair market value, the aggregate number of units and the
number of Reportable Transactions in respect of acquisitions against other
Reportable Crypto-Assets;
(v) the aggregate fair market value, the aggregate number of units and the
number of Reportable Transactions in respect of disposals against other
Reportable Crypto-Assets;
(vi) the aggregate fair market value, the aggregate number of units and the
number of Reportable Retail Payment Transactions;
(vii) the aggregate fair market value, the aggregate number of units and the
number of Reportable Transactions, and subdivided by transfer type where
known by the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider, in respect of Transfers
to the Reportable User not covered by points (ii) and (iv);
(viii) the aggregate fair market value, the aggregate number of units and the
number of Reportable Transactions, and subdivided by transfer type where
known by the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider, in respect of Transfers
by the Reportable User not covered by points (iii), (v) and (vi); and
(ix) the aggregate fair market value, as well as the aggregate number of
units of Transfers effectuated by the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider
to distributed ledger addresses referred to in Regulation (EU) 2023/1113 not
known to be associated with a virtual asset service provider or financial
institution.
For the purposes of points (c)(ii) and (iii), the amount paid or received shall be communicated
in the Fiat Currency in which it was paid or received. In case the amounts were paid or
received in multiple Fiat Currencies, the amounts shall be communicated in a single Fiat
Currency, converted at the time of each Reportable Transaction in a manner that is
consistently applied by the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider.
For the purposes of points (c)(iv) to (ix), the fair market value shall be determined and
communicated in a single Fiat Currency, valued at the time of each Reportable Transaction in
a manner that is consistently applied by the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider.
EN 60 EN
The information communicated shall specify the Fiat Currency in which each amount is
reported.
4. To facilitate the exchange of information referred to in paragraph 3 of this Article, the
Commission shall, by means of implementing acts, adopt the necessary practical
arrangements, including measures to standardise the communication of the information set out
in that paragraph, as part of the procedure for establishing the standard computerised form
provided for in Article 20(5). Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with
the procedure referred to in Article 26(2).
45. The Commission shall not have access to information referred to in paragraph 3,
points (a) and (b).
5. The communication pursuant to paragraph 3 of this Article shall take place without
delay and not later than using the standard computerised form referred to in Article 20(5)
within nine months following the end of the calendar year to which the reporting requirements
applicable to Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Providers relate. The first information shall be
communicated for the relevant calendar year or other appropriate reporting period as from
1 January 2026.
Article 13
Registration of Crypto-Asset Operators
17. For the purpose of complying with the reporting requirements referred to in paragraph
1 of Article 12(1), each Member State shall lay down the necessary rules to require a Crypto-
Asset Operator to register within the Union. The competent authority of the Member State of
registration shall allocate an individual identification number to such Crypto-Asset Operator.
Member States shall lay down rules pursuant to which a Crypto-Asset Operator shall register
with the competent authority of a single Member State in accordance with the rules laid down
in Section V, paragraph F, of Annex VI.
Member States shall take the necessary measures to require that a Crypto-Asset Operator
whose registration has been revoked in accordance with Section V, subparagraph F(7), of
Annex VI can be permitted to register again only if it provides to the authorities of a Member
State concerned appropriate assurance as regards its commitment to comply with the reporting
requirements within the Union, including any outstanding unfulfilled reporting requirements.
28. Paragraph 17 of this Article shall not apply to Crypto-Asset Service Providers within
the meaning of Section IV, subparagraph B(1), of Annex VI.
39. The Commission shall, by means of implementing acts, lay down the practical and
technical arrangements necessary for the registration and identification of Crypto-Asset
Operators. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure
referred to in Article 5126(2).
410. The Commission shall, by 31 December 2025, establish maintain a Crypto-
Asset Operator register where information to be communicated in accordance with Section V,
subparagraph F(2), of Annex VI shall be recorded. That Crypto-Asset Operator register shall
be available to the competent authorities of all Member States.
Article 14
Equivalence
EN 61 EN
111. The Commission shall, by means of implementing acts, following a reasoned request
by any Member State or on its own initiative, determine whether the information that is
required to be automatically exchanged pursuant to an agreement between competent
authorities of the Member State concerned and a non-Union jurisdiction corresponds to that
specified in Section II, paragraph B, of Annex VI, within the meaning of Section IV,
subparagraph F(5), of Annex VI. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance
with the procedure referred to in Article 5126(2).
A Member State requesting the measure referred to in the first subparagraph shall send a
reasoned request to the Commission.
If the Commission considers that it does not have all the information necessary for the
appraisal of the request, it shall contact the Member State concerned within two months of
receipt of the request and specify what additional information is required. Once the
Commission has all the information it considers necessary, it shall, within one month, notify
the requesting Member State and it shall submit the relevant information to the Committee
referred to in Article 5126(1).
When acting on its own initiative, the Commission shall adopt an implementing act as
referred to in the first subparagraph only in respect of a competent authority agreement with a
non-Union jurisdiction that requires the automatic exchange of information on an individual
or Entity that is a customer of a Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider for the purpose of
carrying out Reportable Transactions, concluded by a Member State.
When determining whether information is corresponding information within the meaning of
the first subparagraph in relation to Reportable Transactions, the Commission shall take into
due account the extent to which the regime on which such information is based corresponds to
that set out in Annex VI, in particular with regard to:
(a) the definitions of Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider, Reportable User,
and Reportable Transaction;
(b) the procedures applicable for the purpose of identifying Reportable Users;
(c) the reporting requirements;
(d) the rules and administrative procedures that non-Union jurisdictions are to
have in place to ensure effective implementation of, and compliance with, the due
diligence procedures and reporting requirements set out in that regime.
The procedure set out in this paragraph shall also apply for determining that the information is
no longer corresponding within the meaning of Section IV, subparagraph F(5), of Annex VI.
212. Notwithstanding paragraph 111, where an international standard on the reporting and
automatic exchange of information on crypto-assets is determined to be a minimum standard
or equivalent, any determination by the Commission, by means of implementing acts, on
whether the information that is required to be automatically exchanged pursuant to the
implementation of that standard and the competent authority agreement between the Member
State(s) concerned and a non-Union jurisdiction is corresponding information shall no longer
be required. That information shall be deemed to correspond to the information that is
required under this Directive, provided that there is a competent authority agreement in place
between the competent authorities of all Member States concerned and the non-Union
jurisdiction that requires the automatic exchange of information on an individual or Entity that
is a customer of a Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider for the purpose of carrying out
Reportable Transactions. The corresponding provisions in this Article and in Annex VI shall
no longer apply for such purposes.
EN 62 EN
2025/872 Art. 1.3 (adapted)
new
SECTION VIII
EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO TOP-UP TAX INFORMATION
RETURNS UNDER ARTICLE 44 OF DIRECTIVE (EU) 2022/2523
Article 8ae
Filing format and exchange OF INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO TOP-UP TAX
INFORMATION RETURNS UNDER ARTICLE 44 OF DIRECTIVE (EU) 2022/2523
Article 15
Filing format and exchange of information
1. Each Member State shall take the necessary measures to require the filing constituent
entity of an MNE group to use the standard template set out in Section IV of Annex VII to
form established in accordance with Article 43 of this Directive to fulfil the filing
obligations under Article 44 of Directive (EU) 2022/2523.
2. The competent authority of a Member State which has received the Top-up tax
information return filed by the ultimate parent entity or designated filing entity, as referred to
in Article 44(3), points (a) and (b), of Directive (EU) 2022/2523, shall communicate, by
means of automatic exchange and in accordance with the dissemination approach in points (a)
to (c) below, the following:
(a) the General section of the Top-up tax information return, to the Implementing
Member State where the ultimate parent entity or constituent entities of the MNE
group are located;
(b) the General section of the Top-up tax information return, with the exception of
the high-level summary information in Section 1.4 thereof, to the Qualified domestic
top-up tax (QDTT)-only Member States:
(i) where constituent entities of the MNE group are located;
(ii) where a joint venture or a member of a joint venture group of the MNE
group is located if the qualified domestic top-up tax is imposed in respect of
joint ventures in the Member State;
(iii) where the qualified domestic top-up tax is imposed in the Member
State in respect of a stateless constituent entity or a stateless joint venture of the
MNE group;
(c) one or more Jurisdictional sections of the Top-up tax information return, to
Member States that have taxing rights under Directive (EU) 2022/2523, including the
qualified domestic top-up tax, in respect of the Member States to which such
Jurisdictional sections relate.
Notwithstanding the first subparagraph, point (c), UTPR jurisdictions with a UTPR
percentage of zero shall only be provided with the portion of the Top-up tax information
return that contains information on the attribution of Top-up tax under the UTPR in respect of
that jurisdiction, such information being consistent with an excerpt of Section 3.4.3 of the
EN 63 EN
Top-up tax information return, and the Implementing Member State in which the ultimate
parent entity is located shall be provided with all Jurisdictional sections.
3. The competent authority of a Member State shall communicate the Top-up tax
information return received pursuant to paragraph 2 and that communication shall take place
without delay and not later than three 3 months after the filing deadline for the
Reporting fiscal year.
4. The competent authority of a Member State shall communicate the Top-up tax
information return received after the filing deadline, and that communication shall take place
as soon as the information is available and in any case no no later than three 3
months after the date on which it is received.
5. The Commission shall adopt, by means of implementing acts, the necessary practical
arrangements to facilitate the communication as referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article.
Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to
in Article 26(2).
5.6 The Commission shall not have access to the information referred to in paragraph 2,
points (a), (b) and to (c).
7. The communication of information, as referred to in paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 of this
Article, shall take place using the standard computerised format referred to in Article 20(4).
SECTION IX – NOTIFICATIONS
new
Article 16
Notifications for the purpose of Annex III of this Directive and Article 44(4) of Directive
(EU) 2022/2523 and automatic exchange
1. Notwithstanding Section II of Annex III of this Directive and Article 44(4) of
Directive (EU) 2022/2523, each Member State shall take the necessary measures to allow the
reporting entity under Article 7 of this Directive or the filing constituent entity of an MNE
group that is filing reports under Article 15 of this Directive to file a single notification.
The single notification shall be filed by the filing constituent entity of an MNE group on
behalf of all of the entities of an MNE group that are resident within the Union using the
standard form established in accordance with Article 43 no later than the last day of the
Reporting Fiscal Year of such MNE Group.
This notification shall include the following information:
(a) identification of the MNE group;
(b) identification of entities of the MNE Group that are resident or located within the
Union;
(c) identification of the Ultimate Parent Entity of the MNE Group;
(d) identification of the constituent entity that will file the report referred to in Article
44 of Directive (EU) 2022/2523 and Section II of Annex III of this Directive;
(e) start and end date of the Reporting Fiscal Year:
EN 64 EN
(f) information whether the entity is notifying for the purpose of submitting reports
under Article 7 of this Directive, Article 15 of this Directive or both.
2. The competent authority of a Member State which has received the notification filed
by the constituent entity of an MNE group, shall communicate, by means of automatic
exchange, the notification to all the Member States concerned without delay and not later than
three months after the date on which it is received.
2011/16/EU (adapted)
new
CHAPTER III
NON-AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION
SECTION I
EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION ON REQUEST
Article 175
Procedure for the exchange of information on request
At the request of the requesting authority, the requested authority shall communicate to the
requesting authority any information that is foreseeably relevant and referred to in
Article 1(1) that it has in its possession or that it obtains as a result of administrative
enquiries.
2021/514 Art. 1.2
Article 185a
Foreseeable relevance
1. For the purposes of a request referred to in Article 17, the requested information is
foreseeably relevant where, at the time the request is made, the requesting authority considers
that, in accordance with its national law, there is a reasonable possibility that the requested
information will be relevant to the tax affairs of one or several taxpayers, whether identified
by name or otherwise, and be justified for the purposes of the investigation.
2. With the aim to demonstrate the foreseeable relevance of the requested information,
the requesting authority shall provide at least the following information to the requested
authority:
(a) the tax purpose for which the information is sought; and
(b) a specification of the information required for the administration or
enforcement of its national law.
3. Where a request referred to in Article 175 relates to a group of taxpayers who cannot
be identified individually the requesting authority shall provide at least the following
information to the requested authority:
EN 65 EN
(a) a detailed description of the group;
(b) an explanation of the applicable law and of the facts based on which there is
reason to believe that the taxpayers in the group have not complied with the
applicable law;
(c) an explanation how the requested information would assist in determining
compliance by the taxpayers in the group; and
(d) where relevant facts and circumstances related to the involvement of a third
party that actively contributed to the potential non-compliance of the taxpayers in the
group with the applicable law.
2011/16/EU
Article 196
Administrative enquiries
1. The requested authority shall arrange for the carrying out of any administrative
enquiries necessary to obtain the information referred to in Article 175.
2021/514 Art. 1.3
2. The request referred to in Article 175 may contain a reasoned request for an
administrative enquiry. If the requested authority takes the view that no administrative
enquiry is necessary, it shall immediately inform the requesting authority of the reasons
thereof.
2011/16/EU
3. In order to obtain the requested information or to conduct the administrative enquiry
requested, the requested authority shall follow the same procedures as it would when acting
on its own initiative or at the request of another authority in its own Member State.
4. When specifically requested by the requesting authority, the requested authority shall
communicate original documents provided that this is not contrary to the provisions in force
in the Member State of the requested authority.
Article 207
Time limits
2021/514 Art. 1.4
new
1. The requested authority shall provide the information referred to in Article 175 as
soon as it becomes available as quickly as possible, and no later than three months from the
date of receipt of the request. However, where the requested authority is unable to respond to
the request by the relevant time limit, it shall inform the requesting authority immediately and
in any event within three months of the receipt of the request, of the reasons for its failure to
do so, and the date by which it considers it might be able to respond. The time limit shall not
be longer than six months from the date of receipt of the request.
EN 66 EN
However, where the requested authority is already in possession of that information, the
information shall be transmitted within two months of that date.
2011/16/EU (adapted)
2. In certain special cases, time limits other than those provided for in paragraph 1 may
be agreed upon between the requested and the requesting authorities.
3. The requested authority shall confirm immediately and, in any event, no later than
seven working days from receipt, if possible by electronic means, the receipt of a
request to the requesting authority.
4. Within one month of receipt of the request, the requested authority shall notify the
requesting authority of any deficiencies in the request and of the need for any additional
background information. In such a case, the time limits provided for in paragraph 1 shall start
the day after the requested authority has received the additional information needed.
2011/16/EU
56. Where the requested authority is not in possession of the requested information and is
unable to respond to the request for information or refuses to do so on the grounds provided
for in Article 3117, it shall inform the requesting authority of the reasons thereof immediately
and in any event within one month of receipt of the request.
SECTION IIIII
SPONTANEOUS EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION
Article 219
Scope and conditions of spontaneous exchange of information
1. The competent authority of each Member State shall communicate the information
referred to in Article 1(1) to the competent authority of any other Member State concerned, in
any of the following circumstances:
(a) the competent authority of one Member State has grounds for supposing that
there may be a loss of tax in the other Member State;
(b) a person liable to tax obtains a reduction in, or an exemption from, tax in one
Member State which would give rise to an increase in tax or to liability to tax in the
other Member State;
(c) business dealings between a person liable to tax in one Member State and a
person liable to tax in the other Member State are conducted through one or more
countries in such a way that a saving in tax may result in one or the other Member
State or in both;
(d) the competent authority of a Member State has grounds for supposing that a
saving of tax may result from artificial transfers of profits within groups of
enterprises;
(e) information forwarded to one Member State by the competent authority of the
other Member State has enabled information to be obtained which may be relevant in
assessing liability to tax in the latter Member State.
EN 67 EN
2. The competent authorities of each Member State may communicate, by spontaneous
exchange, to the competent authorities of the other Member States any information of which
they are aware and which may be useful to the competent authorities of the other Member
States.
2025/872 Art. 1.5 (adapted)
(adapted)
Article 229a
Collaboration on corrections, compliance and enforcement with respect to Top-up tax
information returns
1. Where the competent authority of a Member State has reason to believe that the
information in a Top-up tax information return filed by an ultimate parent entity or designated
filing entity that is located in the jurisdiction of the other Member State, communicated under
Article 158ae, requires the correction of manifest errors, it shall, without undue delay, notify
the competent authority of the other Member State. If the notified competent authority agrees
that the information in the Top-up tax information return requires correction, it shall take,
without undue delay, appropriate measures to obtain a corrected Top-up tax information
return from the concerned ultimate parent entity or designated filing entity. It shall
communicate, without undue delay, the corrected Top-up tax information return with all
competent authorities for which such information is subject to exchange in accordance with
this Directive.
2. When the competent authority of a Member State has received a notification from one
or more constituent entities located in its Member State that the Top-up tax information return
for such constituent entities was to be filed by the ultimate parent entity or designated filing
entity located in another Member State, but the information included in the Top-up tax
information return was not communicated within the deadlines specified in Article 158ae(3)
or Article 54(1)27d(3) and (4), it shall, without undue delay, notify the other competent
authority that the information has not been received. The notified competent authority shall,
without undue delay, determine the reason for not communicating the concerned Top-up tax
information return and shall inform the competent authority within one 1 month of
receipt of the notification, including the expected exchange date for the Top-up tax
information return, where relevant. The expected exchange date shall be set for a date no later
than three 3 months from the date of the receipt of notification of the missing
exchange.
2011/16/EU
(adapted)
Article 2310
Time limits
1. The competent authority to which information referred to in Article 219(1) becomes
available, shall forward that information to the competent authority of any other Member
State concerned as quickly as possible, and no later than one month after it becomes available.
2. The competent authority to which information is communicated pursuant to Article
219 shall confirm if possible by electronic means, the receipt of the information to the
EN 68 EN
competent authority which provided the information immediately and, in any event, no later
than seven working days.
CHAPTER IVIII
OTHER FORMS OF ADMINISTRATIVE COOPERATION
SECTION I
PRESENCE IN ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES AND PARTICIPATION IN ADMINISTRATIVE
ENQUIRIES
Article 2411
Scope and conditions
2021/514 Art. 1.10(a)
1. With a view to exchanging the information referred to in Article 1(1), the competent
authority of a Member State may request the competent authority of another Member State
that officials authorised by the former and in accordance with the procedural arrangements
laid down by the latter:
(a) be present in the offices where the administrative authorities of the requested
Member State carry out their duties;
(b) be present during administrative enquiries carried out in the territory of the
requested Member State;
(c) participate in the administrative enquiries carried out by the requested Member
State through the use of electronic means of communication, where appropriate.
The requested authority shall respond to a request in accordance with the first
subparagraph within 60 days of the receipt of the request, to confirm its agreement or
communicate its reasoned refusal to the requesting authority.
Where the requested information is contained in documentation to which the officials
of the requested authority have access, the officials of the requesting authority shall
be given copies thereof.
2011/16/EU
(adapted)
➔1 2021/514 Art. 1.10(b)
new
2. ➔1 Where officials of the requesting authority are present during administrative
enquiries, or participate in the administrative enquiries through the use of electronic means of
communication, they may interview individuals and examine records subject to the procedural
arrangements laid down by the requested Member State.
Any refusal by the person under investigation to respect the inspection measures of the
officials of the requesting authority shall be treated by the requested authority as if that refusal
was committed against officials of the latter authority.
EN 69 EN
3. Officials authorised by the requesting Member State present in another Member State
in accordance with paragraph 1 shall at all times be able to produce written authority stating
their identity and their official capacity.
SECTION II
SIMULTANEOUS CONTROLS
Article 2512
Simultaneous controls
1. Where two or more Member States agree to conduct simultaneous controls, in their
own territory, of one or more persons of common or complementary interest to them, with a
view to exchanging the information thus obtained, paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 and 5 shall
apply.
2. The competent authority in each Member State shall identify independently the
persons for whom it intends to propose a simultaneous control. It shall notify the competent
authority of the other Member States concerned of any cases for which it proposes a
simultaneous control, giving reasons for its choice.
It shall specify the period of time during which those controls are to be conducted.
2021/514 Art. 1.11
3. The competent authority of each Member State concerned shall decide whether it
wishes to take part in simultaneous controls. It shall confirm its agreement or communicate its
reasoned refusal to the authority that proposed a simultaneous control within 60 days of
receiving the proposal.
2011/16/EU
4. The competent authority of each Member State concerned shall appoint a
representative with responsibility for supervising and coordinating the control operation.
new
5. In the cases referred to in paragraph 1 where one or more persons of common or
complementary interest are Reporting Platform Operators as defined in Section I, A.4(b) of
Annex V, those controls shall be carried out for the purpose of ensuring compliance with
Article 9 and Annex V, taking into account the Reporting Platform Operator’s economic
activity or the provision of relevant activities within the Union. The findings of those controls
may support the coordination of Member States’ actions to ensure compliance, including by
applying the penalties referred to in Article 34.
EN 70 EN
2021/514 Art. 1.12
(adapted)
SECTION IIIIIA
JOINT AUDITS
Article 2612a
Joint audits
1. The competent authority of one or more Member States may request the competent
authority of another Member State (or other Member States) to conduct a joint audit. The
requested competent authorities shall respond to the request for a joint audit within 60 days of
the receipt of the request. The requested competent authorities may reject a request for a joint
audit by the competent authority of a Member State on justified grounds.
2. Joint audits shall be conducted in a pre-agreed and coordinated manner, including
linguistic arrangements, by the competent authorities of the requesting and the requested
Member States, and in accordance with the laws and procedural requirements of the Member
State where the activities of a joint audit take place. In each Member State where the activities
of a joint audit take place, the competent authority of that Member State shall appoint a
representative with responsibility for supervising and coordinating the joint audit in that
Member State.
The rights and obligations of the officials of Member States who participate in the joint audit,
when they are present in activities performed in a different Member State, shall be determined
in accordance with the laws of the Member State where the activities of the joint audit take
place. While complying with the laws of the Member State where the activities of the joint
audit take place, officials of another Member State shall not exercise any powers that would
exceed the scope of the powers granted to them under the laws of their Member State.
3. Without prejudice to paragraph 2, a Member State where the activities of the joint
audit take place shall take the necessary measures to:
(a) permit that officials of other Member States who participate in the activities of
the joint audit interview individuals and examine records together with the officials
of the Member State where the activities of the joint audit take place, subject to the
procedural arrangements laid down by the Member State where those activities take
place;
(b) ensure that evidence collected during the activities of the joint audit can be
assessed, including on its admissibility, under the same legal conditions as in the case
of an audit carried out in that Member State where only the officials of that Member
State take part, including in the course of any process of complaint, review or appeal;
and
(c) ensure that the person(s) subject to a joint audit or affected by it enjoy the same
rights and have the same obligations as in the case of an audit where only the officers
of that Member State take part, including in the course of any process of complaint,
review or appeal.
4. Where competent authorities of two or more Member States conduct a joint audit, they
shall endeavour to agree on the facts and circumstances relevant to the joint audit and
EN 71 EN
endeavour to reach an agreement on the tax position of the audited person(s) based on the
results of the joint audit. The findings of the joint audit shall be incorporated in a final report.
Issues on which the competent authorities agree shall be reflected in the final report and be
taken into account in the relevant instruments issued by the competent authorities of the
participating Member States following that joint audit.
Subject to the first subparagraph, the actions by the competent authorities of a Member State
or any of its officers following a joint audit and any further processes taking place in that
Member State, such as a decision of tax authorities, process of appeal or settlement relating
thereto, shall take place in accordance with the national law of that Member State.
5. The audited person(s) shall be informed of the outcome of the joint audit, including a
copy of the final report within 60 days of the issuance of the final report.
2011/16/EU (adapted)
new
SECTION IVIII
ADMINISTRATIVE NOTIFICATION
Article 2713
Request for notification
1. At the request of the competent authority of a Member State, the competent authority
of another Member State shall, in accordance with the rules governing the notification of
similar instruments in the requested Member State, notify the addressee of any instruments
and decisions which emanate from the administrative authorities of the requesting Member
State and concern the application in its territory of legislation on taxes covered by this
Directive.
2. Requests for notification shall indicate the subject of the instrument or decision to be
notified and shall specify the name and address of the addressee, together with any other
information which may facilitate identification of the addressee.
3. The requested authority shall inform the requesting authority immediately of its
response and, in particular, of the date of notification of the instrument or decision to the
addressee.
4. The requesting authority shall only make a request for notification pursuant to this
Article when it is unable to notify in accordance with the rules governing the notification of
the instruments concerned in the requesting Member State, or where such notification would
give rise to disproportionate difficulties. The competent authority of a Member State may
notify any document by registered mail or electronically directly to a person within the
territory of another Member State.
SECTION VIV
FEEDBACK
Article 1428
Conditions
EN 72 EN
1. Where a competent authority provides information pursuant to Articles 175 or 219, it
may request the competent authority which receives the information to send feedback thereon.
If feedback is requested, the competent authority which received the information shall,
without prejudice to the rules on tax secrecy and data protection applicable in its Member
State, send feedback to the competent authority which provided the information as soon as
possible and no later than three months after the outcome of the use of the requested
information is known. The Commission shall determine the practical arrangements in
accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 4226(2).
2. Member States’ competent authorities shall send feedback on the automatic exchange
of information to the other Member States concerned at least once a year, in accordance
with practical arrangements agreed upon bilaterally , and with the technical support of the
Commission as provided for in Articles 43 and 44 .
CHAPTER VIV
CONDITIONS GOVERNING ADMINISTRATIVE COOPERATION
GOVERNANCE PROVISIONS
SECTION I
GENERAL
Article 294
Organisation
1. Each Member State shall inform the Commission, within one month from 11 March
2011, of its competent authority for the purposes of this Directive and shall inform the
Commission without delay of any change thereto.
The Commission shall make the information available to the other Member States and publish
a list of the authorities of the Member States in the Official Journal of the European Union.
2. The competent authority shall designate a single central liaison office. The competent
authority shall be responsible for informing the Commission and the other Member States
thereof.
The central liaison office may also be designated as responsible for contacts with the
Commission. The competent authority shall be responsible for informing the Commission
thereof.
3. The competent authority of each Member State may designate liaison departments
with the competence assigned according to its national legislation or policy. The central
liaison office shall be responsible for keeping the list of liaison departments up to date and
making it available to the central liaison offices of the other Member States concerned and to
the Commission.
4. The competent authority of each Member State may designate competent officials.
The central liaison office shall be responsible for keeping the list of competent officials up to
date and making it available to the central liaison offices of the other Member States
concerned and to the Commission.
EN 73 EN
5. The officials engaged in administrative cooperation pursuant to this Directive shall in
any case be deemed to be competent officials for that purpose, in accordance with
arrangements laid down by the competent authorities.
6. Where a liaison department or a competent official sends or receives a request or a
reply to a request for cooperation, it shall inform the central liaison office of its Member State
under the procedures laid down by that Member State.
7. Where a liaison department or a competent official receives a request for cooperation
requiring action which falls outside the competence it is assigned according to the national
legislation or policy of its Member State, it shall forward such request without delay to the
central liaison office of its Member State and inform the requesting authority thereof. In such
a case, the period laid down in Article 2020 shall start the day after the request for
cooperation is forwarded to the central liaison office.
Article 3016
Disclosure of information and documents
2023/2226 Art. 1.7(a)
1. Information communicated between Member States in any form pursuant to this
Directive shall be covered by the obligation of official secrecy and enjoy the protection
extended to similar information under the national law of the Member State which received it.
Such information may be used for the assessment, administration and enforcement of the
national law of Member States concerning the taxes referred to in Article 2 as well as VAT,
other indirect taxes, customs duties and anti-money laundering and countering the financing
of terrorism.
2011/16/EU
new
Such information may also be used for the assessment , administration and enforcement
of other taxes and duties covered by Article 2 of Council Directive 2010/24/EU of 16 March
2010 concerning mutual assistance for the recovery of claims relating to taxes, duties and
other measures52, or for the assessment , administration and enforcement of compulsory
social security contributions.
In addition, it may be used in connection with judicial and administrative proceedings that
may involve penalties, initiated as a result of infringements of tax law, without prejudice to
the general rules and provisions governing the rights of defendants and witnesses in such
proceedings.
new
Such information may also be used for statistical purposes.
52 Council Directive 2010/24/EU of 16 March 2010 concerning mutual assistance for the recovery of
claims relating to taxes, duties and other measures (OJ L 84, 31.3.2010, p. 1,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2010/24/oj).
EN 74 EN
2021/514 Art. 1.13(b)
2. With the permission of the competent authority of the Member State communicating
information pursuant to this Directive, and only in so far as this is allowed under the national
law of the Member State of the competent authority receiving the information, information
and documents received pursuant to this Directive may be used for other purposes than those
referred to in paragraph 1. Such permission shall be granted if the information can be used for
similar purposes in the Member State of the competent authority communicating the
information.
The competent authority of each Member State may communicate to the competent
authorities of all other Member States a list of purposes for which, in accordance with its
national law, information and documents may be used, other than those referred to in
paragraph 1. The competent authority that receives information and documents may use the
received information and documents without the permission referred to in the first
subparagraph of this paragraph for any of the purposes listed by the communicating Member
State.
2023/2226 Art. 1.7(b)
(adapted)
The competent authority that receives information and documents may also use the received
information and documents without the permission referred to in the first subparagraph of this
paragraph for any purpose that is covered by an act based on Article 215 of the Treaty on the
Functioning of the European Union and share them for such purpose with the competent
authority in charge of restrictive measures in the Member State concerned.
2023/2226 Art. 1.7(c)
3. Where a competent authority of a Member State considers that information which it
has received from the competent authority of another Member State is likely to be useful for
the purposes referred to in paragraph 1 to the competent authority of a third Member State, it
may transmit that information to the latter competent authority, provided that the transmission
is in accordance with the rules and procedures laid down in this Directive. It shall inform the
competent authority of the Member State from which the information originates about its
intention to share that information with a third Member State. The Member State of origin of
the information may oppose such a sharing of information within 15 calendar days of receipt
of the communication from the Member State wishing to share the information.
2011/16/EU
4. Permission to use information pursuant to paragraph 2, which has been transmitted
pursuant to paragraph 3, may be granted only by the competent authority of the Member State
from which the information originates.
5. Information, reports, statements and any other documents, or certified true copies or
extracts thereof, obtained by the requested authority and communicated to the requesting
authority in accordance with this Directive may be invoked as evidence by the competent
bodies of the requesting Member State on the same basis as similar information, reports,
statements and any other documents provided by an authority of that Member State.
EN 75 EN
2016/881 Art. 1.3
(adapted)
new
6. Notwithstanding paragraphs 1 to 4 of this Article, information communicated between
Member States pursuant to Article 78aa shall be used for the purposes of assessing high-level
transfer-pricing risks and other risks related to base erosion and profit shifting, including
assessing the risk of non-compliance by members of the MNE gGroup with applicable
transfer-pricing rules, and where appropriate for economic and statistical analysis. Transfer-
pricing adjustments by the tax authorities of the receiving Member State shall not be
exclusively based on the information exchanged pursuant to Article 78aa.
Notwithstanding the above, there is no prohibition on using the information communicated
between Member States pursuant to Article 78aa as a basis for making further enquiries into
the MNE group's transfer-pricing arrangements or into other tax matters in the course of a tax
audit, and, as a result, appropriate adjustments to the taxable income of a Constituent Entity
may be made.
2011/16/EU
Article 3117
Limits
1. A requested authority in one Member State shall provide a requesting authority in
another Member State with the information referred to in Article 175 provided that the
requesting authority has exhausted the usual sources of information which it could have used
in the circumstances for obtaining the information requested, without running the risk of
jeopardising the achievement of its objectives.
2. This Directive shall impose no obligation upon a requested Member State to carry out
enquiries or to communicate information, if it would be contrary to its legislation to conduct
such inquiries or to collect the information requested for its own purposes.
3. The competent authority of a requested Member State may decline to provide
information where the requesting Member State is unable, for legal reasons, to provide similar
information.
4. The provision of information may be refused where it would lead to the disclosure of a
commercial, industrial or professional secret or of a commercial process, or of information
whose disclosure would be contrary to public policy.
5. The requested authority shall inform the requesting authority of the grounds for
refusing a request for information.
Article 3218
Obligations
1. If information is requested by a Member State in accordance with this Directive, the
requested Member State shall use its measures aimed at gathering information to obtain the
requested information, even though that Member State may not need such information for its
own tax purposes. That obligation is without prejudice to paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 of Article
31(2), (3) and (4)17, the invocation of which shall in no case be construed as permitting a
EN 76 EN
requested Member State to decline to supply information solely because it has no domestic
interest in such information.
2. In no case shall Article 3117(2) and (4) be construed as permitting a requested
authority of a Member State to decline to supply information solely because this information
is held by a bank, other financial institution, nominee or person acting in an agency or a
fiduciary capacity or because it relates to ownership interests in a person.
3. Notwithstanding paragraph 2, a Member State may refuse the transmission of
requested information where such information concerns taxable periods prior to 1 January
2011 and where the transmission of such information could have been refused on the basis of
Article 8(1) of Directive 77/799/EEC if it had been requested before 11 March 2011.
2025/872 Art. 1.6
new
34. The competent authority of each Member State shall put in place an effective
mechanism to ensure the use of information acquired through the reporting or the exchange of
information under Articles 8 to 8ae 4 to 9, 12, 15 and 16 .
2011/16/EU
48. Where Member States agree on the automatic exchange of information for additional
categories of income and capital in bilateral or multilateral agreements which they conclude
with other Member States, they shall communicate those agreements to the Commission
which shall make those agreements available to all the other Member States.
Article 3319
Extension of wider cooperation provided to a third country
Where a Member State provides a wider cooperation to a third country than that provided for
under this Directive, that Member State may not refuse to provide such wider cooperation to
any other Member State wishing to enter into such mutual wider cooperation with that
Member State.
2025/872 Art. 1.9
new
Article 3425a
Penalties
Member States shall lay down the rules on penalties applicable to infringements of national
provisions adopted pursuant to this Directive and concerning Articles and shall take all
measures necessary to ensure that they are implemented. The penalties provided for shall be
effective, proportionate and dissuasive.
Member States shall lay down the rules on penalties applicable to infringements of national
provisions adopted pursuant to this Directive and concerning Articles 8aa to 8ae 5, 7, 8, 9,
10, 12, 13, 15 and 16 and shall take all measures necessary to ensure that they are
implemented. The penalties provided for shall be effective, proportionate and dissuasive.
EN 77 EN
2023/2226 Art. 1.16 (adapted)
SECTION II – TIN
Article 3527c
Reporting and communication of the TIN
1. Each Member State shall take the necessary measures to require that the TIN of
reported individuals or entities issued by the Member State of residence be reported by the
reporting entity or reporting individual and be communicated by each Member State when
explicitly required by, and pursuant to the Articles and Annexes of this Directive.
2. For taxable periods starting on or after 1 January 2030, each Member State shall take
the necessary measures to require that the TIN of residents issued by the Member State of
residence be reported.
Article 36
TIN verification tool
2023/2226 Art. 1.10(b)
(adapted)
new
18. The Commission shall provide Member States at the latest by 31 December 2030
Member States with a tool allowing an electronic a digital and automated verification of
the correctness validity of the a TIN provided by a reporting entity or a taxpayer
for the purposes of the automatic exchange of information.
The Commission shall develop set out the technical parameters of the tool referred to in
the first subparagraph by means of implementing acts. Those implementing acts shall be
adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 5126(2).
2025/872 Art. 1.8 (adapted)
new
24. Member States shall ensure that tax authorities obtain confirmation by electronic
means of the validity of TIN of any taxpayer subject to exchange of information under
Articles 4 and 6 .
Member States shall endeavour to ensure that a reporting entity that so wishes is
allowed to obtain confirmation by electronic means of the validity of the information on the
TIN of any taxpayer subject to the exchange of information under Articles 5, 7, 8, 9, 12, 15
and 16 8 to 8ae. The confirmation of the validity of the TIN may be requested only for
the purposes of validation of the correctness of data.
new
3. By way of derogation from Articles 8, 9, 12, 15 and 16, Member States shall allow a
reporting entity to report only the name and the verified TIN of the taxpayer concerned in any
of the following cases:
EN 78 EN
(a) the confirmation of the validity of TIN was obtained by means of the TIN
verification tool, referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article;
(b) the taxpayer was identified through government verification services of
Member States or equivalent EU services or the EUID attributed in accordance with
Directive 2017/1132.
2011/16/EU (adapted)
SECTION III – SPECIFIC OBLIGATIONS AND ACCESS TO REGISTERS
Article 3722
Specific obligations
1. Member States shall take all necessary measures to:
(a) ensure effective internal coordination within the organisation referred to in
Article 294;
(b) establish direct cooperation with the authorities of the other Member States
referred to in Article 294;
(c) ensure the smooth operation of the administrative cooperation arrangements
provided for in this Directive.
2011/16/EU
2. The Commission shall communicate to each Member State any general information
concerning the implementation and application of this Directive which it receives and which it
is able to provide.
new
Article 38
Access to the registers and procedures established under anti-money laundering
legislation
1. Member States shall ensure that tax authorities have immediate and direct access free of
charge to information which allows for the identification in a timely manner of beneficial
owners of legal entities and of legal arrangements via interconnected central beneficial
ownership registers as provided for in Article 10 of Directive (EU) 2024/1640.
2. Member States shall ensure that tax authorities have the power to access and search,
directly and immediately, bank account information available through the bank account
registers referred to in Article 16(1) of Directive 2024/1640.
3. Member States shall ensure that tax authorities have immediate and direct access free of
charge to information which allows for the identification in a timely manner of any real estate
property and of the natural persons or legal entities or legal arrangements owning that
property, as well as to information allowing for the identification and analysis of transactions
involving real estate as referred to in Article 18 of Directive (EU) 2024/1640. The access shall
be provided via a single access point to be established in each Member State which allows
EN 79 EN
competent authorities to access, via electronic means, information in digital format, which
shall be, where possible, machine-readable.
2021/514 Art. 1.16
new
41a. For the purposes of the implementation and enforcement of the laws of Member States
giving effect to this Directive and to ensure the functioning of the administrative cooperation
it establishes, Member States shall provide by law for access by tax authorities to the
mechanisms, procedures, documents and information referred to in Articles 13, 30, 31, 32a
and 40 of Directive (EU) 2015/849 Chapter III and Article 77 of Regulation (EU)
2024/1624 of the European Parliament and of the Council.
new
Article 39
Access to national registers and databases on pension payments
Member States shall ensure that tax authorities have direct and expeditious access to the
information necessary for those purposes which is held in existing national registers and
databases concerning payments of pensions, in accordance with the conditions laid down by
national law.
2021/514 Art. 1.18 (adapted)
new
SECTION IV
DATA PROTECTION
Article 2540
Data protection
1. All exchange of information pursuant to this Directive shall be subject to Regulation
(EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council53. However, Member States
shall, for the purposes of the correct application of this Directive, restrict the scope of the
obligations and rights provided for in Article 13, Article 14(1) and Article 15, of Regulation
(EU) 2016/679, to the extent required in order to safeguard the interests referred to in point (e)
of Article 23(1), point (e) of that Regulation.
2. Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council54 shall
apply to any processing of personal data under this Directive by the Union institutions,
53 Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the
protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of
such data, and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (General Data Protection Regulation) (OJ L 119, 4.5.2016,
p. 1). 54 Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2018 on the
protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data by the Union institutions,
bodies, offices and agencies and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Regulation (EC) No
EN 80 EN
bodies, offices and agencies. However, for the purposes of the correct application of this
Directive, the scope of the obligations and rights provided for in Article 15, Article 16(1), and
Articles 17 to 21, of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725, shall be restricted to the extent required in
order to safeguard the interests referred to in Article 25(1) point points (c) and (g)
of Article 25(1) of that Regulation.
2023/2226 Art. 1.13(a)
3. Reporting Financial Institutions, intermediaries, Reporting Platform Operators,
Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Providers and the competent authorities of Member States
shall be considered to be controllers, acting alone or jointly. When processing personal data
for the purposes of this Directive, the Commission shall be considered to process the personal
data on behalf of the controllers and shall comply with the requirements for processors set out
in Regulation (EU) 2018/1725. The processing shall be governed by a contract within the
meaning of Article 28(3) of Regulation (EU) 2016/679 and Article 29(3) of Regulation
(EU) 2018/1725.
2023/2226 Art. 1.13(b)
new
4. Notwithstanding paragraph 1, each Member State shall ensure that each Reporting
Financial Institution or intermediary or Reporting Platform Operator or Reporting Crypto-
Asset Service Provider, as the case may be, which is under its jurisdiction:
(a) informs each individual concerned that information relating to that individual
will be collected and transferred processed in accordance with this Directive;
and
(b) provides to each individual concerned all information that the individual is
entitled to from the data controller in accordance with Articles 13 and 14 of
Regulation (EU) 2016/679 in sufficient time for that individual to exercise his or
her data protection rights and, in any case, before the information is reported.
2021/514 Art. 1.18
Notwithstanding point (b) of the first subparagraph, each Member State shall lay down rules
obliging Reporting Platform Operators to inform Reportable Sellers of the reported
Consideration.
5. Information processed in accordance with this Directive shall be retained for no longer
than is necessary to achieve the purposes of this Directive, and in any case in accordance with
each data controller’s domestic rules on statute of limitations.
2025/872 Art. 1.8
new
63. Member States shall retain the records of the information received through the
automatic exchange of information pursuant to Articles 8 to 8ad 4 to 9, 12, 15 and 16
45/2001 and Decision No 1247/2002/EC OJ L 295, 21.11.2018, p. 30; ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2018/1725/oj.
EN 81 EN
for no longer than necessary but in any event not less than five years from its date of receipt to
achieve the purposes of this Directive.
2021/514 Art. 1.18 (adapted)
new
Article 41
Data breach
16. A Member State where a data breach occurred, shall report the data breach and any
subsequent remedial action to the Commission without delay. The Commission shall inform
all Member States without delay of the data breach that has been reported to it or of which it
is aware and any remedial action.
Each Member State may suspend the exchange of information to the Member State(s) where
the data breach occurred by giving notice in writing to the Commission and the Member
State(s) concerned. Such suspension shall have immediate effect.
The Member State(s) where the data breach occurred shall investigate, contain and remedy
the data breach and shall, by giving notice in writing to the Commission, request the
suspension of the SDIE CCN access for the purposes of this Directive, if the data breach
cannot be contained immediately and appropriately. Upon such request, the Commission shall
suspend the SDIE CCN access of such Member State(s) for the purposes of this
Directive.
Upon reporting by the Member State where the data breach occurred of remedying the data
breach, the Commission shall resume the SDIE CCN access of the Member State(s)
concerned for the purposes of this Directive. In case one or more Member States request the
Commission to jointly verify whether the remediation of the data breach was successful, the
Commission shall resume the SDIE CCN access of such Member State(s) for the
purposes of this Directive upon such verification.
Where a data breach occurs to the central directory or the SDIE CCN for the purposes of
this Directive and where the exchanges of Member States through the SDIE CCN can
potentially be affected, the Commission shall inform Member States of the data breach and
any remedial actions taken without undue delay. Such remedial actions may include
suspending access to the central directory or the SDIE CCN for the purposes of this
Directive until the data breach is remedied.
27. Member States, assisted by the Commission, shall agree on the practical arrangements
necessary for the implementation of this Article, including data breach management processes
which are aligned with internationally recognised good practices and where appropriate a
joint data controller agreement, a data processor – data controller agreement, or models
thereof.
2014/107/EU Art. 1.4
new
3. In the event of a personal data breach, Member States shall ensure that the
controller notifies each individual Reportable Person taxpayer in accordance with
Article 34 of Regulation (EU) 2016/679. is notified of a breach of security with regard to
EN 82 EN
his data when that breach is likely to adversely affect the protection of his personal data or
privacy.
2011/16/EU (adapted)
SECTION V
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY TOPICS
Article 4220
Standard forms and linguistic arrangements for non-automatic exchange of
information computerised formats
2011/16/EU
new
1. The Commission shall be empowered to adopt implementing acts, in accordance
with the procedure referred to in Article 51(2), to establish the standard form in digital format
to be used for sending rRequests for information and for administrative enquiries pursuant
to Article 175 and their replies, acknowledgements, requests for additional background
information, inability or refusal pursuant to Article 207 shall, as far as possible, be sent using
a standard form adopted by the Commission in accordance with the procedure referred to in
Article 5126(2).
2011/16/EU
The standard forms may be accompanied by reports, statements and any other documents, or
certified true copies or extracts thereof.
2021/514 Art. 1.14(a)
2. The standard form referred to in paragraph 1 shall include at least the following
information to be provided by the requesting authority:
(a) the identity of the person under examination or investigation and, in the case of
group requests as referred to in Article 185a(3), detailed description of the group;
(b) the tax purpose for which the information is sought.
2011/16/EU
The requesting authority may, to the extent known and in line with international
developments, provide the name and address of any person believed to be in possession of the
requested information as well as any element that may facilitate the collection of information
by the requested authority.
EN 83 EN
2021/514 Art. 1.14(b)
new
3. The Commission shall be empowered to adopt implementing acts, in accordance
with the procedure referred to in Article 51(2), to establish the standard form in digital format
to be used for sending Sspontaneous information and its acknowledgement pursuant to
Articles 921, 22 and 2310 respectively, requests for administrative notifications
pursuant to Article 2713, feedback information pursuant to Article 2814 and communications
pursuant to Articles 3016(2) and (3) and Article 5024(2) shall be sent using the standard
forms adopted by the Commission in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article
26(2).
2011/16/EU (adapted)
4. Requests for cooperation, including requests for notification, and attached documents
may be made in any language agreed between the requested and requesting authority.
Those requests shall be accompanied by a translation into the official language or one of the
official languages of the Member State of the requested authority only in special cases when
the requested authority states its reason for requesting a translation.
Article 43
Standard forms and linguistic arrangements for automatic exchange of
information
2025/872 Art. 1.7
new
14. The Commission shall be empowered to adopt implementing acts, in accordance
with the procedure referred to in Article 51(2), to establish the standard form in digital format,
including the linguistic arrangement to be used for The automatic exchange of information
pursuant to Articles 8, 8ac and 8ae 4 to 9 and Articles 12, 15 and 16 . shall be carried out
using a standard computerised format aimed at facilitating such automatic exchange,
including the linguistic arrangements, adopted by the Commission in accordance with the
procedure referred to in Article 26(2).
2023/2226 Art. 1.9 (adapted)
new
2. Those standard computerised digital forms shall not exceed the components for
the exchange of information listed in Articles 8a(6), 8ab(14) and 8ad(3) 4 to 9 and Articles
12, 15 and 16 as well as Article 44 of Directive (EU) 2023/2523 and such other related
fields which are linked to those components which are necessary to achieve the objectives of
Articles 8a, 8ab and 8ad, respectively the respective exchanges .
3. The linguistic arrangements referred to in the first subparagraph of this paragraph shall
not preclude Member States from communicating the information referred to in Articles 8a6
and 8ab8 in any of the official languages of the Union. However, those linguistic
arrangements may provide that the key elements of such information shall also be sent in
another official language of the Union.
EN 84 EN
2011/16/EU (adapted)
new
Article 4421
Practical arrangements for communication of information
1. Information communicated pursuant to this Directive shall, as far as possible, be
provided by electronic means using the CCN network SDIE .
Where necessary, the Commission shall be empowered to adopt practical arrangements
necessary for the implementation of the first subparagraph in accordance with the procedure
referred to in Article 5126(2).
2014/107/EU Art. 1.4
new
2. The Commission shall be responsible for whatever development of the CCN network
SDIE is necessary to permit the exchange of that information between Member States
and for ensuring the security of the theCCN network SDIE .
Member States shall be responsible for whatever development of their systems is necessary to
enable that information to be exchanged using the the CCN network SDIE and for
ensuring the security of their systems.
Member States shall waive all claims for the reimbursement of expenses incurred in applying
this Directive except, where appropriate, in respect of fees paid to experts.
2015/2376 Art. 1.5(a)
new
3. Persons duly accredited by the Security Accreditation Authority of the Commission
may have access to that information only in so far as it is necessary for the care, maintenance
and development of the SDIE directory referred to in paragraph 5 and of the CCN
network.
2023/2226 Art. 1.10(a)
(adapted)
5. The Commission shall by 31 December 2017 develop and provide with technical and
logistical support a secure Member State central directory on administrative cooperation in
the field of taxation where information to be communicated in the framework of Article 8a(1)
and (2) shall be recorded in order to satisfy the automatic exchange provided for in those
paragraphs.
The Commission shall by 31 December 2019 develop and provide with technical and
logistical support a secure Member State central directory on administrative cooperation in
the field of taxation where information to be communicated in the framework of
Article 8ab(13), (14) and (16) shall be recorded in order to satisfy the automatic exchange
provided for in those paragraphs.
EN 85 EN
The Commission shall by 31 December 2026 develop and provide with technical and
logistical support a secure Member State central directory on administrative cooperation in
the field of taxation where information to be communicated in the framework of
Article 8ad(2) and (3) shall be recorded in order to satisfy the automatic exchange provided
for in those paragraphs.
The competent authorities of all Member States shall have access to the information recorded
in that directory. With respect to the information to be communicated in the framework of
Article 8ad(2) and (3), the competent authority of a Member State shall, however, have access
only to information pertaining to Reportable Users and Reportable Persons resident in that
Member State. The Commission shall also have access to the information recorded in that
directory, however with the limitations set out in Articles 8a(8), 8ab(17) and 8ad(5), and only
for the purpose of collecting statistics in accordance with paragraph 7 of this Article. The
Commission shall, by means of implementing acts, adopt the necessary practical
arrangements. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure
referred to in Article 26(2).
Until that secure central directory is operational, the automatic exchange provided for in
Article 8a(1) and (2), Article 8ab(13), (14) and (16) and Article 8ad(2) and (3) shall be carried
out in accordance with paragraph 1 of this Article and the applicable practical arrangements.
6. Information communicated pursuant to Article 8aa(2) shall be provided by electronic
means using the CCN network. The Commission shall, by means of implementing acts, adopt
the necessary practical arrangements for the upgrading of the CCN network. Those
implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article
26(2).
2011/16/EU
CHAPTER VIV
SHARING OF BEST PRACTICES AND EXPERIENCE
Article 4515
Scope and conditions
1. Member States shall, together with the Commission, examine and evaluate
administrative cooperation pursuant to this Directive and shall share their experience, with a
view to improving such cooperation and, where appropriate, drawing up rules in the fields
concerned.
2. Member States may, together with the Commission, produce guidelines on any aspect
deemed necessary for sharing best practices and sharing experience.
2025/872 Art. 1.4 (adapted)
new
Article 468b
Statistics on automatic exchanges and provision of information to the national
statistic offices
1. Member States shall provide the Commission on an annual basis with statistics on the
volume of automatic exchanges under Articles 8(1), 8(3a), 8aa, 8ac and 8ae 4 to 9, 12, 15
and 16 and with information on the administrative and other relevant costs and benefits
EN 86 EN
relating to exchanges that have taken place and any potential changes, for both tax
administrations and third parties.
new
2. Member States shall provide their national statistical institutes on annual basis with
statistics on the volume of automatic exchanges under Articles 4 to 9 and Articles 12, 15 and
16. Member States shall provide their respective national statistical authority, on annual basis,
all information received through the exchanges pursuant to Article 7. The national statistical
authorities shall use the data exclusively for statistical purposes and ensure full confidentiality
of information received.
Article 47
Platform for collecting statistics on automatic exchanges
(EU) 2021/514 Art. 1.15
new
7. The Commission shall develop and provide technical and logistical support for a
secure central interface on administrative cooperation in the field of taxation where Member
States communicate with the use of standard forms pursuant to Article 20(1) and (3) 43. The
competent authorities of all Member States shall have access to that interface. For the purpose
of collecting statistics, the Commission shall have access to information about the
automatic exchanges recorded to the interface and which can be extracted automatically.
The Commission shall have only access to anonymous and aggregated data. The access by the
Commission shall be without prejudice to the obligation of Member States to provide
statistics on exchanges of information in accordance with Article 4823(4). The Commission
shall, by means of implementing acts, lay down the necessary practical arrangements. Those
implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article
5126(2).
2023/2226 Art. 1.10(b)
8. The Commission shall provide Member States with a tool allowing an electronic and
automated verification of the correctness of the TIN provided by a reporting entity or a
taxpayer for the purposes of the automatic exchange of information.
The Commission shall develop the technical parameters of the tool referred to in the first
subparagraph by means of implementing acts. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in
accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 26(2).
2011/16/EU
Article 4823
Evaluation
1. Member States and the Commission shall examine and evaluate the functioning of the
administrative cooperation provided for in this Directive.
EN 87 EN
2. Member States shall communicate to the Commission any relevant information
necessary for the evaluation of the effectiveness of administrative cooperation in accordance
with this Directive in combating tax evasion and tax avoidance.
2023/2226 Art. 1.12
new
3. Each Member State shall monitor and assess, in relation to itself, the effectiveness of
administrative cooperation in accordance with this Directive, including in combating tax
evasion and tax avoidance, and shall communicate the results of its assessment including
instruments measuring the outcome of the administrative cooperation to the Commission once
a year . The Commission shall, by means of implementing acts, adopt the form and the
conditions of communication for that yearly assessment. Those implementing acts shall be
adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 5126(2).
2011/16/EU
4. The Commission shall, in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article
5126(2), determine a list of statistical data which shall be provided by the Member States for
the purposes of evaluation of this Directive.
2015/2376 Art. 1.7
Article 4923a
Confidentiality of information
1. Information communicated to the Commission pursuant to this Directive shall be kept
confidential by the Commission in accordance with the provisions applicable to Union
authorities and may not be used for any purposes other than those required to determine
whether and to what extent Member States comply with this Directive.
2021/514 Art. 1.17 (adapted)
new
2. Information communicated to the Commission by a Member State under Article 2348,
as well as any report or document produced by the Commission using such information, may
be transmitted to other Member States. Such transmitted information shall be covered by the
obligation of official secrecy and enjoy the protection extended to similar information under
the national law of the Member State which received it.
Reports and documents produced by the Commission, referred to in the first subparagraph,
may be used by Member States only for analytical purposes, and shall not be published or
made available to any other person or body without the express agreement of the
Commission.
Notwithstanding the first and second subparagraphs, the Commission may publish reports
on the use of the information exchanged under this Directive as well as annually
anonymised annual summaries of the statistical data that Member States communicate
to it in accordance with Article 4823(4).
EN 88 EN
2011/16/EU
CHAPTER VIIVI
RELATIONS WITH THIRD COUNTRIES
Article 5024
Exchange of information with third countries
1. Where the competent authority of a Member State receives from a third country
information that is foreseeably relevant to the administration and enforcement of the domestic
laws of that Member State concerning the taxes referred to in Article 2, that authority may, in
so far as this is allowed pursuant to an agreement with that third country, provide that
information to the competent authorities of Member States for which that information might
be useful and to any requesting authorities.
2. Competent authorities may communicate, in accordance with their domestic
provisions on the communication of personal data to third countries, information obtained in
accordance with this Directive to a third country, provided that all of the following conditions
are met:
(a) the competent authority of the Member State from which the information
originates have consented to that communication;
(b) the third country concerned has given an undertaking to provide the
cooperation required to gather evidence of the irregular or illegal nature of
transactions which appear to contravene or constitute an abuse of tax legislation.
CHAPTER VIIIVII
GENERAL AND FINAL PROVISIONS
2016/881 Art. 1.8
Article 5126
Committee procedure
1. The Commission shall be assisted by the Committee on administrative cooperation for
taxation. That committee shall be a committee within the meaning of Regulation (EU) No
182/201155.
2. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No 182/2011
shall apply.
55 Regulation (EU) No 182/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 February 2011
laying down the rules and general principles concerning mechanisms for control by the Member States
of the Commission's exercise of implementing powers (OJ L 55, 28.2.2011, p. 13).
EN 89 EN
new
Article 52
Council implementing act
On the basis of a proposal from the Commission, the Council shall, within 5 years from the
date of entry into force of this Directive, adopt an implementing act, establishing the
applicable criteria for the requirements set out in Part II, points D.2(a) and (b) of Annex IV.
2018/822 Art. 1.7
Article 5327
Reporting
1. Every five years after 1 January 2013, the Commission shall submit a report on the
application of this Directive to the European Parliament and to the Council.
2020/876 Art. 1 (adapted)
Article 27a
Optional deferral of time limits because of the COVID-19 pandemic
1. Notwithstanding the time limits for filing information on reportable cross-border
arrangements as specified in Article 8ab(12), Member States may take the measures necessary
to allow intermediaries and relevant taxpayers to file, by 28 February 2021, information on
reportable cross-border arrangements the first step of which was implemented between 25
June 2018 and 30 June 2020.
2. Where Member States take measures as referred to in paragraph 1, they shall also take
the measures necessary to allow:
(a) notwithstanding Article 8ab(18), the first information to be communicated by
30 April 2021;
(b) the period of 30 days for filing information referred to in Article 8ab(1) and (7)
to begin by 1 January 2021 where:
(i) a reportable cross-border arrangement is made available for
implementation or is ready for implementation, or where the first step in its
implementation has been made between 1 July 2020 and 31 December 2020; or
(ii) intermediaries within the meaning of the second paragraph of point 21
of Article 3 provide, directly or by means of other persons, aid, assistance or
advice between 1 July 2020 and 31 December 2020;
(c) in the case of marketable arrangements, the first periodic report in accordance
with Article 8ab(2) to be made by the intermediary by 30 April 2021.
3. Notwithstanding the time limit laid down in point (b) of Article 8(6), Member States
may take the measures necessary to allow the communication of information referred to in
Article 8(3a) that relates to the calendar year 2019 or another appropriate reporting period to
EN 90 EN
take place within 12 months following the end of the calendar year 2019 or the other
appropriate reporting period.
Article 27b
Extension of the period of deferral
1. The Council, acting unanimously on a proposal from the Commission, may take an
implementing decision to extend the period of deferral of the time limits set out in Article 27a
by three months, provided that severe risks to public health, hindrances and economic
disturbance caused by the COVID-19 pandemic continue to exist and Member States apply
lockdown measures.
2. The proposal for a Council implementing decision shall be submitted to the Council at
least one month before the expiry of the relevant deadline.
2025/872 Art. 1.10 (adapted)
Article 5427d
The first Reporting fiscal year and communication of the information under Article 15
8ae for the first time
1. The first Reporting fiscal year for which the information is to be communicated under
Article 8ae is the first fiscal year beginning from 31 December 2023.
12. For the Member States that have elected not to apply the IIR and the UTPR pursuant
to Article 50(1) of Directive (EU) 2022/2523, the first Reporting fiscal year for which the
information is to be communicated under Article 158ae shall be the first fiscal year following
the end of such election.
Notwithstanding the first subparagraph of this paragraph, for the Member States that have
elected not to apply the IIR and the UTPR pursuant to Article 50(1) of Directive (EU)
2022/2523 and have elected to apply a qualified domestic top-up tax pursuant to Article 11(1)
of that Directive, the first Reporting fiscal year for which the information is to be
communicated under Article 158ae shall be the first fiscal year during which the qualified
domestic top-up tax applies.
23. The competent authority of the Member State shall communicate the information
under Article 158ae with respect to the first Reporting fiscal year no later than six6 months
after the filing deadline.
4. In any case, Member States shall communicate the information under Article 8ae for
the first time no earlier than 1 December 2026.
2011/16/EU
Article 28
Repeal of Directive 77/799/EEC
Directive 77/799/EEC is repealed with effect from 1 January 2013.
References made to the repealed Directive shall be construed as references to this Directive.
EN 91 EN
Article 5529
Transposition
1. Member States shall bring into force the laws, regulations and administrative
provisions necessary to comply with this Directive with effect from 1 January 2013.
However, they shall bring into force the laws, regulations and administrative provisions
necessary to comply with Article 8 of this Directive with effect from 1 January 2015.
They shall forthwith inform the Commission thereof.
new
1. Member States shall adopt and publish, by [31 December 2027], laws, regulations and
administrative provisions necessary to comply with points 19, 23 and 30 of Article 3, 8(1), (4)
to (7), (13) and (16), 7 and 15 and, Annex IV and Section I of Annex V They shall
immediately communicate the text of those measures to the Commission.
They shall apply those measures from [1 January 2028].
2. Member States shall adopt and publish, by [31 December 2029], the laws, regulations
and administrative provisions necessary to comply with Article 1(1), (3) and (4), points 3, 10,
13, 14, 22, 26, 27, 30 of Article 3, Articles 4(1) and (3), 5(3), 6(2), 7(1), (3) and (4), 9, 10(3),
11(2), 12(1) and (5), 15(1), (3) and (4), 16, 17, 20(1) and (3), 23(2), 25(5), 28(2), 30(1) and
(6), 34, 35(1), 36, 38, 39, 40(2) and (4), 41(1) and (3), 42(1) and (3), 43(1) and (2), 44, 46,
38(3), 49(2), and 52 and Section VIII of Annex I, Annex V, Sections III and V of Annex VI.
They shall immediately communicate the text of those measures to the Commission.
They shall apply those measures from [1 January 2030].
(EU) 2025/872 Art 1.10
new
31. When Member States adopt those measures, they shall contain a reference to this
Directive. or shall be accompanied by such a reference on the occasion of their official
publication. The methods of making such reference shall be laid down by the Member States
They shall also include a statement that references in existing laws, regulations and
administrative provisions to the Directive repealed by this Directive shall be construed as
references to this Directive. Member States shall determine how such reference is to be made
and how that statement is to be formulated.
2025/872 Art. 1.10 (adapted)
42. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the text of the main provisions
measures of national law which they adopt in the field covered by this Directive.
2011/16/EU (adapted)
new
Article 5628
Repeal of Directive 77/799/EEC
EN 92 EN
Directive 2011/16/EU as amended by the Directives listed in Part A of Annex VIII,
77/799/EEC is repealed with effect from 1 January 2013 1 January 2030 , without
prejudice to the obligations of the Member States relating to the time-limits for the
transposition into national law and the dates of application of the Directives set out in Part B
of Annex VIII, Part B .
References made to the repealed Directive shall be construed as references to this Directive
and shall be read in accordance with the correlation table in Annex IX .
Article 5730
Entry into force and application
1. This Directive shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that
of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.
new
2. Annexes III and VII shall apply the day after this Directive enters into force.
3. Articles 1(2), 2, points 1 to 8, 11, 12, 15 to 18, 20, 21, 24 and 25 of Article 3, Articles
5(1) and (2), 6(1), (3) to (8), 7(2), 8(2), (3), (8) to (12), (14) and (15), 10(1) and (2), 11(1),
12(2) to (4), 13, 14, 15(2) and (5), 18, 19, 20(2) and (4), 21, 22, 23(1), 24, 25(1) to (4), 26, 27,
28(1), 29, 30(2) to (5), 31, 32, 33, 35(2), 37, 40(1), (3), (5) and (6), 41(2), 42(2) and (4),
43(3), 45, 47, 48(1), (2) and (4), 49(1), 50, 51, 54 and Sections I to VII and IX of Annex I,
Annex II, Sections I, II and IV of Annex V shall apply from [1 January 2030].
2025/872 Art. 2 (adapted)
3. They Member States shall apply those the measures referred to in
Article 2(2), first subparagraph, of Directive 2025/872 from the day after the day such
the election referred to in that subparagraph ends.
They shall apply those the measures referred to in Article 2(2), third subparagraph,
of Directive 2025/872 from the beginning of the first Reporting fiscal year under the
election to apply a qualified domestic top-up tax.
2011/16/EU
Article 5831
Addressees
This Directive is addressed to the Member States.
EN 1 EN
LEGISLATIVE FINANCIAL AND DIGITAL STATEMENT
1. FRAMEWORK OF THE PROPOSAL/INITIATIVE
1.1. Title of the proposal/initiative
Council Directive on administrative cooperation in the field of taxation (recast)
1.2. Policy area concerned
Taxation policy
1.3. Objective
1.3.1. General objective
The proposal consolidates Directive 2011/16/EU with its 9 subsequent amendments into a
single coherent text, thus ensuring consistency and user-friendliness of the text.
The proposal aims to ensure a fair and efficient functioning of the internal market by
providing Member States with clear and comprehensive rules based on which they cooperate
with each other to ensure that taxes are levied correctly. This way, the proposal ensures that
the Member States have efficient and effective tools to fight tax fraud, avoidance and evasion.
The proposal simplifies and streamlines reporting obligations by business, therefore reduces
the administrative burden placed on them.
1.3.2. Specific objective
Less administrative burden placed on business due to streamlining notification obligations for
Country-by-country reporting and notifications for the purposes of central filing of the top-up
tax information return. Less administrative burden placed on business due to reducing
reporting obligations that are not considered anymore as proportionate.
Less burden is placed on Member States since the TIN verification tool will allow automatic
verification and matching of the taxpayers concerned.
1.3.3. Expected result(s) and impact
Specify the effects which the proposal/initiative should have on the beneficiaries/groups
targeted.
On the business side, we distinguish between large MNE groups which are in scope of the
Pillar 2 Directive, other companies outside of the scope of the Pillar 2, and platform operators
of any size.
MNE groups within the scope of the Pillar 2 Directive (consolidated annual revenues of at
least EUR 750 million) will no longer be obliged to report cross-border arrangements under
DAC6, as risks are deemed covered by the global minimum tax rules. This will directly
reduce the associated compliance costs for those companies. They will also benefit from a
EN 2 EN
single notification for DAC4/DAC9, filing only once per group via a common template and
harmonised deadline, instead of separate notifications for DAC4 and DAC9 purposes by each
of the 109,000 subsidiaries of MNEs in scope of Pillar 2.
Smaller MNE groups, i.e. those outside the scope of the Pillar 2 Directive, will benefit from a
reduction in the number of DAC6 disclosures (about 8,300 per year). Given their larger
population, a significant share of the resulting compliance cost savings is expected to accrue
to smaller companies, including those with fewer than 50 employees. Within the population
of MNEs in Europe, companies with fewer than 50 employees account for nearly two thirds,
meaning that a substantial proportion of the benefits is likely to be concentrated among these
smaller entities.
Platform operators, both larger and smaller ones, will see a reduction in reporting volumes
due to the increased monetary threshold (to EUR 3,000) and the removal of the 30-transaction
activity threshold for sellers of goods, eliminating the need to report low-value occasional
sellers. The preferred option has the potential to reduce the number of reported sellers by up
to 11.3 million per year.
Finally, taxpayers and tax intermediaries, e.g., advisors and accountants, will benefit from the
removal of Category A (generic) hallmarks under DAC6 and clearer guidance on the Main
Benefit Test (MBT), reducing “defensive reporting” of standard commercial transactions.
Tax authorities will process higher-quality data due to centralized TIN verification and more
complete DAC1 exchanges, while the volume of low-value information from DAC6 and
DAC7 will decrease, allowing for better-targeted risk assessments. Costs are expected to be
driven primarily by the need to adjust IT systems and data-sharing arrangements in order to
access and exchange information held by a broader set of public authorities. The magnitude of
these costs will depend on the existing level of digitalisation and interoperability of public
sector databases in each Member State. In more advanced systems, where data is already
centrally accessible, the required adjustments may be relatively limited. By contrast, Member
States with more fragmented data infrastructures may face higher initial investment costs
related to system integration, data standardisation and governance frameworks.
1.3.4. Indicators of performance
Specify the indicators for monitoring progress and achievements.
Specific objective Indicator Baseline value Data source Frequency
Ensure
proportionate and
legally certain
DAC6 reporting
(removal of certain
MBT-related A
hallmarks and
Number of
annual DAC6
disclosures
8300 disclosure reports
annually linked to the
MBT related A hallmarks
(approx. 8% of which
originate from reporting
entities within Pillar 2
scope)
DAC6 central
directory
statistics
Annual
EN 3 EN
exclusion of Pillar 2
entities)
Ensure
proportionate and
better targeted
reporting of sellers
under DAC7
Number of
annual sellers
reported for the
sale of goods.
13.5 million sellers
reported annually
Statistics
reported by
Member States
Annual
Eliminate
duplicative
(DAC4/DAC9) and
non-harmonised
notification
obligations for
MNE Groups
Number of
notifications
submitted by
constituent
entities and
number of
notifications
submitted at
group level
Approx. 4,700 MNE
groups and 109.000
constituent entities
Statistics
reported by
Member States
Annual
Improve the
correctness of the
reported TIN
Automatic
matching rate
of TINs in
receiving
Member States;
Current automatic
matching rates reported
by Member States
Statistics
provided by
Member States
Annual
Improve the quality
and completeness of
DAC1 exchanges
Number of
categories
exchanged by
Member States
and increase in
the volume of
information
exchanged
Minimum of five DAC1
income categories and
only information
available in tax files
DAC1 statistics
reported by
Member States
Annual
Strengthen tax
compliance and
protection of tax
bases
Estimated
additional tax
assessments or
revenue linked
to information
exchanged
Current levels reported
by Member States
following DAC
exchanges
Statistics
reported by
Member States
Annual
EN 4 EN
under DAC
1.4. The proposal/initiative relates to:
¨a new action
¨a new action following a pilot project / preparatory action56
¨the extension of an existing action
☒a merger or redirection of one or more actions towards another/a new action
1.5. Grounds for the proposal/initiative
1.5.1. Requirement(s) to be met in the short or long term including a detailed timeline for
roll-out of the implementation of the initiative
The proposal should be implemented in three steps:
First, deletions of tables used for reporting of Country-by-Country reports and the tables used
for reporting top-up information return in Annex III and Annex VI respectively should come
into effect with the date of entry into force of the Directive, since it enables the MNEs to use
the existing form for reporting contained in implementing acts.
Secondly, measures aimed at simplification of reporting by business, namely those contained
in Article 8 and Annex IV, Article 9 and 12, Article 36, paragraph 4 and Annex V, section I,
point B.4 (d) require less adaptations and should be implemented by 1. 1. 2028, since they
concern reducing the reporting requirements and using the existing forms for reporting that
are contained in implementing acts.
Thirdly, measures that require more extensive adaptations of IT systems and are aimed at
improving the functioning of the administrative cooperation, such as the streamlining of
notifications in Article 15, the TIN verification tool in Article 36, and the changes in Article 4
should be implemented by 1. 1. 2030.
1.5.2. Added value of EU involvement (it may result from different factors, e.g.
coordination gains, legal certainty, greater effectiveness or complementarities). For
the purposes of this section 'added value of EU involvement' is the value resulting
from EU action, that is additional to the value that would have been otherwise
created by Member States alone.
The proposal simplifies on one hand and improves the existing tools of administrative
cooperation between Member States. Such action is not possible on a Member State level,
since the framework of cooperation needs to be common to function in practice. Therefore,
EU action is essential.
56 As referred to in Article 58(2), point (a) or (b) of the Financial Regulation.
EN 5 EN
1.5.3. Lessons learned from similar experiences in the past
The proposal consolidates and simplifies and improves existing mechanisms of administrative
cooperation between tax authorities. Changes build on extensive consultations with
stakeholders as well as the evaluation of the Directive that was concluded in 2024 which
showed that the Directive functions well, however some improvements are necessary.
Furthermore, in line with the Political Guidelines of the European Commission, existing
obligations have been reviewed and simplified when possible.
1.5.4. Compatibility with the multiannual financial framework and possible synergies
with other appropriate instruments
As the proposal is a recast of the existing Directive on administrative cooperation, the
procedures, arrangements and IT tools already established or under development of this
Directive will be available for the purposes of this proposal.
1.5.5. Assessment of the different available financing options, including scope for
redeployment
Implementation costs for the initiative will be financed by the EU budget only as regards the
central components of the system of automatic exchange of information in Article 16 and TIN
verification tool in Article 36. Otherwise, it will be for Member States to implement the
measures envisaged.
EN 6 EN
1.6. Duration of the proposal/initiative and of its financial impact
☐¨limited duration
– in effect from [DD/MM]YYYY to [DD/MM]YYYY
– financial impact from YYYY to YYYY for commitment appropriations and from
YYYY to YYYY for payment appropriations.
☒unlimited duration
– Implementation with a start-up period from 2027,
– followed by full-scale operation 2030.
1.7. Method(s) of budget implementation planned
☒Direct management by the Commission
– by its departments, including by its staff in the Union delegations;
– by the executive agencies
☐¨Shared management with the Member States
☐¨Indirect management by entrusting budget implementation tasks to:
– third countries or the bodies they have designated
– international organisations and their agencies (to be specified)
– the European Investment Bank and the European Investment Fund
– bodies referred to in Articles 70 and 71 of the Financial Regulation
– public law bodies
– bodies governed by private law with a public service mission to the extent that they
are provided with adequate financial guarantees
– bodies governed by the private law of a Member State that are entrusted with the
implementation of a public-private partnership and that are provided with adequate
financial guarantees
– bodies or persons entrusted with the implementation of specific actions in the
common foreign and security policy pursuant to Title V of the Treaty on European
Union, and identified in the relevant basic act
– bodies established in a Member State, governed by the private law of a Member State
or Union law and eligible to be entrusted, in accordance with sector-specific rules,
with the implementation of Union funds or budgetary guarantees, to the extent that
such bodies are controlled by public law bodies or by bodies governed by private law
with a public service mission, and are provided with adequate financial guarantees in
the form of joint and several liability by the controlling bodies or equivalent financial
guarantees and which may be, for each action, limited to the maximum amount of the
Union support.
Comments
EN 7 EN
This proposal builds on the existing framework and systems for the automatic exchange of
information which were developed pursuant to Article 21 of Directive 2011/16/EU and in the
context of previous amendments (Article 43 of the Proposal). The Commission, in
conjunction with Member States, shall develop a standardised electronic format for
information exchange through implementing measures. As regards the Secure Digital
Information Exchange (SDIE) which will permit the exchange of information between
Member States, the Commission is responsible for the development, maintenance and
adaptation of such a network and Member States will undertake to create the appropriate
domestic infrastructure that will enable the exchange of information via the SDIE network.
The Commission will develop a new tool for TIN verification, also building on experience
with existing tool in the field of VAT.
EN 8 EN
2. MANAGEMENT MEASURES
2.1. Monitoring and reporting rules
Specify frequency and conditions.
The Commission will evaluate the functioning of the intervention against the main policy
objectives. Monitoring and evaluation will be carried out in alignment with the other elements
of administrative cooperation.
Member States will submit data on an annual basis to the Commission for the information
outlined in the above table on indicators of performance which will be used to monitor
compliance with the proposal.
Member States undertake to:
- communicate to the Commission a yearly assessment of the effectiveness of the
automatic exchange of information provided for through this proposal;
- provide a list of statistical data which is determined by the Commission in
accordance with the procedure of Article 51(2) (implementing measures) for the
evaluation of this Directive;
- communicate to the Commission annually the results of their assessment the
effectiveness of administrative cooperation.
In Article 48 of the proposal, the Commission has undertaken to submit a report on the
application of the Directive every five years, which started counting following 1 January
2013.
2.2. Management and control system(s)
2.2.1. Justification of the budget implementation method(s), the funding
implementation mechanism(s), the payment modalities and the control strategy
proposed
The implementation of the initiative will rely on the competent authorities (tax
administrations) of the Member States. They will be responsible for financing their own
national systems and adaptations necessary for the exchanges to take place.
The Commission will set up the infrastructure, that will allow exchanges to be made between
Member States’ tax authorities. IT systems have been set up for the current scope of the DAC
which will also be used for this initiative. The Commission will finance the adaptations of the
systems needed to allow exchanges to take place, which will undergo the main elements of
control being that for procurement contracts, technical verification of the procurement, ex-
ante verification of commitments, and ex-ante verification of payments.
2.2.2. Information concerning the risks identified and the internal control system(s)
set up to mitigate them
EN 9 EN
To ensure assessment of the overall compliance with the business reporting obligations
Member States will be required to report relevant statistics to the Commission on an annual
basis. Furthermore, national administrations will be in charge of enforcing penalties and more
generally of ensuring compliance with the proposed intervention. National tax administrations
will also be able to perform audits to detect and deter non-compliance.
The subsequent programme57 to the Fiscalis programme will support the internal control
system, by providing funds for the following:
- Joint Actions (e.g. in the form of project groups);
- The development of the technical specifications, including the XML schema.
The main elements of the control strategy are:
Procurement contracts
The control procedures for procurement defined in the Financial Regulation: any procurement
contract is established following the established procedure of verification by the services of
the Commission for payment, taking into account contractual obligations and sound financial
and general management. Anti-fraud measures (controls, reports, etc.) are foreseen in all
contracts concluded between the Commission and the beneficiaries. Detailed terms of
reference are drafted and form the basis of each specific contract. The acceptance process
follows strictly the TAXUD TEMPO methodology: deliverables are reviewed, amended if
necessary and finally explicitly accepted (or rejected). No invoice can be paid without an
"acceptance letter".
Technical verification of procurement
DG TAXUD performs controls of deliverables and supervises operations and services carried
out by contractors. It also conducts quality and security audits of their contractors on a regular
basis. Quality audits verify the compliance of the contractors' actual processes against the
rules and procedures defined in their quality plans. Security audits focus on the specific
processes, procedures and set-up.
In addition to the above controls, DG TAXUD performs the traditional financial controls:
Ex-ante verification of commitments
All commitments in DG TAXUD are verified by the Head of the Finances, public
procurement, compliance Unit. Consequently, 100% of the committed amounts are covered
by the ex-ante verification. This procedure gives a high level of assurance as to the legality
and regularity of transactions.
57 Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing the Single Market
and Customs Programme for the period 2028-2034 and repealing Regulations (EU) 2021/444, (EU)
2021/690, (EU) 2021/785, (EU) 2021/847 and (EU) 2021/1077 2b258769-ecbc-4b4a-b3d5-
e99c28752c75_en.
EN 10 EN
Ex-ante verification of payments
100% of payments are verified ex-ante. Moreover, at least one payment (from all categories
of expenditures) per week is randomly selected for additional ex-ante verification performed
by the head of the Finances, public procurement and compliance Unit. There is no target
concerning the coverage, as the purpose of this verification is to check payments "randomly"
in order to verify that all payments were prepared in line with the requirements. The
remaining payments are processed according to the rules in force on a daily basis.
Declarations of the Authorising Officers by Sub-Delegations (AOSD)
All the AOSD sign declarations supporting the Annual Activity Report for the year
concerned. These declarations cover the operations under the programme. The AOSD declare
that the operations connected with the implementation of the budget have been executed in
accordance with the principles of the sound financial management, that the management and
control systems in place provided satisfactory assurance concerning the legality and regularity
of the transactions and that the risks associated to these operations have been properly
identified, reported and that mitigating actions have been implemented.
2.2.3. Estimation and justification of the cost-effectiveness of the controls (ratio
between the control costs and the value of the related funds managed), and
assessment of the expected levels of risk of error (at payment & at closure)
The controls established enable DG TAXUD to have sufficient assurance of the quality and
regularity of the expenditure and to reduce the risk of non-compliance. The above control
strategy measures reduce the potential risks below the target of 2% and reach all beneficiaries.
Any additional measures for further risk reduction would result in disproportionately high
costs and are therefore not envisaged. The overall costs linked to implementing the above
control strategy – for all expenditures under the new programme – are limited to 1.6% of the
total payments made. It is expected to remain at the same ratio for this initiative. The
programme control strategy limits the risk of non-compliance to virtually zero and remains
proportionate to the risks entailed.
2.3. Measures to prevent fraud and irregularities
The European Anti-fraud Office (OLAF) may carry out investigations, including on-the-spot
checks and inspections, in accordance with the provisions and procedures laid down in
Regulation (EC) No 1073/1999 of the European Parliament and of the Council58 and Council
Regulation (Euratom, EC) No 2185/9659 with a view to establishing whether there has been
fraud, corruption or any other illegal activity affecting the financial interests of the Union in
58 Regulation (EC) No 1073/1999 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 May 1999
concerning investigations conducted by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF), OJ L 136 p. 1,
31.5.1999. 59 Council Regulation (Euratom, EC) No 2185/96 of 11 November 1996 concerning on-the-spot checks
and inspections carried out by the Commission in order to protect the European Communities' financial
interests against fraud and other irregularities, OJ L 292 p. 2, 15.11.96.
EN 11 EN
connection with a grant agreement or grant decision or a contract funded under this
Regulation.
EN 12 EN
3. ESTIMATED FINANCIAL IMPACT OF THE
PROPOSAL/INITIATIVE
The estimated impact on expenditure and staffing for 2028 and beyond is added for
illustrative purposes only and does not pre-judge the next Multiannual Financial Framework.
The source of financing and scope of Union financial commitment in the post-2027 period
remain subject to the outcome of interinstitutional negotiations on the MFF 2028-2034 and
thereafter shall be determined through the annual budgetary procedure. All appropriations and
staffing allocations as of 2028 are indicative.
3.1. Heading(s) of the multiannual financial framework and expenditure
budget line(s) affected
• Existing budget lines
In order of multiannual financial framework headings and budget lines.
Heading
of
multiann
ual
financial
framewo
rk
Budget line
Type of
expendit
ure
Contribution
Number
Diff./No
n-diff.60
from
EFTA
countri
es61
from
candidat
e
countrie
s and
potential
candidat
es62
From
other
third
countri
es
other
assigned
revenue
1 05.0305 – Single Market and Customs
Programme Diff. NO NO NO NO
60 Diff. = Differentiated appropriations / Non-diff. = Non-differentiated appropriations. 61 EFTA: European Free Trade Association. 62 Candidate countries and, where applicable, potential candidates from the Western Balkans.
EN 13 EN
3.2. Estimated financial impact of the proposal on appropriations
3.2.1. Summary of estimated impact on operational appropriations
– The proposal/initiative does not require the use of operational appropriations
– ☒ The proposal/initiative requires the use of operational appropriations, as explained below
3.2.1.1. Appropriations from voted budget
EUR million (to three decimal places)
Heading of multiannual financial framework 1 Single Market
DG: TAXUD Year Year Year Year Year Year Year
TOTAL MFF 2028-2034
2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
Operational appropriations
Budget line 05.0305 Commitments (1a) 3,4 3,3 3,2 1,9 1,5 0,5 0,5 14,3
Payments (2a) 3,4 3,3 3,2 1,9 1,5 0,5 0,5 14,3
Appropriations of an administrative nature financed from the envelope of specific programmes63
Budget line (3) 0
63 Technical and/or administrative assistance and expenditure in support of the implementation of EU programmes and/or actions (former ‘BA’ lines), indirect research, direct research.
EN 14 EN
TOTAL appropriations Commitments =1a+1b+3 3,43,33,21,91,50,50,5 14,3
for DG TAXUD Payments =2a+2b+3 3,43,33,21,91,50,50,5 14,3
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL
MFF
2028-
2034
2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
• TOTAL
operational
appropriations (all
operational
headings)
Commitments (4) 3,4 3,3 3,2 1,9 1,5 0,5 0,5 14,3
Payments (5)
3,4 3,3 3,2 1,9 1,5 0,5 0,5 14,3
• TOTAL appropriations of an
administrative nature financed
from the envelope for specific
programmes (all operational
headings)
(6) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL
appropriations
Under
Heading 1 to 3
Commitments =4+6
3,43,33,21,91,50,50,5 14,3
EN 15 EN
of the multiannual
financial
framework Payments =5+6
3,43,33,21,91,50,50,5 14,3
(Reference
amount)
Heading of multiannual financial framework 4 ‘Administrative expenditure’
DG: TAXUD
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL
MFF
2028-
2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
Ÿ Human resources 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Ÿ Other administrative expenditure 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL DG
<…….>Appropriations 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
DG: <…….>
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL
MFF
2028-
2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
EN 16 EN
Ÿ Human resources 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Ÿ Other administrative expenditure 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL DG
<…….>Appropriations 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL appropriations under
HEADING 4 of the multiannual financial
framework
(Total
commitments
= Total
payments)
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EUR million (to three decimal places)
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL
MFF 2028-
2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
TOTAL
appropriations
under HEADINGS 1
to 4
Commitments
3,43,33,21,91,50,50,5 14,3
of the multiannual
financial framework Payments
3,43,33,21,91,50,50,5 14,3
3.2.2. Estimated output funded from operational appropriations
Commitment appropriations in EUR million (to three decimal places)
EN 17 EN
Indicate
objectives
and
outputs
ò
Year
2028
Year
2029
Year
2030
Year
2031 Year 2032 Year 2033 Year 2034 TOTAL
OUTPUTS
Type 64
Aver
age
cost
N o
Cost
N o
Cost
N o
Cost
N o
Cos
t
N o
Cos
t
N o
Cost
N o
Cost Tota
l No
Total
cost
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVE 65…
Specificatio
ns
1,5 0,3 1,8
Developme
nt
1,8 2,3 2,2 6,3
Maintenanc
e
0,2 0,3 0,3 0,8
Support 0,1 0,1 0,9 0,5 0,2 0,2 2,1
Training 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,4 0,1 0,1 2,1
ITSM –
Infrastructur
e
0,1 0,1 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,1 1,2
Subtotal for specific
objective No 1
3,4 3,3 3,3 1,9 1,5 0,5 0,5 14,3
TOTALS 3,4 3,3 3,3 1,9 1,5 0,5 0,5 14,3
64 Outputs are products and services to be supplied (e.g. number of student exchanges financed, number of km of roads built, etc.). 65 As described in Section 1.3.2. ‘Specific objective(s)’
EN 0 EN
3.2.3. Summary of estimated impact on administrative appropriations
– ☒ The proposal/initiative does not require the use of appropriations of an administrative nature
– The proposal/initiative requires the use of appropriations of an administrative nature, as explained below
3.2.3.1. Appropriations from voted budget
VOTED APPROPRIATIONS
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL
2028 -
2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
HEADING 4
Human resources 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000.0000.000 0.000
Other administrative expenditure 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000.0000.000 0.000
Subtotal HEADING 4 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
Outside HEADING 4
Human resources 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000.0000.000 0.000
Other expenditure of an administrative nature 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000.0000.000 0.000
Subtotal outside HEADING 4 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
TOTAL 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
3.2.4. Estimated requirements of human resources
EN 1 EN
– ☒ The proposal/initiative does not require the use of human resources
– The proposal/initiative requires the use of human resources, as explained below
3.2.4.1. Financed from voted budget
Estimate to be expressed in full-time equivalent units (FTEs)66
VOTED APPROPRIATIONS
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year
2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
Ÿ Establishment plan posts (officials and temporary staff)
20 01 02 01 (Headquarters and
Commission’s Representation Offices) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
20 01 02 03 (EU Delegations) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(Indirect research) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(Direct research) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other budget lines (specify) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
• External staff (inFTEs)
66 Please specify below the table how many FTEs within the number indicated are already assigned to the management of the action and/or can be redeployed within your DG
and what are your net needs.
EN 2 EN
20 02 01 (AC, END from the ‘global
envelope’) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
20 02 03 (AC, AL, END and JPD in the
EU Delegations) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Admin. Support line
• at
Headqua
rters
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
[XX.01.YY.YY]
• in EU
Delegati
ons
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(AC, END - Indirect research) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(AC, END - Direct research) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other budget lines (specify) - Heading 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other budget lines (specify) - Outside
Heading 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Considering the overall strained situation in Heading 4, in terms of both staffing and the level of appropriations, the human resources required will be
met by staff from the DG who are already assigned to the management of the action and/or have been redeployed within the DG or other Commission
services.
The Estimated impact on expenditure and staffing for 2028 and beyond is added for illustrative purposes only and does not pre-judge the next
Multiannual Financial Framework. The source of financing and scope of Union financial commitment in the post-2027 period remain subject to the
EN 3 EN
outcome of interinstitutional negotiations on the MFF 2028-2034 and thereafter shall be determined through the annual budgetary procedure. All
appropriations and staffing allocations as of 2028 are indicative.
The staff required to implement the proposal (in FTEs):
To be covered
by current staff
available in the
Commission
services
Exceptional additional staff*
To be financed
under Heading
4 or Research
To be financed
from BA line
To be financed
from fees
Establishment
plan posts
3 N/A
External staff
(CA, SNEs,
INT)
3
3.2.5. Overview of estimated impact on digital technology-related investments
TOTAL Digital and
IT appropriations
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL
MFF 2028 -
2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
HEADING 4
EN 4 EN
IT expenditure
(corporate) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Subtotal HEADING
4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Outside HEADING 4
Policy IT expenditure
on operational
programmes
3,4 3,3 3,2 1,9 1,5 0,5 0,5 14,3
Subtotal outside
HEADING 4 3,43,33,21,91,50,50,5 14,3
TOTAL 3,43,33,21,91,50,50,5 14,3
3.2.6. Compatibility with the current multiannual financial framework
The proposal/initiative:
– ☒ can be fully financed through redeployment within the relevant heading of the multiannual financial framework (MFF)
This proposal will be financed by the new Single Market and Customs Program to be included in the MFF 2028-2034.
The estimated impact on expenditure and staffing for 2028 and beyond is added for illustrative purposes only and does not pre-judge the next
Multiannual Financial Framework. The source of financing and scope of Union financial commitment in the post-2027 period remain subject to the
EN 5 EN
outcome of interinstitutional negotiations on the MFF 2028-2034 and thereafter shall be determined through the annual budgetary procedure. All
appropriations and staffing allocations as of 2028 are indicative.
– requires use of the unallocated margin under the relevant heading of the MFF and/or use of the special instruments as defined in the
MFF Regulation
– requires a revision of the MFF
3.2.7. Third-party contributions
The proposal/initiative:
– ☒ does not provide for co-financing by third parties
– provides for the co-financing by third parties estimated below:
Appropriations in EUR million (to three decimal places)
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year
Total 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
Specify the co-
financing body
TOTAL
appropriations co-
financed
3.3. Estimated impact on revenue
– ☒ The proposal/initiative has no financial impact on revenue.
EN 6 EN
– ¨ The proposal/initiative has the following financial impact:
– ¨ on own resources
– ¨ on other revenue
– ¨ please indicate, if the revenue is assigned to expenditure lines
EUR million (to three decimal places)
Budget revenue line:
Appropriations
available for the
current financial
year
Impact of the proposal/initiative67
Year 2028 Year 2029 Year 2030 Year 2031 Year 2032 Year 2033 Year 2034
Article ………….
For assigned revenue, specify the budget expenditure line(s) affected.
Other remarks (e.g. method/formula used for calculating the impact on revenue or any other information).
67 In the case of traditional own resources (customs duties, sugar levies), the amounts indicated must be net amounts, i.e. gross amounts after deduction of 10 % for collection
costs, as proposed in COM(2025)574.
EN 7 EN
4. Digital dimensions
4.1. Requirements of digital relevance
Reference to the
requirement Requirement description
Actor affected or
concerned by the
requirement
High-level
Processes Category
Recital (4)
Administrative cooperation must rely
on secure and up-to-date digital
communication systems.
Member States
competent
authorities for
exchange of
information
Establish a
Digital Public
Service
Data
Digital solutions
Exchange of
information
Art. 4
Adopt the necessary practical
arrangements to facilitate the
communication of information related
to categories of income and capital.
Provide a standard computerised format
to exchange information.
Member States
competent
authorities for
exchange of
information
Establish a
Digital Public
Service
Data
Digital solutions
Exchange of
information
Art. 5 Adopt the necessary practical
arrangements to facilitate the
communication of information in line
Member States
competent
authorities for
Establish a
Digital Public Data
EN 8 EN
with OECD CRS.
Provide a standard computerised format
to exchange information.
exchange of
information
Service Digital solutions
Exchange of
information
Art. 6
Adopt the necessary practical
arrangements to facilitate the
communication of information on
advance cross-border rulings and
advance pricing arrangements.
Provide a standard computerised format
to exchange information.
Member States
competent
authorities for
exchange of
information
Establish a
Digital Public
Service
Data
Digital solutions
Exchange of
information
Art. 7
Adopt the necessary practical
arrangements to facilitate the
communication of information on the
country-by-country reports.
Provide a standard computerised format
to exchange information.
Member States
competent
authorities for
exchange of
information
Establish a
Digital Public
Service
Data
Digital solutions
Exchange of
information
Art. 8
Adopt the necessary practical
arrangements to facilitate the
communication of information on
reportable cross-border arrangements.
Provide a standard computerised format
Member States
competent
authorities for
exchange of
information
Establish a
Digital Public
Service
Data
Digital solutions
Exchange of
EN 9 EN
to exchange information.
information
Art. 9
Adopt the necessary practical
arrangements to facilitate the
communication of information reported
by platform operators.
Provide a standard computerised format
to exchange information.
Member States
competent
authorities for
exchange of
information
Establish a
Digital Public
Service
Data
Digital solutions
Exchange of
information
Art. 10
Adopt the necessary practical
arrangements for the registration and
identification of Reporting Platform
Operators.
Member States
competent
authorities for
exchange of
information
Establish a
Digital Public
Service
Data
Digital solutions
Exchange of
information
Art. 12
Adopt the necessary practical
arrangements to facilitate the
communication of information reported
by Reporting Crypto-Asset Service
Providers.
Provide a standard computerised format
Member States
competent
authorities for
exchange of
information
Establish a
Digital Public
Service
Data
Digital solutions
Exchange of
information
EN 10 EN
to exchange information.
Art. 13
Adopt the necessary practical
arrangements to facilitate the
communication of information reported
by Reporting Crypto-Asset Service
Providers. Establish a register to allow
Crypto-asset operators that do not fall
under the scope of Regulation (EU)
2023/1114 (MiCA Directive) to register
in one single Member State for the
purpose of complying with their
reporting obligations.
Member States
competent
authorities for
exchange of
information
Establish a
Digital Public
Service
Data
Digital solutions
Exchange of
information
Art. 15
Adopt the necessary practical
arrangements to facilitate the
communication of information with
respect to Top-up tax information
returns under Art. 44 of Directive (EU)
2022/2523.
Provide a standard computerised format
to exchange information.
Member States
competent
authorities for
exchange of
information
Establish a
Digital Public
Service
Data
Digital solutions
Exchange of
information
EN 11 EN
Art. 16
Adopt the necessary practical
arrangements to facilitate the
communication of information with
respect to notifications of Country-by-
Country reporting and the top-up tax
information return and exchange of
information under Art. 44 of Directive
(EU) 2022/2523.
Provide a standard computerised format
to exchange information.
Member States
competent
authorities for
exchange of
information
Establish a
Digital Public
Service
Data
Digital solutions
Exchange of
information
Art. 36
Adopt the necessary practical
arrangements to facilitate the digital and
automated verification of the validity of
a TIN provided by a reporting entity or
a taxpayer
Member States
competent
authorities for
exchange of
information
Establish a
Digital Public
Service
Data
Digital solutions
Exchange of
information
4.2. Data
Type of data Reference(s) to the requirement Standard and/or specification (if applicable)
EN 12 EN
Tax information on income from employment,
director’s fees, pensions, income and ownership of
immovable property, royalties and non-custodial
dividends.
Art. 4 Specifications of the data as per the paragraph 4(1)
of the article. XML format is used as common
exchange standard.
Tax information from financial data reported by
Financial Institutions of each Member State.
Art. 5 Specifications of the data as per the paragraph 5(1)
of the article. The common standardised format set
out in Annex I and Annex II of the Recast Directive.
XML format is used as common exchange standard.
Tax information on advance cross-border rulings
and advance pricing arrangements.
Art. 6 Specifications of the data as per the paragraph 6(5)
of the article. XML format is used as common
exchange standard.
Tax information on country-by-country reports. Art. 7 Specifications of the data as per the paragraph 7(3)
and the standard defined in Article 51(2). XML
format is used as common exchange standard.
Tax information on reportable cross-border
arrangements
Art. 8 Specifications of the data as per the paragraphs 8(3),
8(7), 8(10), 8(13), of the article and Annex IV for
details of hallmarks that make the cross-border
arrangement reportable. XML format is used as
common exchange standard.
Tax information reported by platform operators Art. 9 Specifications of the data as per paragraph 2 of Art.
9. XML format is used as common exchange
standard.
Tax information pertaining to the registration of Art. 10 Specifications of the data as per Art. 10. XML
EN 13 EN
Reporting Platform Operators format is used as common exchange standard.
Tax information on Crypto-asset transactions
Art. 12(3) and Annex VI, Section I
Reporting Requirements
The common standardised format set out in Annex
VI, section II of the Recast Directive, REPORTING
REQUIREMENTS. XML format is used as common
exchange standard.
Tax information with respect to top-up tax
information returns under article 44 of Directive
(EU) 2022/2523
Art. 15 Specifications of the data as per Art. 15. XML
format is used as common exchange standard.
Tax information with respect to notifications of
Country-by-Country reporting and the central filing
of the top-up tax information return and the
exchange of information.
Art. 16 of the Recast Directive. Specifications of the data as per the standard defined
in Article 51(2). XML format is used as common
exchange standard.
Tax information with respect to the verification of
the validity of a TIN.
Art. 36 of the Recast Directive. Specifications of the data as per the standard defined
in Article 51(2). XML format is used as common
exchange standard.
Alignment with the European Data Strategy
Art. 4 - Mandatory Automatic Exchange of Information on Income from Employment, Director’s Fees, Pensions, Income and Ownership of
Immovable Property, Royalties and Non-Custodial Dividends
AEOI (Automatic Exchange of Information), is a system where tax authorities in different jurisdictions of EU regularly and automatically
share financial and taxpayer information with each other to improve transparency and combat tax evasion.
Directive Section I (aka DAC1):
EN 14 EN
➢ Automatic exchange of tax information
➢ Cross-border tax transparency
➢ Regular and structured reporting
➢ Improved tax compliance and fraud detection
➢ Cooperation between tax authorities
The DAC1 Taxation Information System supports the European Data Strategy by:
• Enabling cross-border data flows (core objective).
• Promoting data availability in the public sector
• Strengthening government-to-government (G2G) data sharing
• Supporting fair and efficient data-driven economies
• Contributing to EU data interoperability
• Building trust in data sharing systems
• Supporting timely and reusable data flows
• Advancing European data sovereignty
Art. 5 - Mandatory Automatic Exchange of Financial Information
Automatic exchange of financial account information between EU tax authorities, based on the OECD Common Reporting Standard (CRS), a
EN 15 EN
global standard developed to combat tax evasion and increase transparency in the international financial system.
Directive Section II (aka DAC2):
➢ Requires financial institutions to report account information of non-resident account holders to their national tax authority.
➢ Covers key financial data, including account balances, interest, dividends, and proceeds from financial assets.
➢ Enables identification of taxpayers holding offshore financial accounts, improving cross-border tax transparency and compliance.
➢ Standardises reporting and due diligence rules across the EU, ensuring consistent collection and exchange of financial data among
Member States.
The DAC2 Taxation Information System supports the European Data Strategy by:
• Enabling large-scale cross-border data sharing in the financial sector
• Strengthening the EU single market for data (public-sector use case)
• Improving data availability and quality for public authorities
• Building trust and governance frameworks for sensitive data exchange
• Advancing interoperability and standardisation in EU data systems
Art. 6 - Mandatory Automatic Exchange of Information on Advance Cross-Border Rulings and Advance Pricing Arrangements.
Requires Member States to automatically exchange information on cross-border tax rulings and advance pricing agreements so that tax
authorities can assess potential tax risks and ensure fair corporate taxation across the EU.
EN 16 EN
Directive Section III (aka DAC3):
➢ Introduces automatic exchange of information on cross-border tax rulings and advance pricing agreements (APAs) between EU
Member States.
➢ Requires tax authorities to share summaries of rulings issued to multinational companies, especially those with cross-border effects.
➢ Ensures other Member States are informed when a tax ruling may affect their tax base, improving transparency in corporate taxation.
➢ Creates a central EU repository for tax rulings information, accessible to all Member States for risk assessment and compliance checks.
➢ Strengthens cooperation and reduces harmful tax practices by limiting secrecy around preferential tax rulings.
The DAC3 Taxation Information System supports the European Data Strategy by:
• Enabling structured cross-border data sharing between tax authorities
• Improving availability of high-value public-sector data
• Strengthening trust and governance in sensitive data exchange
• Supporting EU-wide data harmonisation and consistency
• Enhancing data-driven enforcement and policy-making
• Contributing to the emerging EU “data space” logic in public administration
Art. 7 - Mandatory Automatic Exchange of the Country-By-Country Reports.
Requires multinational enterprises to file a country-by-country report of their revenues, profits, taxes paid, and economic activity, which is
EN 17 EN
shared between tax authorities to improve transparency and assess tax avoidance risks.
Directive Section IV (aka DAC4):
➢ Introduces Country-by-Country Reporting for multinational enterprises with consolidated group revenues.
➢ Mandates automatic exchange of reports between EU tax authorities, based on the jurisdiction where the ultimate parent entity is
located or where subsidiaries operate.
➢ Enhances tax transparency and risk assessment by enabling authorities to identify profit shifting and base erosion risks.
➢ Supports coordinated EU action against tax avoidance by improving comparability of multinational corporate structures and economic
activity across Member States.
The DAC4 Taxation Information System supports the European Data Strategy by:
• Creating structured, high-value cross-border datasets for public authorities
• Enabling trusted government-to-government data sharing
• Improving data-driven enforcement and policy-making
• Promoting harmonisation and interoperability of financial reporting data
• Supporting the EU goal of a trusted data ecosystem for economic governance
Art. 8 - Mandatory Automatic Exchange of Information on Reportable Cross-Border Arrangements.
Requires intermediaries (or taxpayers in certain cases) to report cross-border tax arrangements with specific “hallmarks” of potential tax
avoidance, which are then automatically shared between EU tax authorities to increase transparency and deter aggressive tax planning.
EN 18 EN
Directive Section V (aka DAC6):
➢ Introduces mandatory reporting of certain cross-border tax arrangements that display defined “hallmarks” linked to tax avoidance or
aggressive tax planning.
➢ Places primary reporting obligation on intermediaries and in some cases on taxpayers themselves.
➢ Requires reporting to national tax authorities within strict deadlines
➢ Mandates automatic exchange of reported information between EU Member States, enabling cross-border visibility of potentially
aggressive tax schemes.
➢ Aims to increase transparency and deter tax avoidance practices by giving tax authorities early insight into potentially abusive tax
arrangements.
The DAC6 Taxation Information System supports the European Data Strategy by:
• Enabling structured cross-border exchange of high-value regulatory data
• Strengthening trusted data flows between public authorities
• Improving availability of timely, actionable data for enforcement
• Promoting standardisation and structured reporting
• Supporting EU-wide data-driven governance and coordination
• Reinforcing the EU model of controlled data sharing for public interest
Dir Art. 9, 10, 11 - Mandatory Automatic Exchange of Information reported by Platform Operators.
EN 19 EN
Each Member State shall take the necessary measures to require Reporting Platform Operators to carry out the due diligence procedures and
fulfil reporting requirements on Reportable Sellers.
Directive Section VI (aka DAC7):
➢ Requires a set of information on the Reportable Seller to which the Consideration is paid or credited, available to the Reporting
Platform Operator, to be exchanged with the competent authority of the Member State where the Reportable Seller is resident.
➢ Introduces reporting where the Reportable Seller provides immovable property rental services, in any case to the competent authority of
the Member State in which the immovable property is located.
➢ Imposes the registration within EU of Reporting Platform Operators, to whom an individual identification number is allocated.
➢ Sets the framework in case a Member State has concluded a competent authority agreement with a non-Union jurisdiction that requires
the automatic exchange of information on sellers deriving income from activities facilitated by Platforms.
➢ Aims to increase transparency and deter tax avoidance practices.
The DAC7 Taxation Information System supports the European Data Strategy by:
• Enabling structured cross-border exchange of high-value regulatory data
• Strengthening trusted data flows between public authorities
• Improving availability of timely, actionable data for enforcement
• Promoting standardisation and structured reporting
• Supporting EU-wide data-driven governance and coordination
• Reinforcing the EU model of controlled data sharing for public interest
EN 20 EN
Dir Art. 12 - Mandatory Automatic Exchange of Information reported by Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Providers
The Automatic Exchange of Information (AEOI), a global standard developed to combat tax evasion and increase transparency in the
international financial system, is being implemented across the EU using the Crypto-Asset Reporting Framework (CARF), introduced by
OECD, to report on Crypto-asset transactions in the framework of Recast Directive.
Directive Section VII (aka DAC8):
➢ Brings digital assets, such as cryptocurrencies and e-money, under the tax information exchange framework.
➢ Requires standardized digital data reporting (XML/XSD)
➢ Imposes new reporting obligations on digital platform operators, exchanges, and wallet providers regarding transactions in crypto-
assets.
The DAC8 Taxation Information System supports the European Data Strategy by:
• Enhancing data quality and granularity for greater tax transparency with regard to crypto-assets and their reporting
• Implementing machine-readable, standardized formats across jurisdictions
• Enabling data reuse for policy, regulation, and economic forecasting (a key FAIR principle)
• Supporting Cross-border Data Sharing and data availability that enables access to high-quality public and private sector data across
member states
• Assuring data interoperability, reusability and use of common standards
• Promoting data Sovereignty & governance
EN 21 EN
• Ensuring Trust, Transparency, Security, Fairness, Ethics and GDPR Compliance
Dir Art. 15 - Exchange of Information with respect to Top-up Tax Information Returns under Article 44 of Directive (EU) 2022/2523.
Mandates each Member State to take the necessary measures to require the filing constituent entity of an MNE group to use a standard form to
fulfil the filing obligations under Article 44 of Directive (EU) 2022/2523, with the aim of assuring a minimum tax rate for MNE groups across
EU.
Recast Directive Section VIII (aka DAC9):
➢ Introduces mandatory reporting of top-up tax information returns among Member States.
➢ Sets specific reporting obligations for the MNE group entities and Member State competent tax authorities.
➢ Requires reporting to national tax authorities within strict deadlines.
➢ Mandates automatic exchange of reported information between EU Member States, enabling cross-border visibility of Top-up tax
information returns.
➢ Aims at assuring a global minimum tax rate for MNE groups is applied across EU.
The DAC9 Taxation Information System supports the European Data Strategy by:
• Enabling structured cross-border exchange of high-value regulatory data
• Strengthening trusted data flows between public authorities
• Improving availability of timely, actionable data for enforcement
• Promoting standardisation and structured reporting
EN 22 EN
• Supporting EU-wide data-driven governance and coordination
• Reinforcing the EU model of controlled data sharing for public interest
Art. 16 - Notifications for the purpose of Country-by-Country reporting and the central filing of the top-up tax information return and exchange
of information.
Mandates each Member State to take the necessary measures to allow the reporting entity under Article 7 or the filing constituent entity of an
MNE Group that is filing reports under Article 15 to file a single notification.
Section VIII (aka DAC9):
➢ Introduces mandatory reporting of top-up tax information returns among Member States.
➢ Sets specific reporting obligations for the MNE group entities and Member State competent tax authorities.
➢ Requires reporting to national tax authorities within strict deadlines.
➢ Mandates automatic exchange of reported information between EU Member States, enabling cross-border visibility of Top-up tax
information returns.
➢ Aims at assuring a global minimum tax rate for MNE groups is applied across EU.
This digital approach on communication between different Taxation Information Systems supports the European Data Strategy by:
• Enabling structured cross-border exchange of high-value regulatory data
• Strengthening trusted data flows between public authorities
• Improving availability of timely, actionable data for enforcement
• Promoting standardisation and structured reporting
EN 23 EN
• Supporting EU-wide data-driven governance and coordination
• Reinforcing the EU model of controlled data sharing for public interest
Art. 36 - TIN verification tool
Provides Member States with a tool, developed by the European Commission, that allows a digital and automated verification of the validity of
a TIN provided by a reporting entity or a taxpayer.
ToW (TIN-on-the-Web):
➢ Allows to verify whether a Tax Identification Number (TIN) matches the official national format of a Member State.
➢ Performs a validation of the structure and syntax of the TIN, helping determine whether the number appears formally correct.
➢ Supports tax administrations and reporting entities in reducing errors in cross-border tax reporting and automatic exchange of
information procedures under DAC frameworks.
➢ Improves interoperability and data quality by applying harmonised validation rules for TIN formats across EU Member States.
➢ Does not normally confirm the identity of the taxpayer or whether the TIN belongs to a specific person; it mainly validates the
correctness of the TIN format and structure.
This ToW system supports the European Data Strategy by:
• Supporting interoperability of tax data across Member States through standardized Tax Identification Number (TIN) validation.
• Enhancing data quality and reliability by reducing errors in taxpayer identification during cross-border exchanges.
• Enabling reuse of existing taxpayer identification data in line with the once-only principle.
EN 24 EN
• Facilitating automated and machine-readable verification of taxpayer identifiers within EU tax information systems.
• Strengthening trusted public-sector data sharing by improving consistency and traceability of exchanged tax records.
• Contributing to harmonised digital taxation services and high-quality reusable datasets within the EU data ecosystem.
Alignment with the once-only principle
In the context of the Directive, information is collected at national level following the once-only principle and is reused through data
exchanges among the EU Member States.
Explain how newly created data is findable, accessible, interoperable and reusable, and meets high-quality standards
Art. 4 - MANDATORY AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION ON INCOME FROM EMPLOYMENT, DIRECTOR’S FEES,
PENSIONS, INCOME AND OWNERSHIP OF IMMOVABLE PROPERTY, ROYALTIES AND NON-CUSTODIAL DIVIDENDS
DAC1 is a Taxation Information System which functions as a Trans-European System with a system-to-system data exchange between
Member States’ tax databases. There is no central EU database, but the system’s approach is a push-based automatic data transmission, where
source systems periodically export predefined taxpayer datasets.
In DAC1, the data model is category-driven, covering structured fields (such as employment income, director’s fees, pensions, immovable
property income, royalties and non-custodial dividends). Each national TIS acts as both a data provider and data consumer node in a
distributed network architecture.
DAC1 meets the principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability (FAIR) while maintaining high-quality standards.
Findable
• DAC1 data is structured into predefined categories (e.g., employment income, pensions, property income), making it systematically
EN 25 EN
indexable by tax authorities.
• Use of taxpayer identifiers (such as TIN where available) enables reliable matching of records across Member States.
• Data is transmitted through established administrative cooperation channels, ensuring it can be located within national and EU-level tax
systems.
Accessible
• Information is exchanged directly between competent tax authorities via secure, regulated communication systems.
• Access is restricted to authorised public bodies, ensuring controlled but reliable retrieval of data.
• The legal framework guarantees continuous availability of data once it has been reported by the source Member State.
Interoperable
• DAC1 defines common categories of income and standardized reporting obligations across Member States.
• Although full technical harmonisation is limited, shared legal definitions ensure semantic interoperability of tax data.
• Use of common identifiers (e.g., TIN where applicable) supports cross-border matching of taxpayer records.
Reusable
• Data is exchanged for multiple lawful tax purposes, including compliance checks, audits, and risk analysis.
• Once collected, it can be reused by receiving tax authorities without re-collection from the taxpayer (supporting the once-only
principle).
• Harmonised categories enable secondary analytical uses, such as tax gap analysis and policy evaluation.
EN 26 EN
High-quality standards
• DAC1 imposes obligations for completeness, regularity (at least annual exchange), and timeliness of data submission.
• Information is sourced from verified administrative records, enhancing reliability.
• Legal accountability of competent authorities ensures accuracy and consistency of reported data across Member States.
Art. 5 - Mandatory automatic exchange of financial information.
DAC2 can be described as a standardised, high-volume financial data ingestion and exchange module integrated into national tax
administration systems for automatic cross-border reporting under the OECD CRS framework.
DAC2 operates as a data pipeline between financial institutions, national tax authorities, and foreign tax administrations. It requires financial
institutions to perform data extraction from core banking systems (accounts, balances, income flows) and submit structured reports to domestic
tax authorities. National tax systems act as aggregation and validation hubs, performing data quality checks before transmission. Data is
exchanged using standardised schemas aligned with the Common Reporting Standard (CRS) to ensure semantic and structural interoperability.
DAC2 meets the principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability (FAIR) while maintaining high-quality standards.
Findable
• DAC2 data is structured using standardized OECD CRS schemas, enabling consistent indexing of financial account information across
jurisdictions.
• Taxpayer identification data (e.g., TIN, name, date of birth) enables precise matching and retrieval across Member States’ systems.
• Data is transmitted through designated tax authority channels, ensuring it is systematically recorded and traceable within national tax
information systems.
EN 27 EN
Accessible
• Data is exchanged securely between competent tax authorities via established administrative cooperation networks.
• Access is strictly limited to authorised public bodies under legal gateways, ensuring controlled but reliable availability.
• Once submitted by financial institutions and validated by tax authorities, data becomes accessible for multiple tax administration
functions without re-collection.
Interoperable
• DAC2 is based on the OECD Common Reporting Standard (CRS), providing a globally harmonised data model and syntax.
• Standardised fields (account balances, interest, dividends, account holders) ensure semantic and structural interoperability across
systems.
• Use of common identifiers and validation rules enables cross-system matching and integration into national tax platforms.
Reusable
• Data is reused by tax authorities for compliance monitoring, risk analysis, audit selection, and enforcement activities.
• Once collected, it supports multiple secondary uses without requiring additional taxpayer reporting, aligning with the once-only
principle.
• Harmonised structure allows integration into analytical models and cross-border tax intelligence systems.
High-quality standards
• Data is subject to multi-layer validation: at financial institution level, national tax authority level, and receiving authority checks.
EN 28 EN
• DAC2 imposes strict reporting obligations, ensuring completeness, timeliness, and consistency of financial data.
• Standardised CRS formats reduce errors and improve comparability and reliability of datasets across jurisdictions.
Art. 6 - MANDATORY AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION ON ADVANCE CROSS-BORDER RULINGS AND ADVANCE
PRICING ARRANGEMENTS.
DAC3 is a structured legal–technical interface for exchanging rulings metadata between national tax administration systems and an EU-wide
coordination repository. It operates as a regulatory data-sharing module embedded in national tax administration systems, focused on tax
rulings and advance pricing agreements (APAs). DAC3 requires tax authorities to extract structured metadata from internal ruling systems (not
full documents in all cases) for cross-border-relevant rulings. Each Member State’s TIS acts as a data publisher node, transmitting ruling
summaries to other Member States’ tax systems via secure channels.
DAC3 meets the principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability (FAIR) while maintaining high-quality standards.
Findable
• DAC3 uses a standardised metadata schema for tax rulings and advance pricing agreements, enabling consistent indexing across
Member States.
• Each ruling is linked to identifiable entities (taxpayer, jurisdiction, ruling type), making it searchable within national systems and the
EU-level repository.
• The central EU repository acts as an indexing layer, allowing Member States to locate relevant cross-border rulings efficiently.
Accessible
• Ruling information is exchanged between competent tax authorities via secure administrative cooperation channels.
EN 29 EN
• Access is restricted to authorised public authorities, ensuring controlled but reliable retrieval of sensitive tax information.
• Once reported, rulings become accessible to other Member States without requiring additional requests to taxpayers or issuing
authorities
Interoperable
• DAC3 applies a harmonised reporting format for tax rulings and APAs, ensuring semantic consistency across jurisdictions.
• Standardised metadata fields enable integration across different national tax administration systems.
• The system supports cross-border linking of rulings to multinational entities, improving system-to-system compatibility.
Reusable
• Data is reused by tax authorities for risk assessment, transfer pricing analysis, and audit selection.
• Once collected, ruling information supports multiple downstream uses without re-collection from taxpayers (supporting the once-only
principle).
• Harmonised structure allows integration into broader tax intelligence and compliance analytics systems.
High-quality standards
• DAC3 requires structured and timely reporting of rulings, ensuring completeness and consistency of submitted data.
• Metadata standardisation reduces ambiguity and improves comparability across Member States.
• Centralised aggregation and cross-checking enhance data reliability and help detect inconsistencies or gaps in reporting.
EN 30 EN
Art. 7 - MANDATORY AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE OF THE COUNTRY-BY-COUNTRY REPORTS.
DAC4 is a standardised distributed reporting and exchange module for country-by-country corporate tax data integrated into national tax
administration systems and coordinated through an EU-wide interconnection layer. It operates as a data collection interface within national TIS
environments, requiring multinational enterprises to submit structured Country-by-Country Reports. Data is generated from corporate
consolidation and accounting systems, then transformed into a standard reporting format. National tax administrations act as data ingestion,
validation, and forwarding nodes within a distributed exchange network.
DAC4 meets the principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability (FAIR) while maintaining high-quality standards.
Findable
• DAC4 data is structured using a standardised Country-by-Country Reporting template, enabling consistent indexing across Member
States.
• Each report is linked to identifiable multinational enterprise groups and tax jurisdictions, allowing precise retrieval in tax
administration systems.
• National systems and the EU exchange framework enable systematic cataloguing of Country-by-Country Reporting datasets for cross-
border identification.
Accessible
• Data is exchanged between competent tax authorities through secure, regulated administrative cooperation channels.
• Access is restricted to authorised public bodies, ensuring controlled availability of sensitive corporate information.
• Once submitted and validated, data becomes accessible to multiple Member States without requiring additional reporting from the
taxpayer.
EN 31 EN
Interoperable
• DAC4 uses a harmonised reporting schema aligned with OECD Country-by-Country Reporting standards, ensuring structural and
semantic consistency.
• Standardised fields (revenues, profits, taxes, employees, assets) allow integration across different national tax systems.
• The common format enables cross-border comparability and integration into EU-level tax intelligence systems.
Reusable
• Data is reused for tax risk assessment, transfer pricing analysis, and base erosion and profit shifting (BEPS) monitoring.
• Once collected, it supports multiple analytical and compliance purposes without re-collection, aligning with the once-only principle.
• Harmonised structure enables integration into broader statistical, enforcement, and policy evaluation systems.
High-quality standards
• DAC4 imposes mandatory, standardised reporting obligations for large multinational groups, ensuring completeness and comparability.
• Data is subject to validation by national tax authorities before exchange, improving accuracy and reliability.
• The structured OECD-aligned format reduces inconsistencies and ensures high data integrity across jurisdictions.
Art. 8 - MANDATORY AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION ON REPORTABLE CROSS-BORDER ARRANGEMENTS.
DAC6 is an event-driven compliance reporting module integrated into national tax administration systems, enabling the capture, structuring,
and cross-border exchange of tax arrangement metadata identified through intermediary disclosure obligations. It functions as a regulatory
“early-warning” data capture layer within national TIS architectures, focused on reportable cross-border arrangements. Data is generated
EN 32 EN
externally by intermediaries (e.g. tax advisors, lawyers, financial institutions) or taxpayers, then submitted into tax administration systems.
National tax authorities act as validation and routing nodes, ensuring completeness and compliance before onward transmission.
DAC6 meets the principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability (FAIR) while maintaining high-quality standards.
Findable
• DAC6 uses a standardised reporting template based on predefined “hallmarks”, enabling consistent classification and indexing of
reportable arrangements.
• Each disclosure is linked to identifiable entities (intermediaries, taxpayers, jurisdictions), enabling structured retrieval within national
tax systems.
• The reporting framework allows tax authorities to catalogue arrangements in searchable databases and EU-level exchanges.
Accessible
• Data is submitted to and exchanged between competent tax authorities through secure, legally governed administrative cooperation
channels.
• Access is restricted to authorised public authorities, ensuring controlled availability of sensitive compliance information.
• Once reported, information becomes accessible across Member States without requiring additional disclosure from taxpayers or
intermediaries.
Interoperable
• DAC6 applies a harmonised reporting schema and common “hallmark” taxonomy, ensuring semantic consistency across Member
States.
• Standardised data fields allow integration into different national tax administration systems.
EN 33 EN
• The uniform structure supports cross-border comparability and enables linkage with other DAC datasets (e.g. DAC3 rulings, DAC4
CbCR).
Reusable
• Data is reused for risk assessment, audit selection, and detection of aggressive tax planning schemes.
• Once collected, it supports multiple analytical and enforcement purposes without re-collection from taxpayers (supporting the once-
only principle).
• Structured reporting enables integration into broader tax intelligence and compliance analytics systems.
High-quality standards
• DAC6 imposes strict reporting deadlines (typically 30 days) and mandatory disclosure obligations, ensuring timeliness.
• The use of predefined hallmarks improves consistency and reduces ambiguity in reporting.
• Multi-layer validation by tax authorities enhances completeness, accuracy, and reliability of submitted data.
Art. 9 - MANDATORY AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION REPORTED BY PLATFORM OPERATORS.
DAC7 is a hybrid system consisting mainly of standardised distributed reporting and exchange module for reportable sellers’ tax data reported
into national tax administration systems by platform operators and coordinated through an EU-wide interconnection layer. It operates also as a
register for platform operators and reportable sellers to assure data collection interface within national TIS environments. Data is generated
from corporate consolidation and accounting systems, then transformed into a standard reporting format. National tax administrations act as
data ingestion, validation, and forwarding nodes within a distributed exchange network. Data is generated externally by intermediaries (e.g. tax
advisors, lawyers, financial institutions) or taxpayers, then submitted into tax administration systems. National tax authorities act as validation
EN 34 EN
and routing nodes, ensuring completeness and compliance before onward transmission.
DAC7 meets the principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability (FAIR) while maintaining high-quality standards.
Findable
• DAC7 uses a standardised reporting template based on predefined rules, enabling consistent exchange of tax data on reportable sellers.
• Registration of platform operators and sellers is standardised allowing tax authorities to catalogue platforms and sellers in searchable
databases and EU-level exchanges.
• The Member State of Single Registration principle is assuring that the activity of a reportable seller is constantly reported to the
competent tax authority of the place of residence.
Accessible
• Data is submitted to and exchanged between competent tax authorities through secure, legally governed administrative cooperation
channels.
• Access is restricted to authorised public authorities and users, ensuring controlled availability of sensitive compliance information.
• Once reported, information becomes accessible across Member States without requiring additional disclosure from platform operators.
Interoperable
• DAC7 applies a harmonised reporting schema and common rules taxonomy, ensuring semantic consistency across Member States.
• Standardised data fields allow integration into different national tax administration systems.
• The uniform structure supports cross-border comparability and enables linkage with other DAC datasets.
EN 35 EN
Reusable
• Data is reused for risk assessment, audit selection, and detection of fraud and tax avoidance.
• Once collected, it supports multiple analytical and enforcement purposes without re-collection from taxpayers (supporting the once-
only principle).
• Structured reporting enables integration into broader tax intelligence and compliance analytics systems.
High-quality standards
• DAC7 imposes strict reporting deadlines and mandatory disclosure obligations, ensuring timeliness.
• The application of business and technical rules improves consistency and reduces ambiguity in reporting.
• Multi-layer validation by tax authorities enhances completeness, accuracy, and reliability of submitted data.
Art. 12 - MANDATORY AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION REPORTED BY REPORTING CRYPTO-ASSET SERVICE
PROVIDERS – DAC8
The DAC8 Taxation Information System is a hybrid system consisting of the Trans-European System communicating with national DAC8
systems for the automatic exchange of DAC8 information, and the DAC8 Central System, structured as a component-based application with
two components serving distinct purposes:
➢ The DAC8 Central Register (DAC8 CR) made available by the Commission to Member States for the registration and consultation of
information regarding Crypto-Asset Operators (CAOs).
➢ The DAC8 Central Directory (DAC8 CD) supporting the communication of information between the competent authorities of Member
States for the reporting of Exchange Transactions operated by Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Providers (RCASPs) on behalf of Crypto-
EN 36 EN
Asset Users (CAUs) residing in the EU.
The DAC8 Validation Module (DAC8 VM) is an application developed and tested centrally and provided to MS for the validation of their
local DAC8 implementations.
DAC8 meets the principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability (FAIR) while maintaining high-quality standards.
Findable, as centralized metadata are maintained in a central register and directory where transactions are linked to Reporting Crypto-Asset
Service Providers (RCASPs) identified with a unique number generated by the system.
Accessible, as transfer of information from national systems via CCN allows secure, controlled and lawful access.
Interoperable, as data are exchanged in shared XML format (for structure and validation).
Reusable, as data transactions are curated, documented and include cryptographic fingerprints of origin, transformations, and usage—crucial
for audit trails.
High quality of data is assured by the validation module which will be made available for use by the national systems.
Art. 15 - EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO TOP-UP TAX INFORMATION RETURNS UNDER ARTICLE 44 OF
DIRECTIVE (EU) 2022/2523.
DAC9 is a Taxation Information System which functions as a Trans-European System with user-to-system and system-to-system data
exchange between Member States’ tax databases. There is no central EU database, but the system’s approach is a push-based automatic data
transmission, where source systems periodically export predefined taxpayer datasets.
In DAC9, the data model is focused on handling the Top-up tax information returns. Each national TIS acts as both a data provider and data
consumer node in a distributed network architecture.
EN 37 EN
DAC9 meets the principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability (FAIR) while maintaining high-quality standards.
Findable
• DAC9 data form is standardised for MNE groups, making it systematically indexable by tax authorities.
• Use of taxpayer identifiers (such as TIN where available) enables reliable matching of records across Member States.
• Data is transmitted through established administrative cooperation channels, ensuring it can be located within national and EU-level tax
systems.
Accessible
• Information is exchanged directly between competent tax authorities via secure, regulated communication systems.
• Access is restricted to authorised public bodies, ensuring controlled but reliable retrieval of data.
• The legal framework guarantees continuous availability of data once it has been reported by the source Member State.
Interoperable
• DAC9 defines common base of income calculation and standardized reporting obligations across Member States.
• Although full technical harmonisation is limited, shared legal definitions ensure semantic interoperability of tax data.
• Use of common identifiers (e.g., TIN where applicable) supports cross-border matching of taxpayer records.
Reusable
• Data is exchanged for multiple lawful tax purposes, including compliance checks, audits, and risk analysis.
• Once collected, it can be reused by receiving tax authorities without re-collection from the MNE groups (supporting the once-only
EN 38 EN
principle).
• Harmonised categories enable secondary analytical uses, such as tax gap analysis and policy evaluation.
High-quality standards
• DAC9 imposes obligations for completeness, regularity (at least annual exchange), and timeliness of data submission.
• Information is sourced from verified administrative records, enhancing reliability.
• Legal accountability of competent authorities ensures accuracy and consistency of reported data across Member States.
Art. 16 - Notifications for the purpose of Country-by-Country reporting and the central filing of the top-up tax information return and
exchange of information.
Taxation Information System which functions as a Trans-European System with user-to-system and system-to-system data exchange between
Member States’ tax databases. There is no central EU database, but the system’s approach is a push-based automatic data transmission, where
source systems periodically export predefined taxpayer datasets.
It meets the principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability (FAIR) while maintaining high-quality standards.
Findable
• data form is standardised for MNE groups, making it systematically indexable by tax authorities.
• Use of taxpayer identifiers (such as TIN where available) enables reliable matching of records across Member States.
• Data is transmitted through established administrative cooperation channels, ensuring it can be located within national and EU-level tax
systems.
EN 39 EN
Accessible
• Information is exchanged directly between competent tax authorities via secure, regulated communication systems.
• Access is restricted to authorised public bodies, ensuring controlled but reliable retrieval of data.
• The legal framework guarantees continuous availability of data once it has been reported by the source Member State.
Interoperable
• Although full technical harmonisation is limited, shared legal definitions ensure semantic interoperability of tax data.
• Use of common identifiers (e.g., TIN where applicable) supports cross-border matching of taxpayer records.
Reusable
• Data is exchanged for multiple lawful tax purposes, including compliance checks, audits, and risk analysis.
• Once collected, it can be reused by receiving tax authorities without re-collection from the MNE groups (supporting the once-only
principle).
• Harmonised categories enable secondary analytical uses, such as tax gap analysis and policy evaluation.
High-quality standards
• obligations for completeness, regularity (at least annual exchange), and timeliness of data submission.
• Information is sourced from verified administrative records, enhancing reliability.
• Legal accountability of competent authorities ensures accuracy and consistency of reported data across Member States.
EN 40 EN
Art. 36 - TIN verification tool
ToW (TIN-on-the-Web) is a tool that allows the digital and automated verification of the validity of a TIN provided by a reporting entity or a
taxpayer for the purposes of the automatic exchange of information.
ToW meets the principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability (FAIR) while maintaining high-quality standards.
Findable
• ToW data is structured around standardized Tax Identification Number formats and country-specific validation rules, enabling efficient
identification and matching of taxpayer records across Member States.
Accessible
• TIN validation information is accessible to authorised users and tax administrations through a centrally available EU web-based
service, ensuring reliable retrieval of taxpayer identification reference data.
Interoperable
• The system supports interoperability by harmonising TIN validation mechanisms and providing common reference structures usable
across different national tax information systems.
Reusable
• Once validated, TIN reference data can be reused across multiple tax administration processes and cross-border exchanges without
repeated manual verification, supporting the once-only principle.
High-quality standards
• The system improves data quality by validating the structure and correctness of taxpayer identifiers, reducing inconsistencies,
duplication, and identification errors in exchanged tax data.
EN 41 EN
Data flows
Type of data Reference(s)
to the
requirement(s)
Actor who
provides the
data
Actor who
receives the
data
Trigger for the
data exchange
Frequency (if
applicable)
Art. 4. Tax information on income from
employment, director’s fees, pensions,
income and ownership of immovable
property, royalties and non-custodial
dividends.
Art. 4 Public
authorities
Tax authority of
the Member
State
Exchanges are
performed during
periods specified by
Art. 4.
Exchange is
annually and not
later than six
months following
the end of the
calendar year.
Art. 5. Tax information from financial
data from Financial Institutions of each
Member State.
Art. 5 Financial
institutions
Tax authority of
the Member
State
Exchanges are
performed during
periods specified by
Art. 5.
Exchange is
annually and not
later than nine
months following
the end of the
calendar year.
Art. 6. Tax information on advance cross-
border rulings and advance pricing
arrangements.
Art. 6 Tax authority of
the Member
State
Tax authority of
the Member
State
Issuance,
amendment, or
renewal of a cross-
border tax ruling or
APA
No later than three
months after the
end of the half-
year.
Art. 7. Tax information on country-by-
country reports.
Art. 7 MNEs Tax authority of
the Member
Exchanges are
performed during
periods specified by
Exchange follows
annual reporting
EN 42 EN
State Art. 7. cycle.
Art. 8. Tax information on reportable
cross-border arrangements
Art. 8 Intermediaries Tax authority of
the Member
State
Exchanges are
performed during
periods specified by
Art. 8.
The exchange
should take place
as soon as the
information
becomes available
and in no case later
than one month
after the end of the
quarter in which
the information was
filed.
Art. 9, 10, 11 - Mandatory Automatic
Exchange of Information reported by
Platform Operators.
Art. 9, Section
III of Annex V
Platform
Operators
Tax authority of
the Member
State
Exchanges are
performed during
periods specified by
Art. 9.
Reporting Platform
Operator shall
report the
information with
respect to the
Reportable Period
to the competent
authority of the
Member State of
election, no later
than 31st of January
of the year
following the
calendar year in
EN 43 EN
which the Seller is
identified as a
Reportable Seller.
Art 12 – Tax information on Crypto-asset
transactions
Art. 12 RCASPs Tax authority of
the Member
State
Exchanges are
performed during
periods specified by
the DAC8 Directive
The reporting of
crypto-asset
transactions is an
annual exercise.
The first reporting
year will be 2026
and the exchange
of information will
start in September
2027.
Art. 15 - Exchange of Information with
respect to Top-up Tax Information
Returns under Article 44 of Directive
(EU) 2022/2523.
Art. 15 MNE groups Tax authority of
the Member
State
Exchanges are
performed during
periods specified by
Art. 15.
Top-up tax
information return
received after the
filing deadline,
shall be
communicated in
no case later than 3
months after the
date on which it is
received.
Art. 16 – Information on notifications for
the purpose of Country-by-Country
Art. 16 MNE groups Tax authority of
the Member
Exchanges are
performed during
The notification to
all the Member
EN 44 EN
reporting and the central filing of the top-
up tax information return and exchange of
information.
State periods specified by
Art. 16.
States concerned
should be
performed and in
no case later than 3
months after the
date on which it is
received.
Art. 36 – Information on the automated
verification of the validity of a TIN
provided by a reporting entity or a
taxpayer
Art. 36 Reporting
entities,
taxpayers, public
authorities,
third-party
entities using the
service.
Tax authority of
the Member
State
Exchanges are
performed during
verification
processes.
The verification of
the validity of a
TIN provided by a
reporting entity or a
taxpayer should be
immediate.
4.3. Digital solutions
Digital solution Reference(s)
to the
requirement(s)
Main mandated
functionalities
Responsible
body
How is accessibility
catered for?
How is reusability
considered?
Use of AI
technologies
(if
applicable)
Standard
computerised
forms for the
automatic
Art. 4.
Information to be
exchanged is provided in
paragraph 4(1) of the
The
Commission
Data exchanged is
accessible to authorised
tax authorities through
secure, standardised
Data exchanged is
reusable by competent
tax authorities for
multiple lawful
N/A
EN 45 EN
exchange of
information on
Tax information
on income from
employment,
director’s fees,
pensions, income
and ownership of
immovable
property, royalties
and non-custodial
dividends.
article. administrative
cooperation channels,
ensuring timely and
reliable retrieval of
information once it has
been collected, while
remaining restricted to
competent authorities in
accordance with EU
legal and data
protection
requirements.
purposes, including
tax assessment,
compliance
verification, risk
analysis, and audit
activities, without
requiring re-collection
from the taxpayer, in
line with the once-
only principle and
applicable EU legal
frameworks.
Standard
computerised
forms for the
automatic
exchange of
information on
financial data
from Financial
Institutions of
each Member
State
Art. 5 Information to be
exchanged is provided in
paragraph 5(1) of the
article. The common
standardised format set out
in Annex I and Annex II of
the Recast Directive.
The
Commission
Data exchanged is
accessible to authorised
tax authorities through
secure, standardised
CRS-based
administrative
cooperation channels,
ensuring timely,
reliable, and controlled
retrieval of validated
financial account
information, in
accordance with EU
legal and data
protection
Data exchanged is
reusable by competent
tax authorities for
multiple lawful
purposes, including
tax compliance
verification, risk
assessment, audit
selection, and
detection of offshore
financial assets,
without requiring re-
collection from
reporting financial
institutions, in line
N/A
EN 46 EN
requirements. with the once-only
principle and
applicable EU
regulatory
frameworks.
Standard
computerised
forms for the
automatic
exchange of
information on
advance cross-
border rulings and
advance pricing
arrangements.
Art. 6 Information to be
exchanged is provided in
paragraph 6(5) of the
article.
The
Commission
Data exchanged is
accessible to competent
tax authorities through
secure, standardised
administrative
cooperation channels
and a central EU
repository of tax ruling
metadata, ensuring
controlled, timely
retrieval of cross-border
tax ruling information
in accordance with
applicable EU legal and
confidentiality
requirements.
Data exchanged is
reusable by competent
tax authorities for risk
assessment, transfer
pricing analysis, and
evaluation of cross-
border tax ruling
practices, enabling
multiple downstream
analytical and
compliance uses
without re-collection
from taxpayers, in line
with the once-only
principle and
applicable EU legal
frameworks.
N/A
Standard
computerised
forms for the
automatic
Art. 7 Information to be
exchanged is provided in
paragraph 7(3) and the
standard defined in Article
The
Commission
Data exchanged is
accessible to competent
tax authorities through
secure, standardised
Data exchanged is
reusable by competent
tax authorities for
transfer pricing
N/A
EN 47 EN
exchange of
information on
country-by-
country reports.
51(2).. administrative
cooperation systems for
the automatic exchange
of Country-by-Country
Reports, ensuring
timely and controlled
access to validated
multinational enterprise
data in accordance with
EU legal and
confidentiality
requirements.
analysis, risk
assessment, and
evaluation of profit
allocation within
multinational
enterprise groups,
enabling multiple
analytical and
compliance uses
without re-collection
from taxpayers, in line
with the once-only
principle and
applicable EU
regulatory
frameworks.
Standard
computerised
forms for the
automatic
exchange of
information on
reportable cross-
border
arrangements.
Art. 8 Information to be
exchanged is provided in
paragraphs 8(3), 8(7),
8(10), 8(13), of the article
and Annex IV for details of
hallmarks that make the
cross-border arrangement
reportable.
The
Commission
Data exchanged is
accessible to competent
tax authorities through
secure, standardised
administrative
cooperation channels
following mandatory
disclosure of reportable
cross-border
arrangements, ensuring
timely and controlled
Data exchanged under
DAC6 is reusable by
competent tax
authorities for risk
assessment, early
detection of
aggressive tax
planning schemes, and
targeted compliance
investigations,
enabling multiple
N/A
EN 48 EN
access to validated
compliance information
in accordance with EU
legal and
confidentiality
requirements.
analytical and
enforcement uses
without re-collection
from taxpayers or
intermediaries, in line
with the once-only
principle and
applicable EU
regulatory
frameworks.
Standard
computerised
forms for the
automatic
exchange of
information on
Reportable Sellers
pursuant to
Article 9.
Art. 9 Information to be
exchanged is provided in
paragraph 2 of Art. 9 and
section III of Annex 5).
The
Commission
Data is submitted to
and exchanged between
competent tax
authorities through
secure, legally
governed
administrative
cooperation channels.
Access is restricted to
authorised public
authorities and users,
ensuring controlled
availability of sensitive
compliance
information.
Data is reused for risk
assessment, audit
selection, and
detection of fraud and
tax avoidance.
Once collected, it
supports multiple
analytical and
enforcement purposes
without re-collection
from taxpayers
(supporting the once-
only principle).
Structured reporting
enables integration
N/A
EN 49 EN
Once reported,
information becomes
accessible across
Member States without
requiring additional
disclosure from
platform operators.
into broader tax
intelligence and
compliance analytics
systems.
Standard
computerised
forms for the
automatic
exchange of
information on
Reportable
Crypto-Assets
pursuant to
Article 12.
Art. 12(3)
List of information to be
exchanged is provided in
Section Annex VI of the
Recast Directive, Section I
Reporting Requirements,
for the digital solution;
standardised XML format
CARF from the OECD is
used.
The
Commission
Common standards are
used to assure
homogeneity of data,
removing any obstacles
to the efficient
exchange among
national administrations
High-quality public
and private sector data
across member states
will be reused in
exchanges of DAC8
data to accommodate
the purposes of the
DAC8 Directive
N/A
Standard
computerised
forms for the
automatic
exchange of
information on
Top-up Tax
information return
pursuant to
Art. 15 Information to be
exchanged is provided in
Art. 15.
The
Commission
Information is
exchanged directly
between competent tax
authorities via secure,
regulated
communication
systems.
Access is restricted to
Data is exchanged for
multiple lawful tax
purposes, including
compliance checks,
audits, and risk
analysis.
Once collected, it can
be reused by receiving
N/A
EN 50 EN
Article 15. authorised public
bodies, ensuring
controlled but reliable
retrieval of data.
The legal framework
guarantees continuous
availability of data once
it has been reported by
the source Member
State.
tax authorities without
re-collection from the
MNE groups
(supporting the once-
only principle).
Harmonised
categories enable
secondary analytical
uses, such as tax gap
analysis and policy
evaluation.
Standard
computerised
forms for the
automatic
exchange of
notifications for
Country-by-
Country reporting
and the central
filing of the top-
up tax
information return
pursuant to
Article 16.
Art. 16 Information to be
exchanged is provided in
Art. 16.
The
Commission
Information is
exchanged directly
between competent tax
authorities via secure,
regulated
communication
systems.
Access is restricted to
authorised public
bodies, ensuring
controlled but reliable
retrieval of data.
The legal framework
guarantees continuous
Data is exchanged for
multiple lawful tax
purposes, including
compliance checks,
audits, and risk
analysis.
Once collected, it can
be reused by receiving
tax authorities without
re-collection from the
MNE groups
(supporting the once-
only principle).
Harmonised
N/A
EN 51 EN
availability of data once
it has been reported by
the source Member
State.
categories enable
secondary analytical
uses, such as tax gap
analysis and policy
evaluation.
TIN validation
tool
Art 36 Automatic and
instantaneous TIN
validation
The
Commission
Information is
exchanged directly
between competent tax
authorities via secure,
regulated
communication
systems.
Access is restricted to
authorised public
bodies, ensuring
controlled but reliable
retrieval of data.
The legal framework
guarantees continuous
availability of data once
it has been reported by
the source Member
State.
The TIN on the Web
application will be
reused to validate the
TIN reported by
reporting entities,
taxpayers, public
authorities, third-party
entities using the
service.
N/A
Automatic
exchange of
Recital. 4 Practical arrangements to
facilitate automatic
The The
Commission shall adopt
The Common
Communication
N/A
EN 52 EN
information –
common trunk
exchange of information
Commission implementing acts
establishing common
technical specifications
Network infrastructure
of the Commission
will be reused to
support the automatic
exchange of
information
Automatic
exchange of
information –
common trunk
2023/2226/ EU
(39)
To ensure uniform
conditions for the
implementation of this
Directive, implementing
powers should be conferred
on the Commission to
develop a tool allowing an
electronic and automated
verification of the
correctness of the TIN that
has been provided by the
taxpayer or the reporting
entity or reporting
individual. Those powers
should be exercised in
accordance with
Regulation (EU) No
182/2011. The IT tool to be
provided to Member States
is intended to help increase
the matching rates for tax
The
Commission
Integration with the
TIN on the Web
application for the
automatic verification
of TIN is developed as
functionality of the
DAC8 Central Register
The TIN on the Web
application will be
reused to validate the
TIN of reporting
RCASPs and reported
sellers
N/A
EN 53 EN
administrations and
improve the quality of the
exchanged information in
general.
For each digital solution, explain how the digital solution complies with the requirements and obligations of the EU cybersecurity framework, and
other applicable digital policies and legislative enactments (such as eIDAS, Single Digital Gateway, etc.).
Standard template in xml format
Digital and/or sectorial policy (when these are
applicable)
Explanation on how it aligns
AI Act Not applicable
EU Cybersecurity framework Without prejudice to DAC RECAST Directive, Member States shall ensure the security,
integrity, authenticity and confidentiality of the data collected and stored for the purpose of
this Directive.
The DAC RECAST Directive framework is aligned with the EU cybersecurity framework
and architecture, since it applies the following principles:
1. Security by Design & Default (GDPR + NIS2) with,
End-to-end encryption (typically TLS or equivalent)
➢ Secure messaging solutions like CCN & CCN2 Mail or CCN/CSI
EN 54 EN
➢ Strong access control and authentication (role-based access, CCN/CCN2
authentication)
This aligns with:
➢ GDPR Article 25 (data protection by design/default)
➢ NIS2 Directive (network and information systems security for critical entities)
2. Use of EU Trusted Infrastructure
CCN & CCN2 are operated by the European Commission’s Common Domain (DG
TAXUD), under strict IT governance.
➢ CCN & CCN2 use closed-loop, government-only networks, insulated from the
public internet.
➢ Only certified national systems can connect via the CCN and CCN2.
This supports:
➢ ENISA guidance on trusted infrastructures
➢ Digital Europe Programme’s goal of sovereign EU cloud and networks
3. Monitoring, Logging & Incident Response
All DAC data flows (e.g., under DAC7/DAC8/DAC9) via CCN & CCN2 are:
➢ Monitored in real time
➢ Logged securely for auditing
EN 55 EN
➢ Backed by incident response protocols
Member States must report cyber incidents or cybersecurity events via coordinated
channels under the applicable Union legislation.
4. Interoperability & Standardization
CCN & CCN2 use standardized:
➢ XML schemas
➢ Validation mechanisms
➢ Secure certificates for message signing
CCN and CCN2 support:
➢ Secure authentication and trusted services
➢ Interoperability frameworks
5. Business Continuity & Redundancy
CCN and CCN2 ensure redundant systems and failover capabilities for critical services
like tax data exchanges.
The cybersecurity alignment of DAC systems can be assessed against the core principles
of the EU cybersecurity framework, including the NIS2 Directive, guidance from the
ENISA, and EU principles of trust, resilience, and digital sovereignty.
EN 56 EN
1. Principle of Security-by-Design and Risk Management
DAC systems are designed as secure-by-design distributed information systems, where
cybersecurity controls are embedded in architecture and operations.
• Security requirements are integrated into system design for all DAC systems
• Risk-based approaches govern data exchange sensitivity (e.g. financial vs.
administrative data)
• Member States implement national controls consistent with EU-level coordination
requirements
• Continuous risk assessment supports adaptation to evolving cyber threats
2. Principle of Confidentiality, Integrity, and Availability (CIA Triad)
DAC systems ensure protection of tax data through the foundational cybersecurity
principles:
• Confidentiality: Access is strictly limited to authorised tax authorities under legal
mandates
• Integrity: Standardised formats and validation processes ensure data accuracy and
prevent tampering
• Availability: Secure communication infrastructures ensure continuous cross-border
EN 57 EN
data exchange
These principles are consistently applied across all DAC systems, regardless of data type
or frequency.
3. Principle of Trust and Controlled Data Sharing
DAC systems operationalise trusted digital cooperation between Member States.
• Data is exchanged only between verified competent authorities
• Legal frameworks define purpose limitation and access rights
• Controlled interoperability ensures that sensitive tax data is shared only within a
trusted public-sector ecosystem
• DAC5 extends trust principles by enabling regulated access to AML-derived
intelligence data
4. Principle of Resilience and Continuity of Services
DAC infrastructures are designed to ensure cyber-resilient public-sector operations.
• Redundant and secure communication channels support uninterrupted data flows
• Backup and recovery mechanisms ensure continuity in case of disruption
• Systems are designed to maintain functionality under cyber incidents or high
EN 58 EN
operational load
• Supports the NIS2 requirement for resilience of essential digital services
5. Principle of Secure Interoperability
DAC systems enable cross-border interoperability without compromising security.
• Standardised data models (CRS, ETR, CbCR, MDR, DPI, CARF, GIR, DAC
reporting schemas) reduce integration risks
• Harmonised semantics improve system compatibility across Member States
• Secure APIs and communication protocols enable system-to-system integration
• Interoperability is implemented with embedded security controls rather than added
externally
6. Principle of Accountability and Governance
DAC systems operate under a shared governance model across EU and national levels.
• Member States are responsible for securing national tax information systems
• EU coordination ensures harmonised implementation standards
• Auditability and traceability mechanisms support accountability of data exchanges
• Incident reporting obligations align with EU cyber incident management
EN 59 EN
requirements
7. Principle of Data Protection and Purpose Limitation
Cybersecurity in DAC systems is tightly linked to legal safeguards for sensitive data.
• Access is restricted to defined tax and enforcement purposes
• Data use is limited by EU legal frameworks (including GDPR where applicable)
• Role-based access control ensures least-privilege principles
• Logging and monitoring support compliance and misuse detection
eIDAS DAC RECAST is not aligned with current eIDAS architecture. Exchanges of XML
messages in the context DAC automatic exchange of information among national
administrations are supported by CCN and CCN2. White-list security is applicable.
Single Digital Gateway and IMI Not applicable, a Commission infrastructure is used instead, for the exchange of XML
files.
Others Not applicable
Automatic exchange of information
Digital and/or sectorial policy (when these are
applicable)
Explanation on how it aligns
AI Act Not applicable
EU Cybersecurity framework Without prejudice to DAC RECAST Directive, Member States shall ensure the security,
integrity, authenticity and confidentiality of the data collected and stored for the purpose of
EN 60 EN
this Directive.
The DAC RECAST Directive framework is aligned with the EU cybersecurity framework
and architecture, since it applies the following principles:
1. Security by Design & Default (GDPR + NIS2) with,
End-to-end encryption (typically TLS or equivalent)
➢ Secure messaging protocols like CCN & CCN2 Mail or CCN/CSI
➢ Strong access control and authentication (role-based access, CCN/CCN2
authentication)
This aligns with:
➢ GDPR Article 25 (data protection by design/default)
➢ NIS2 Directive (network and information systems security for critical entities)
2. Use of EU Trusted Infrastructure
CCN & CCN2 are operated by the European Commission’s Common Domain (DG
TAXUD), under strict IT governance.
➢ CCN & CCN2 use closed-loop, government-only networks, insulated from the
public internet.
➢ Only certified national systems can connect via the CCN and CCN2.
This supports:
EN 61 EN
➢ ENISA guidance on trusted infrastructures
➢ Digital Europe Programme’s goal of sovereign EU cloud and networks
3. Monitoring, Logging & Incident Response
All DAC data flows (e.g., under DAC7/DAC8/DAC9) via CCN & CCN2 are:
➢ Monitored in real time
➢ Logged securely for auditing
➢ Backed by incident response protocols
Member States must report cyber incidents or cybersecurity events via coordinated
channels under the applicable Union legislation.
4. Interoperability & Standardization
CCN & CCN2 use standardized:
➢ XML schemas
➢ Validation mechanisms
➢ Secure certificates for message signing
CCN and CCN2 support:
➢ Secure authentication and trusted services
➢ Interoperability frameworks
EN 62 EN
5. Business Continuity & Redundancy
CCN and CCN2 ensure redundant systems and failover capabilities for critical services
like tax data exchanges.
The cybersecurity alignment of DAC systems can be assessed against the core principles
of the EU cybersecurity framework, including the NIS2 Directive, guidance from the
ENISA, and EU principles of trust, resilience, and digital sovereignty.
1. Principle of Security-by-Design and Risk Management
DAC systems are designed as secure-by-design distributed information systems, where
cybersecurity controls are embedded in architecture and operations.
• Security requirements are integrated into system design for all DAC systems
• Risk-based approaches govern data exchange sensitivity (e.g. financial vs.
administrative data)
• Member States implement national controls consistent with EU-level coordination
requirements
• Continuous risk assessment supports adaptation to evolving cyber threats
2. Principle of Confidentiality, Integrity, and Availability (CIA Triad)
EN 63 EN
DAC systems ensure protection of tax data through the foundational cybersecurity
principles:
• Confidentiality: Access is strictly limited to authorised tax authorities under legal
mandates
• Integrity: Standardised formats and validation processes ensure data accuracy and
prevent tampering
• Availability: Secure communication infrastructures ensure continuous cross-border
data exchange
These principles are consistently applied across all DAC systems, regardless of data type
or frequency.
3. Principle of Trust and Controlled Data Sharing
DAC systems operationalise trusted digital cooperation between Member States.
• Data is exchanged only between verified competent authorities
• Legal frameworks define purpose limitation and access rights
• Controlled interoperability ensures that sensitive tax data is shared only within a
trusted public-sector ecosystem
• DAC5 extends trust principles by enabling regulated access to AML-derived
intelligence data
EN 64 EN
4. Principle of Resilience and Continuity of Services
DAC infrastructures are designed to ensure cyber-resilient public-sector operations.
• Redundant and secure communication channels support uninterrupted data flows
• Backup and recovery mechanisms ensure continuity in case of disruption
• Systems are designed to maintain functionality under cyber incidents or high
operational load
• Supports the NIS2 requirement for resilience of essential digital services
5. Principle of Secure Interoperability
DAC systems enable cross-border interoperability without compromising security.
• Standardised data models (CRS, ETR, CbCR, MDR, DPI, CARF, GIR, DAC
reporting schemas) reduce integration risks
• Harmonised semantics improve system compatibility across Member States
• Secure APIs and communication protocols enable system-to-system integration
• Interoperability is implemented with embedded security controls rather than added
externally
EN 65 EN
6. Principle of Accountability and Governance
DAC systems operate under a shared governance model across EU and national levels.
• Member States are responsible for securing national tax information systems
• EU coordination ensures harmonised implementation standards
• Auditability and traceability mechanisms support accountability of data exchanges
• Incident reporting obligations align with EU cyber incident management
requirements
7. Principle of Data Protection and Purpose Limitation
Cybersecurity in DAC systems is tightly linked to legal safeguards for sensitive data.
• Access is restricted to defined tax and enforcement purposes
• Data use is limited by EU legal frameworks (including GDPR where applicable)
• Role-based access control ensures least-privilege principles
• Logging and monitoring support compliance and misuse detection
eIDAS Non-eIDAS aligned. The automatic exchange of information in the context of DAC8 is
based on exchanges of XML messages among national administrations’ authenticated
users via CCN. White-list security is applicable.
Single Digital Gateway and IMI Not applicable, a Commission infrastructure is used instead.
EN 66 EN
Others Not applicable
4.4. Interoperability assessment
Digital public
service or category
of digital public
services
Description Reference(s) to
the
requirement(s)
Interoperable
Europe Solution(s)
Other interoperability solution(s)
Automatic exchange
of income
information
Structured cross-border exchange of
predefined income categories
(employment, pensions, property
income, etc.) between tax authorities
on a periodic basis.
Art. 4.
Common structured
tax data schemas;
CCN/CSI secure
exchange network;
semantic tax category
standardisation
National tax administration systems;
secure inter-authority communication
channels; taxpayer identification
systems (TIN-based matching)
Financial account
information
exchange (CRS)
Automatic exchange of financial
account data (balances, interest,
dividends) reported by financial
institutions to tax authorities.
Art. 5 OECD Common
Reporting Standard
(CRS) schema; secure
batch exchange
systems; standardised
financial reporting
taxonomy
Banking reporting systems; national
tax data warehouses; validation and
reconciliation engines
Exchange of tax
rulings and APAs
Exchange of metadata on cross-border
tax rulings and advance pricing
agreements via a centralised EU
Art. 6 Central EU tax rulings
repository (metadata
index); standardised
National tax ruling databases; cross-
border risk analysis tools; structured
metadata extraction systems
EN 67 EN
index. ruling classification
schema
Country-by-country
reporting
Exchange of multinational enterprise
reports containing aggregated
financial and tax data per jurisdiction.
Art. 7 Country-by-Country
Reporting (CbCR)
XML schema;
standardised corporate
reporting templates;
secure EU exchange
channels
Corporate ERP/accounting systems;
tax consolidation systems; transfer
pricing analytics tools
Mandatory
disclosure of cross-
border tax
arrangements
Event-driven reporting and exchange
of reportable cross-border tax
arrangements identified through
defined hallmarks.
Art. 8 Standardised DAC6
reporting schema;
structured hallmark
taxonomy; secure
rapid exchange
mechanisms
Compliance reporting platforms; tax
advisory systems; automated risk
detection and pattern analysis tools
Reporting by
Platform Operators
on Reportable
Sellers
Register of Platform Operators and
Reportable Sellers.
Automatic exchange of reported
information on reportable sellers
between tax authorities on a periodic
basis.
Art. 9 NOT APPLICABLE National tax administration systems;
secure inter-authority communication
channels; taxpayer identification
systems (TIN-based matching)
Mandatory
automatic exchange
of information
Each Member State shall take the
necessary measures to require
Reporting Crypto-Asset Service
Art. 12 NOT APPLICABLE XML message exchange via the
Common Communication Network
EN 68 EN
reported by
Reporting Crypto-
Asset Service
Providers
Providers to fulfil the reporting
requirements and carry out the due
diligence procedures laid down in
Sections II and III of Annex VI,
respectively. Each Member State shall
also ensure the effective
implementation of, and compliance
with, such measures in accordance
with Section V of Annex VI of the
DAC8 Directive.
Automatic exchange
of information on
Reportable Crypto-
Assets
Providing necessary practical
arrangements to facilitate the
communication
Art. 12 NOT APPLICABLE XML message exchange via the
Common Communication Network
Top-up Tax
information returns
of MNE groups
Automatic exchange of reported
information on Top-up Tax
information returns reported to tax
authorities by MNE groups on a
periodic basis.
Art. 15 NOT APPLICABLE National tax administration systems;
secure inter-authority communication
channels; taxpayer identification
systems (TIN-based matching)
Notifications for the
purpose of Country-
by-Country
reporting and the
central filing of the
top-up tax
Automatic exchange of reported
information on notifications for the
purpose of Country-by-Country
reporting and the central filing of the
top-up tax information return and
exchange of information.
Art. 16 NOT APPLICABLE National tax administration systems;
secure inter-authority communication
channels; taxpayer identification
systems (TIN-based matching)
EN 69 EN
information return
and exchange of
information.
Tax Identification
Number (TIN)
verification.
Digital and automated verification of
the validity of a TIN provided by a
reporting entity or a taxpayer for the
purposes of the automatic exchange of
information.
Art. 36 NOT APPLICABLE National tax administration systems;
secure inter-authority communication
channels; taxpayer identification
systems (TIN-based matching)
4.5. Measures to support digital implementation
For the measures already implemented, the Commission provides continuous support to Member States throughout the life-cylce of each measure.
Measures that are yet to be implemented, namely, the exchange foreseen under Article 16 and TIN verification tool under Article 36, the
Commission will develop technical specifications for the exchange and the tool together with Member States to be adopted as an implementing act.
EN 70 EN
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 24.6.2026
COM(2026) 560 final
2026/0163 (CNS)
Proposal for a
COUNCIL DIRECTIVE
amending Directives 2003/49/EC, 2009/133/EC, 2011/96/EU, (EU) 2016/1164,
(EU)2017/1852, (EU) 2025/50 as regards the simplification of the Union framework on
direct taxation and supporting growth and competitiveness of the EU
{SEC(2026) 560 final} - {SWD(2026) 560 final} - {SWD(2026) 561 final} -
{SWD(2026) 562 final}
EN 1 EN
EXPLANATORY MEMORANDUM
1. CONTEXT OF THE PROPOSAL
• Reasons for and objectives of the proposal
This initiative was announced in the Commission Work Programme 2026 as part of the
Commission’s broader agenda to simplify Union legislation, reduce unnecessary
administrative burdens and strengthen the competitiveness of the internal market.
In recent decades, the Union’s framework on direct taxation has developed considerably in
response to the growing impact of globalisation and the digital economy, the rise of
aggressive tax planning strategies and practices and the need to strengthen the functioning of
the internal market while safeguarding its integrity. In particular, the Union has adopted a
broad range of directives aimed at ensuring fair taxation, preventing tax avoidance and
facilitating cross-border activities within the internal market. Council Directive 2003/49/EU1
(Interest and Royalties Directive – IRD), Council Directive 2011/96/EU2 (Parent-Subsidiary
Directive – PSD) and Council Directive 2009/133/EU3 (Tax Merger Directive – TMD)
established common rules for withholding taxes on certain intra-group payments and tax
neutrality for cross border reorganisations. Council Directive (EU) 2016/11644 as amended by
Council Directive (EU) 2017/9525 (Anti-Tax Avoidance Directive – ATAD) laid down a
coordinated minimum level of protection against aggressive tax planning practices. Council
Directive (EU) 2017/18526 (Dispute Resolution Mechanisms Directive – DRM) provided
mechanisms for the effective resolution of cross-border disputes in the Union that involve
double taxation or arising from double taxation conventions.
Collectively, those instruments have played a significant role in strengthening the internal
market by reducing obstacles affecting cross-border activities and investment, while reducing
opportunities for tax avoidance, improving coordination between Member States and
establishing a Union tax framework for cross-border activities within the internal market.
At the same time, the cumulative development of Union legislation in the field of direct
taxation, combined with divergent national implementation and evolving international tax
developments, has significantly increased the complexity of the Union corporate tax
framework and therefore, compliance burdens for businesses operating cross-border as well as
tax administrations in the Union. The directives were designed at different periods in time,
1 Council Directive 2003/49/EC of 3 June 2003 on a common system of taxation applicable to interest
and royalty payments made between associated companies of different Member States (OJ L 157,
26.6.2003, p.49, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2003/49/oj). 2 Council Directive 2011/96/EU of 30 November 2011 on the common system of taxation applicable in
the case of parent companies and subsidiaries of different Member States (OJ L 345, 29.12.2011, p. 8,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2011/96/oj). 3 Council Directive 2009/133/EC of 19 October 2009 on the common system of taxation applicable to
mergers, divisions, partial divisions, transfers of assets and exchanges of shares concerning companies
of different Member States and to the transfer of the registered office of an SE or SCE between Member
States (OJ L 310, 25.11.2009, p. 34, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2009/133/oj). 4 Council Directive (EU) 2016/1164 of 12 July 2016 laying down rules against tax avoidance practices
that directly affect the functioning of the internal market (OJ L 193, 19.7.2016, p. 1,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2016/1164/oj). 5 Council Directive (EU) 2017/952 of 29 May 2017 amending Directive (EU) 2016/1164 as regards
hybrid mistmatches with third countries (OJ L 144, 7.6.2017, p.1, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2017/952/oj) 6 Council Directive (EU) 2017/1852 of 10 October 2017 on tax dispute resolution mechanisms in the
European Union (OJ L 265, 14.10.2017, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2017/1852/oj).
EN 2 EN
each reflecting distinct contexts. In addition, the implementation of the global minimum tax
rules under Council Directive (EU) 2022/25237 (Pillar Two Directive) has altered the
framework in which several existing Union anti-abuse measures operate. In particular, certain
provisions of ATAD may lead to duplicative outcomes or disproportionate compliance
burdens when applied alongside the Pillar Two rules. Furthermore, experience from the
application of IRD and PSD has shown that procedural barriers and legal uncertainty arise
from the practical operation of the withholding tax relief provided for under these directives.
Concerns have also been raised regarding the application of certain provisions of ATAD that
are no longer fully in line with current economic realities, create disproportionate compliance
burdens or legal uncertainty, and do not sufficiently support investment and growth within the
internal market. In particular, the absence of a common Union framework for the tax
treatment of research and development (‘R&D’) expenditure contributes to fragmentation
across Member States and may distort or discourage investment decisions and innovation
within the internal market.
The proposal reflects the need to ensure that the Union direct tax framework remains
coherent, proportionate and effective. It aims to simplify the existing Union framework in the
field of direct taxation in order to reduce unnecessary compliance burdens, improve legal
certainty and ensure the coherent functioning of the internal market. The proposal therefore
introduces amendments to the PSD, IRD (as well as a related targeted amendment to Council
Directive 2025/508, faster and safer relief of excess withholding taxes – FASTER), TMD,
ATAD and the DRM.
• Consistency with existing policy provisions in the policy area
The Omnibus is consistent with existing EU direct tax policy. The proposal simplifies and
modernises the Union direct tax acquis, while preserving the original objectives of the
directives. It contributes to the Commission’s broader objective of strengthening the
competitiveness of the Union by reducing unnecessary compliance burdens, improving legal
certainty and facilitating cross-border investment and business activity within the internal
market.
In the area of withholding tax exemption on financial flows of interests, royalties and
distribution of profits within the Union, the proposal builds on the progress initiated by
FASTER, and addresses overlaps, fragmentation and outdated procedural or substantive
requirements that generate disproportionate costs for businesses operating cross-border in the
Union.
The proposal also supports the implementation of the Pillar Two Directive within the Union
and aims to simplify and eliminate overlapping provisions within the ATAD, ensuring that the
existing Union direct tax framework remains coherent in light of recent international tax
developments. The proposal should also be considered alongside the DAC Recast proposal,
which simplifies certain reporting obligations and procedures, also in relation to MNE groups
in scope of the Pillar Two Directive.
Taken together, these initiatives establish a more coherent, modern and competitive tax
framework for businesses operating within the internal market. In doing so, the proposal
7 Council Directive (EU) 2022/2523 of 14 December 2022 on ensuring a global minimum level of
taxation for multinational enterprise groups and large-scale domestic groups in the Union (OJ L 328,
22.12.2022, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2022/2523/oj). 8 Council Directive (EU) 2025/50 of 10 December 2024 on faster and safer relief of excess withholding
taxes (OJ L, 2025/50, 10.1.2025, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2025/50/oj).
EN 3 EN
maintains the high level of protection against tax avoidance and abusive practices within the
Union. The initiative does not weaken existing safeguards but rather ensures that anti-abuse
rules remain proportionate, coherent and effective in light of more recent developments in
international taxation and practical implementation experience, while removing unnecessary
complexity, legal uncertainty and administrative burdens for taxpayers and tax
administrations.
• Consistency with other Union policies
The proposal is consistent with the Commission’s broader policy objectives concerning
simplification, competitiveness and the proper functioning of the internal market. The
proposal contributes to the objective of strengthening competitiveness in the Union by
reducing obstacles affecting cross-border investment and economic activity within the internal
market, in line with the Draghi Report on EU Competitiveness9 and the broader objectives set
out in the Competitiveness Compass for the EU10.
In doing so, it meaningfully reduces administrative burdens. It will also contribute to
furthering other Commission priorities, such as building a strong Savings and Investments
Union11, and delivering on the importance of immediate expensing for investment decisions
in the field of Research and Development, as recommended in the Clean Industrial Deal of 2
July 202512. More generally, the proposal will encourage cross-border commercial activity
and business expansion in the internal market, and facilitate business restructurings in line
with Directive 2017/113213 as amended by Directive 2019/2121 (Mobility Directive)14.
2. LEGAL BASIS, SUBSIDIARITY AND PROPORTIONALITY
• Legal basis
This proposal falls within the scope of Article 115 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the
European Union (TFEU). The rules of the proposal aim to approximate the laws, regulations
and administrative practices of the Member States as directly affect the establishment or
functioning of the internal market. It shall therefore be adopted under the special legislative
procedure in accordance with this article and the initiative should take the form of a directive.
The competence of the Union in this area is shared with the Member States.
• Subsidiarity (for non-exclusive competence)
Union competence in the area of direct taxation is shared with the Member States on the basis
of Article 115 TFEU. In accordance with the subsidiarity principle laid down in Article 5(3)
TFEU, action at EU level may be taken only when the envisaged objectives cannot be
9 The Draghi report on EU competitiveness 10 European Commission, ‘A competitiveness Compass for the EU’, COM (2025) 30 Final 11 Among the key objectives of the Savings and Investment Union is the breaking down of barriers to
integrated financial markets and supporting investments, as explained here:
https://finance.ec.europa.eu/regulation-and-supervision/savings-and-investments-union_en#what 12 ‘Commission Recommandation of 2 July 2025 on tax incentives to support the Clean Industrial Deal
and in light of the Clean Industrial Dearl State aid Framework’, C(2025) 4319 final. 13 Directive (EU) 2017/1132 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 June 2017 relating to
certain aspects of company law (OJ L 169, 30.6.2017, p. 46,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2017/1132/oj). 14 Directive (EU) 2019/2121 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 November 2019
amending Directive (EU) 2017/1132 as regards cross-border conversions, mergers and divisions (OJ L
321, 12.12.2019, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2019/2121/oj).
EN 4 EN
achieved sufficiently by Member States acting alone and in addition, when, by reason of the
scale or effects of the proposed action, such objectives can be better achieved by the EU.
On this basis, each Member States has its own domestic tax system, based on its individual
economic priorities, budgetary requirements, and political choices. However, there are
situations where EU-wide action is essential to maintain a fair and efficient internal market
and to uphold fundamental freedoms. For instance, the IRD and the PSD were introduced to
ensure equal treatment of dividends, interest or royalties when payments are made between
taxpayers in different Member States. Similarly, the TMD establishes a common tax
framework for certain cross-border reorganisations within the Union, ensuring that mergers,
divisions, transfer of assets and exchange of shares can take place without immediate taxation
thereby reducing tax obstacles to business restructurings which could affect business
decisions. ATAD introduces a set of common anti-tax avoidance rules to address risks of base
erosion and profit shifting, often caused or aggravated by mismatches or fragmentation
between the national tax systems of Member States. The DRM establishes rules for resolving
disputes that arise from the interpretation and application of double tax treaties among
Member States.
While Member States remain responsible for simplification of domestic tax rules, only action
at EU level can amend the existing EU direct tax acquis in accordance with the Treaties. This
is required to simplify and clarify the common rules, address identified challenges, and thus
enhance the competitiveness of EU businesses. As a result, the objectives of the Omnibus on
Taxation cannot be achieved sufficiently if each Member State acts alone.
In addition, EU action in this area would bring clear EU added value to both businesses and
tax administrations. The objective is to remove overlapping or superfluous rules, streamline
procedures, further reduce double taxation and market distortions, clarify concepts, eliminate
outdated provisions, and address the inconsistent or divergent application of rules across
Member States. The proposal would make EU tax rules and procedures clearer and simpler
and it would thus be less costly for businesses to operate across multiple Member States. This
would enable a better use of the internal market’s potential making it a more attractive place
to establish businesses and invest. For tax administrations, clearer and more efficient rules
would simplify compliance checks and tax audits, reducing disputes and lowering
administrative burdens.
• Proportionality
The proposal is limited to targeted amendments necessary to simplify existing Union tax
legislation and improve its coherence and effectiveness. It does not go beyond what is
necessary to achieve these objectives. In particular, it preserves the core objectives and
safeguards of the existing directives while updating, streamlining or simplifying specific
provisions that have been identified as generating unnecessary complexity, administrative
burdens, legal uncertainty or disproportionate compliance costs. It therefore strikes an
appropriate balance between simplification, legal certainty and the preservation of the original
objectives to ensure a high degree of protection against tax avoidance in the internal market.
• Choice of the instrument
The proposal is for a directive, which is the only permissible legal instrument under the legal
basis (Article 115 TFEU).
EN 5 EN
3. RESULTS OF EX-POST EVALUATIONS, STAKEHOLDER
CONSULTATIONS AND IMPACT ASSESSMENTS
• Ex-post evaluations/fitness checks of existing legislation
Commission Staff Working Document ‘Evaluation of Council Directive 2016/1164 laying
down rules against tax avoidance practices that directly affect the functioning of the internal
market’ evaluates the implementation and impact of ATAD I and II, under Better Regulation
criteria. The evaluation considers the efficiency, effectiveness, relevance, coherence and EU
added value of the directives. The evaluation is primarily based on the findings of an external
study which was undertaken by a contractor. The contractor conducted in-depth interviews of
national tax authorities in 15 Member States and consulted the remaining 12 tax authorities
through a survey. The contractor also conducted in-depth interviews with private sector
stakeholders (including EU and national business associations, MNEs, tax advisors,
academics and NGOs) in a sample of 10 Member States, as well as carried out a survey of tax
advisors and a targeted survey of 20 MNEs in all 27 Member States.
The results of the evaluation inform the impact assessment report accompanying the initiative,
by providing an evidence base. The impact assessment report further clarifies the connection
between those findings and the issues addressed in the context of this initiative.
• Stakeholder consultations
The stakeholder consultation strategy for this initiative consisted of a call for evidence and
targeted consultations. No public consultation was conducted as extensive targeted
consultations were held with key stakeholders over the course of 15 months, in addition to the
in-depth study undertaken on ATAD. The targeted consultations included a large
representation of key stakeholders, and included the 27 national authorities. All contributions
received were considered in the impact assessment report, which accompanies this proposal.
It includes a synopsis report of the stakeholder consultation in Annex 2, which details the
profiles of the respondents and the input received.
Throughout the process, Commission services, consulted the Member States through
dedicated meetings of the Commission Working Party IV (direct taxation) and the Council
High-Level Working Party (HLWP).
A call for evidence15 was published on 16 February 2026, and remained open for consultation
until 30 March 2026. The consultation sought feedback on the need for action, and collected
evidence on issues such as administrative costs, burdensome procedures, outdated or
overlapping rules, and lack of clarity or differences in how rules are interpreted. The call for
evidence received 117 contributions, from business associations and companies, but also
citizens, as well as academic institutions, non-governmental organisations, and trade unions.
Overall, stakeholders fully supported the initiative to simplify existing EU tax rules with a
view to improving the functioning of the internal market and ensuring Europe’s attractiveness
as a place to invest and to do business. Nonetheless, the views varied on how exactly the
simplification could be achieved.
Most stakeholders expressed the need for simplifying the existing directives, e.g., by
rationalising and modernising them, reducing overlaps, inconsistencies, fragmented
implementations, and administrative burdens, and by standardising and clarifying the terms,
15 Call for evidence for an impact assessment - Ares(2026)1712759.
EN 6 EN
rules and procedures following from the directives, including through the use of digital tools,
and by limiting national discretion in implementing the directives. Some also pointed out to
the importance of making the rules and procedures simpler for SMEs.
• Collection and use of expertise
The Commission has relied on the expertise of its Joint Research Centre, which used the
CORTAX model to study the possible impacts of the initiative. The CORTAX model is a
general equilibrium model designed to evaluate the effects of corporate tax reforms in 27
Member States, using detailed data from various sources. The Commission relied on external
expertise in preparing this proposal. The initiative and the impact assessment report build on
the results of the ATAD evaluation, which integrates the results from an external study on the
ATAD by an outside contractor16.
• Impact assessment
An impact assessment was carried out to prepare this initiative. The draft impact assessment
report was submitted to the Commission’s Regulatory Scrutiny Board (RSB) on 8 April 2026
and a meeting was held on 29 April 2026. Based on a Decision of the President of the
Commission as regards the tasks of the Regulatory Scrutiny Board (RSB)17, dated 28 April
2026, the RSB delivered an ‘unqualified’ Opinion with recommendations on 4 May. The
Decision of 8 April thus prescribes that omnibus proposals are treated as targeted initiatives
which are not subject to qualified opinions by the RSB. However, the RSB did provide some
recommendations including suggestions for improvements on the connections between the
problems, objectives, the intervention logic of the report; the range and the construction of the
options; analysis of the general objective of maintaining high tax standards in the EU; and the
analysis of the costs and benefits, including the robustness of the assumptions used. A revised
impact assessment report addressing these recommendations was prepared.
The report assesses the impact on the basis of several policy options. Regarding withholding
taxes under the IRD and PSD, the impact assessment report considers an option to exempt
all intra-EU interest, royalty and dividend payments through an extension of these directives,
coupled with the removal of upfront procedures for entitlement, while an alternative option
considered in the report was to align the scope and procedures of the IRD and PSD. For
Controlled Foreign Company (CFCs) legislation under the ATAD, the report considers a
mandatory application of Model A and a carve-out for Pillar 2 companies (or, alternatively,
taking account of Pillar 2 Qualified Domestic Minimum Top-up Taxes to determine whether a
CFC tax charge is due and, if so,, credit the top-up tax against the CFC liability).
Additionally, the analysis assesses a carveout for SMEs. For investments in research and
development (R&D), the immediate expensing of the cost for the acquisition of tangible
R&D assets is explored against the status quo, whereby R&D expensing would continue to be
delineated at national level. Several options were considered for the interest limitation rule
under the ATAD with the primary goal to ensure fairness and mitigating its procyclical
effects: a carveout for SMEs, mandatory application of the 30% EBITDA cap, mandatory
application of certain currently optional variations, a carve-out for low-risk third-party loans,
and full deductibility in case of downward shocks in profitability. The report also assesses
modifications for removing the rules on imported hybrid mismatches; aligning the Tax
Merger Directive with the Mobility Directive (cross-border mergers from a company law
16 Commission Staff Working Document: Evaluation of Council Directive 2016/1164 laying down rules
against tax avoidance practices that directly affect the functioning of the internal market. 17 Decision of the President of the Commission amending Decision P(2020)2 as regards the tasks of the
Regulatory Scrutiny Boar, 28.4.2026.
EN 7 EN
perspective), either through a dynamic reference or via adding new structuring transactions;
and several targeted improvements to the Dispute Resolution Mechanism Directive, to
clarify procedural rules and allow the use of Council implementing acts.
The impact assessment specifically examines three combinations of options.
(a) Comprehensive Omnibus: this combination includes all policy options and where
relevant, elects for the most ambitious alternatives for the main measures of this
initiative on the taxation of cross-border interest, royalty and dividend payments, and
taxation of CFCs, to assess the most ambitious potential for simplification.
(b) Medium Ambition Omnibus: this approach encompassed all policy options except
the action related to R&D spending, and included the less ambitious alternatives for
withholding taxes under the IRD and the PSD, and CFC in ATAD.
(c) Limited Ambition Omnibus: this version targets existing measures in a simpler and
more straightforward way, and maintained the status quo for the remaining policy
options.
The impact assessment report concludes that the Comprehensive Omnibus is the
preferred policy package. It does not only prove effective in achieving the specific
objectives of the initiative but, in addition, performs best on effectiveness and efficiency, as
explained in the impact assessment report.
The impact assessment includes a cost-benefit analysis of the initiative, which is expected to
be positive. The benefits consist of the simplifications that the initiative would introduce
which can significantly reduce tax compliance costs for EU taxpayers. The impact assessment
report sets out the potential cost savings for businesses and the economy in the EU as a result
of potential reductions of current tax compliance costs, as well as the broader, longer-term
macro-economic impact. It results that the preferred option is the Comprehensive Omnibus.
This option is roughly estimated to reduce compliance and related financial costs by about
EUR 6.6 billion per year, out of which recurrent costs related to cutting down administrative
burden is roughly EUR 2 billion per year (a breakdown of these numbers can be found in
Annex 3 to the impact assessment report). Some of its individual measures are estimated to
increase EU GDP by roughly 0.04% (exemption from withholding tax) and 0.2% (immediate
expensing of certain R&D assets) in the long run.
The impact assessment report also attempts to articulate some of the possible costs. The
purpose of the Tax Omnibus proposal is to reduce existing recurrent costs, by simplifying EU
tax rules where possible. Accordingly, as outlined in Chapter 6 and Annex 3, the initiative is
not expected to bring any significant costs for businesses and tax administrations, and these
are thus estimated as none, marginal, or not relevant.
In addition, the impact assessment report does not expect any particular and direct
environmental impact given that the proposal is a horizontal simplification measure in the
field of direct taxation, nor any material direct social impacts as the proposal does not concern
any labour, social or other directly related rights. Any environmental or social effects would
therefore be indirect, depending on the use of the freed-up resources by EU businesses. Given
the expected low impacts on the environment, the ‘do no significant harm’ principle
assessment and climate consistency check were not conducted for the impact assessment
accompanying this initiative.
EN 8 EN
• Regulatory fitness and simplification
The proposal seeks to reduce regulatory burdens for both taxpayers and tax administrations.
Tax compliance costs are a burden for businesses, and a reduction will be a major benefit in
the implementation of the initiative. Overall, as stated above, the Omnibus is roughly
estimated to reduce compliance and related financial costs in the internal market by about
EUR 6.6 billion per year, out of which about EUR 2 billion per year in recurrent costs related
to administrative burdens. For instance, the total cost reduction for corporate taxpayers from
the introduction of a full exemption of interest, royalties and dividends (amendments to the
IRD and PSD) amount to an estimated EUR 5.34 billion per year. Deactivation of CFC rules
for MNEs in scope of Pillar 2 (amendments to the ATAD) could save compliance costs of
around EUR 160 million per year. The immediate expensing of assets related to R&D could
save compliance costs of around EUR 265 million per year. Reduction in compliance costs
will also benefit SMEs, in particular through: (i) the introduction of a specific carve-out from
ATAD CFC rules, which could save compliance costs of about EUR 90 million per year; and
(ii) the de facto exclusion of SMEs from the ATAD interest limitation rule, which could save
compliance costs of EUR 69 million by making the EUR 3 million safe harbour mandatory
within 3 years of the entry into force of the proposal. The carve-out of low-risk third-party
loans could save compliance costs of around EUR 430 million per year. The detailed
estimated reduction in compliance costs features in the impact assessment report.
To meet the objectives of simplifying EU tax rules with the aim to boost EU competitiveness,
while maintaining high tax standards in the EU, in an effective and efficient manner, the
proposal aims to simplify the EU tax environment, in conjunction with the DAC Recast, by
making sure that the material tax rules are up-to-date and fit for purpose. This should reduce
red tape and lower obstacles to cross-border operations. By amending the EU direct tax acquis
with the aim of simplification, the proposal should make tax compliance in the EU clearer,
easier and more efficient. Additionally, where the proposal introduces new harmonised rules,
it builds on existing approaches, e.g. the FASTER Directive for withholding tax procedures,
or simpler frameworks (e.g. the tax depreciation treatment of assets related to Research and
Development), thus further limiting initial adjustment costs for companies.
• Fundamental rights
It is not expected that there will be any significant impact on fundamental rights. The
proposed measures are compatible with the rights, freedoms and principles of the Charter of
fundamental rights of the European Union.18 Reducing fragmentation and unnecessary
compliance requirements, improving predictability and facilitating cross-border business
activity within the internal market may have a limited positive bearing on the freedom to
conduct a business and on the effective exercise of the right of establishment. However, such
potential impacts cannot be interpreted as meaning that the problems outlined in this Directive
lead to any discrimination or unjustified restrictions. The initiative is therefore considered to
be compatible with the Charter.
Where the implementation of the initiative entails the processing of personal data, such
processing would have to comply fully with the applicable Union framework. Accordingly,
data protection rights covered by the Charter and the General Data Protection Regulation
(GDPR)19 are safeguarded.
18 Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union, OJ C 326, 26.10.2012, p. 391. 19 Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the
protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of
EN 9 EN
4. BUDGETARY IMPLICATIONS
The initiative will not have budgetary implications for the EU budget.
5. OTHER ELEMENTS
• Implementation plans and monitoring, evaluation and reporting arrangements
For the purpose of monitoring and evaluating the implementation of the Tax Omnibus, the
Commission will periodically monitor its implementation and application in close cooperation
with the Member States, based on the following indicators: tax compliance costs; the number
of cases where exceeding borrowing costs where not deductible; the amount of R&D
investment in the EU; costs and cost savings for tax administrations; stakeholder views such
as on interpretational, operational and technical issues, costs and benefits, and the practical
effect of the Omnibus; the number of cases resolved using the DRM; the existence of tax gaps
and overlaps; foreign direct investment flows within the EU; and outbound interest and
royalty payments. This is set out in more detail in the impact assessment report accompanying
this proposal.
The Commission will review the situation in the Member States regularly and publish a
report. For this purpose, Member States should communicate to the Commission any relevant
information that is necessary for the monitoring and evaluation of the Omnibus on Taxation
proposal. Considering the impact of the initiative on several existing EU direct tax directives,
which have been transposed by the Member States, it will be necessary to give Member States
time to properly implement the measures which will be adopted in Council as part of the
Omnibus on Taxation. On this premise, the first evaluation should not take place earlier than
five years after the new rules start to apply.
• Explanatory documents (for directives)
The proposal does not require Explanatory Documents on the transposition.
• Detailed explanation of the specific provisions of the proposal
Amendments to Council Directive 2003/46/EC (Interest and Royalty Directive - IRD)
According to the IRD, interest and royalty payments arising in a Member State are exempt
from withholding taxes in that State, provided that the beneficial owner is an associated
company of another Member State or a permanent establishment situated in another Member
State. The Directive currently applies only where the minimum holding requirements laid
down in the definition of “associated company” are fulfilled. In addition, Member States may
currently apply administrative or prior authorisation/certification procedures to verify a priori
whether access to the exemption from withholding tax should be granted.
The proposal amends the IRD to simplify the substantive and procedural conditions for
accessing the withholding tax exemption.
First, Article 1 of the proposal extends the material scope of the IRD, by removing the
minimum holding requirement applicable under the concept of ‘associated company’. As a
result, interest and royalty payments between companies within the Union may benefit from
the exemption irrespective of the level of participation held between them.
such data, and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (General Data Protection Regulation) (Text with EEA
relevance) (OJ L 119, 4.5.2016, p. 1)
EN 10 EN
Second, the proposal introduces a safeguard to prevent situations of double non-taxation.
Member States would be required either to levy withholding tax or deny the deductibility of
interest and royalty payments at source, where the recipient of the payment is established in a
jurisdiction that does not levy corporate income tax or applies a zero tax rate to income flows
of interests and royalties, while the Member State of source does not levy withholding tax
either. This safeguard would not apply where the recipient is subject to a qualified domestic
top-up tax for the tax period and receive no refunds or direct or indirect financial benefits in
this connection or is part of an MNE group which, for that tax period, falls within the scope of
the rules laid down in the Pillar Two Directive, or as regards third-country jurisdictions, the
OECD Model Rules.
Third, the proposal limits the use of administrative or prior authorisation procedures for
accessing the exemption. As a general rule, Member States will no longer be able to require
prior authorisation or administrative procedure for verifying whether the conditions for the
exemption are fulfilled at the time of payment. Eligibility will be self-assessed by the
taxpayer, subject to ex post controls and the application of anti-abuse rules, including rules on
beneficial ownership by Member States. However, there are cases when the taxpayer will not
be able to ensure eligibility at the time of payment. In such case, the proposal addresses the
procedural rules in two different ways, depending on the situation:
• In the case of publicly traded securities, when the investor is unknown to the paying
company, thus preventing the latter to determine in advance whether the conditions for the
exemption are met, the proposal amends the FASTER Directive to ensure that the fast-track
procedures are made available.
• In all other cases where the substantive conditions for the exemption are met but tax is
nonetheless withheld, Member States should ensure that the excess tax is refunded through
standard domestic refund procedures within a reasonable time.
Additionally, the proposal clarifies that the IRD applies to payments which are attributable to
the activities of a permanent establishment, irrespective of whether those payments are tax-
deductible in the Member States in which the permanent establishment is situated.
Finally, the proposal updates in the Annex the list of company forms that can benefit from the
Directive, to ensure that all entities which, by their nature, should fall within the scope of the
Directive are explicitly covered. The Commission is also empowered to adopt delegated acts
to further amend the Annex, to encompass future legal forms of companies introduced by
Member States or EU law.
Amendments to Council Directive 2009/133/EC (Tax Merger Directive - TMD)
Under the TMD, Member States apply common rules providing for the deferral of taxation of
capital gains resulting from certain cross-border business reorganisations, including mergers,
divisions, transfer of assets and exchanges of shares involving companies of different Member
States until the actual disposal of the underlying assets. The TMD aims to ensure that such
restructuring operations can take place without immediate taxation which would create
barriers to the functioning of the internal market.
However, the scope of the TMD no longer fully reflects more recent developments in Union
company law. In particular, Directive 2017/1132 of the European Parliament and of the
Council, as amended by Directive 2019/2121 of the European Parliament and of the Council,
EN 11 EN
introduced new forms of cross-border reorganisations which are not covered by the current
scope of the TMD.
To ensure that the TMD is still fit for purpose, Article 2 of the proposal aligns definitions of
the TMD with that of Directive 2017/1132, to include “simplified merger” and division by
separation”, which were not yet covered by the Directive.
Currently, the TMD only covers transfers of registered offices of a European Company or
European Cooperative Society. Article 2 introduces a new chapter in the TMD, regarding
rules applicable to cross-border operations, which include at least transfer of office of a
company, to guarantee that the principle of tax neutrality applies.
Finally, the list of company forms that can benefit from the Directive, included in the Annex
to the TMD, is amended, to ensure that all entities which, by their nature, should fall within
the scope of the Directive are explicitly covered. The Commission is also empowered to adopt
delegated acts to further amend the Annex, to encompass future legal forms of companies
introduced by Member States or EU law.
Amendments to Council Directive 2011/96/EU (Parent-Subsidiary Directive - PSD)
The PSD exempts dividends and other profit distributions paid by subsidiaries to parent
companies in different Member States from withholding taxes at source and eliminates double
taxation of such income at the level of the parent company (participation exemption or relief
by credit). The Directive currently applies only where the minimum holding requirements laid
down in the definition of ‘parent company’ are fulfilled. In addition, while the PSD does not
harmonise procedures for accessing its benefits, Member States may currently apply upfront
administrative procedures in order to verify a priori whether the conditions for the exemption
are satisfied.
The proposal amends the PSD to simplify the substantive and procedural conditions for
accessing the withholding tax exemption.
First, Article 3 of the proposal extends the material scope of the PSD by removing the
minimum holding requirement applicable under the concept of ‘parent company’. As a result,
dividends and other profit distributions between companies within the Union may benefit
from the exemption irrespective of the level of participation held between them. In addition,
and in light of the broadened scope of the Directive, the preexisting option for Member States
to deny deduction of charges relating to the holding or losses connected with the distribution
of profits is limited to cases where there is a relevant holding (10%), and therefore when
management costs are actually incurred.
Second, the scope of the PSD is also further extended to pension funds, irrespective of their
legal form. To that end, the proposal introduces a derogation from the subject-to-tax condition
applicable under the Directive.
Third, and aligned with the proposed amendments for the IRD, Member States will no longer
be able to require prior authorisation or administrative procedure for verifying whether the
conditions for the exemption are fulfilled at the time of payment, subject to ex post controls
and the application of anti-abuse rules by Member States. Similarly to the IRD, when the
taxpayer will not be able to verify eligibility at the time of payment, either FASTER
procedures or domestic refund procedures within a reasonable time will apply.
EN 12 EN
Finally, the proposal updates in the Annex the list of company forms that can benefit from the
Directive, to ensure that all entities which, by their nature, should fall within the scope of the
Directive are explicitly covered. The Commission is also empowered to adopt delegated acts
to further amend the Annex, to encompass future legal forms of companies introduced by
Member States or EU law.
Amendments to Council Directive (EU) 2016/1164 (Anti-Tax Avoidance Directive –
ATAD)
The ATAD established a common framework of anti-avoidance rules aimed at protecting
Member States’ corporate tax base against aggressive practices of base erosion and profit
shifting. The ATAD sets out rules establishing a minimum level of protection on interest
limitation, exit taxation, controlled foreign companies, hybrid mismatches and a general anti-
abuse rule (‘GAAR’).
Since the adoption of the ATAD, there have been significant developments at international
level, in particular following the adoption of the OECD/G20 Two-pillar solution and the Pillar
Two Directive, which may overlap with certain ATAD rules. Experience with the practical
application of ATAD has also shown that certain provisions are no longer up-to-date, or
create disproportionate compliance burden, legal uncertainty and fragmentation.
Additionally, in the field of Research and Development (R&D) activities, the legal framework
which Member States have put in place at national level creates a fragmented landscape
across the EU where there is no common minimum level of support for R&D. This situation
often places the European Union in a less advantageous position when it comes to
competitiveness vis-à-vis its major trading partners internationally. The outcome is
exacerbated when one considers that such measures receive a favourable treatment under the
Pillar Two framework leading to no or limited additional top-up taxes. Similar to our key
partner economies, we should ensure our EU businesses can benefit from this.
Against this background, ATAD is amended to extend its material scope and include the full
expensing of certain R&D expenditure. The choice of ATAD as the legal instrument is
deliberate, as both the existing measures against tax avoidance and the tax treatment of R&D
constitute elements of the corporate tax base and pursue the common objective of contributing
to the proper functioning of the internal market.
While the existing framework lays down minimum standards against tax avoidance, the new
provisions address the competitiveness challenges that arise from the fragmentation of R&D
tax regimes across the Union. The amendment of ATAD ensures consistency between these
two regulatory frameworks and reflects their shared policy objectives.
Regarding R&D, Article 4 of the proposal first amends the title of the Directive to reflect the
inclusion of new provisions on R&D expenditure.
Second, a new Chapter is introduced in ATAD, to lay down an EU wide R&D allowance, as a
minimum standard, in order to ensure full deductibility of R&D qualifying expenditure (i.e.
capital expenditure on plant, machinery and tangible assets used directly for R&D or to
support R&D facilities). Taxpayers can either immediately deduct qualifying expenditure in
the tax period in which this is incurred, or over any of the four subsequent tax periods.
Third, the revisions include rules to ensure proper use of the new provision and prevent abuse.
To this end, qualifying expenditure must be used for R&D for a minimum of three years.
EN 13 EN
Rules on the withdrawal of the allowance and balancing charges where the assets are disposed
of, demolished or ceased to be owned are also introduced and any generated monetary value
must be taken into account, so that the allowance accurately reflects actual R&D investments.
Finally, necessary adjustments are made to the calculation of the EBITDA under the Interest
Limitation Rule, to ensure that the new R&D allowance, nor being treated as depreciation or
amortisation, does not decrease the taxpayer’s EBITDA and as a result, its entitlement to
interest deductibility.
The proposal introduces a series of revisions to the anti-tax avoidance rules of the ATAD.
Regarding the Interest Limitation Rule, Article 4 of the proposal firstmakes the 30%
EBITDA amount mandatory, disallowing Member States from setting lower thresholds to
reduce the deductibility of exceeding borrowing costs. In addition, as BEPS risks primarily
arise from excessive interest payments between associated enterprise, the proposal excludes
from the scope of the interest limitation rule loans that are granted by non-associated
enterprises (i.e. third party-loans), under the condition that they are used to fund the
borrowing taxpayer’s own activities, thus excluding on-lending within the group.
Second, to reduce the burden of the interest limitation rule, especially for smaller taxpayers,
and ensure that the safe harbour reflects at all times the current economic situation in the
Union, Article 4 makes the safe harbour of EUR 3 million mandatory within the first 3 years
of entry into force of the Directive and introduces an automatic annual indexation based on
inflation. Furthermore, the option to exclude standalone entities is removed, as the exclusion
of low-risk third-party loans coupled with the mandatory safe harbour make it redundant.
Additionally, the proposal introduces a safeguard to address the procyclical effect of the
interest limitation rule, providing that no interest limitation will apply to a taxpayer when its
EBITDA is reduced by 50% in a given tax year.
Third, the proposal clarifies the operation of the optional long-term public infrastructure
project exclusion in line with common EU priorities, by referring to long-term public-benefit
projects instead of infrastructure. In addition, a mandatory, temporary exclusion for the
defence sector is introduced for investments initiated in the first 5 tax periods from the entry
in to force of the initiative.
Finally, to simplify the functioning of the interest limitation rule, a number of options are
made mandatory, namely the group escape rule, to address the concerns of capital-intensive
sectors which are highly leveraged for legitimate reasons, and the carry-forward mechanism,
to ensure that the rule accommodates fluctuations in taxpayer’s profitability and offers
support to startups.
Regarding the GAAR, Article 4 updates the wording of the GAAR to ensure that its scope is
broad enough to encompass all direct taxes that companies are subject to, in particular to
ensure that it applies to withholding taxes or top-up taxes resulting from the Directive (EU)
2022/2523.
As for Controlled Foreign Company (CFC) Rules, first the proposal takes into account the
fact that the objective and effects of these rules significantly overlap with the income
inclusion rule laid down in Directive (EU) 2025/2523 (Pillar Two Framework). Therefore,
Article 4 introduces an exemption from CFC rule for taxpayers which fall within the scope of
the Pillar Two Framework. All EU-located companies will benefit from this carve-out for
their low-taxed subsidiaries, except where the group is headquartered in a jurisdiction which
EN 14 EN
operates a qualified ‘side-by-side’ regime and the low-taxed controlled foreign subsidiary is
not subject to qualified domestic top-up tax or, where it is subject to a qualified domestic top-
up tax, a refund or direct or indirect financial benefit is granted in relation to that tax.
Second, Article 4 introduces an exemption from CFC rule for small and medium-sized
groups. Information collected from exchanges with several Member States indicates that
administrations have had almost no CFC cases related to SMEs in the approximately ten years
since ATAD started to apply. This indicates that these rules are rarely triggered for SMEs,
possibly because these companies' operating structures involve no or little cross-border
activity. Their exclusion would thus not hinder anti-avoidance and evasion or aggressive tax
planning efforts. It would rather bring significant cost and resource savings, and thus benefits,
to both companies and tax administrations. The exemption of such groups therefore aims to
reduce disproportionate compliance costs and administrative burdens for smaller businesses
operating across the internal market.
Third, in order to simplify and streamline the CFC framework across the Union, the proposal
makes Model A the only possible approach, deleting the option to implement CFC rules by
applying Model B.
Finally, Hybrid Mismatch Rules prevent companies from exploiting discrepancies amongst
national rules, in order to avoid taxation. Yet, in some cases, such as when it comes to
imported mismatches, application has proven particularly complex for both taxpayers and tax
administrations. In order to simplify hybrid mismatch rules and ensure their proportionality,
Article 4 of the proposalremoves rules related to imported mismatches from ATAD.
Amendments to Council Directive (EU) 2017/1852 (Dispute Resolution Mechanism –
DRM)
The DRM lays down rules for swiftly and effectively resolving disputes related to the
interpretation of tax treaties for both businesses and citizens and covers issues on double
taxation. Article 5 of the proposalintroduces targeted amendments to the DRM with the aim
to address interpretative divergences identified in practice, streamline procedures, and
improve taxpayers’ access to dispute resolution mechanisms. The amendments are designed
to preserve the overall architecture of the Directive while introducing clarifications and
procedural simplifications.
The amendment to article 2 of the DRM clarifies that, where the taxation of more than one
person is directly affected by the same question in dispute, each of these persons qualifies as
“affected person” for the purposes of the Directive. This clarification is intended to remove
uncertainty in multiple-entity cases and should be read together with the amendments to
article 3 concerning the filing of complaints.
Article 3 of the DRM is subjected to several amendments which are meant to streamline and
clarify the complaint stage of the procedure. First, it is clarified who should file the complaint
where multiple affected persons are involved. Member States must allow either each affected
person to submit a complaint individually to its State of residence or, alternatively, permit one
affected person to file on behalf of all affected persons. This approach seeks to combine legal
certainty with procedural flexibility. Second, the concept of “simultaneous submission” is
replaced with a 30-calendar-day submission window. This amendment responds to divergent
national interpretations of the term “simultaneously”, which in practice ranged from requiring
filing on the same day to allowing broader timeframes.
EN 15 EN
In Article 4 of the DRM, an amendment is introduced to clarify that, where competent
authorities conclude that no agreement can be reached, they should inform the taxpayer
without delay rather than waiting for the expiry of the two-year MAP period. The objective is
to allow taxpayers to access the arbitration phase earlier and avoid unnecessary delays.
The amendments to Article 5 of the DRM clarify that failure to comply with procedural
requirements — including failure to submit information within the new 30-day submission
window, failure to use an accepted language, or failure to provide the same information to all
competent authorities — may result in rejection of the complaint. At the same time, the
amendments strengthen taxpayer protection by requiring competent authorities to give
taxpayers the opportunity to remedy deficiencies within 30 days and by allowing taxpayers to
resubmit a complaint, provided the overall time limit is respected. The purpose is to avoid
disproportionate procedural rejections and facilitate access to the mechanism.
The amendment to article 8 clarifies the time limit for objections against independent persons
of standing that participate in the advisory commission. Objections may only be raised until
the final decision has been accepted by all competent authorities. This rule is intended to
prevent late procedural challenges from undermining legal certainty and delaying the
conclusion of the procedure.
In Article 10 of the DRM, the amendment specifies that an alternative dispute resolution
commission may also be set up for disputes relating to the admissibility of complaints and not
only for the substantive resolution of double taxation disputes. The objective is to broaden
procedural flexibility and facilitate the efficient settlement of disputes at an earlier stage.
The amendment to the rules of functioning in article 11 of the DRM clarifies that qualification
requirements apply only to independent persons of standing and not to representatives of
competent authorities. This clarification is intended to avoid unnecessary interpretative
uncertainty.
The amendment to article 16 of the DRM addresses the interaction between the Directive and
other dispute resolution procedures based on different legal frameworks. It provides that other
ongoing procedures are suspended once a DRM complaint is submitted and are terminated
only once the DRM complaint has been accepted by all competent authorities concerned. The
purpose is to ensure that taxpayers are not left without protection against double taxation
while at the same time avoiding overlaps between parallel procedures.
The amendment to article 17 of the DRM is meant to introduce additional clarifications for
individuals and smaller undertakings making use of the simplified filing system. It aims to
avoid unclear procedural situations and facilitate coordination between competent authorities
where communications are submitted only to the competent authority of the taxpayer’s State
of residence.
The new article 19a of the DRM introduces a new provision empowering the Council to adopt
implementing acts laying down binding technical and procedural rules necessary to ensure a
uniform and effective application of the Directive. The proposal reflects the view that certain
interpretative and procedural difficulties cannot be adequately addressed solely through
targeted legislative amendments and may require more detailed implementing rules.
Finally, the amendment to article 21 of the DRM introduces a harmonised statistical reporting
framework and empowers the Commission to adopt implementing acts concerning the format
and conditions for the communication of statistical data. The purpose is to ensure consistency
EN 16 EN
of reporting across Member States and alignment with the OECD statistical framework,
thereby improving transparency and the evaluation of the functioning of the Directive.
Amendments to Council Directive EU 2025/50 (Directive on Faster and Safer Relief of
Excess Withholding Taxes - FASTER)
FASTER makes withholding tax procedures in the EU more efficient and secure for investors,
financial intermediaries and national tax administrations. In particular, FASTER provides for
standardised fast-track procedures for relief at source or quick refund of withholding tax
levied on dividends and interests from publicly traded securities.
As detailed above, the proposal extends the scope of the exemption from withholding tax of
the IRD and PSD, while excluding upfront procedures before granting the benefit from the
relevant withholding tax exemptions.
In practice, however, the application of these exemptions may create difficulties in the context
of publicly traded securities held through financial intermediaries and nominee accounts. In
such case, the paying company is often unable to determine at the time of payment whether
the conditions for a withholding tax exemption are fulfilled, in particular where ownership
information concerning portfolio investors is not available (usually below 5% of holding).
As a result, the paying company would not be able to assess whether the conditions of the
PSD and IRD, as amended, are met by the investor, and therefore the exemption cannot be
applied upfront. FASTER could bring significant simplification in such cases.
However, under the current FASTER provisions, Member States may deny access to the
standardised fast-track procedures where a full exemption from withholding tax is claimed.
This would de facto prevent the benefit of the FASTER procedures for refund from applying
to payments which are eligible for exemption under the extended scope of the IRD and PSD.
For this reason, Article 6 of the proposal adjusts the scope of FASTER, to ensure that it
covers refunds in the event of the IRD/PSD.
2026/0163 (CNS)
EN 1 EN
Proposal for a
COUNCIL DIRECTIVE
amending Directives 2003/49/EC, 2009/133/EC, 2011/96/EU, (EU) 2016/1164,
(EU)2017/1852, (EU) 2025/50 as regards the simplification of the Union framework on
direct taxation and supporting growth and competitiveness of the EU
THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, and in particular
Article 115 thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the European Commission,
After transmission of the draft legislative act to the national parliaments,
Having regard to the opinion of the European Parliament1,
Having regard to the opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee2,
Acting in accordance with a special legislative procedure,
Whereas:
(1) The proper functioning of the internal market requires that rules on direct taxation
operate in a clear, consistent and efficient manner. In recent decades, the Union has
adopted several directives in the field of direct taxation that aim to eliminate double
taxation, ensure tax neutrality, facilitate dispute resolution and prevent tax avoidance
in cross-border situations.
(2) The acquis in direct taxation represents a significant achievement for the Union. As
part of this acquis, Council Directive 2003/49/EC3, Council Directive 2009/133/EU4
and Council Directive 2011/96/EU5 have contributed to the functioning of the internal
market by facilitating cross-border economic activities, in particular by removing
withholding taxes on certain intra-group payments and ensuring tax neutrality for
cross border reorganisations. Council Directive (EU) 2016/11646 has strengthened the
protection of the internal market by laying down coordinated rules against tax
avoidance practices that may distort competition and affect the allocation of taxing
1 OJ C , , p. . 2 OJ C , , p. . 3 Council Directive 2003/49/EC of 3 June 2003 on a common system of taxation applicable to interest
and royalty payments made between associated companies of different Member States (OJ L 157,
26.6.2003, p.49, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2003/49/oj). 4 Council Directive 2009/133/EC of 19 October 2009 on the common system of taxation applicable to
mergers, divisions, partial divisions, transfers of assets and exchanges of shares concerning companies
of different Member States and to the transfer of the registered office of an SE or SCE between Member
States (OJ L 310, 25.11.2009, p. 34, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2009/133/oj). 5 Council Directive 2011/96/EU of 30 November 2011 on the common system of taxation applicable in
the case of parent companies and subsidiaries of different Member States (OJ L 345, 29.12.2011, p. 8,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2011/96/oj). 6 Council Directive (EU) 2016/1164 of 12 July 2016 laying down rules against tax avoidance practices
that directly affect the functioning of the internal market (OJ L 193, 19.7.2016, p. 1,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2016/1164/oj).
EN 2 EN
rights, thereby addressing risks of base erosion and profit shifting. Council Directive
(EU) 2017/18527 has further contributed to the proper functioning of the internal
market by providing mechanisms for the effective resolution of cross-border disputes
in the Union that involve double taxation or arise from double taxation conventions.
(3) While the objectives of those Directives remain valid, practical experience arising
from their application has revealed structural shortcomings as well as increasing
complexity. The coexistence of multiple sets of rules adopted over time has resulted in
a multilayered tax framework. Furthermore, the interaction between those directives
and more recent developments in the international tax landscape, in particular Council
Directive (EU) 2022/25238 ensuring a global minimum level of taxation for
multinational enterprise groups and large-scaled domestic groups, has in some cases
led to overlaps, duplications and situations of layered regulation addressing similar
objectives. In addition, the existence of numerous options for implementation and the
use of concepts that are not uniformly defined have resulted in divergent approaches
across Member States and contributed to a highly fragmented tax framework in the
Union. Certain provisions of the Union tax framework are no longer in line with
current economic and legal developments, resulting in outdated rules.
(4) Those factors contribute to legal uncertainty for taxpayers and tax administrations in
the Union, increase the risk of disputes and unintended tax outcomes, and result in
significant compliance costs and administrative burdens, in particular for cross-border
activities, thereby undermining the effective functioning of the internal market and
adversely affecting the competitiveness of businesses operating within the Union.
Taxpayers operating across the internal market may be subject to divergent rules
implementing the Union tax framework and face burdensome compliance
requirements and procedural inefficiencies.
(5) In order to address those shortcomings, it is necessary to simplify and streamline the
Union framework on direct taxation while maintaining the highest standard of
protection for the internal market. That requires reducing complexity, eliminating
overlaps and ensuring a more uniform application of tax rules across Member States.
Given the cross-border nature of the issues identified, a coordinated approach at Union
level is required to ensure consistent solutions and to avoid further fragmentation. This
Directive should therefore introduce targeted amendments to Directives 2003/49/EC,
2009/133/EC, 2011/96/EU, (EU) 2016/1164 and (EU) 2017/1852. While it already
represents a significant step forward in the simplification and streamlining of the
Union tax framework, it is also necessary to amend Council Directive (EU) 2025/509
to ensure that the withholding tax exemption under Directives 2003/49/EC and
2011/96/EU can also be applied to income arising from publicly traded securities.
Altogether, those amendments should reduce compliance costs and administrative
burdens, improve legal certainty and ensure a more coherent interaction between the
existing rules. They should also contribute to the proper functioning of the internal
market and support the competitiveness of the businesses operating within the Union.
7 Council Directive (EU) 2017/1852 of 10 October 2017 on tax dispute resolution mechanisms in the
European Union (OJ L 265, 14.10.2017, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2017/1852/oj). 8 Council Directive (EU) 2022/2523 of 14 December 2022 on ensuring a global minimum level of
taxation for multinational enterprise groups and large-scale domestic groups in the Union (OJ L 328,
22.12.2022, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2022/2523/oj). 9 Council Directive (EU) 2025/50 of 10 December 2024 on faster and safer relief of excess withholding
taxes (OJ L, 2025/50, 10.1.2025, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2025/50/oj).
EN 3 EN
(6) Small and medium sized enterprises (’SMEs’) are particularly affected by the
complexity and fragmentation of the Union direct tax framework, despite the fact that
they generally present limited risks of base erosion and profit shifting. In order to
ensure that compliance obligations remain proportionate, it is therefore important to
provide for targeted simplification measures for SMEs.
(7) At the same time, large multinational enterprise groups (‘MNE’ groups) and large-
scale domestic groups that fall within the scope of Directive (EU) 2022/2523 are
subject to complex and globally coordinated rules aimed at ensuring a minimum level
of taxation in each jurisdiction in which they operate. While those rules play a key role
in addressing base erosion and profit shifting, they also entail significant compliance
obligations and may give rise to overlapping requirements when interacting with
existing tax rules at Union and national level. In order to preserve the competitiveness
of businesses operating within the Union, while maintaining a high level of protection
against tax avoidance, it is therefore important to provide for targeted simplification
measures for entities within the scope of that Directive, in order to ensure coherence of
the tax system and mitigate the compliance burden.
(8) Directives 2003/49/EC and 2011/96/EU lay down exemptions from withholding taxes
on certain cross-border payments of interest, royalties, dividends and other profit
distributions and thereby contribute to the elimination of double taxation within the
Union. However, differences in their design and the limited material scope of those
directives, in particular as regards minimum shareholding requirements, have led to
inconsistent implementation across Member States and increased compliance costs,
which may distort investment decisions for businesses operating across the internal
market. Residual withholding taxation in the Union creates barriers and reduces tax
neutrality for cross-border investments.
(9) With a view to simplifying the functioning of the internal market and strengthen its
competitiveness, it is appropriate to broaden the material scope of both directives. To
that end, the requirements for a minimum percentage and a minimum duration of the
shareholding as conditions for granting relief from withholding tax and, in the case of
dividends or other profit distributions, for granting the participation exemption should
be removed. In light of this broader scope, the option for Member States to replace the
criterion of a participation in the capital by that of a participation in the voting rights
should also be eliminated, so as to ensure a more uniform and predictable application
of those directives. Moreover, in order to remove tax obstacles to cross-border
investment by pension institutions, distributions of dividends to such entities should be
exempt from withholding tax, irrespective of their legal form and by way of
derogation from the subject-to-tax condition. Furthermore, to ensure that the rules
allowing Member States to provide that charges relating to a participation and losses
resulting from the distribution of profits of the subsidiary are not deducted from the
taxable profits of the parent company remain proportionate in the light of the
broadened scope of Directive 2011/96/EU, the application of that option should be
allowed where the participation is of a sufficient size to justify incurring management
costs. For this purpose, a minimum participation of 10% in the capital of the
subsidiary should be required.
(10) In order to prevent situations of double non-taxation, it is appropriate to ensure that
interest and royalty payments are subject to taxation at least once, either through a
withholding tax or by denying deductibility of those payments at source. While
Directive 2003/49/EC already includes a subject to tax requirement within the Union,
an additional measure is necessary to address situations where income flows of interest
EN 4 EN
and royalties leaving the Union remain untaxed in their country of destination. As a
general rule, Member States should continue to apply their national rules, including
those resulting from applicable tax treaties, to interest and royalty payments. The
specific protective measure should apply where the third-country jurisdiction in which
the recipient of the payment is established does not levy corporate income tax on
interest and royalty income or applies a zero corporate income tax rate to such income
and no withholding tax is levied in the Member State of source. The protective
measure would target the specific flow of income and consider the tax situation of the
direct recipient of the payment only. In this way, the rule would alleviate the payer
from the need to trace intermediary structures. This should be without prejudice to the
application of national and treaty-based anti-abuse provisions and Union principles
relating to beneficial ownership. However, that protective measure should not apply
where, for the tax period, the recipient of the payment is subject to a qualified
domestic top-up tax and does not receive any refund or direct or indirect financial
benefits in relation to that tax or is part of an MNE group which, for that tax period,
falls within the scope of the rules laid down in Directive (EU) 2022/2523 or, as
regards third-country jurisdictions, to the OECD Model Rules10. In this context, the
protective measure may still apply if the ultimate parent entity of the MNE group is
located in a jurisdiction with a qualified side-by-side regime for the tax period.
(11) No similar measure is necessary to address risks of double non-taxation of profit
distributions (dividends), since such distributions are already taxed within the Union,
either at the level of the distributing company or at the level of the recipient.
(12) Extensive and diverse procedural requirements applied by some Member States as
conditions for the application of the exemptions from withholding tax laid down in
Directives 2003/49/EC and 2011/96/EU have, in practice, created significant
administrative burdens for taxpayers and tax authorities in the Union and have
hindered the effective functioning of those exemptions. In order to reduce those
burdens, enhance legal certainty and support the competitiveness of the internal
market, it is appropriate to simplify and streamline those procedural
requirements. This Directive should therefore provide that Member States do not
require prior authorisation or administrative procedures for verifying whether the
conditions for the exemptions are fulfilled at the time of payment of the interest or
royalties or the distribution of profits. This should not affect the powers of Member
States to carry out ex post controls and to apply national anti-abuse rules, including
rules on beneficial ownership.
(13) In the case of publicly traded securities, portfolio investors whose holding in the
paying company remains below a certain threshold are frequently unknown to that
company, as such securities are often held in nominee-registered accounts. As a result,
the paying company may not be able to determine in advance whether the conditions
for the exemptions from withholding tax provided for in Directives 2003/49/EC and
2011/96/EU are fulfilled, which may impede effective access to those exemptions.
Directive (EU) 2025/50 established standardised relief-at-source and quick refund
procedures for excess withholding tax on income from publicly traded securities. In
order to avoid inefficient and burdensome national procedures and to ensure that
taxpayers who are entitled to the exemptions provided for in Directives
2003/49/EC and 2011/96/EU can also make use of the common procedures laid down
10 OECD (2021), Tax Challenges Arising from Digitalisation of the Economy – Global Anti-Base Erosion
Model Rules (Pillar Two): Inclusive Framework on BEPS, OECD/G20 Base Erosion and Profit Shifting
Project, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/782bac33-en.
EN 5 EN
in Directive (EU) 2025/50, that Directive should be amended so that income from
publicly traded securities which qualifies for those exemptions is not excluded from
the relief-at-source or quick refund procedures.
(14) Where payments falling within the scope of Directives 2003/49/EC and 2011/96/EU
satisfy the substantive conditions for exemption from withholding tax, but tax is
nonetheless withheld, for instance, because the paying company cannot determine in
advance whether those conditions are met, Member States should ensure that the
excess tax is refunded through standard refund procedures within a reasonable time.
To that end, Directive 2011/96/EU should be aligned with Directive 2003/49/EC as
regards the time limits for submitting refund claims and for processing them.
(15) Directive 2003/49/EC provides that a permanent establishment is to be treated as the
payer of interest or royalties where the payment constitutes a tax-deductible expense
for that permanent establishment. In order to avoid legal uncertainty and to ensure that
that rule applies in a manner consistent with the objective of the Directive, it is
appropriate to clarify that Directive 2003/49/EC applies to payments which are
attributable to the activities of a permanent establishment, irrespective of whether
those payments are tax-deductible in the Member State in which the permanent
establishment is situated.
(16) Directive 2009/133/EC provides for common rules to reduce tax obstacles and ensure
tax neutrality in reorganisations concerning companies of different Member States,
including mergers, divisions, partial divisions, transfers of assets, exchanges of shares
and the transfer of the registered office of a Societas Europaea (SE) or Societas
Cooperativa Europaea (SCE). Developments in Union company law, in particular
those introduced by Directive (EU) 2017/1132 of the European Parliament and of the
Council11, as amended by Directive (EU) 2019/2121 of the European Parliament and
of the Council12, have led to a misalignment between the scope of tax rules and
company law provisions. This results in legal uncertainty for the businesses and
compromises competitiveness in the internal market. In order to ensure coherence
between the tax framework and company law, the definitions of Directive
2009/133/EC should be aligned with Directive (EU) 2017/1132 to include an
additional subtype of a merger and “division by separation”.
(17) Directive 2009/133/EC also applies to the transfer of the registered office of an SE or
SCE. In light of the neutrality principle, it is necessary that the same tax treatment be
granted to the cross-border conversions, which include at least the transfer of the
registered office of the converting company from the departure Member State to the
destination Member State. Therefore, a new chapter should be introduced to Directive
2009/133/EC on rules applicable to cross-border conversions, whereby, in line with
the rest of the Directive, taxation of capital gains that arise on assets of a company
undergoing a cross-border conversion should be deferred until the actual disposal of
such assets, to the extent that the company remains a tax resident in the departure
Member State or maintains in that Member State a permanent establishment with
which such assets remain connected.
11 Directive (EU) 2017/1132 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 June 2017 relating to
certain aspects of company law (OJ L 169, 30.6.2017, p. 46,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2017/1132/oj). 12 Directive (EU) 2019/2121 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 November 2019
amending Directive (EU) 2017/1132 as regards cross-border conversions, mergers and divisions (OJ L
321, 12.12.2019, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2019/2121/oj).
EN 6 EN
(18) In the light of the judgment of the Court of Justice of 1 October 2009 in Case C-
247/0813, it is appropriate to revise the list of company forms included in the Annex to
Directive 2003/49/EC, Annex I, Part A, to Directive 2009/133/EC and Annex I, Part
A, to Directive 2011/96/EU in order to ensure that all entities, which by their nature
should fall within the scope of those directives, are explicitly covered.
(19) Directive (EU) 2016/1164 lays down rules against tax avoidance practices that directly
affect the functioning of the internal market, including specific rules on interest
limitation, controlled foreign companies, exit taxation, hybrid mismatches and a
general anti-abuse rule. Those rules set a common framework to ensure a minimum
level of protection against base erosion and profit shifting within the Union.
(20) In order to strengthen the Union’s competitiveness, support innovation and facilitate
the green and digital transition, it is important to promote investment in research and
development across the internal market. Considering, in particular, the changing
international tax environment, tax systems should continue to provide effective and
targeted support for genuine research and development activities. To that end, a
common framework for the tax treatment of certain research and development
expenditure should be established in Directive (EU) 2016/1164, ensuring simplicity,
legal certainty and consistency with the objective of maintaining a level-playing field
in view of enhancing international competitiveness.
(21) Capital expenditure on plant, machinery and other tangible assets used by taxpayers
for research and development, or to provide facilities for conducting such activities,
should be fully deductible from taxable income to foster innovation, strengthen the
internal market, and encourage investment in new technologies. Establishing a
framework to set a level playing field for the deductibility of such expenditure would
reduce barriers faced by businesses operating across borders within the Union. To this
effect, taxpayers should be allowed to deduct the qualifying expenditure from their
taxable base either in the tax period in which it is incurred, or at their choice, in any of
the four subsequent tax periods.
(22) In order to ensure legal certainty, simplify the application of the rules and prevent
abuse, conditions should be laid down to determine the minimum time during which
qualifying expenditure must be used for research and development, the withdrawal of
the allowance, and the treatment of balancing charges upon disposal. Taxpayers
benefiting from the allowance should therefore be required to use the qualifying
expenditure wholly and exclusively for research and development for a minimum
period of three years. Where the taxpayer ceases to own, demolishes, or otherwise
disposes of an asset to which that qualifying expenditure relates and generates any
monetary value, that value should be taken into account to ensure that the allowance
accurately reflects the actual investment in research and development.
(23) In conformity with the principles of subsidiarity and proportionality, the prescription
of a minimum level of harmonisation within the Union as regards the tax deductibility
of capital expenditure used for research and development is sufficient to ensure that
research and development remain central to the Union’s competitiveness and
contributes to a more level playing field within the internal market. Accordingly,
without prejudice to the application of the State aid rules, Member States should be
entitled to apply domestic provisions that allow for more favourable tax deductibility
in respect of qualifying expenditure.
13 Judgment of the Court of Justice of 1 October 2009, Gaz de France - Berliner Investissement SA
v. Bundeszentralamt für Steuern, C-247/08, ECLI:EU:C:2009:600.
EN 7 EN
(24) The Commission’s evaluation of Directive (EU) 2016/116414 concluded that the rules
of that directive are complex and rely on alternative approaches, multiple optional
exceptions and thresholds. In particular, discrepancies in key concepts and definitions,
as well as the coexistence of different models for the taxation of controlled foreign
companies and options in the interest limitation rule have resulted in fragmentation of
the Union legal framework for taxation, legal uncertainty for taxpayers and increased
compliance burdens, in particular for businesses operating cross-border. That is the
case also where the risk of base erosion and profit shifting is limited, notably for
SMEs. It follows that the applicable legal framework may result in a disproportionate
burden compared to the actual risk that it addresses. In addition, in light of the recent
introduction of a global minimum level of taxation through Directive (EU) 2022/2523,
Directive (EU) 2016/1164 should be adjusted to avoid overlaps and redundancies in
scope, objectives and effects, including situations of double taxation and duplicative
reporting obligations, resulting from the coexistence of the two frameworks.
(25) The interest limitation rule set out in Article 4 of Directive (EU) 2016/1164 is intended
to discourage aggressive tax planning through the use by taxpayers of artificially
inflated interest payments by placing excessive debt in high-tax jurisdictions. While
the rule fulfils an important function in preventing tax avoidance, the coexistence of
different thresholds, optional carve-outs and escape clauses, which have been
implemented differently by Member States, often risks not targeting base erosion and
profit shifting risks in a proportionate manner. That flexibility has contributed to
significant fragmentation, increased compliance costs and legal uncertainty within the
internal market. The interest limitation rule may also negatively affect companies’
ability to finance investment and growth, as it fails to adapt to changes in the
economic environment, particularly in a context of increasing interest rates and
inflation. Furthermore, the rule may disproportionately affect capital-intensive sectors,
such as real estate, infrastructures and innovative start-ups that rely on long-term debt
financing. Finally, the current interest limitation rule also risks placing unnecessary
burdens on SMEs, despite those companies having fewer resources and opportunities
to engage in aggressive tax planning using interest payments.
(26) Amendments to Article 4 of Directive (EU) 2016/1164 are therefore necessary to
simplify its application, better align it with its objective and ensure that the rule
remains fit for purpose while supporting genuine investments in the Union. In
particular, it is important to reduce the number of options available to Member States,
update the rule’s structure, clarify its scope and take into account the new common
framework for the tax treatment of certain research and development expenditure.
(27) The interest limitation rule is designed to ensure that most third-party borrowing costs
remain deductible for tax purposes, as such financing generally presents limited risks
of base erosion and profit shifting. However, the possibility for Member States to
apply lower deductibility thresholds when transposing that rule has resulted in
divergent approaches across the Union, increased complexity and reduced legal
certainty for taxpayers. In order to ensure a consistent application of the rule and equal
treatment within the internal market, the level of deductibility for tax purposes should
be fixed at 30% of EBITDA across all Member States.
(28) In order to preserve the effectiveness of the new common framework for the tax
treatment of certain research and development expenditure introduced into Directive
14 Commission Staff Working Document: Evaluation of Council Directive 2016/1164 laying down rules
against tax avoidance practices that directly affect the functioning of the internal market.
EN 8 EN
(EU) 2016/1164, the calculation of EBITDA for the purposes of the interest limitation
rule should include add-backs for tax-adjusted amounts relating to research and
development expenditure deducted under that framework, in the same manner as
exceeding borrowing costs, depreciation and amortisation are taken into account.
(29) Base erosion and profit shifting risks addressed by the interest limitation rule primarily
arise from excessive interest payments between associated enterprises. By contrast,
borrowing from non-associated enterprises, including through bonds issuances subject
to specific regulatory oversight, generally present limited risks of such practices. In
order to better align this rule with its objective and ensure a consistent and
proportionate application, borrowing costs arising from loans granted by non-
associated enterprises should be excluded from the scope of the limitation, provided
that such financing is used to fund the borrowing taxpayer’s own activities and
therefore, any on-lending within the group should not be covered by the exclusion.
(30) To reduce the administrative and compliance burden of the interest limitation rule,
especially for small taxpayers, Member States may currently provide a safe harbour
rule according to which net interest expenses are always deductible for tax purposes
up to a fixed monetary amount. However, the optional nature of this provision and its
transposition flexibility have resulted in divergent implementation across the Union,
limiting its effectiveness. It is therefore appropriate to make that safe harbour
mandatory, and provide for a periodic indexation, to ensure that it remains effective
and relevant over time.
(31) The two targeted exclusions from the interest limitation rule concerning loans granted
by non-associated enterprises and the mandatory increased safe harbour would render
the optional exclusion in favour of standalone entities redundant. Therefore, that
optional exclusion should be deleted in order to simplify and streamline the interest
limitation rule.
(32) The interest limitation rule links the deductibility of borrowing costs to earnings,
which may decline during economic downturns. As a result, taxpayers may face
stricter limitations precisely when access to external financing becomes more needed.
In order to mitigate such procyclical effect and ensure that the rule does not unduly
constrain economic activity in periods of financial stress, Directive (EU) 2016/1164
should be amended to alleviate the application of the interest limitation rule where a
significant drop of the EBITDA occurs in a given year.
(33) In order to ensure that the interest limitation rule does not hinder investments that are
essential for the Union’s economic development and public welfare, Directive (EU)
2016/1164 allows Member States to exclude certain long-term public infrastructure
projects from its scope. Since such projects generally present limited risk of base
erosion and profit shifting and without prejudice toState aid rules including
Commission Decision (EU) 2025/2630 on the application of Article 106(2) TFEU to
State aid in the form of public service compensation15, the scope of that exclusion
should be extended to cover a broader range of public-benefit projects, including those
contributing to the Union’s common priorities in particular in relation to climate,
digitalisation, social and economic resilience, energy security and social and
15 Commission Decision (EU) 2025/2630 of 16 December 2025 on the application of Article 106(2) of the
Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union to State aid in the form of public service
compensation granted to certain undertakings entrusted with the operation of services of general
economic interest and repealing Decision 2012/21/EU, C/2025/8820, OJ L, 2025/2630, 19.12.2025.
EN 9 EN
affordable housing, including the construction, transformation and renovation of
buildings for social and affordable housing purposes.
(34) In light of the evolving geopolitical landscape and, in particular, Russia’s war of
aggression against Ukraine, the Union is to strengthen its overall defence readiness
and facilitate the mobilisation of private investment in defence capabilities. To that
end and in order to address the capability gaps identified by the Commission and the
High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy in the joint
White Paper for European Defence Readiness 203016, and support the objectives set
out in Council Regulation (EU) 2025/110617, establishing the Security Action for
Europe, it is appropriate to introduce a temporary exclusion from the interest
limitation rule for exceeding borrowing costs incurred on loans used to finance
defence products in critical capability areas. In order to ensure that the exclusion
remains proportionate to that objective and does not unduly affect the application of
the interest limitation rule beyond what is necessary, the exclusion should be strictly
targeted and apply only to critical defence capabilities identified as priority areas by
Council Regulation (EU) 2025/1106. In order to ensure that the exclusion remains
proportionate and effectively supports the rapid scaling-up of production capacity, the
exclusion should be limited in time and apply only to loans concluded within the first
five tax years after the entry into force of this Directive. That temporary application is
also consistent with the European Council conclusions of 20 March 202518, which call
for accelerating efforts to enhance the Union’s defence readiness within the next five
years.
(35) The interest limitation rule may have a disproportionate impact on certain groups that
are highly leveraged for genuine commercial reasons. Directive (EU) 2016/1164
therefore provides Member States with the option to allow taxpayers to apply a group
escape rule, enabling them to deduct exceeding borrowing costs above the general
limitation, where they can demonstrate that their level of leverage is in line with that
of their group. However, the optional nature of this provision has resulted in divergent
application across the Union. In order to achieve a consistent and proportionate
application of the rule, while preserving its objective of addressing base erosion and
profit shifting risks, the group escape rule should be made mandatory, while allowing
Member States to retain the choice between the two existing mechanisms for the
implementation of the group escape rule as set out in Article 4(5), points (a) and (b) of
Directive (EU) 2016/1164.
(36) The possibility to carry-forward exceeding borrowing costs and unused interest
capacity is essential to avoid disproportionate outcomes for taxpayers with volatile
earnings or long-term investment cycles, such as capital-intensive industries and start-
ups. While Directive (EU) 2016/1164 provides for such carry-forward rules, their
optional nature has led to divergent approaches across Member States. Such a
landscape compromises efforts to establish a level playing field within the internal
market, enhance legal certainty and support the economic resilience of capital-
intensive industries. For this purpose, the carry-forward of exceeding borrowing costs
and unused interest capacity should be made mandatory while allowing Member
16 Commission and High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy, Joint White
Paper for European Defence Readiness 2030 (19.3.2025 JOIN(2025) 120 final). 17 Council Regulation (EU) 2025/1106 of 27 May 2025 establishing the Security Action for Europe
(SAFE) through the Reinforcement of the European Defence Industry Instrument (OJ L 025/1106,
28.5.2025), ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2025/1106/oj). 18 European Council Conclusions, 20 March 2025, EUCO 1/25.
EN 10 EN
States to retain the choice between the different mechanisms for implementing such
carry-forward as set out in Article 4(6), points (a) and (c) of that Directive, thereby
recognising that the timing of interest expenses and taxable income may not always
align within a single tax year.
(37) Financial undertakings are subject to specific regulatory frameworks under Union law.
Directive (EU) 2016/1164 therefore allows Member States to exclude such
undertakings from the scope of the interest limitation rule. In order to ensure that this
exclusion remains fit for purpose and reflects developments in Union financial
regulation since the adoption of that Directive, the definition of financial undertakings
should be updated accordingly.
(38) The purpose of the general anti-abuse rules (GAAR) set out in Article 6 of Directive
(EU) 2016/1164 is to tackle abusive tax practices of companies that are not addressed
by specific provisions. Nevertheless, the reference to corporate tax has created
uncertainty as to the scope of application of the GAAR, in particular as to whether it
applies to withholding taxes or top-up taxes resulting from the application of Directive
(EU) 2022/2523. In order to enhance clarity and ensure consistent application across
the Union, the wording should be amended to confirm that the GAAR applies to all
taxes to which companies are subject.
(39) The rules on controlled foreign company (CFC) in Articles 7 and 8 of Directive (EU)
2016/1164 re-attribute the income of low taxed subsidiaries or permanent
establishments to the parent company, in order to prevent base erosion and profit
shifting. However, the objective and effects of those rules overlap to a significant
extent with the income inclusion rule laid down in Directive (EU) 2022/2523 (the
Pillar Two framework), which ensures a minimum level of taxation at an effective rate
of 15% on a broader tax base comprising passive and active income. The parallel
application of CFC rules and the Pillar Two framework may result not only in
economic double taxation but also duplicative and complex compliance obligations for
MNE groups, which are required to perform overlapping calculations and reporting
under both sets of rules. In order to avoid such unintended outcomes while preserving
the CFC rules’ objective of preventing tax-avoidance, an exemption should be granted
to taxpayers subject to the Pillar Two framework. Furthermore, where the ultimate
parent entity (UPE) of an MNE is located in a jurisdiction with a qualified ‘side-by-
side’ regime19, the income inclusion rule is not to apply. However, the combination of
CFC rules and a domestic top-up tax in the state of the low-taxed controlled company
may still lead to double taxation and comparable overlapping compliance burdens. For
this reason, a targeted exemption from CFC taxation should still be given to MNEs
with UPEs in states that operate qualified side-by-side regimes in respect of the
income of their low-taxed controlled foreign companies which are subject to a
qualified domestic top-up tax and receive no refunds or relevant direct or indirect
financial benefits.
(40) Article 7(2) of Directive (EU) 2016/1164 allows Member States to choose between
two methods for determining the income of a CFC which is included in the tax base of
the parent company. This optionality has led to divergent implementation across the
Union, resulting in fragmentation, increased compliance costs and reduced legal
19 OECD (2026), Tax Challenges Arising from the Digitalisation of the Economy – Global Anti-Base
Erosion Model Rules (Pillar Two), Side-by-Side Package: Inclusive Framework on BEPS, OECD,
https://www.oecd.org/content/dam/oecd/en/topics/policysub-issues/global-minimum-tax/side-by-side-
package.pdf.
EN 11 EN
certainty for taxpayers. Evidence from the application of those rules indicate that the
model based on specific categories of passive income (‘Model A’) provides a more
effective and administrable approach than the model targeting non-genuine
arrangements (‘Model B’). The latter overlaps significantly with transfer pricing rules
and offers limited additional value in practice. In order to simplify the CFC
framework, enhance legal certainty and ensure the consistent application of CFC rules
across the Union, Member States should apply a single approach based on Model A.
Consequently, the option to apply Model B and the related de minimis rule which has
become redundant given that it is solely applicable under Model B, should be deleted.
(41) In the Union, 99.8% of businesses are SMEs. However, only 10% of them have cross-
border activities, and 2% have subsidiaries outside of the Union. In addition, 42% of
SMEs are standalone entities, and therefore not part of a group and without associated
enterprises.20 Information collected from exchanges with several Member
States indicates that administrations have had almost no CFC cases related to SMEs in
the approximately 10 years since Directive (EU) 2016/1164 started to apply.
This indicates that the rules on CFC are rarely applied to SMEs, possibly because
those companies' operating structures involve no or little cross-border activity. The
exclusion of SMEs from the scope of these rules would thus not impact on the efforts
to counter tax avoidance and evasion or aggressive tax planning but rather
bring benefits in the form of cost and resource savings to both companies and tax
administrations. It therefore follows that in line with similar exemptions in favour of
SMEs in this initiative and in other areas of taxation and Union law, it is appropriate to
also introduce an exemption for SMEs from the scope of CFC rules. This will
ensure the proportionate application of CFC rules and mitigate the compliance and
administrative burden for taxpayers and tax authorities respectively.
The exemption should apply to all small and medium-sized groups as defined in
Directive (EU) 2013/34 of the European Parliament and of the Council21, regardless of
whether the ultimate parent undertaking is located in the Union or in third
countries. The scope of the SME exemption ensures that groups may only benefit from
the SME exemption if the group in its entirety meets the definition of a small or
medium-sized group. The exemption should also be granted to standalone
entities, with a permanent establishment abroad, which qualify as a micro, small or
medium-sized undertaking as defined in that Directive.
(42) The CFC rules grant Member States the option to exclude from their scope entities or
permanent establishments whose level of passive income remains limited since the
risks of tax avoidance in those cases are considered low. The option also covers
specific situations involving financial undertakings, for which a higher proportion of
passive income may arise as part of their ordinary business activities. In order to
reduce the administrative and compliance burden for taxpayers, Article 7(3) of
Directive (EU) 2016/1164 should be amended so as to require Member States to
introduce such exemption.
20 VVA/KPMG, Tax compliance costs for SMEs: An update and a complement Final Report KPMG/VVA
2022. 21 Directive 2013/34/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on the annual
financial statements, consolidated financial statements and related reports of certain types of
undertakings, amending Directive 2006/43/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and
repealing Council Directives 78/660/EEC and 83/349/EEC (OJ L 182, 29.6.2013, p. 19,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2013/34/oj).
EN 12 EN
(43) The rules on imported mismatches in Article 9(3) of Directive (EU) 2016/1164 have
proven excessively complex, primarily due to their elaborate definitions and multi-
layered compliance obligations. That complexity not only hinders their practical
implementation but also generates significant administrative burdens for both
taxpayers and tax authorities, without achieving their intended results. Considering the
difficulties in applying the rules on imported mismatches and in deriving any positive
outcome, it is appropriate and in conformity with the principle of proportionality to
delete those rules.
(44) In order to reduce fragmentation within the internal market and ensure that the
simplification objectives of this Directive are achieved consistently across the Union,
the rules laid down in Article 4(5) and 4(7)(d) should apply in a uniform manner in all
Member States. For this purpose, Member States should not maintain or introduce
provisions diverging from the uniform rules laid down in this Directive.
(45) The effective resolution of disputes on double taxation within the Union remains a
priority for the proper functioning of the internal market. Unresolved situations of
double taxation create obstacles to cross-border economic activity, undermine legal
certainty and result in excessive tax burden for taxpayers. While Directive (EU)
2017/1852 has significantly improved the framework for resolving such disputes,
experience has shown that certain concepts should be clarified and divergent
interpretations should be addressed, in order to enhance effectiveness and ensure a
more consistent and accessible dispute resolution procedure across the Union to the
benefit of both taxpayers and tax administrations.
(46) To facilitate the use of the procedures for tax dispute resolution laid down in Directive
(EU) 2017/1852 and ensure their wider use, it is necessary to clarify the notion of
“affected person”, including in disputes involving more than one person, and to
specify who is entitled to submit a complaint in such cases.
(47) While ensuring that all competent authorities receive the same information remains
essential, it is equally important to enhance flexibility and ease of access to the dispute
resolution procedure. To that end, it should be clarified in Article 3 of Directive (EU)
2017/1852 that, in cases involving more than one affected person, each affected person
may submit the complaint only to the competent authority of its Member State of
residence, thereby avoiding unnecessary multiple filings and reducing the
administrative burden. For example, where a transfer pricing adjustment affects two or
more associated enterprises, each enterprise should be entitled to submit a complaint
only to the competent authority of its Member State of residence. However, that does
not prevent one affected person from submitting a complaint on behalf of another
affected person in accordance with national law.
(48) To enhance legal certainty, while continuing to ensure that all competent authorities
concerned receive the same information at the same time, the requirements in Article 3
of Directive (EU) 2017/1852 for simultaneous submission of complaints, which has
proven difficult to interpret, should be replaced by a clear time limit for submission.
(49) In order to ensure that competent authorities engage constructively and focus on
eliminating double taxation effectively, the grounds for rejecting a complaint set out in
Article 5 of Directive (EU) 2017/1852 should be reduced to a minimum and restricted
to cases where the complaint lacks the essential information required. In addition,
affected persons should be given the possibility to remedy deficiencies in the
complaint, where appropriate, and, in the event of rejection, to resubmit the complaint,
provided that the applicable time limits are respected.
EN 13 EN
(50) In order to expedite the dispute resolution procedure, communication between
competent authorities and with affected persons should be clear and timely. Where the
competent authorities agree that no agreement can be reached on the resolution of the
dispute, for example because a precedent already exists, they should inform the
affected person without delay, rather than awaiting the expiry of the period provided
for in the mutual agreement procedure under Article 4 of Directive (EU) 2017/1852.
(51) To ensure that an affected person who intends to make use of the procedures laid
down in Directive (EU) 2017/1852 is not left without protection against double
taxation while at the same time avoiding overlaps between procedures based on
different legal frameworks, it is necessary to provide that other procedures initiated
under legal frameworks other than Directive (EU) 2017/1852 are suspended upon the
submission of a complaint and are terminated only once the complaint has been
accepted by all competent authorities concerned.
(52) In order to create a more transparent and efficient procedure in resolving disputes, it is
essential to establish further common procedural rules by way of implementing acts.
Those implementing acts should provide taxpayers and the competent authorities with
detailed and clear rules, with the aim to bring down the compliance burden and
achieve swift resolution of disputes. Such measures are expected to have an impact on
Member States’ executive and enforcement powers in the field of direct taxation and
more specifically, on the exercise of their taxing rights under bilateral or multilateral
tax conventions as well as on Member States’ tax bases. For that reason, it is necessary
to confer powers on the Council, acting on a proposal from the Commission, to adopt
implementing acts under Directive (EU) 2017/1852.
(53) In order to evaluate the effectiveness of the new rules introduced to Directive (EU)
2017/1852, the Commission should prepare an evaluation on the basis of the
information provided by Member States and other available data. The data should be
aligned as much as possible with the data provided to the OECD on the same matter as
to prevent an unnecessary additional burden for the Member States. In order to ensure
uniform conditions for the implementation of this Directive, in particular regarding
what kind of data is to be provided on a yearly basis for statistical purposes,
implementing powers should be conferred on the Commission. Those powers should
be exercised in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 182/2011 of the European
Parliament and of the Council22.
(54) In order to allow Member States and taxpayers to adapt their systems and structures to
the new rules laid down in Article 1 points 2(b) to (h), (3)(c), and (5), in Article 3
points (2) and (5) to (10) and in Article 4 point (5)(d) of this Directive, the application
of those provisions should be deferred. Member States should therefore be allowed to
apply the national measures necessary to comply with those provisions from a later
date than the other provisions of this Directive. In order to ensure that the derogation
set out in Article 4 point (5)(g) applies only within a limited investment window, it is
appropriate to confine its application to loans concluded in the first five tax periods
following the date from which that rule starts to apply.
(55) In order to take account of future changes in the company legal forms that may be
constituted under national law or EU law, the power to adopt acts in accordance
with Article 290 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union should be
22 Regulation (EU) No 182/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 February 2011
laying down the rules and general principles concerning mechanisms for control by Member States of
the Commission’s exercise of implementing powers (OJ L 55, 28.2.2011, p. 13).
EN 14 EN
delegated to the Commission in respect of updating the lists of forms set out in
the annexes to Directives 2003/49/EC, 2009/133/EC and 2011/96/EU. It is of
particular importance that the Commission carry out appropriate consultations during
its preparatory work, including at expert level, and that those consultations be
conducted in accordance with the principles laid down in the Interinstitutional
Agreement of 13 April 2016 on Better Law-Making. The European Parliament should
be informed of the adoption of delegated acts, of any objection expressed in respect of
them and of any revocation of the delegation of powers.
(56) Any processing of personal data carried out for the purposes of this Directive should
be carried out in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European
Parliament and of the Council23. Any exchange or other transmission of information
by competent authorities under this Directive should be limited to what is necessary
and proportionate for the purposes of this Directive. Where such exchanges or
transmission involve personal data, the rights of data subjects and the corresponding
obligations of controllers and processors under Regulation (EU) 2016/679, as well as
any additional safeguards laid down in Union or national law, should be respected.
(57) Since the objectives of this Directive, namely to ensure a coherent and consistent
application of Union rules in the field of direct taxation, to reduce fragmentation and
compliance burdens and to support the growth and competitiveness of the internal
market, cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States acting alone but can
rather, by reason of their scale, cross-border dimension and effects on the internal
market, be better achieved at Union level, the Union may adopt measures, in
accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty on
European Union. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that
Article, this Directive does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve those
objectives,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DIRECTIVE:
Article 1
Amendments to Directive 2003/49/EC
Directive 2003/49/EC is amended as follows:
(1) the title is replaced by the following:
‘Council Directive 2003/49/EC of 3 June 2003 on a common system of taxation
applicable to interest and royalty payments made between companies of different
Member States’;
(2) Article 1 is amended as follows:
(a) paragraph 3 is replaced by the following:
‘3. A permanent establishment shall be treated as the payer of interest or
royalties only insofar as those payments represent an expense incurred for the
purposes of the activity of the permanent establishment in the Member State in
which it is situated.’;
(b) paragraph 7 is deleted;
23 Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the
protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of
such data, and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (General Data Protection Regulation) (OJ L 119, 4.5.2016,
p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2016/679/oj).
EN 15 EN
(c) paragraph 10 is deleted;
(d) paragraph 11 is replaced by the following:
‘11. For the purposes of paragraph 1, Member States shall not require any prior
authorisation or administrative procedure verifying the fulfilment of the
requirements laid down in this Article or in Article 3 at the time of payment.’;
(e) paragraphs 12 and 13 are deleted;
(f) paragraph 14 is replaced by the following:
‘14. If the requirements for exemption cease to be fulfilled, the receiving
company or permanent establishment shall immediately inform the paying
company or permanent establishment.;
(g) in paragraph 15, the second sentence is deleted;
(h) the following paragraph 17 is added:
‘17. For the purposes of this Article and by way of derogation from paragraphs
15 and 16, Member States shall ensure that relief from withholding tax is
granted in accordance with the procedures laid down in Council Directive (EU)
2025/50* for cases falling within the scope of that Directive.
______
*Council Directive (EU) 2025/50 of 10 December 2024 on faster and safer
relief of excess withholding taxes (OJ L, 2025/50, 10.1.2025, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2025/50/oj)’;
(3) Article 3 is amended as follows:
(a) the heading is replaced by the following:
‘Definition of company and permanent establishment’;
(b) point (a) is amended as follows:
(1) in point (iii), the indent ‘- corporation tax in the United Kingdom,’ is
deleted;
(2) the following subparagraph is added:
‘The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts in accordance
with Article 3a to amend the Annex to this Directive in order to update
the list of forms referred to in the first subparagraph, point (i), as a result
of a notification by a Member State of a new company form that may be
constituted under its national law, or to include a new company form
introduced under Union law.’;
(c) point (b) is deleted;
(4) the following Articles 3a and 3b are inserted:
‘Article 3a
Exercise of the delegation
1. The power to adopt delegated acts is conferred on the Commission subject to the
conditions laid down in this Article.
EN 16 EN
2. The power to adopt delegated acts referred to in Article 3 shall be conferred on the
Commission for an indeterminate period of time from [the date of entry into force of
this Directive].
3. The delegation of power referred to in Article 3 may be revoked at any time by the
Council. A decision to revoke shall put an end to the delegation of the power
specified in that decision. It shall take effect the day following the publication of the
decision in the Official Journal of the European Union or at a later date specified
therein. It shall not affect the validity of any delegated acts already in force.
4. Before adopting a delegated act, the Commission shall consult experts designated
by each Member State in accordance with the principles laid down in the
Interinstitutional Agreement of 13 April 2016 on Better Law-Making.
5. As soon as it adopts a delegated act, the Commission shall notify it to the Council.
6. A delegated act adopted pursuant to Article 3 shall enter into force only if no
objection has been expressed by the Council within a period of two months of
notification of that act to the Council or if, before the expiry of that period, the
Council has informed the Commission that it will not object. That period shall be
extended by two months at the initiative of the Council.
Article 3b
Information to the European Parliament
The European Parliament shall be informed by the Commission of the adoption of
delegated acts, of any objections expressed in respect of those acts, and of any
revocation by the Council of the delegation of power.’;
(5) in Article 5, the following paragraph 3 is added:
‘3. Where an interest or royalty payment arising in a Member State is paid to a
recipient established in a third country jurisdiction where no corporate tax is levied
or where a nominal corporate tax at zero rate applies to interest and royalty income,
the source State shall ensure that either of the following measures applies:
(a) the levying of a withholding tax on the payment;
(b) the denial of the deductibility, for tax purposes, of the corresponding
payment for the payer.
This paragraph shall not apply where the recipient of the payment:
(a) is subject to a qualified domestic top-up tax for the tax period and no refund
or direct or indirect financial benefit is granted in relation to that tax; or
(b) is part of an MNE group which, for the tax period, falls within the scope of
the rules laid down in Council Directive (EU) 2022/2523* or, as regards third-
country jurisdictions, the OECD Model Rules, unless the ultimate parent entity
of that MNE group is located in a jurisdiction with a qualified side-by-side
regime for the tax period.
For the purposes of this paragraph:
(a) the recipient of the payment shall be regarded as established in a
jurisdiction where it is incorporated or constituted under the laws of that
jurisdiction or has its place of effective management there or is otherwise
EN 17 EN
treated as resident for tax purposes under the laws of that jurisdiction and is not
treated as resident for tax purposes in another jurisdiction;
(b) ‘qualified domestic top-up tax’ means a tax as defined in Article 3, point
(28), of Directive (EU) 2022/2523;
(c) ‘MNE Group’ means a group as defined in Article 3, point (4), of Directive
(EU) 2022/2523;
(d) ‘a jurisdiction with a qualified side-by-side regime’ means a jurisdiction
that is reported as having such status on the OECD Central Record for
purposes of the Global Minimum Tax in accordance with the agreement of the
OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on a Side-by-Side Package of 5 January
2026;
__________
* Council Directive (EU) 2022/2523 of 14 December 2022 on ensuring a
global minimum level of taxation for multinational enterprise groups and large-
scale domestic groups in the Union (OJ L 328, 22.12.2022, p. 1, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2022/2523/oj)’;
(6) Article 6 is deleted;
(7) the Annex to Directive to 2003/49/EC is replaced by the text in Annex I to this
Directive.
Article 2
Amendments to Directive 2009/133/EC
Directive 2009/133/EC is amended as follows:
(1) Article 2 is amended as follows:
(a) in point (a), the following point (iv) is added:
‘(iv) one or more companies, on being dissolved without going into liquidation,
transfer all their assets and liabilities to another existing company, the
acquiring company, without the issue of any new shares by the acquiring
company, provided that one person holds directly or indirectly all the shares in
the merging companies or the members of the merging companies hold their
securities and shares in the same proportion in all merging companies;’;
(b) point (b) is replaced by the following:
‘(b) ‘division’ means an operation whereby:
(i) a company, on being dissolved without going into liquidation,
transfers all its assets and liabilities to two or more existing or new
companies, in exchange for the pro rata issue to its shareholders of
securities representing the capital of the companies receiving the assets
and liabilities, and, if applicable, a cash payment not exceeding 10 % of
the nominal value or, in the absence of a nominal value, of the
accounting par value of those securities;
(ii) a company being divided transfers part of its assets and liabilities to
one or more recipient companies, in exchange for the issue to the
company being divided of securities or shares in the recipient companies
(‘division by separation’);’;
EN 18 EN
(c) the following points (l), (m) and (n) are added:
‘(l) ‘cross-border conversion’ means an operation whereby a company, without
being dissolved, wound up or going into liquidation, converts the legal form
under which it is registered in a departure Member State into a legal form of
the destination Member State, as listed in Annex I, and transfers at least its
registered office to the destination Member State, while retaining its legal
personality;
(m) ‘departure Member State’ means a Member State in which a company is
registered prior to a cross-border conversion;
(n) ‘destination Member State’ means a Member State in which a converted
company is registered as a result of a cross-border conversion;’;
(2) in Article 3, the following subparagraph is added:
‘The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts in accordance with Article
3a, to amend Annex I, Part A, to this Directive in order to update the list of forms
referred to in point (a) as a result of a notification by a Member State of a new
company form that may be constituted under its national law, or to include a new
company form introduced under Union law.’;
(3) the following Articles 3a and 3b are inserted:
‘Article 3a
Exercise of the delegation
1. The power to adopt delegated acts is conferred on the Commission subject to the
conditions laid down in this Article.
2. The power to adopt delegated acts referred to in Article 3 shall be conferred on the
Commission for an indeterminate period of time from [the date of entry into force of
this Directive].
3. The delegation of power referred to in Article 3 may be revoked at any time by the
Council. A decision to revoke shall put an end to the delegation of the power
specified in that decision. It shall take effect the day following the publication of the
decision in the Official Journal of the European Union or at a later date specified
therein. It shall not affect the validity of any delegated acts already in force.
4. Before adopting a delegated act, the Commission shall consult experts designated
by each Member State in accordance with the principles laid down in the
Interinstitutional Agreement of 13 April 2016 on Better Law-Making.
5. As soon as it adopts a delegated act, the Commission shall notify it to the Council.
6. A delegated act adopted pursuant to Article 3 shall enter into force only if no
objection has been expressed by the Council within a period of two months of
notification of that act to the Council or if, before the expiry of that period, the
Council has informed the Commission that it will not object. That period shall be
extended by two months at the initiative of the Council.
EN 19 EN
Article 3b
Information to the European Parliament
The European Parliament shall be informed by the Commission of the adoption of
delegated acts, of any objections expressed in respect of those acts, and of any
revocation by the Council of the delegation of power.’;
(4) the following Chapter Va is inserted:
‘CHAPTER Va
RULES APPLICABLE TO CROSS-BORDER CONVERSIONS
Article 14a
1. A cross-border conversion shall not give rise to any taxation of capital gains
calculated in accordance with Article 4(1), in the departure Member State, provided
that one of the following conditions are met:
(a) the company undergoing the cross-border conversion remains a tax resident
in the departure Member State;
(b) such capital gains are derived from assets and liabilities which remain
effectively connected with a permanent establishment of the company
undergoing cross-border conversion in the departure Member State and play a
part in generating the profits or losses taken into account for tax purposes.
2. Paragraph 1 shall only apply if the company computes any new depreciation and
any gains or losses in respect of the assets and liabilities that remain in the departure
Member State or are effectively connected with a permanent establishment in that
Member State, as though the cross-border conversion had not taken place.
3. Where, under the laws of the departure Member State, the company is entitled to
have any new depreciation or any gains or losses in respect of the assets and
liabilities remaining in that Member State computed on a basis different from that set
out in paragraph 2, paragraph 1 shall not apply to the assets and liabilities in respect
of which that option is exercised.
Article 14b
1. Where a company undergoes a cross-border conversion, the Member States shall
take the necessary measures to ensure that provisions or reserves properly constituted
by the company before the cross-border conversion, that are partly or wholly exempt
from tax and not derived from permanent establishments abroad, may be carried over
with the same tax exemption, by a permanent establishment of the company
undergoing the cross-border conversion, which is situated within the territory of the
departure Member State.
2. To the extent that a company undergoing a cross-border conversion within the
territory of a Member State would be allowed to carry forward or carry back losses
which had not been exhausted for tax purposes, that Member State shall allow the
permanent establishment, situated within its territory, of the company undergoing
cross-border conversion, to take over those losses of that company which have not
been exhausted for tax purposes, provided that the loss carry forward or carry back
would have been available in comparable circumstances to a company which
continued to be tax resident in that Member State.
EN 20 EN
Article 14c
1. A cross-border conversion shall not in itself give rise to any taxation of the
income, profits or capital gains of the shareholders of the company undergoing that
cross-border conversion.
2. Paragraph 1 shall not prevent the Member States from taxing the gain arising out
of the subsequent transfer of the securities representing the capital of the company
undergoing cross-border conversion.’;
(5) Annex I to Directive 2009/133/EC is amended in accordance with Annex II to this
Directive.
Article 3
Amendments to Directive 2011/96/EU
Directive 2011/96/EU is amended as follows:
(1) the title is replaced by the following:
‘Council Directive 2011/96/EU of 30 November 2011 on a common system of
taxation applicable to dividends and other profit distributions between companies of
different Member States’;
(2) in Article 1, paragraph 1 is replaced by the following:
‘1. Each Member State shall apply this Directive:
(a) to distributions of profits received by companies of that Member State
which come from distributing companies of other Member States;
(b) to distributions of profits by companies of that Member State to
companies of other Member States of which they are distributing companies;
(c) to distributions of profits received by permanent establishments
situated in that Member State of companies of other Member States which
come from distributing companies of a Member State other than that where the
permanent establishment is situated;
(d) to distributions of profits by companies of that Member State to
permanent establishments situated in another Member State of companies of
the same Member State of which they are distributing companies.’;
(3) in Article 2, point (a), the following subparagraph is added:
‘The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts in accordance with Article
2a to amend Annex I to this Directive in order to update the list of forms referred to
in the first subparagraph, point (i), as a result of a notification by a Member State of a
new company form that may be constituted under its national law, or to include a
new company form introduced under Union law.’;
(4) the following Articles 2a and 2b are inserted:
‘Article 2a
Exercise of the delegation
1. The power to adopt delegated acts is conferred on the Commission subject to the
conditions laid down in this Article.
EN 21 EN
2. The power to adopt delegated acts referred to in Article 2 shall be conferred on the
Commission for an indeterminate period of time from [the date of entry into force of
this Directive].
3. The delegation of power referred to in Article 2 may be revoked at any time by the
Council. A decision to revoke shall put an end to the delegation of the power
specified in that decision. It shall take effect the day following the publication of the
decision in the Official Journal of the European Union or at a later date specified
therein. It shall not affect the validity of any delegated acts already in force.
4. Before adopting a delegated act, the Commission shall consult experts designated
by each Member State in accordance with the principles laid down in the
Interinstitutional Agreement of 13 April 2016 on Better Law-Making.
5. As soon as it adopts a delegated act, the Commission shall notify it to the Council.
6. A delegated act adopted pursuant to Article 2 shall enter into force only if no
objection has been expressed by the Council within a period of two months of
notification of that act to the Council or if, before the expiry of that period, the
Council has informed the Commission that it will not object. That period shall be
extended by two months at the initiative of the Council.
Article 2b
Information to the European Parliament
The European Parliament shall be informed by the Commission of the adoption of
delegated acts, of any objections expressed in respect of those acts, and of any
revocation by the Council of the delegation of power.’;
(5) Article 3 is deleted;
(6) in Article 4, paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 are replaced by the following:
‘1. Where a receiving company or its permanent establishment, by virtue of the
association of the receiving company with the distributing company, receives
distributed profits, the Member State of the receiving company and the Member State
of its permanent establishment shall, except when the distributing company is
liquidated, either:
(a) refrain from taxing such profits to the extent that such profits are not
deductible by the distributing company, and tax such profits to the extent that
such profits are deductible by the distributing company; or
(b) tax such profits while authorising the receiving company and the
permanent establishment to deduct from the amount of tax due that fraction of
the corporation tax related to those profits and paid by the distributing
company and any lower-tier distributing company, subject to the condition that
at each tier a company and its lower-tier distributing company fall within the
definitions laid down in Article 2 and meet the requirements provided for in
Article 3, up to the limit of the amount of the corresponding tax due.
This paragraph shall be without prejudice to national anti-abuse measures aimed at
preventing the avoidance of wealth or income tax liabilities through the use of
holding companies.
2. Nothing in this Directive shall prevent the Member State of the receiving company
from considering a distributing company to be fiscally transparent on the basis of that
EN 22 EN
Member State’s assessment of the legal characteristics of that distributing company
arising from the law under which it is constituted and therefore from taxing the
receiving company on its share of the profits of its the distributing company as and
when those profits arise. In this case the Member State of the receiving company
shall refrain from taxing the distributed profits of the distributing company.
When assessing the receiving company’s share of the profits of its the distributing
company as they arise the Member State of the receiving company shall either
exempt those profits or authorise the receiving company to deduct from the amount
of tax due that fraction of the corporation tax related to the receiving company’s
share of profits and paid by the distributing company and any lower-tier distributing
company, subject to the condition that at each tier a company and its lower-tier
distributing company fall within the definitions laid down in Article 2 and meet the
requirements provided for in Article 3, up to the limit of the amount of the
corresponding tax due.
3. Where a receiving company holds a minimum participation of 10% in the capital
of, or voting rights in, a company of another Member State, each Member State shall
retain the option of providing that any charges relating to the holding participation
and any losses resulting from the distribution of the profits of the distributing
company may not be deducted from the taxable profits of the receiving company.
Where the management costs relating to the holding participation in such a case are
fixed as a flat rate, the fixed amount may not exceed 5 % of the profits distributed by
the distributing company.’;
(7) Article 5 is replaced by the following:
‘Article 5
1. Profits which a distributing company distributes to its receiving company shall be
exempt from withholding tax.
2. By derogation from Article 2(a), points (i) and (iii), paragraph 1 shall also apply
where the receiving company is a pension institution.
For the purposes of the first subparagraph, ‘pension institution’ means any of the
following:
(a) an institution for occupational retirement provision as defined in Article 6,
point (1) of Directive (EU) 2016/2341 of the European Parliament and of the
Council*;
(b) an institution operating pension schemes which are considered to be social
security schemes covered by Regulation (EC) No 883/2004 of the European
Parliament and of the Council** and Regulation (EC) No 987/2009 of the
European Parliament and of the Council***, as well as any legal entity set up
for the purpose of investment of such schemes.
_________
* Directive (EU) 2016/2341 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14
December 2016 on the activities and supervision of institutions for occupational
retirement provision (IORPs) (OJ L 354 23.12.2016, p. 37, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2016/2341/oj).
EN 23 EN
** Regulation (EC) No 883/2004 of the European Parliament and of the Council of
29 April 2004 on the coordination of social security systems (OJ L 166, 30.4.2004,
p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2004/883/oj).
*** Regulation (EC) No 987/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of
16 September 2009 laying down the procedure for implementing Regulation (EC) No
883/2004 on the coordination of social security systems (OJ L 284, 30.10.2009, p. 1,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2009/987/oj).’;
(8) the following Articles 5a, 5b and 5c are inserted:
‘Article 5a
For the purposes of Article 5, Member States shall not require any prior authorisation
or administrative procedure for verifying the fulfilment of the requirements laid
down in Articles 2 and 3 at the time of the distribution of profits.
Article 5b
1. If the distributing company has withheld tax at source to be exempted under
Article 5, a claim may be made at source for repayment of that tax. The application
for repayment must be submitted within the period laid down. That period shall last
for at least two years from date of the distribution of profits.
2. The Member State of the distributing company shall repay the excess tax withheld
at source within one year following due receipt of the application and such
supporting information as it may reasonably ask for. If the tax withheld at source has
not been refunded within that period, the receiving company shall be entitled on
expiry of the year in question to interest on the tax which is refunded at a rate
corresponding to the national interest rate to be applied in comparable cases under
the domestic law of the Member State of the distributing company.
Article 5c
For the purpose of Article 5 and by way of derogation from Article 5a and 5b,
Member States shall ensure that relief from withholding tax is granted in accordance
with the procedures laid down in Council Directive (EU) 2025/50* for cases falling
within the scope of that Directive.
______
*Council Directive (EU) 2025/50 of 10 December 2024 on faster and safer relief of
excess withholding taxes (OJ L, 2025/50, 10.1.2025, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2025/50/oj).’;
(9) Article 6 is replaced by the following:
‘The Member State of a receiving company may not charge withholding tax on the
profits which such a company receives from a distributing company.’;
(10) in Article 7, paragraph 1 is replaced by the following:
‘1. The term ‘withholding tax’ as used in this Directive shall not cover an advance
payment or prepayment (précompte) of corporation tax to the Member State of the
distributing company which is made in connection with a distribution of profits to its
receiving company.’;
EN 24 EN
(11) Annex I to Directive 2011/96/EU is amended in accordance with Annex III to this
Directive.
Article 4
Amendments to Directive (EU) 2016/1164
Directive (EU) 2016/1164 is amended as follows:
(1) the title is replaced by the following:
‘Council Directive (EU) 2016/1164 of 12 July 2016 laying down rules on the tax
treatment of research and development expenditure and against tax avoidance
practices that directly affect the functioning of the internal market’;
(2) Article 2 is amended as follows:
(a) the following points (-1), (-1a) and (-1b) are inserted before point (1):
‘(-1) ‘qualifying expenditure’ means capital expenditure on plant, machinery
and other tangible assets, net of deductible value added tax, incurred by or on
behalf of the taxpayer and used in the direct business interest of the taxpayer
for any of the following purposes:
(a) carrying out research and development;
(b) providing facilities for carrying out research and development;
(-1a) ‘research and development’ means any of the following:
(a) basic research: experimental or theoretical work undertaken primarily
to acquire new knowledge of the underlying foundations of phenomena
and observable facts, without any particular application or use in view;
(b) applied research: original investigation undertaken in order to acquire
new knowledge but directed primarily towards a specific, practical aim or
objective;
(c) experimental development: systematic work, drawing on knowledge
gained from research and practical experience and producing additional
knowledge, which is directed to producing new products or processes or
to improving existing products or processes;
(-1b) ‘disposal value’ means:
(a) in the case of a sale, at no less than market value, of assets in respect
of which qualifying expenditure has been incurred, the net proceeds of
the sale;
(b) in the case of demolition or destruction of such assets, the net amount
received for the remains together with any insurance or capital
compensation;
(c) in all other cases where the taxpayer ceases to own such assets, the
market value;’
(b) in point (4), third subparagraph, point (a) is replaced by the following:
‘(a) where the mismatch outcome arises under point (9), first subparagraph,
points (b), (c), (d), (e) or (g), or where an adjustment is required under Article
EN 25 EN
9a, the definition of associated enterprise is modified so that the 25 per cent
requirement is replaced by a 50 per cent requirement;’;
(c) point (5) is amended as follows:
(1) the introductory wording is replaced by the following:
‘‘financial undertaking’ means any of the following entities or permanent
establishments of such entities in one or more Member States:’;
(2) point (a) is replaced by the following:
‘(a) a credit institution as defined in point (1) of Article 4(1) of
Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the
Council*
______
*Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the
Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions
and amending Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 (OJ L 176, 27.6.2013, p. 1,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2013/575/oj). ’;
(3) the following points (aa), (ab) and (ac) are inserted:
‘(aa) an investment firm as defined in point (1) of Article 4(1) of
Directive 2014/65/EU the European Parliament and of the Council*;
(ab) an alternative investment fund manager (AIFM) as defined in point
(b) of Article 4(1) of Directive 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament
and of the Council**;
(ac) a management company of an undertaking for collective investment
in transferable securities as defined in point (b) of Article 2(1) Directive
2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council***;
______
*Directive 2014/65/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of
15 May 2014 on markets in financial instruments and amending
Directive 2002/92/EC and Directive 2011/61/EU (OJ L 173, 12.6.2014,
p. 349, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2014/65/oj)
**Directive 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council
of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers and amending
Directives 2003/41/EC and 2009/65/EC and Regulations (EC)
No 1060/2009 and (EU) No 1095/2010 (OJ L 174, 1.7.2011, p. 1,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2011/61/oj).
***Directive 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and
administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective
investment in transferable securities (UCITS) (OJ L 302, 17.11.2009, p.
32, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2009/65/oj).;
(4) point (d) is replaced by the following:
‘(d) an institution for occupational retirement provision as defined in
point (1) of Article 6 of Directive 2016/2341 of the European Parliament
and of the Council*;
EN 26 EN
_____
*Directive (EU) 2016/2341 of the European Parliament and of the
Council of 14 December 2016 on the activities and supervision of
institutions for occupational retirement provision (IORPs) (OJ L 354,
23.12.2016, p. 37, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2016/2341/oj). ’;
(5) point (f) is deleted;
(6) points (g), (h) and (i) are replaced by the following:
‘(g) an undertaking for collective investment in transferable securities
within the meaning of Article 1(2) of Directive 2009/65/EC;
(h) a central counterparty or ‘CPP’ as defined in Article 2, point (1) of
Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 of the European Parliament and of the
Council*;
(i) a central securities depository or ‘CSD’ as defined in Article 2(1),
point (1) of Regulation (EU) No 909/2014 of the European Parliament
and of the Council**;
____
*Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 of the European Parliament and of the
Council of 4 July 2012 on OTC derivatives, central counterparties and
trade repositories (OJ L 201, 27.7.2012, p. 1,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2012/648/oj).
**Regulation (EU) No 909/2014 of the European Parliament and of the
Council of 23 July 2014 on improving securities settlement in the
European Union and on central securities depositories and amending
Directives 98/26/EC and 2014/65/EU and Regulation (EU)
No 236/2012 (OJ L 257, 28.8.2014, p. 1,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/909/oj). ’;
(7) the following points (j) to (o) are added:
‘(j) an insurance or reinsurance special purpose vehicle authorised in
accordance with Article 211 of Directive 2009/138/EC;
(k) a financial holding company as defined in point (20) of Article 4(1) of
Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 and an insurance holding company as
defined in point (f) of Article 212(1) of Directive 2009/138/EC or a
mixed financial holding company as defined in point (15) of Article 2 of
Directive 2002/87/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council*,
which is part of an insurance group that is subject to supervision at the
level of the group pursuant to Article 213 of Directive 2009/138/EC and
which is not exempted from group supervision pursuant to Article 214(2)
of that Directive;
(l) a payment institution as defined in point (4) of Article 4 of Directive
(EU) 2015/2366 of the European Parliament and of the Council**;
(m) an electronic money institution as defined in point (1) of Article 2 of
Directive 2009/110/EC of the European Parliament and of the
Council***;
EN 27 EN
(n) a crowdfunding service provider as defined in point (e) of Article 2(1)
of Regulation (EU) 2020/1503 of the European Parliament and of the
Council****;
(o) a crypto-asset service provider as defined in point (15) of Article 3(1)
of Regulation (EU) 2023/1114 of the European Parliament and of the
Council*****.
____
*Directive 2002/87/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of
16 December 2002 on the supplementary supervision of credit
institutions, insurance undertakings and investment firms in a financial
conglomerate and amending Council Directives 73/239/EEC,
79/267/EEC, 92/49/EEC, 92/96/EEC, 93/6/EEC and 93/22/EEC, and
Directives 98/78/EC and 2000/12/EC of the European Parliament and of
the Council (OJ L 35, 11.2.2003, p. 1,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2002/87/oj).
**Directive (EU) 2015/2366 of the European Parliament and of the
Council of 25 November 2015 on payment services in the internal
market, amending Directives 2002/65/EC, 2009/110/EC and 2013/36/EU
and Regulation (EU) No 1093/2010, and repealing Directive 2007/64/EC
(OJ L 337, 23.12.2015, p. 35,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2015/2366/oj).
***Directive 2009/110/EC of the European Parliament and of the
Council of 16 September 2009 on the taking up, pursuit and prudential
supervision of the business of electronic money institutions amending
Directives 2005/60/EC and 2006/48/EC and repealing Directive
2000/46/EC (OJ L 267, 10.10.2009, p. 7,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2009/110/oj).
****Regulation (EU) 2020/1503 of the European Parliament and of the
Council of 7 October 2020 on European crowdfunding service providers
for business, and amending Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 and Directive
(EU) 2019/1937 (OJ L 347, 20.10.2020, p. 1,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2020/1503/oj).
*****Regulation (EU) 2023/1114 of the European Parliament and of the
Council of 31 May 2023 on markets in crypto-assets, and amending
Regulations (EU) No 1093/2010 and (EU) No 1095/2010 and Directives
2013/36/EU and (EU) 2019/1937 (OJ L 150, 9.6.2023, p. 40,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2023/1114/oj). ’;
(3) Article 3 is replaced by the following:
‘Article 3
Minimum level of harmonisation and minimum level of protection
1. Member States may decide to maintain or adopt alternative domestic measures
instead of introducing those laid down in Chapter Ia if they establish that such
domestic measures treat qualifying expenditure more favourably than the rules of
Chapter Ia.
EN 28 EN
2. Chapter II shall not preclude the application of domestic provisions or agreement-
based provisions aimed at safeguarding a higher level of protection for domestic
corporate tax bases.’;
(4) the following Chapter Ia is inserted:
‘CHAPTER Ia
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
Article 3a
Research and development allowance
1. Taxpayers shall be entitled to a research and development allowance (the
‘allowance’) for qualifying expenditure. That allowance shall be deductible from
their taxable base.
2. The amount of the allowance shall be equal to the amount of the qualifying
expenditure.
3. By way of derogation from paragraph 2, where a disposal value arises in respect of
that expenditure, the amount of the allowance shall be limited to the amount by
which that expenditure exceeds the disposal value.
4. The allowance shall be claimed in the tax period in which the qualifying
expenditure is incurred, or in any of the four subsequent tax periods.
5. No claim for the allowance may be made after expiry of the fourth tax period
following the tax period in which the qualifying expenditure was incurred.
Article 3b
Exclusions from qualifying expenditure
1. Qualifying expenditure shall not include expenditure incurred for the acquisition
of:
(a) land or rights over land, except where the expenditure relates to:
(i) a building or structure already constructed on the land;
(ii) rights over such a building or structure; or
(iii) plant or machinery which forms part of such a building or structure;
(b) a dwelling.
2. By way of derogation from paragraph 1, point (b), expenditure relating to a
building that includes a dwelling shall be treated as qualifying expenditure where
both of the following conditions are fulfilled:
(a) the parts of the building other than the dwelling are used for research and
development;
(b) no more than 20% of the expenditure relating to the building is attributable
to the dwelling.
Where the conditions laid down in the first subparagraph are fulfilled, the
expenditure relating to the entire building shall be treated as qualifying expenditure.
EN 29 EN
Where the condition in the first subparagraph, point (a), is fulfilled but the condition
in point (b) of that subparagraph is not, only the proportion of the expenditure
corresponding to the part of the building used for research and development shall be
treated as qualifying expenditure.
Article 3c
Minimum use of qualifying expenditure and balancing charge
1. Qualifying expenditure for which the allowance is claimed shall be used wholly
and exclusively for research and development for a continuous period of at least
three years. That three-year period shall start no later than one year after the end of
the tax period for which the allowance is first claimed.
2. If the condition laid down in paragraph 1 is not fulfilled, the allowance shall not be
granted or, if it has already been granted, it shall be withdrawn, and the amount of
the allowance shall be included in the taxable base of the tax period in which that
condition ceases to be met.
The first subparagraph shall not apply where the failure to satisfy that condition
results either from force majeure or from circumstances beyond the reasonable
control of the taxpayer.
3. Where a taxpayer ceases to own, demolishes or otherwise disposes of an asset
linked to qualifying expenditure in respect of which that taxpayer has claimed the
allowance, the disposal value of that asset shall be brought into account for tax
purposes.
If the disposal value exceeds any unclaimed allowance, a balancing charge shall
arise.
The amount of the balancing charge, which shall be included in the taxable income
of the taxpayer for the tax period in which the disposal occurs, shall be the lower of
the following amounts:
(a) the amount by which the disposal value exceeds any unclaimed allowance;
(b) the allowance claimed.’;
(5) Article 4 is amended as follows:
(a) in paragraph 1, the first subparagraph is replaced by the following:
‘Exceeding borrowing costs shall be deductible in the tax period in which they
are incurred only in an amount equal to 30 percent of the taxpayer's earnings
before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA).’;
(b) paragraph 2 is replaced by the following:
‘The EBITDA shall be calculated by adding back to the income subject to
corporate tax in the Member State of the taxpayer the tax-adjusted amounts for
exceeding borrowing costs, the tax-adjusted amounts for depreciation and
amortization as well as the amount of qualifying expenditure deducted from the
taxable base pursuant to the rules laid down in Chapter Ia or domestic
provisions that provide for higher tax deductibility of such qualifying
expenditure. Tax-exempt income shall be excluded from the EBITDA of the
taxpayer.’;
(c) the following paragraph 2a is inserted:
EN 30 EN
‘2a. Member States shall exclude from the scope of paragraph 1 exceeding
borrowing costs incurred on low-risk third-party loans.
For the purpose of the first subparagraph, a low-risk third-party loan means a
loan that meets the following conditions:
(a) it is not provided by an associated enterprise or permanent
establishment or by an entity of the same consolidated group for financial
accounting purposes; and
(b) it is used to finance exclusively the own activities of the borrowing
entity itself, and no financing goes to an associated enterprise or
permanent establishment or to an entity of the same consolidated group
for financial accounting purposes.
For the purposes of the condition set out in point (b), a loan shall not be used,
directly or indirectly, to fund capital contributions or other equity contributions
resulting in financing an associated enterprise or permanent establishment or an
entity of the same consolidated group for financial accounting purposes.
Where the first subparagraph applies, any income arising from low-risk third-
party loans shall be excluded from the EBITDA of the taxpayer, and any
excluded exceeding borrowing cost shall not be included in the exceeding
borrowing costs of the group vis-à-vis third parties referred to in paragraph 5,
point (b).’;
(d) paragraph 3 is replaced by the following:
‘By derogation from paragraph 1, the taxpayer shall be given the right to
deduct exceeding borrowing costs in an amount equal to EUR 3 000 000.
The amount referred to in the first subparagraph shall be adjusted every year in
accordance with the following formula:
= −1 −1
−2
Where:
is the indexed amount applicable from 1 July of calendar year y until 30 June
of calendar year y+1.
−1is the indexed amount applicable from 1 July of calendar year y-1 until 30
June of calendar year y.
−1is the annual average Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices for the
Union (EU27) for calendar year y-1, as published by Eurostat.
−2is the annual average Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices for the
Union for calendar year y-2, as published by Eurostat.
The resulting amount shall be rounded to the nearest EUR 10 000.
For the purposes of paragraph 1, second subparagraph, the amount of EUR 3
000 000 shall be considered for the entire group.’;
(e) the following paragraph 3a is inserted:
EN 31 EN
‘3a. By derogation from paragraph 1, a taxpayer shall be given the right to fully
deduct exceeding borrowing costs incurred in a tax period where the taxpayer
demonstrates that its EBITDA for that tax period has decreased by at least 50
per cent compared to the EBITDA of the immediately preceding tax period.
The derogation provided for in the first subparagraph shall only apply to the
tax period in which the decrease in EBITDA occurs.’;
(f) paragraph 4 is replaced by the following:
‘4. Member States may exclude from the scope of paragraph 1 exceeding
borrowing costs incurred on:
(a) loans which were concluded before 17 June 2016, but the exclusion
shall not extend to any subsequent modification of such loans;
(b) loans used to fund a long-term public-benefit project where the
project operator, borrowing costs, assets and income are all in the Union.
For the purposes of the first subparagraph, point (b), a long-term public-benefit
project means a project to provide, upgrade, operate or maintain a large-scale
asset that is considered in the general public interest by a Member State
Where the first subparagraph, point (b), applies, any income arising from a
long-term public-benefit project shall be excluded from the EBITDA of the
taxpayer, and any excluded exceeding borrowing cost shall not be included in
the exceeding borrowing costs of the group vis-à-vis third parties referred to in
paragraph 5, point (b).’;
(g) the following paragraph 4a is inserted:
‘4a. Member States shall exclude from paragraph 1 exceeding borrowing costs
incurred on loans used to fund defence products or other products for defence
purposes belonging to any of the categories set out in Article 1, points (a) and
(b) of Council Regulation (EU) 2025/1106*, where the taxpayer, borrowing
costs, assets and income are all in the Union.
For the purpose of the first subparagraph:
(a) ‘defence products’ means goods, services, and works that fall within
the scope of Directive 2009/81/EC** of the European Parliament and of
the Council, as set out in Article 2 thereof;
(b) ‘other products for defence purposes’ means any good, service and
work other than those falling within the scope of Directive 2009/81/EC,
as set out in Article 2 thereof, which are necessary for or aimed at
defence purposes and intended specifically for military purposes.
Where the first subparagraph applies, any income arising from defence
products or other products for defence purposes in critical capability areas shall
be excluded from the EBITDA of the taxpayer, and any excluded exceeding
borrowing cost shall not be included in the exceeding borrowing costs of the
group vis-à-vis third parties referred to in paragraph 5, point (b).
The first subparagraph shall apply only to loans concluded during the first five
tax periods following 1 January 2029.
____
EN 32 EN
*Council Regulation (EU) 2025/1106 of 27 May 2025 establishing the Security
Action for Europe (SAFE) through the Reinforcement of the European Defence
Industry Instrument (OJ L, 2025/1106, 28.5.2025,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2025/1106/oj).
**Directive 2009/81/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of
13 July 2009 on the coordination of procedures for the award of certain works
contracts, supply contracts and service contracts by contracting authorities or
entities in the fields of defence and security, and amending Directives
2004/17/EC and 2004/18/EC (OJ L 216, 20.8.2009, p. 76,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2009/81/oj). ’;
(h) in paragraph 5, the introductory wording is replaced by the following:
‘Where the taxpayer is a member of a consolidated group for financial
accounting purposes, the taxpayer shall be given the right to either:’;
(i) paragraph 6 is amended as follows:
(1) the introductory wording is replaced by the following:
‘The Member State of the taxpayer shall provide for rules either:’;
(2) point (a) is replaced by the following:
‘(a) to carry forward, without time limitation, exceeding borrowing costs
which cannot be deducted in the current tax period under paragraphs 1 to
5; or’;
(3) point (b) is deleted;
(4) the following subparagraph is added:
‘The Member State of the taxpayer may also provide for rules to carry
back, for a maximum of three years, exceeding borrowing costs which
cannot be deducted in the current tax period under paragraphs 1 to 5.’
(j) the following paragraph 9 is added:
‘9. For the purposes of this Article, Member States shall not maintain or
introduce, in their national law, any provisions with a subject-matter that falls
within the scope of this Article if they lay down rules that diverge from those
laid down in this Article.’;
(6) in Article 6, paragraph 1 is replaced by the following:
‘1. For the purposes of calculating the tax liability, a Member State shall ignore an
arrangement or a series of arrangements which, having been put into place for the
main purpose or one of the main purposes of obtaining a tax advantage that defeats
the object or purpose of the applicable tax law, are not genuine having regard to all
relevant facts and circumstances. An arrangement may comprise more than one step
or part.’;
(7) Article 7 is amended as follows:
(a) paragraph 2 is amended as follows:
(1) point (a) is replaced by the following:
‘(a) the non-distributed income of the entity or the income of the permanent
establishment which is derived from the following categories:
EN 33 EN
(i) interest or any other income generated by financial assets;
(ii) royalties or any other income generated from intellectual
property;
(iii) dividends and income from the disposal of shares;
(iv) income from financial leasing;
(v) income from insurance, banking and other financial activities;
(vi) income from invoicing companies that earn sales and services
income from goods and services purchased from and sold to
associated enterprises, and add no or little economic value;
This point shall not apply where the controlled foreign company carries on a
substantive economic activity supported by staff, equipment, assets and
premises, as evidenced by relevant facts and circumstances.
Where the controlled foreign company is resident or situated in a third country
that is not party to the EEA Agreement, Member States may decide to refrain
from applying the preceding second subparagraph.’;
(2) point (b) is deleted;
(b) paragraph 3 is replaced by the following:
‘3. A Member State shall not treat an entity or permanent establishment as a
controlled foreign company under paragraph 1 if:
(a) one third or less of the income accruing to the entity or permanent
establishment falls within the categories under paragraph 2, point (a); or
(b) the entity is a financial undertaking and one third or less of the
entity's income from the categories under paragraph 2, point (a) comes
from transactions with the taxpayer or its associated enterprises.’;
(c) paragraph 4 is deleted;
(d) the following paragraphs 5, 6,7 and 8 are added:
‘5. For the purposes of this Article, the following definitions apply:
– ‘MNE group’ means a group as defined in Article 3, point (4), of
Directive (EU) 2022/2523;
– ‘large-scale domestic group’ means a group as defined in Article 3,
point (5), of Directive (EU) 2022/2523;
– ‘ultimate parent entity’ means an entity as defined in Article 3,
point (14), of Directive (EU) 2022/2523;
– ‘a jurisdiction with a qualified side-by-side regime’ means a
jurisdiction that is reported as having such status on the OECD
Central Record for purposes of the Global Minimum Tax in
accordance with the agreement of the OECD/G20 Inclusive
Framework on a Side-by-Side Package of 5 January 2026;
– ‘qualified domestic top-up tax’ means a tax as defined in Article 3,
point (28), of Directive (EU) 2022/2523.’
EN 34 EN
6. Member States shall ensure that paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 do not apply if the
taxpayer:
(a) is part of a small or medium-sized group in accordance with Article
3(5) and (6) of Directive (EU) 2013/34 of the European Parliament and
of the Council*;
(b) is not part of a group and is a micro, small or medium-sized
undertaking in accordance with Article 3(1), (2) and (3) of Directive
(EU) 2013/34; or
(c) is part of an MNE group or a large-scale domestic group, which for
the tax period falls within the scope of the rules laid down in Council
Directive 2022/2523** or, as regards third-country jurisdictions, the
OECD Model Rules, unless the ultimate parent entity of that MNE group
is located in a jurisdiction with a qualified side-by-side regime for the tax
period.
7. Notwithstanding paragraph 6, point (c), a Member State shall not treat an
entity or a permanent establishment as a controlled foreign company where the
taxpayer is directly or indirectly held by an ultimate parent entity that is located
in a jurisdiction with a side-by-side regime for the tax period, if both of the
following conditions are met:
(a) the entity or permanent establishment is subject to a qualified domestic
top-up tax for the tax period;
(b) no refund or direct or indirect financial benefit is granted in relation to
that tax.
8. For the purposes of this Article, Member States shall not maintain or
introduce, in their national law, any provisions with a subject-matter that falls
within the scope of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 if they lay down rules that diverge
from those laid down in this Article.
____
*Directive 2013/34/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of
26 June 2013 on the annual financial statements, consolidated financial
statements and related reports of certain types of undertakings, amending
Directive 2006/43/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and
repealing Council Directives 78/660/EEC and 83/349/EEC (OJ L 182,
29.6.2013, p. 19, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2013/34/oj).
**Council Directive (EU) 2022/2523 of 15 December 2022 on ensuring a
global minimum level of taxation for multinational enterprise groups and large-
scale domestic groups in the Union OJ L 328, 22.12.2022, p. 1,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2022/2523/oj).’;
(8) in Article 8, paragraph 2 is deleted;
(9) in Article 9, paragraph 3 is deleted.
Article 5
Amendments to Directive (EU) 2017/1852
Directive (EU) 2017/1852 is amended as follows:
EN 35 EN
(1) in Article 2(1), point (d) is replaced by the following:
‘(d) ‘affected person’ means any person, including an individual, that is a resident of
a Member State for tax purposes, and whose taxation is directly affected by a
question in dispute. Where the taxation of more than one person is directly affected,
each such person shall be regarded as an affected person.’;
(2) Article 3 is amended as follows:
(a) paragraph 1 is replaced by the following:
‘1. Any affected person shall be entitled to submit a complaint on a question in
dispute requesting the resolution thereof. The complaint shall be submitted
within 3 years from the receipt of the first notification of the action resulting in,
or that will result in, the question in dispute, regardless of whether the affected
person has recourse to the remedies available under the national law of any of
the Member States concerned. The affected person shall submit the complaint
with the same information to each of the competent authorities of the Member
States concerned and shall indicate in the complaint which other Member
States are concerned. The affected person shall ensure that each Member State
concerned receives the complaint in at least one of the following languages:
(a) one of that Member State's official languages in accordance with national
law; or
(b) any other language that such a Member State accepts for this purpose.’;
By way of derogation from the first subparagraph, where the question in
dispute involves more than one affected person, each affected person shall be
allowed to submit the complaint only to the competent authority of its Member
State of residence.
In any event, the complaint shall be submitted to each of the competent
authorities of the Member States concerned within 30 calendar days from the
first submission. The last submission shall be made no later than 3 years from
the first notification as referred to in the first subparagraph.’;
(b) in paragraph 4, the last subparagraph is replaced by the following:
‘An affected person that receives a request in accordance with point (f) of
paragraph 3 shall reply within 3 months of receiving the request. A copy of this
reply shall also be sent to the competent authorities of the other Member States
concerned no later than 3 months of receiving the request.’;
(c) in paragraph 5, the following second subparagraph is inserted:
‘Before taking a decision on the admissibility of the complaint, the competent
authorities of the Member States concerned may consult each other with a view
to better understanding their respective positions.’;
(3) in Article 4(3), the following subparagraph is added:
‘Where all competent authorities of the Member States concerned agree that no
agreement can be reached, they shall, without delay and without awaiting the expiry
of the period provided for in paragraph 1, inform the affected person and provide the
general reasons for the failure to reach such agreement.’;
(4) in Article 5, paragraph 1 is replaced by the following:
EN 36 EN
‘1. Each competent authority of a Member State concerned may decide to reject a
complaint in any of the following cases:
(a) the complaint lacks information required under Article 3(3) (including any
information requested under Article 3(3)(f) that was not submitted within the
deadline specified in Article 3(4));
(b) there is no question in dispute;
(c) the complaint was not submitted within the 3-year period set out in Article
3(1);
(d) the complaint was not submitted within the 30-calendar days set out in
Article 3(1);
(e) the complaint was not submitted in a required language as referred to
Article 3(1) in at least one Member State;
(f) the complaint was not submitted with the same information to each of the
competent authorities of the Member States concerned as set out in Article
3(1).
The competent authority shall give the affected person the possibility to remedy any
deficiencies and supplement the complaint within a 30-day period of receipt of the
request, failing which the complaint may be rejected. Where a complaint has been
rejected, the affected person may resubmit the complaint, provided that the
resubmitted complaint is lodged within the 3-year period referred to in Article 3(1).
When informing the affected person of the rejection in accordance with Article 3(5),
the competent authority shall provide the general reasons for its rejection.’
(5) in Article 8(5), the following third subparagraph is added:
‘The competent authorities shall raise any objection relating to an independent
person of standing at the latest before a final decision pursuant to Article 15(1) is
agreed by all competent authorities. Any objection raised after that moment shall
have no effect on the final decision so agreed.’;
(6) in Article 10, paragraph 1 is replaced by the following:
‘1. The competent authorities of the Member States concerned may agree to set up an
alternative dispute resolution commission (an ‘Alternative Dispute Resolution
Commission’) instead of an Advisory Commission to adopt a decision on the
acceptance of the complaint in accordance with Article 6 or to deliver an opinion on
how to resolve the question in dispute in accordance with Article 14. The competent
authorities of the Member States may also agree to set up an Alternative Dispute
Resolution Commission in the form of a committee that is of a permanent nature (a
‘Standing Committee’).’;
(7) in Article 11(2), second subparagraph, point (e) is replaced by the following:
‘(e) the composition of the Advisory Commission or Alternative Dispute Resolution
Commission (including the number and names of the members, and for independent
persons of standing details of their competence and qualifications, and any conflicts
of interest of the members);’;
(8) in Article 16, paragraph 5 is replaced by the following:
‘5. The submission of a complaint as provided under Article 3 shall suspend any
other ongoing proceedings under the mutual agreement procedure or dispute
EN 37 EN
resolution procedure under an agreement or convention that is being interpreted or
applied in relation to the relevant question in dispute as of the date of the first receipt
of the complaint by any of the competent authorities of the Member States
concerned. The suspension ends on the day when the complaint is rejected by all the
competent authorities or the Advisory Commission or when the affected person
decides to withdraw the complaint. Where the complaint is accepted by all competent
authorities of the Member States concerned, those other proceedings shall be
terminated with immediate effect.’;
(9) Article 17 is amended as follows:
(a) in the first paragraph, the second sentence is replaced by the following:
The competent authority of that Member State shall notify the competent
authorities of all the other Member States concerned at the same time and
within 2 months of receipt of such communications and shall transmit a copy
of the complaint and of the relevant information received from the affected
person.
(b) the following third paragraph is added:
‘An affected person referred to in the first paragraph, point (b), who makes use
of the derogation laid down in that paragraph shall clearly state this in the
complaint’;
(10) the following Article 19a is inserted:
‘Article 19a
Council Implementing acts
1. On the basis of a proposal from the Commission, the Council may adopt
implementing acts laying down any other technical or procedural rules necessary to
ensure a streamlined and consistent application of the procedures provided for in this
Directive, in particular as regards:
(a) the complaint stage referred to in Articles 3 and 5;
(b) the mutual agreement procedure referred to in Article 4;
(c) the dispute resolution stage referred to in Article 6, including the rules on
the functioning of the Advisory Commission and Alternative Dispute
Resolution Commission referred to in Article 10.
(d) the interaction between procedures under this Directive and proceedings
before national courts.
(11) Article 21 is replaced by the following:
‘Article 21
Review
1. The Commission shall, by 31 December 2030 and every five years thereafter,
examine and evaluate the functioning of this Directive, including the potential need
to amend specific provisions, and submit a report to the European Parliament and the
Council.
2. Member States shall communicate to the Commission relevant yearly statistical
data, as referred to in paragraph 3, for the evaluation of this Directive, for the
EN 38 EN
purpose of improving the mutual agreement procedures referred to in Article 4 to
resolve a question in dispute.
3. The Commission shall, in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article
20(2), adopt an implementing act establishing a list of statistical data to be provided
yearly by the Member States for the purposes of the evaluation of this Directive, as
well as the format and the conditions of communication of that information. The
statistical data collected pursuant to this Article shall be published on the
Commission’s website in anonymised form.’.
Article 6
Amendments to Directive (EU) 2025/50
Article 11 of Directive (EU) 2025/50 is amended as follows:
(1) in paragraph 2, point (d) is replaced by the following:
‘(d) an exemption of the withholding tax is claimed, except where such exemption
results from Council Directive 2003/49/EC* or Council Directive 2011/96/EU**
_________
* Council Directive 2003/49/EC of 3 June 2003 on a common system of taxation
applicable to interest and royalty payments made between associated companies of
different Member States (OJ L 157, 26.6.2003, p. 49,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2003/49/oj).
** Council Directive 2011/96/EU of 30 November 2011 on the common system of
taxation applicable in the case of parent companies and subsidiaries of different
Member States (OJ L 345, 29.12.2011, p. 8,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2011/96/oj);’
(2) in paragraph 7, the second sentence is replaced by the following:
‘Member States may also maintain and apply an existing national relief-at-source
system to the cases referred to in paragraph 2, point (e), of this Article in which
verifications are performed in order to ensure equal treatment between domestic and
cross-border situations to comply with Chapters 2 and 4 of Title IV of the Treaty on
the Functioning of the European Union.’
Article 7
Transposition
(1) Member States shall adopt and publish, by 31 December 2028, the laws, regulations
and administrative provisions necessary to comply with this Directive. They shall
immediately inform the Commission thereof.
They shall apply those provisions from 1 January 2029.
However, Member States shall apply the provisions necessary to comply with Article
1, point (2)(b) to (h), (3)(c), and (5), Article 3, points (2) and (5) to (10), from 1
January 2037 and the provisions necessary to comply with Article 4, point (5)(d)
from 1 January 2032.
When Member States adopt those measures, they shall include a reference to this
Directive or shall be accompanied by such reference on the occasion of their official
EN 39 EN
publication. The methods of making such reference shall be laid down by
Member States.
(2) Member States shall communicate to the Commission the text of the main provisions
of national law which they adopt in the field covered by this Directive.
Article 8
Entry into force
This Directive shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in
the Official Journal of the European Union.
Article 9
Addressees
This Directive is addressed to the Member States.
Done at Brussels,
For the Council
The President
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 24.6.2026
COM(2026) 308 final
ANNEXES 1 to 9
ANNEXES
to the
Proposal for a COUNCIL DIRECTIVE
on administrative cooperation in the field of taxation
(recast)
{SEC(2026) 186 final} - {SWD(2026) 164 final} - {SWD(2026) 165 final} -
{SWD(2026) 166 final}
EN 1 EN
2014/107/EU Art. 1.6 and
Annex (adapted)
ANNEX I
REPORTING AND DUE DILIGENCE RULES FOR FINANCIAL ACCOUNT
INFORMATION
This Annex lays down the reporting and due diligence rules that have to be applied by
Reporting Financial Institutions in order to enable the Member States to communicate, by
automatic exchange, the information referred to in Article 5 8(3a) of this Directive.
This Annex also describes the rules and administrative procedures that Member States shall
have in place to ensure effective implementation of, and compliance with, the reporting and
due diligence procedures set out below.
SECTION I
GENERAL REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
2023/2226 Art. 1.17 and Annex
I.1(a)
A. Subject to paragraphs C to F, each Reporting Financial Institution shall report
to the competent authority of its Member State with respect to each Reportable
Account of such Reporting Financial Institution:
1. the following information:
(a) the name, address, Member State(s) of residence, TIN(s) and
date and place of birth (in the case of an individual) of each Reportable
Person that is an Account Holder of the account and whether the Account
Holder has provided a valid self-certification;
(b) in the case of any Entity that is an Account Holder and that,
after application of the due diligence procedures consistent with Sections
V, VI and VII, is identified as having one or more Controlling Persons
that is a Reportable Person, the name, address, Member State(s) and (if
any) other jurisdiction(s) of residence and TIN(s) of the Entity and the
name, address, Member State(s) of residence, TIN(s) and date and place
of birth of each Reportable Person, as well as the role(s) by virtue of
which each Reportable Person is a Controlling Person of the Entity and
whether a valid self-certification has been provided for each Reportable
Person;
(c) whether the account is a joint account, including the number of
joint Account Holders;
2. the account number (or functional equivalent in the absence of an
account number), the type of account and whether the account is a Pre-existing
Account or a New Account;
EN 2 EN
2014/107/EU Art. 1.6 and
Annex
3. the name and identifying number (if any) of the Reporting Financial
Institution;
4. the account balance or value (including, in the case of a Cash Value
Insurance Contract or Annuity Contract, the Cash Value or surrender value) as
of the end of the relevant calendar year or other appropriate reporting period or,
if the account was closed during such year or period, the closure of the
account;
5. in the case of any Custodial Account:
(a) the total gross amount of interest, the total gross amount of
dividends, and the total gross amount of other income generated with
respect to the assets held in the account, in each case paid or credited to
the account (or with respect to the account) during the calendar year or
other appropriate reporting period; and
(b) the total gross proceeds from the sale or redemption of
Financial Assets paid or credited to the account during the calendar year
or other appropriate reporting period with respect to which the Reporting
Financial Institution acted as a custodian, broker, nominee, or otherwise
as an agent for the Account Holder;
2023/2226 Art. 1.17 and Annex
I.1(a)
6. in the case of any Depository Account, the total gross amount of
interest paid or credited to the account during the calendar year or other
appropriate reporting period;
2023/2226 Art. 1.17 and Annex
I.1(a)
76a. in the case of any Equity Interest held in an Investment Entity that is a
legal arrangement, the role(s) by virtue of which the Reportable Person is an
Equity Interest holder; and
2014/107/EU Art. 1.6 and
Annex
87. in the case of any account not described in subparagraph A(5) or (6),
the total gross amount paid or credited to the Account Holder with respect to
the account during the calendar year or other appropriate reporting period with
respect to which the Reporting Financial Institution is the obligor or debtor,
including the aggregate amount of any redemption payments made to the
Account Holder during the calendar year or other appropriate reporting period.
B. The information reported must identify the currency in which each amount is
denominated.
EN 3 EN
2023/2226 Art. 1.17 and Annex
I.1(b)
C. Notwithstanding subparagraph A(1), with respect to each Reportable Account
that is a Pre-existing Account, the TIN(s) or date of birth is not required to be
reported if such TIN(s) or date of birth is not in the records of the Reporting
Financial Institution and is not otherwise required to be collected by such Reporting
Financial Institution under domestic law or any Union legal instrument. However, a
Reporting Financial Institution is required to use reasonable efforts to obtain the
TIN(s) and date of birth with respect to Pre-existing Accounts by the end of the
second calendar year following the year in which Pre-existing Accounts were
identified as Reportable Accounts and whenever it is required to update the
information relating to the Pre-existing Account pursuant to domestic anti-money
laundering legislation and “know-your-customer” (AML/KYC) Procedures.
2014/107/EU Art. 1.6 and
Annex
D. Notwithstanding subparagraph A(1), the TIN is not required to be reported if a
TIN is not issued by the relevant Member State or other jurisdiction of residence.
E. Notwithstanding subparagraph A(1), the place of birth is not required to be
reported unless:
(1) the Reporting Financial Institution is otherwise required to obtain and
report it under domestic law or the Reporting Financial Institution is or has
been otherwise required to obtain and report it under any Union legal
instrument in effect or that was in effect on 5 January 2015; and
(2) it is available in the electronically searchable data maintained by the
Reporting Financial Institution.
2023/2226 Art. 1.17 and Annex
I.1(c) (adapted)
F. Notwithstanding subparagraph A(5), point (b), and unless the Reporting
Financial Institution elects otherwise with respect to any clearly identified group of
accounts, the gross proceeds from the sale or redemption of a Financial Asset are not
required to be reported to the extent such gross proceeds from the sale or redemption
of such Financial Asset are reported by the Reporting Financial Institution in
accordance with Article 12 8ad.
2014/107/EU Art. 1.6 and
Annex (adapted)
SECTION II
GENERAL DUE DILIGENCE REQUIREMENTS
A. An account is treated as a Reportable Account beginning as of the date it is
identified as such pursuant to the due diligence procedures in Sections II tothrough
EN 4 EN
VII and, unless otherwise provided, information with respect to a Reportable
Account must be reported annually in the calendar year following the year to which
the information relates.
B. The balance or value of an account is determined as of the last day of the
calendar year or other appropriate reporting period.
C. Where a balance or value threshold is to be determined as of the last day of a
calendar year, the relevant balance or value must be determined as of the last day of
the reporting period that ends with or within that calendar year.
D. Each Member State may allow Reporting Financial Institutions to use service
providers to fulfil the reporting and due diligence obligations imposed on such
Reporting Financial Institutions, as contemplated in domestic law, but these
obligations shall remain the responsibility of the Reporting Financial Institutions.
E. Each Member State may allow Reporting Financial Institutions to apply the
due diligence procedures for New Accounts to Pre-existing Accounts, and the due
diligence procedures for High Value Accounts to Lower Value Accounts. Where a
Member State allows New Account due diligence procedures to be used for Pre-
existing Accounts, the rules otherwise applicable to Pre-existing Accounts continue
to apply.
SECTION III
DUE DILIGENCE FOR PRE-EXISTING INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
A. Introduction. The following procedures apply for purposes of identifying
Reportable Accounts among Pre-existing Individual Accounts.
B. Lower Value Accounts. The following procedures apply with respect to Lower
Value Accounts.
1. Residence Address. If the Reporting Financial Institution has in its
records a current residence address for the individual Account Holder based on
Documentary Evidence, the Reporting Financial Institution may treat the
individual Account Holder as being a resident for tax purposes of the Member
State or other jurisdiction in which the address is located for purposes of
determining whether such individual Account Holder is a Reportable Person.
2. Electronic Record Search. If the Reporting Financial Institution does
not rely on a current residence address for the individual Account Holder based
on Documentary Evidence as set forth in subparagraph B(1), the Reporting
Financial Institution must review electronically searchable data maintained by
the Reporting Financial Institution for any of the following indicia and apply
subparagraphs B(3) to (6):
(a) identification of the Account Holder as a resident of a Member
State;
(b) current mailing or residence address (including a post office
box) in a Member State;
(c) one or more telephone numbers in a Member State and no
telephone number in the Member State of the Reporting Financial
Institution;
EN 5 EN
(d) standing instructions (other than with respect to a Depository
Account) to transfer funds to an account maintained in a Member State;
(e) currently effective power of attorney or signatory authority
granted to a person with an address in a Member State; or
(f) a ‘hold mail’ instruction or ‘in-care-of’ address in a Member
State if the Reporting Financial Institution does not have any other
address on file for the Account Holder.
3. If none of the indicia listed in subparagraph B(2) are discovered in the
electronic search, then no further action is required until there is a change in
circumstances that results in one or more indicia being associated with the
account, or the account becomes a High Value Account.
4. If any of the indicia listed in subparagraph B(2)(a) tothrough (e) are
discovered in the electronic search, or if there is a change in circumstances that
results in one or more indicia being associated with the account, then the
Reporting Financial Institution must treat the Account Holder as a resident for
tax purposes of each Member State for which an indicium is identified, unless
it elects to apply subparagraph B(6) and one of the exceptions in that
subparagraph applies with respect to that account.
5. If a ‘hold mail’ instruction or ‘in-care-of’ address is discovered in the
electronic search and no other address and none of the other indicia listed in
subparagraph B(2)(a) tothrough (e) are identified for the Account Holder, the
Reporting Financial Institution must, in the order most appropriate to the
circumstances, apply the paper record search described in subparagraph C(2),
or seek to obtain from the Account Holder a self-certification or Documentary
Evidence to establish the residence(s) for tax purposes of such Account Holder.
If the paper search fails to establish an indicium and the attempt to obtain the
self-certification or Documentary Evidence is not successful, the Reporting
Financial Institution must report the account to the competent authority of its
Member State as an undocumented account.
6. Notwithstanding a finding of indicia under subparagraph B(2), a
Reporting Financial Institution is not required to treat an Account Holder as a
resident of a Member State if:
(a) the Account Holder information contains a current mailing or
residence address in that Member State, one or more telephone numbers
in that Member State (and no telephone number in the Member State of
the Reporting Financial Institution) or standing instructions (with respect
to Financial Accounts other than Depository Accounts) to transfer funds
to an account maintained in a Member State, and the Reporting Financial
Institution obtains, or has previously reviewed and maintains, a record of:
(i) a self-certification from the Account Holder of the Member
State(s) or other jurisdiction(s) of residence of such Account
Holder that does not include that Member State; and
(ii) Documentary Evidence establishing the Account Holder's non-
reportable status;
(b) the Account Holder information contains a currently effective
power of attorney or signatory authority granted to a person with an
EN 6 EN
address in that Member State, and the Reporting Financial Institution
obtains, or has previously reviewed and maintains, a record of:
(i) a self-certification from the Account Holder of the Member
State(s) or other jurisdiction(s) of residence of such Account
Holder that does not include that Member State; or
(ii) Documentary Evidence establishing the Account Holder's non-
reportable status.
C. Enhanced Review Procedures for High Value Accounts. The following
enhanced review procedures apply with respect to High Value Accounts.
1. Electronic Record search. With respect to High Value Accounts, the
Reporting Financial Institution must review electronically searchable data
maintained by the Reporting Financial Institution for any of the indicia
described in subparagraph B(2).
2. Paper Record Search. If the Reporting Financial Institution's
electronically searchable databases include fields for, and capture all of the
information described in subparagraph C(3), then a further paper record search
is not required. If the electronic databases do not capture all of this
information, then with respect to a High Value Account, the Reporting
Financial Institution must also review the current customer master file and, to
the extent not contained in the current customer master file, the following
documents associated with the account and obtained by the Reporting Financial
Institution within the last five years for any of the indicia described in
subparagraph B(2):
(a) the most recent Documentary Evidence collected with respect to
the account;
(b) the most recent account opening contract or documentation;
(c) the most recent documentation obtained by the Reporting
Financial Institution pursuant to AML/KYC Procedures or for other
regulatory purposes;
(d) any power of attorney or signature authority forms currently in
effect; and
(e) any standing instructions (other than with respect to a
Depository Account) to transfer funds currently in effect.
3. Exception To The Extent Databases Contain Sufficient Information. A
Reporting Financial Institution is not required to perform the paper record
search described in subparagraph C(2) to the extent the Reporting Financial
Institution's electronically searchable information includes the following:
(a) the Account Holder's residence status;
(b) the Account Holder's residence address and mailing address
currently on file with the Reporting Financial Institution;
(c) the Account Holder's telephone number(s) currently on file, if
any, with the Reporting Financial Institution;
(d) in the case of Financial Accounts other than Depository
Accounts, whether there are standing instructions to transfer funds in the
EN 7 EN
account to another account (including an account at another branch of the
Reporting Financial Institution or another Financial Institution);
(e) whether there is a current ‘in-care-of’ address or ‘hold mail’
instruction for the Account Holder; and
(f) whether there is any power of attorney or signatory authority for
the account.
4. Relationship Manager Inquiry for Actual Knowledge. In addition to the
electronic and paper record searches described in subparagraphs C(1) and (2),
the Reporting Financial Institution must treat as a Reportable Account any
High Value Account assigned to a relationship manager (including any
Financial Accounts aggregated with that High Value Account) if the
relationship manager has actual knowledge that the Account Holder is a
Reportable Person.
5. Effect of Finding Indicia.
(a) If none of the indicia listed in subparagraph B(2) are discovered
in the enhanced review of High Value Accounts described in paragraph
C, and the account is not identified as held by a Reportable Person in
subparagraph C(4), then further action is not required until there is a
change in circumstances that results in one or more indicia being
associated with the account.
(b) If any of the indicia listed in subparagraphs B(2)(a) tothrough
(e) are discovered in the enhanced review of High Value Accounts
described in paragraph C, or if there is a subsequent change in
circumstances that results in one or more indicia being associated with
the account, then the Reporting Financial Institution must treat the
account as a Reportable Account with respect to each Member State for
which an indicium is identified unless it elects to apply subparagraph
B(6) and one of the exceptions in that subparagraph applies with respect
to that account.
(c) If a ‘hold mail’ instruction or ‘in-care-of’ address is discovered
in the enhanced review of High Value Accounts described in paragraph
C, and no other address and none of the other indicia listed in
subparagraphs B(2)(a) tothrough (e) are identified for the Account
Holder, the Reporting Financial Institution must obtain from such
Account Holder a self-certification or Documentary Evidence to establish
the residence(s) for tax purposes of the Account Holder. If the Reporting
Financial Institution cannot obtain such self-certification or Documentary
Evidence, it must report the account to the competent authority of its
Member State as an undocumented account.
6. If a Pre-existing Individual Account is not a High Value Account as of
31 December 2015, but becomes a High Value Account as of the last day of a
subsequent calendar year, the Reporting Financial Institution must complete
the enhanced review procedures described in paragraph C with respect to such
account within the calendar year following the year in which the account
becomes a High Value Account. If based on this review such account is
identified as a Reportable Account, the Reporting Financial Institution must
report the required information about such account with respect to the year in
EN 8 EN
which it is identified as a Reportable Account and subsequent years on an
annual basis, unless the Account Holder ceases to be a Reportable Person.
7. Once a Reporting Financial Institution applies the enhanced review
procedures described in paragraph C to a High Value Account, the Reporting
Financial Institution is not required to reapply such procedures, other than the
relationship manager inquiry described in subparagraph C(4), to the same High
Value Account in any subsequent year unless the account is undocumented
where the Reporting Financial Institution should reapply them annually until
such account ceases to be undocumented.
8. If there is a change of circumstances with respect to a High Value
Account that results in one or more indicia described in subparagraph B(2)
being associated with the account, then the Reporting Financial Institution
must treat the account as a Reportable Account with respect to each Member
State for which an indicium is identified unless it elects to apply subparagraph
B(6) and one of the exceptions in that subparagraph applies with respect to that
account.
9. A Reporting Financial Institution must implement procedures to ensure
that a relationship manager identifies any change in circumstances of an
account. For example, if a relationship manager is notified that the Account
Holder has a new mailing address in a Member State, the Reporting Financial
Institution is required to treat the new address as a change in circumstances
and, if it elects to apply subparagraph B(6), is required to obtain the
appropriate documentation from the Account Holder.
D. Review of Pre-existing High Value Individual Accounts must be completed by
31 December 2016. Review of Pre-existing Lower Value Individual Accounts must
be completed by 31 December 2017.
DE. Any Pre-existing Individual Account that has been identified as a Reportable
Account under this Section must be treated as a Reportable Account in all subsequent
years, unless the Account Holder ceases to be a Reportable Person.
SECTION IV
DUE DILIGENCE FOR NEW INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
The following procedures apply for purposes of identifying Reportable Accounts among New
Individual Accounts.
A. With respect to New Individual Accounts, upon account opening, the
Reporting Financial Institution must obtain a self-certification, which may be part of
the account opening documentation, that allows the Reporting Financial Institution to
determine the Account Holder's residence(s) for tax purposes and confirm the
reasonableness of such self-certification based on the information obtained by the
Reporting Financial Institution in connection with the opening of the account,
including any documentation collected pursuant to AML/KYC Procedures.
B. If the self-certification establishes that the Account Holder is resident for tax
purposes in a Member State, the Reporting Financial Institution must treat the
account as a Reportable Account and the self-certification must also include the
Account Holder's TIN with respect to such Member State (subject to Section
I, paragraph D of Section I) and date of birth.
EN 9 EN
C. If there is a change of circumstances with respect to a New Individual Account
that causes the Reporting Financial Institution to know, or have reason to know, that
the original self-certification is incorrect or unreliable, the Reporting Financial
Institution cannot rely on the original self-certification and must obtain a valid self-
certification that establishes the residence(s) for tax purposes of the Account Holder.
SECTION V
DUE DILIGENCE FOR PRE-EXISTING ENTITY ACCOUNTS
The following procedures apply for purposes of identifying Reportable Accounts among Pre-
existing Entity Accounts.
A. Entity Accounts Not Required to Be Reviewed, Identified or Reported. Unless
the Reporting Financial Institution elects otherwise, either with respect to all Pre-
existing Entity Accounts or, separately, with respect to any clearly identified group
of such accounts, a Pre-existing Entity Account with an aggregate account balance or
value that does not exceed, as of 31 December 2015, an amount denominated in the
domestic currency of each Member State that corresponds to USD 250000, is not
required to be reviewed, identified, or reported as a Reportable Account until the
aggregate account balance or value exceeds that amount as of the last day of any
subsequent calendar year.
B. Entity Accounts Subject to Review. A Pre-existing Entity Account that has an
aggregate account balance or value that exceeds, as of 31 December 2015, an amount
denominated in the domestic currency of each Member State that corresponds to
USD 250000, and a Pre-existing Entity Account that does not exceed, as of 31
December 2015, that amount but the aggregate account balance or value of which
exceeds such amount as of the last day of any subsequent calendar year, must be
reviewed in accordance with the procedures set forth in paragraph D.
C. Entity Accounts With Respect to Which Reporting Is Required. With respect
to Pre-existing Entity Accounts described in paragraph B, only accounts that are held
by one or more Entities that are Reportable Persons, or by Passive non-financial
entities (NFEs) with one or more Controlling Persons who are Reportable Persons,
shall be treated as Reportable Accounts.
D. Review Procedures for Identifying Entity Accounts With Respect to Which
Reporting Is Required. For Pre-existing Entity Accounts described in paragraph B, a
Reporting Financial Institution must apply the following review procedures to
determine whether the account is held by one or more Reportable Persons, or by
Passive NFEs with one or more Controlling Persons who are Reportable Persons:
1. Determine Whether the Entity Is a Reportable Person.
(a) Review information maintained for regulatory or customer
relationship purposes (including information collected pursuant to
AML/KYC Procedures) to determine whether the information indicates
that the Account Holder is resident in a Member State. For this purpose,
information indicating that the Account Holder is resident in a Member
State includes a place of incorporation or organisation, or an address in a
Member State.
(b) If the information indicates that the Account Holder is resident
in a Member State, the Reporting Financial Institution must treat the
EN 10 EN
account as a Reportable Account unless it obtains a self-certification
from the Account Holder, or reasonably determines based on information
in its possession or that is publicly available, that the Account Holder is
not a Reportable Person.
2. Determine Whether the Entity is a Passive NFE with One or More
Controlling Persons who are Reportable Persons. With respect to an Account
Holder of a Pre-existing Entity Account (including an Entity that is a
Reportable Person), the Reporting Financial Institution must determine
whether the Account Holder is a Passive NFE with one or more Controlling
Persons who are Reportable Persons. If any of the Controlling Persons of a
Passive NFE is a Reportable Person, then the account must be treated as a
Reportable Account. In making these determinations the Reporting Financial
Institution must follow the guidance in subparagraphs D(2)(a) , (b) and
through (c) in the order most appropriate under the circumstances.
(a) Determining whether the Account Holder is a Passive NFE. For
purposes of determining whether the Account Holder is a Passive NFE,
the Reporting Financial Institution must obtain a self-certification from
the Account Holder to establish its status, unless it has information in its
possession or that is publicly available, based on which it can reasonably
determine that the Account Holder is an Active NFE or a Financial
Institution other than an Investment Entity described in subparagraph
A(6)(b) of Section VIII , subparagraph A(6)(b) that is not a
Participating Jurisdiction Financial Institution.
(b) Determining the Controlling Persons of an Account Holder. For
the purposes of determining the Controlling Persons of an Account
Holder, a Reporting Financial Institution may rely on information
collected and maintained pursuant to AML/KYC Procedures.
(c) Determining whether a Controlling Person of a Passive NFE is
a Reportable Person. For the purposes of determining whether a
Controlling Person of a Passive NFE is a Reportable Person, a Reporting
Financial Institution may rely on:
(i) information collected and maintained pursuant to AML/KYC
Procedures in the case of a Pre-existing Entity Account held by one
or more NFEs with an aggregate account balance or value that does
not exceed an amount denominated in the domestic currency of
each Member State that corresponds to USD 1000000; or
(ii) a self-certification from the Account Holder or such Controlling
Person of the Member State(s) or other jurisdiction(s) in which the
controlling person is resident for tax purposes.
E. Timing of Review and Additional Procedures Applicable to Pre-existing Entity
Accounts
1. Review of Pre-existing Entity Accounts with an aggregate account
balance or value that exceeds, as of 31 December 2015, an amount
denominated in the domestic currency of each Member State that corresponds
to USD 250000, must be completed by 31 December 2017.
2. Review of Pre-existing Entity Accounts with an aggregate account
balance or value that does not exceed, as of 31 December 2015, an amount
EN 11 EN
denominated in the domestic currency of each Member State that corresponds
to USD 250000 but exceeds that amount as of 31 December of a subsequent
year, must be completed within the calendar year following the year in which
the aggregate account balance or value exceeds such amount.
3. If there is a change of circumstances with respect to a Pre-existing
Entity Account that causes the Reporting Financial Institution to know, or have
reason to know, that the self-certification or other documentation associated
with an account is incorrect or unreliable, the Reporting Financial Institution
must re-determine the status of the account in accordance with the procedures
set forth in paragraph D.
SECTION VI
DUE DILIGENCE FOR NEW ENTITY ACCOUNTS
The following procedures apply for purposes of identifying Reportable Accounts among New
Entity Accounts.
Review Procedures for Identifying Entity Accounts With Respect to Which Reporting Is
Required. For New Entity Accounts, a Reporting Financial Institution must apply the
following review procedures to determine whether the account is held by one or more
Reportable Persons, or by Passive NFEs with one or more Controlling Persons who are
Reportable Persons:
1. Determine Whether the Entity Is a Reportable Person.
(a) Obtain a self-certification, which may be part of the account opening
documentation, that allows the Reporting Financial Institution to determine the
Account Holder's residence(s) for tax purposes and confirm the reasonableness
of such self-certification based on the information obtained by the Reporting
Financial Institution in connection with the opening of the account, including
any documentation collected pursuant to AML/KYC Procedures. If the Entity
certifies that it has no residence for tax purposes, the Reporting Financial
Institution may rely on the address of the principal office of the Entity to
determine the residence of the Account Holder.
(b) If the self-certification indicates that the Account Holder is resident in a
Member State, the Reporting Financial Institution must treat the account as a
Reportable Account, unless it reasonably determines based on information in
its possession or that is publicly available that the Account Holder is not a
Reportable Person with respect to such Member State.
2. Determine Whether the Entity is a Passive NFE with One or More Controlling
Persons Who Are Reportable Persons. With respect to an Account Holder of a New
Entity Account (including an Entity that is a Reportable Person), the Reporting
Financial Institution must determine whether the Account Holder is a Passive NFE
with one or more Controlling Persons who are Reportable Persons. If any of the
Controlling Persons of a Passive NFE is a Reportable Person, then the account must
be treated as a Reportable Account. In making these determinations the Reporting
Financial Institution must follow the guidance in subparagraphs A(2)(a) , (b)
and through (c) in the order most appropriate under the circumstances.
(a) Determining whether the Account Holder is a Passive NFE. For
purposes of determining whether the Account Holder is a Passive NFE, the
EN 12 EN
Reporting Financial Institution must rely on a self-certification from the
Account Holder to establish its status, unless it has information in its
possession or that is publicly available, based on which it can reasonably
determine that the Account Holder is an Active NFE or a Financial Institution
other than an Investment Entity described in subparagraph A(6)(b) of Section
VIII , subparagraph A(6)(b) that is not a Participating Jurisdiction
Financial Institution.
2023/2226 Art. 1.17 and Annex
I.2 (adapted)
(b) Determining the Controlling Persons of an Account Holder. For the
purpose of determining the Controlling Persons of an Account Holder, a
Reporting Financial Institution may rely on information collected and
maintained pursuant to AML/KYC Procedures, provided that such procedures
are consistent with the Directive (EU) Regulation (EU) 2024/1624
2015/849. If the Reporting Financial Institution is not legally required to
apply AML/KYC Procedures that are consistent with the Directive
(EU) Regulation (EU)2024/1624 2015/849, it shall apply substantially
similar procedures for the purpose of determining the Controlling Persons.
2014/107/EU Art. 1.6 and
Annex
(c) Determining whether a Controlling Person of a Passive NFE is a
Reportable Person. For purposes of determining whether a controlling person
of a Passive NFE is a Reportable Person, a Reporting Financial Institution may
rely on a self-certification from the Account Holder or such Controlling
Person.
SECTION VII
SPECIAL DUE DILIGENCE RULES
The following additional rules apply in implementing the due diligence procedures described
above:
A. Reliance on Self-Certifications and Documentary Evidence. A Reporting
Financial Institution may not rely on a self-certification or Documentary Evidence if
the Reporting Financial Institution knows or has reason to know that the self-
certification or Documentary Evidence is incorrect or unreliable.
2023/2226 Art. 1.17 and Annex
I.3
BAa. Temporary lack of self-certification. In exceptional circumstances where a
self-certification cannot be obtained by a Reporting Financial Institution in respect of
a New Account in time to meet its due diligence and reporting obligations with
respect to the reporting period during which the account was opened, the Reporting
Financial Institution shall apply the due diligence procedures for Pre-existing
Accounts, until such self-certification is obtained and validated.
EN 13 EN
2014/107/EU Art. 1.6 and
Annex (adapted)
CB. Alternative Procedures for Financial Accounts held by Individual Beneficiaries
of a Cash Value Insurance Contract or an Annuity Contract and for a Group Cash
Value Insurance Contract or Group Annuity Contract. A Reporting Financial
Institution may presume that an individual beneficiary (other than the owner) of a
Cash Value Insurance Contract or an Annuity Contract receiving a death benefit is
not a Reportable Person and may treat such Financial Account as other than a
Reportable Account unless the Reporting Financial Institution has actual knowledge,
or reason to know, that the beneficiary is a Reportable Person. A Reporting Financial
Institution has reason to know that a beneficiary of a Cash Value Insurance Contract
or an Annuity Contract is a Reportable Person if the information collected by the
Reporting Financial Institution and associated with the beneficiary contains indicia
as described in paragraph B of Section III , paragraph B . If a Reporting
Financial Institution has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the beneficiary is
a Reportable Person, the Reporting Financial Institution must follow the procedures
in paragraph B of Section III , paragraph B .
A Reporting Financial Institution may treat a Financial Account that is a member's
interest in a Group Cash Value Insurance Contract or Group Annuity Contract as a
Financial Account that is not a Reportable Account until the date on which an
amount is payable to the employee/certificate holder or beneficiary, if the Financial
Account that is a member's interest in a Group Cash Value Insurance Contract or
Group Annuity Contract meets the following requirements:
(i) the Group Cash Value Insurance Contract or Group Annuity Contract is
issued to an employer and covers 25 or more employees/certificate holders;
(ii) the employee/certificate holders are entitled to receive any contract
value related to their interests and to name beneficiaries for the benefit payable
upon the employee's death; and
(iii) the aggregate amount payable to any employee/certificate holder or
beneficiary does not exceed an amount denominated in the domestic currency
of each Member State that corresponds to USD 1000000.
The term ‘Group Cash Value Insurance Contract’ means a Cash Value Insurance
Contract that (i) provides coverage on individuals who are affiliated through an
employer, trade association, labour union, or other association or group; and (ii)
charges a premium for each member of the group (or member of a class within the
group) that is determined without regard to the individual health characteristics other
than age, gender, and smoking habits of the member (or class of members) of the
group.
The term ‘Group Annuity Contract’ means an Annuity Contract under which the
obligees are individuals who are affiliated through an employer, trade association,
labour union, or other association or group.
DC. Account Balance Aggregation and Currency Rules
1. Aggregation of Individual Accounts. For purposes of determining the
aggregate balance or value of Financial Accounts held by an individual, a
Reporting Financial Institution is required to aggregate all Financial Accounts
EN 14 EN
maintained by the Reporting Financial Institution, or by a Related Entity, but
only to the extent that the Reporting Financial Institution's computerised
systems link the Financial Accounts by reference to a data element such as
client number or TIN, and allow account balances or values to be aggregated.
Each holder of a jointly held Financial Account shall be attributed the entire
balance or value of the jointly held Financial Account for purposes of applying
the aggregation requirements described in this subparagraph.
2. Aggregation of Entity Accounts. For purposes of determining the
aggregate balance or value of Financial Accounts held by an Entity, a
Reporting Financial Institution is required to take into account all Financial
Accounts that are maintained by the Reporting Financial Institution, or by a
Related Entity, but only to the extent that the Reporting Financial Institution's
computerised systems link the Financial Accounts by reference to a data
element such as client number or TIN, and allow account balances or values to
be aggregated. Each holder of a jointly held Financial Account shall be
attributed the entire balance or value of the jointly held Financial Account for
purposes of applying the aggregation requirements described in this
subparagraph.
3. Special Aggregation Rule Applicable to Relationship Managers. For
purposes of determining the aggregate balance or value of Financial Accounts
held by a person to determine whether a financial account is a High Value
Account, a Reporting Financial Institution is also required, in the case of any
Financial Accounts that a relationship manager knows, or has reason to know,
are directly or indirectly owned, controlled, or established (other than in a
fiduciary capacity) by the same person, to aggregate all such accounts.
4. Amounts Read to Include Equivalent in Other Currencies. All amounts
denominated in the domestic currency of each Member State shall be read to
include equivalent amounts in other currencies, as determined by domestic law.
SECTION VIII
DEFINED TERMS
The following terms have the meanings set forth below:
A. Reporting Financial Institution
1. The term ‘Reporting Financial Institution’ means any Member State Financial
Institution that is not a Non-Reporting Financial Institution. The term ‘Member State
Financial Institution’ means: (i) any Financial Institution that is resident in a Member
State, but excludes any branch of that Financial Institution that is located outside that
Member State; and (ii) any branch of a Financial Institution that is not resident in a
Member State, if that branch is located in that Member State.
2. The term ‘Participating Jurisdiction Financial Institution’ means (i) any
Financial Institution that is resident in a Participating Jurisdiction, but excludes any
branch of that Financial Institution that is located outside such Participating
Jurisdiction; and (ii) any branch of a Financial Institution that is not resident in a
Participating Jurisdiction, if that branch is located in such Participating Jurisdiction.
3. The term ‘Financial Institution’ means a Custodial Institution, a Depository
Institution, an Investment Entity, or a Specified Insurance Company.
EN 15 EN
4. The term ‘Custodial Institution’ means any Entity that holds, as a substantial
portion of its business, Financial Assets for the account of others. An Entity holds
Financial Assets for the account of others as a substantial portion of its business if
the Entity's gross income attributable to the holding of Financial Assets and related
financial services equals or exceeds 20 % of the Entity's gross income during the
shorter of: (i) the three-year period that ends on 31 December (or the final day of a
non-calendar year accounting period) prior to the year in which the determination is
being made; or (ii) the period during which the Entity has been in existence.
2023/2226 Art. 1.17 and Annex
I.4(a) (adapted)
5. The term ‘Depository Institution’ means any Entity that:
(a) accepts deposits in the ordinary course of a banking or similar business;
or
(b) holds E-money or Central Bank Digital Currencies for the benefit of
customers.
6. The term ‘Investment Entity’ means any Entity:
(a) which primarily conducts as a business one or more of the following
activities or operations for or on behalf of a customer:
(i) trading in money market instruments (cheques, bills, certificates
of deposit, derivatives, etc.); foreign exchange; exchange, interest rate
and index instruments; transferable securities; or commodity futures
trading;
(ii) individual and collective portfolio management; or
(iii) otherwise investing, administering, or managing Financial
Assets, money, or Reportable Crypto-Assets on behalf of other persons;
or
(b) the gross income of which is primarily attributable to investing,
reinvesting, or trading in Financial Assets or Reportable Crypto-Assets, if the
Entity is managed by another Entity that is a Depository Institution, a Custodial
Institution, a Specified Insurance Company, or an Investment Entity described
in subparagraph A(6), point (a).
An Entity is treated as primarily conducting as a business one or more of the
activities described in subparagraph A(6), point (a), or an Entity’s gross income is
primarily attributable to investing, reinvesting, or trading in Financial Assets or
Reportable Crypto-Assets for the purposes of subparagraph A(6), point (b), if the
Entity’s gross income attributable to the relevant activities equals or exceeds 50 % of
the Entity’s gross income during the shorter of: (i) the three-year period ending on 31
December of the year preceding the year in which the determination is made; or (ii)
the period during which the Entity has been in existence. For the purposes of
subparagraph A(6), point (a)(iii), the term ‘otherwise investing, administering, or
managing Financial Assets, money, or Reportable Crypto-Assets on behalf of other
persons’ does not include the provision of services effectuating Exchange
Transactions for or on behalf of customers. The term ‘Investment Entity’ does not
EN 16 EN
include an Entity that is an Active NFE because that Entity meets any of the criteria
in subparagraph D(8), points (d) to (g).
This subparagraph shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the similar
language set out in the definition of ‘financial institution’ in Directive
(EU) Regulation (EU) 2024/1624 2015/849.
7. The term ‘Financial Asset’ includes a security (for example, a share of stock in
a corporation; partnership or beneficial ownership interest in a widely held or
publicly traded partnership or trust; note, bond, debenture, or other evidence of
indebtedness), partnership interest, commodity, swap (for example, interest rate
swaps, currency swaps, basis swaps, interest rate caps, interest rate floors,
commodity swaps, equity swaps, equity index swaps, and similar agreements),
Insurance Contract or Annuity Contract, or any interest (including a futures or
forward contract or option) in a security, Reportable Crypto-Asset, partnership
interest, commodity, swap, Insurance Contract, or Annuity Contract. The term
‘Financial Asset’ does not include a non-debt, direct interest in real property.
2014/107/EU Art. 1.6 and
Annex
8. The term ‘Specified Insurance Company’ means any Entity that is an insurance
company (or the holding company of an insurance company) which issues, or is
obligated to make payments with respect to, a Cash Value Insurance Contract or an
Annuity Contract.
2023/2226 Art. 1.17 and Annex
I.4(b)
9. For the purposes of this Annex, the term ‘Electronic Money’ or ‘E-money’
means any product that is:
(a) a digital representation of a single Fiat Currency;
(b) issued on the receipt of funds for the purpose of making payment
transactions;
(c) represented by a claim on the issuer denominated in the same Fiat
Currency;
(d) accepted in payment by a natural or legal person other than the issuer;
and
(e) by virtue of regulatory requirements to which the issuer is subject,
redeemable at any time and at par value for the same Fiat Currency upon
request of the holder of the product.
The term ‘Electronic Money’ or ‘E-money’ does not include a product created for the
sole purpose of facilitating the transfer of funds from a customer to another person
pursuant to instructions of the customer. A product is not created for the sole purpose
of facilitating the transfer of funds if, in the ordinary course of business of the
transferring Entity, either the funds connected with such product are held longer than
60 days after receipt of instructions to facilitate the transfer, or, if no instructions are
received, the funds connected with such product are held longer than 60 days after
receipt of the funds.
EN 17 EN
10. The term ‘Fiat Currency’ means the official currency of a jurisdiction, issued
by a jurisdiction or by a jurisdiction’s designated Central Bank or monetary
authority, as represented by physical banknotes or coins or by money in different
digital forms, including bank reserves and Central Bank Digital Currencies. The term
also includes commercial bank money and electronic money products (Electronic
Money).
11. The term ‘Central Bank Digital Currency’ means any digital Fiat Currency
issued by a Central Bank or other monetary authority.
12. The term ‘Crypto-Asset’ means crypto-asset as defined in Article 3(1), point
(5), of Regulation (EU) 2023/1114.
13. The term ‘Reportable Crypto-Asset’ means any Crypto-Asset other than a
Central Bank Digital Currency, Electronic Money, or any Crypto-Asset for which the
Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider has adequately determined that it cannot be
used for payment or investment purposes.
14. The term ‘Exchange Transaction’ means any:
(a) exchange between Reportable Crypto-Assets and Fiat Currencies; and
(b) exchange between one or more forms of Reportable Crypto-Assets.
2014/107/EU Art. 1.6 and
Annex
B. Non-Reporting Financial Institution
1. The term ‘Non-Reporting Financial Institution’ means any Financial Institution
which is:
2023/2226 Art. 1.17 and Annex
I.4(c)
(a) a Governmental Entity, International Organisation or Central Bank,
other than:
(i) with respect to a payment that is derived from an obligation
held in connection with a commercial financial activity of a type engaged
in by a Specified Insurance Company, Custodial Institution, or
Depository Institution; or
(ii) with respect to the activity of maintaining Central Bank Digital
Currencies for Account Holders which are not Financial Institutions,
Governmental Entities, International Organisations or Central Banks;
2014/107/EU Art. 1.6 and
Annex (adapted)
new
(b) a Broad Participation Retirement Fund; a Narrow Participation
Retirement Fund; a Pension Fund of a Governmental Entity, International
Organisation or Central Bank; or a Qualified Credit Card Issuer;
EN 18 EN
(c) any other Entity that presents a low risk of being used to evade tax, has
substantially similar characteristics to any of the Entities described in
subparagraphs B(1) points (a) and (b) of this subparagraph , and
is included in the list of Non-Reporting Financial Institutions referred to in
Article 5 8(7a) of this Directive, provided that the status of such Entity
as a Non-Reporting Financial Institution does not frustrate the purposes of this
Directive;
(d) an Exempt Collective Investment Vehicle; or
(e) a trust to the extent that the trustee of the trust is a Reporting Financial
Institution and reports all information required to be reported pursuant to
Section I with respect to all Reportable Accounts of the trust.
2. The term ‘Governmental Entity’ means the government of a Member State or
other jurisdiction, any political subdivision of a Member State or other jurisdiction
(which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes a state, province, county, or
municipality), or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of a Member State or
other jurisdiction or of any one or more of the foregoing (each, a ‘Governmental
Entity’). This category is comprised of the integral parts, controlled entities, and
political subdivisions of a Member State or other jurisdiction.
(a) An ‘integral part’ of a Member State or other jurisdiction means any
person, organisation, agency, bureau, fund, instrumentality, or other body,
however designated, that constitutes a governing authority of a Member State
or other jurisdiction. The net earnings of the governing authority must be
credited to its own account or to other accounts of the Member State or other
jurisdiction, with no portion inuring to the benefit of any private person. An
integral part does not include any individual who is a sovereign, official, or
administrator acting in a private or personal capacity.
(b) A ‘controlled entity’ means an Entity which is separate in form from
the Member State or other jurisdiction or which otherwise constitutes a
separate juridical entity, provided that:
(i) the Entity is wholly owned and controlled by one or more
Governmental Entities directly or through one or more controlled
entities;
(ii) the Entity's net earnings are credited to its own account or to the
accounts of one or more Governmental Entities, with no portion of its
income inuring to the benefit of any private person; and
(iii) the Entity's assets vest in one or more Governmental Entities
upon dissolution.
(c) Income does not inure to the benefit of private persons if such persons
are the intended beneficiaries of a governmental programme, and the
programme activities are performed for the general public with respect to the
common welfare or relate to the administration of some phase of government.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, income is considered to inure to the
benefit of private persons if the income is derived from the use of a
Governmental Entity to conduct a commercial business, such as a commercial
banking business, that provides financial services to private persons.
EN 19 EN
3. The term ‘International Organisation’ means any international organisation or
wholly owned agency or instrumentality thereof. This category includes any
intergovernmental organisation (including a supranational organisation) (i) that is
comprised primarily of governments; (ii) that has in effect a headquarters or
substantially similar agreement with the Member State or other jurisdiction ;
and (iii) the income of which does not inure to the benefit of private persons.
4. The term ‘Central Bank’ means an institution that is by law or government
sanction the principal authority, other than the government of the Member State or
other jurisdiction itself, issuing instruments intended to circulate as currency. Such
an institution may include an instrumentality that is separate from the government of
the Member State or other jurisdiction , whether or not owned in whole or in
part by the Member State or other jurisdiction .
5. The term ‘Broad Participation Retirement Fund’ means a fund established to
provide retirement, disability, or death benefits, or any combination thereof, to
beneficiaries who are current or former employees (or persons designated by such
employees) of one or more employers in consideration for services rendered,
provided that the fund:
(a) does not have a single beneficiary with a right to more than 5 % of the
fund's assets;
(b) is subject to government regulation and provides information reporting
to the tax authorities; and
(c) satisfies at least one of the following requirements:
(i) the fund is generally exempt from tax on investment income, or
taxation of such income is deferred or taxed at a reduced rate, due to its
status as a retirement or pension plan;
(ii) the fund receives at least 50 % of its total contributions (other
than transfers of assets from other plans described in subparagraphs B
(5), (6) and through (7) or from retirement and pension accounts
described in subparagraph C(17) , point (a) from the sponsoring
employers;
(iii) distributions or withdrawals from the fund are allowed only
upon the occurrence of specified events related to retirement, disability,
or death (except rollover distributions to other retirement funds described
in subparagraphs B(5) through (7) or retirement and pension accounts
described in subparagraph C(17)(a)), or penalties apply to distributions or
withdrawals made before such specified events; or
(iv) contributions (other than certain permitted make-up
contributions) by employees to the fund are limited by reference to
earned income of the employee or may not exceed, annually, an amount
denominated in the domestic currency of each Member State that
corresponds to USD 50000, applying the rules set forth in paragraph C of
Section VII , subparagraph C for account aggregation and
currency translation.
6. The term ‘Narrow Participation Retirement Fund’ means a fund established to
provide retirement, disability, or death benefits to beneficiaries who are current or
EN 20 EN
former employees (or persons designated by such employees) of one or more
employers in consideration for services rendered, provided that:
(a) the fund has fewer than 50 participants;
(b) the fund is sponsored by one or more employers that are not Investment
Entities or Passive NFEs;
(c) the employee and employer contributions to the fund (other than
transfers of assets from retirement and pension accounts described in
subparagraph C(17) , point (a)) are limited by reference to earned
income and compensation of the employee, respectively;
(d) participants that are not residents of the Member State in which the
fund is established are not entitled to more than 20 % of the fund's assets; and
(e) the fund is subject to government regulation and provides information
reporting to the tax authorities.
7. The term ‘Pension Fund of a Governmental Entity, International Organisation
or Central Bank’ means a fund established by a Governmental Entity, International
Organisation or Central Bank to provide retirement, disability, or death benefits to
beneficiaries or participants who are current or former employees (or persons
designated by such employees), or who are not current or former employees, if the
benefits provided to such beneficiaries or participants are in consideration of
personal services performed for the Governmental Entity, International Organisation
or Central Bank.
8. The term ‘Qualified Credit Card Issuer’ means a Financial Institution
satisfying the following requirements:
(a) the Financial Institution is a Financial Institution solely because it is an
issuer of credit cards that accepts deposits only when a customer makes a
payment in excess of a balance due with respect to the card and the
overpayment is not immediately returned to the customer; and
(b) beginning on or before 1 January 2016, the Financial Institution
implements policies and procedures either to prevent a customer from making
an overpayment in excess of an amount denominated in the domestic currency
of each Member State that corresponds to USD 50000, or to ensure that any
customer overpayment in excess of that amount is refunded to the customer
within 60 days, in each case applying the rules set forth in paragraph C of
Section VII for account aggregation and currency translation. For this purpose,
a customer overpayment does not refer to credit balances to the extent of
disputed charges but does include credit balances resulting from merchandise
returns.
9. The term ‘Exempt Collective Investment Vehicle’ means an Investment Entity
that is regulated as a collective investment vehicle, provided that all of the interests
in the collective investment vehicle are held by or through individuals or Entities that
are not Reportable Persons, except a Passive NFE with Controlling Persons who are
Reportable Persons.
An Investment Entity that is regulated as a collective investment vehicle does not fail
to qualify under subparagraph B(9) as an Exempt Collective Investment Vehicle,
solely because the collective investment vehicle has issued physical shares in bearer
form, provided that:
EN 21 EN
(a) the collective investment vehicle has not issued, and does not issue, any
physical shares in bearer form after 31 December 2015;
(b) the collective investment vehicle retires all such shares upon surrender;
(c) the collective investment vehicle performs the due diligence procedures
set forth in Sections II tothrough VII and reports any information required to be
reported with respect to any such shares when such shares are presented for
redemption or other payment; and
(d) the collective investment vehicle has in place policies and procedures
to ensure that such shares are redeemed or immobilised as soon as possible,
and in any event prior to 1 January 2018.
C. Financial Account
1. The term ‘Financial Account’ means an account maintained by a Financial
Institution, and includes a Depository Account, a Custodial Account and:
(a) in the case of an Investment Entity, any equity or debt interest in the
Financial Institution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term ‘Financial
Account’ does not include any equity or debt interest in an Entity that is an
Investment Entity solely because it (i) renders investment advice to, and acts
on behalf of; or (ii) manages portfolios for, and acts on behalf of, a customer
for the purpose of investing, managing, or administering Financial Assets
deposited in the name of the customer with a Financial Institution other than
such Entity;
(b) in the case of a Financial Institution not described in point
subparagraph C(1)(a), any equity or debt interest in the Financial Institution, if
the class of interests was established with the purpose of avoiding reporting in
accordance with Section I; and
(c) any Cash Value Insurance Contract and any Annuity Contract issued or
maintained by a Financial Institution, other than a non-investment-linked, non-
transferable immediate life annuity that is issued to an individual and
monetises a pension or disability benefit provided under an account that is an
Excluded Account.
The term ‘Financial Account’ does not include any account that is an Excluded
Account.
2023/2226 Art. 1.17 and Annex
I.4(d)
2. The term ‘Depository Account’ includes any commercial, checking, savings,
time, or thrift account, or an account that is evidenced by a certificate of deposit,
thrift certificate, investment certificate, certificate of indebtedness, or other similar
instrument maintained by a Depository Institution. A Depository Account also
includes:
(a) an amount held by an insurance company pursuant to a guaranteed
investment contract or similar agreement to pay or credit interest therein;
(b) an account or notional account that represents all E-money held for the
benefit of a customer; and
EN 22 EN
(c) an account that holds one or more Central Bank Digital Currencies for
the benefit of a customer.
2014/107/EU Art. 1.6 and
Annex (adapted)
3. The term ‘Custodial Account’ means an account (other than an Insurance
Contract or Annuity Contract) which holds one or more Financial Assets for the
benefit of another person.
4. The term ‘Equity Interest’ means, in the case of a partnership that is a
Financial Institution, either a capital or profits interest in the partnership. In the case
of a trust that is a Financial Institution, an Equity Interest is considered to be held by
any person treated as a settlor or beneficiary of all or a portion of the trust, or any
other natural person exercising ultimate effective control over the trust. A Reportable
Person will be treated as being a beneficiary of a trust if such Reportable Person has
the right to receive directly or indirectly (for example, through a nominee) a
mandatory distribution or may receive, directly or indirectly, a discretionary
distribution from the trust.
5. The term ‘Insurance Contract’ means a contract (other than an Annuity
Contract) under which the issuer agrees to pay an amount upon the occurrence of a
specified contingency involving mortality, morbidity, accident, liability, or property
risk.
6. The term ‘Annuity Contract’ means a contract under which the issuer agrees to
make payments for a period of time determined in whole or in part by reference to
the life expectancy of one or more individuals. The term also includes a contract that
is considered to be an Annuity Contract in accordance with the law, regulation, or
practice of the Member State or other jurisdiction in which the contract was issued,
and under which the issuer agrees to make payments for a term of years.
7. The term ‘Cash Value Insurance Contract’ means an Insurance Contract (other
than an indemnity reinsurance contract between two insurance companies) that has a
Cash Value.
8. The term ‘Cash Value’ means the greater of (i) the amount that the
policyholder is entitled to receive upon surrender or termination of the contract
(determined without reduction for any surrender charge or policy loan); and (ii) the
amount the policyholder can borrow under or with regard to the contract.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term ‘Cash Value’ does not include an amount
payable under an Insurance Contract:
(a) solely by reason of the death of an individual insured under a life
insurance contract;
(b) as a personal injury or sickness benefit or other benefit providing
indemnification of an economic loss incurred upon the occurrence of the event
insured against;
(c) as a refund of a previously paid premium (less cost of insurance
charges whether or not actually imposed) under an Insurance Contract (other
than an investment-linked life insurance or annuity contract) due to
cancellation or termination of the contract, decrease in risk exposure during the
EN 23 EN
effective period of the contract, or arising from the correction of a posting or
similar error with regard to the premium for the contract;
(d) as a policyholder dividend (other than a termination dividend) provided
that the dividend relates to an Insurance Contract under which the only benefits
payable are described in point subparagraph C(8)(b); or
(e) as a return of an advance premium or premium deposit for an Insurance
Contract for which the premium is payable at least annually if the amount of
the advance premium or premium deposit does not exceed the next annual
premium that will be payable under the contract.
2023/2226 Art. 1.17 and Annex
I.4(e) (adapted)
9. The term ‘Pre-existing Account’ means:
(a) a Financial Account maintained by a Reporting Financial Institution as
of 31 December 2015 or, if the account is treated as a Financial Account solely
by virtue of the amendments to this Directive made by Council Directive
(EU) 2023/22261, as of 31 December 2025;
(b) any Financial Account of an Account Holder, regardless of the date
such Financial Account was opened, if:
(i) the Account Holder also holds with the Reporting Financial
Institution (or with a Related Entity within the same Member State as the
Reporting Financial Institution) a Financial Account that is a Pre-existing
Account under subparagraph C(9), point (a);
(ii) the Reporting Financial Institution (and, as applicable, the
Related Entity within the same Member State as the Reporting Financial
Institution) treats both of the aforementioned Financial Accounts, and
any other Financial Accounts of the Account Holder that are treated as
Pre-existing Accounts under subparagraph C(9), point (b) of this
subparagraph , as a single Financial Account for the purpose of
satisfying the standards of knowledge requirements set out in Section
VII, paragraph A, and for the purpose of determining the balance or
value of any of the Financial Accounts when applying any of the account
thresholds;
(iii) with respect to a Financial Account that is subject
to AML/KYC Procedures, the Reporting Financial Institution is
permitted to satisfy such AML/KYC Procedures for the Financial
Account by relying upon the AML/KYC Procedures performed for the
Pre-existing Account described in subparagraph C(9), point (a); and
(iv) the opening of the Financial Account does not require the
provision of new, additional or amended customer information by the
Account Holder other than for the purposes of this Directive.
1 Council Directive (EU) 2023/2226 of 17 October 2023 amending Directive 2011/16/EU on
administrative cooperation in the field of taxation (OJ L, 2023/2226, 24.10.2023, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2023/2226/oj).
EN 24 EN
10. The term ‘New Account’ means a Financial Account maintained by a
Reporting Financial Institution opened on or after 1 January 2016 or, if the account is
treated as a Financial Account solely by virtue of the amendments to this Directive
made by Directive (EU) 2023/2226, on or after 1 January 2026.
2014/107/EU Art. 1.6 and
Annex (adapted)
11. The term ‘Pre-existing Individual Account’ means a Pre-existing Account held
by one or more individuals.
12. The term ‘New Individual Account’ means a New Account held by one or
more individuals.
13. The term ‘Pre-existing Entity Account’ means a Pre-existing Account held by
one or more Entities.
14. The term ‘Lower Value Account’ means a Pre-existing Individual Account
with an aggregate balance or value as of 31 December 2015 that does not exceed an
amount denominated in the domestic currency of each Member State that
corresponds to USD 1000000.
15. The term ‘High Value Account’ means a Pre-existing Individual Account with
an aggregate balance or value that exceeds, as of 31 December 2015, or 31
December of any subsequent year, an amount denominated in the domestic currency
of each Member State that corresponds to USD 1000000.
16. The term ‘New Entity Account’ means a New Account held by one or more
Entities.
17. The term ‘Excluded Account’ means any of the following accounts:
(a) a retirement or pension account that satisfies the following
requirements:
(i) the account is subject to regulation as a personal retirement
account or is part of a registered or regulated retirement or pension plan
for the provision of retirement or pension benefits (including disability or
death benefits);
(ii) the account is tax-favoured (i.e., contributions to the account
that would otherwise be subject to tax are deductible or excluded from
the gross income of the Account Holder or taxed at a reduced rate, or
taxation of investment income from the account is deferred or taxed at a
reduced rate);
(iii) information reporting is required to the tax authorities with
respect to the account;
(iv) withdrawals are conditioned on reaching a specified retirement
age, disability, or death, or penalties apply to withdrawals made before
such specified events; and
(v) either (i) annual contributions are limited to an amount
denominated in the domestic currency of each Member State that
corresponds to USD 50000 or less; or (ii) there is a maximum lifetime
contribution limit to the account of an amount denominated in the
EN 25 EN
domestic currency of each Member State that corresponds to USD
1000000 or less, in each case applying the rules set forth in paragraph C
of Section VII , paragraph C or account aggregation and currency
translation.
A Financial Account that otherwise satisfies the requirement of subparagraph
C(17) , point (a)(v) will not fail to satisfy such requirement solely
because such Financial Account may receive assets or funds transferred from
one or more Financial Accounts that meet the requirements of subparagraph
C(17) , point (a) or (b) or from one or more retirement or pension funds
that meet the requirements of any of subparagraphs B(5) tothrough (7);
(b) an account that satisfies the following requirements:
(i) the account is subject to regulation as an investment vehicle for
purposes other than for retirement and is regularly traded on an
established securities market, or the account is subject to regulation as a
savings vehicle for purposes other than for retirement;
(ii) the account is tax-favoured (i.e., contributions to the account
that would otherwise be subject to tax are deductible or excluded from
the gross income of the Account Holder or taxed at a reduced rate, or
taxation of investment income from the account is deferred or taxed at a
reduced rate);
(iii) withdrawals are conditioned on meeting specific criteria related
to the purpose of the investment or savings account (for example, the
provision of educational or medical benefits), or penalties apply to
withdrawals made before such criteria are met; and
(iv) annual contributions are limited to an amount denominated in
the domestic currency of each Member State that corresponds to USD
50000 or less, applying the rules set forth in paragraph C of Section VII,
paragraph C for account aggregation and currency translation.
A Financial Account that otherwise satisfies the requirement of subparagraph
C(17) , point (b)(iv) will not fail to satisfy such requirement solely
because such Financial Account may receive assets or funds transferred from
one or more Financial Accounts that meet the requirements of subparagraph
C(17) , point (a) or (b) or from one or more retirement or pension funds
that meet the requirements of any of subparagraphs B(5) tothrough (7);
(c) a life insurance contract with a coverage period that will end before the
insured individual attains age 90, provided that the contract satisfies the
following requirements:
(i) periodic premiums, which do not decrease over time, are
payable at least annually during the period the contract is in existence or
until the insured attains age 90, whichever is shorter;
(ii) the contract has no contract value that any person can access
(by withdrawal, loan, or otherwise) without terminating the contract;
(iii) the amount (other than a death benefit) payable upon
cancellation or termination of the contract cannot exceed the aggregate
premiums paid for the contract, less the sum of mortality, morbidity, and
expense charges (whether or not actually imposed) for the period or
EN 26 EN
periods of the contract's existence and any amounts paid prior to the
cancellation or termination of the contract; and
(iv) the contract is not held by a transferee for value;
(d) an account that is held solely by an estate if the documentation for such
account includes a copy of the deceased's will or death certificate;
(e) an account established in connection with any of the following:
(i) a court order or judgment.
(ii) a sale, exchange, or lease of real or personal property, provided
that the account satisfies the following requirements:
– the account is funded solely with a down payment, earnest money,
deposit in an amount appropriate to secure an obligation directly
related to the transaction, or a similar payment, or is funded with a
Financial Asset that is deposited in the account in connection with
the sale, exchange, or lease of the property,
– the account is established and used solely to secure the obligation
of the purchaser to pay the purchase price for the property, the
seller to pay any contingent liability, or the lessor or lessee to pay
for any damages relating to the leased property as agreed under the
lease,
– the assets of the account, including the income earned thereon, will
be paid or otherwise distributed for the benefit of the purchaser,
seller, lessor, or lessee (including to satisfy such person's
obligation) when the property is sold, exchanged, or surrendered,
or the lease terminates,
– the account is not a margin or similar account established in
connection with a sale or exchange of a Financial Asset, and
– the account is not associated with an account described in
subparagraph C(17) , point (f);
(iii) an obligation of a Financial Institution servicing a loan secured
by real property to set aside a portion of a payment solely to facilitate the
payment of taxes or insurance related to the real property at a later time;
(iv) an obligation of a Financial Institution solely to facilitate the
payment of taxes at a later time;
2023/2226 Art. 1.17 and Annex
I.4(f)
(v) a foundation or capital increase of a company provided that the
account satisfies the following requirements:
– the account is used exclusively to deposit capital that is to be used
for the purposes of the foundation or capital increase of a company,
as prescribed by law;
EN 27 EN
– any amounts held in the account are blocked until the Reporting
Financial Institution obtains an independent confirmation regarding
the foundation or capital increase;
– the account is closed or transformed into an account in the name of
the company after the foundation or capital increase;
– any repayments resulting from a failed foundation or capital
increase, net of service provider and similar fees, are made solely
to the persons who contributed the amounts; and
– the account has not been established more than 12 months ago;
2023/2226 Art. 1.17 and Annex
I.4(f)
(fea) a Depository Account that represents all Electronic Money held for the
benefit of a customer, if the rolling average 90 days end-of-day aggregate
account balance or value during any period of 90 consecutive days did not
exceed USD 10000 at any day during the calendar year or other appropriate
reporting period;
2014/107/EU Art. 1.6 and
Annex (adapted)
(gf) a Depository Account that satisfies the following requirements:
(i) the account exists solely because a customer makes a payment
in excess of a balance due with respect to a credit card or other revolving
credit facility and the overpayment is not immediately returned to the
customer; and
(ii) beginning on or before 1 January 2016, the Financial Institution
implements policies and procedures either to prevent a customer from
making an overpayment in excess of an amount denominated in the
domestic currency of each Member State that corresponds to USD 50000,
or to ensure that any customer overpayment in excess of that amount is
refunded to the customer within 60 days, in each case applying the rules
set forth in paragraph C of Section VII , paragraph C for currency
translation. For this purpose, a customer overpayment does not refer to
credit balances to the extent of disputed charges but does include credit
balances resulting from merchandise returns;
(hg) any other account that presents a low risk of being used to evade tax,
has substantially similar characteristics to any of the accounts described in
subparagraphs C(17) , points (a) tothrough (f), and is included in the list
of Excluded Accounts referred to in Article 5 8(7a) of this Directive,
provided that the status of such account as an Excluded Account does not
frustrate the purposes of this Directive.
D. Reportable Account
1. The term ‘Reportable Account’ means a Financial Account that is maintained
by a Member State Reporting Financial Institution and is held by one or more
Reportable Persons or by a Passive NFE with one or more Controlling Persons that is
EN 28 EN
a Reportable Person, provided it has been identified as such pursuant to the due
diligence procedures described in Sections II tothrough VII.
2023/2226 Art. 1.17 and Annex
I.4(g)
2. The term ‘Reportable Person’ means a Member State Person other than:
(a) an Entity the stock of which is regularly traded on one or more
established securities markets;
(b) any Entity that is a Related Entity of an Entity described in point (a);
(c) a Governmental Entity;
(d) an International Organisation;
(e) a Central Bank; or
(f) a Financial Institution.
2014/107/EU Art. 1.6 and
Annex (adapted)
3. The term ‘Member State Person’ with regard to each Member State means an
individual or Entity that is resident in any other Member State under the tax laws of
that other Member State, or an estate of a decedent that was a resident of any other
Member State. For this purpose, an Entity such as a partnership, limited liability
partnership or similar legal arrangement, which has no residence for tax purposes
shall be treated as resident in the jurisdiction in which its place of effective
management is situated.
4. The term ‘Participating Jurisdiction’ with regard to each Member State means:
(a) any other Member State;
(b) any other jurisdiction (i) with which the Member State concerned has
an agreement in place pursuant to which that jurisdiction will provide the
information specified in Section I; and (ii) which is identified in a list
published by that Member State and notified to the European Commission;
(c) any other jurisdiction (i) with which the Union has an agreement in
place pursuant to which that jurisdiction will provide the information specified
in Section I; and (ii) which is identified in a list published by the European
Commission.
5. The term ‘Controlling Persons’ means the natural persons who exercise control
over an Entity. In the case of a trust, that term means the settlor(s), the trustee(s), the
protector(s) (if any), the beneficiary(ies) or class(es) of beneficiaries, and any other
natural person(s) exercising ultimate effective control over the trust, and in the case
of a legal arrangement other than a trust, such term means persons in equivalent or
similar positions. The term ‘Controlling Persons’ must be interpreted in a manner
consistent with the Financial Action Task Force Recommendations.
6. The term ‘NFE’ means any Entity that is not a Financial Institution.
EN 29 EN
7. The term ‘Passive NFE’ means any: (i) NFE that is not an Active NFE; or (ii)
an Investment Entity described in subparagraph A(6) , point (b) that is not a
Participating Jurisdiction Financial Institution.
8. The term ‘Active NFE’ means any NFE that meets any of the following
criteria:
(a) less than 50 % of the NFE's gross income for the preceding calendar
year or other appropriate reporting period is passive income and less than 50 %
of the assets held by the NFE during the preceding calendar year or other
appropriate reporting period are assets that produce or are held for the
production of passive income;
(b) the stock of the NFE is regularly traded on an established securities
market or the NFE is a Related Entity of an Entity the stock of which is
regularly traded on an established securities market;
(c) the NFE is a Governmental Entity, an International Organisation, a
Central Bank, or an Entity wholly owned by one or more of the foregoing;
(d) substantially all of the activities of the NFE consist of holding (in
whole or in part) the outstanding stock of, or providing financing and services
to, one or more subsidiaries that engage in trades or businesses other than the
business of a Financial Institution, except that an Entity does not qualify for
this status if the Entity functions (or holds itself out) as an investment fund,
such as a private equity fund, venture capital fund, leveraged buyout fund, or
any investment vehicle whose purpose is to acquire or fund companies and
then hold interests in those companies as capital assets for investment
purposes;
(e) the NFE is not yet operating a business and has no prior operating
history, but is investing capital into assets with the intent to operate a business
other than that of a Financial Institution, provided that the NFE does not
qualify for this exception after the date that is 24 months after the date of the
initial organisation of the NFE;
(f) the NFE was not a Financial Institution in the past five years, and is in
the process of liquidating its assets or is reorganising with the intent to
continue or recommence operations in a business other than that of a Financial
Institution;
(g) the NFE primarily engages in financing and hedging transactions with,
or for, Related Entities that are not Financial Institutions, and does not provide
financing or hedging services to any Entity that is not a Related Entity,
provided that the group of any such Related Entities is primarily engaged in a
business other than that of a Financial Institution; or
(h) the NFE meets all of the following requirements:
(i) it is established and operated in its Member State or other
jurisdiction of residence exclusively for religious, charitable, scientific,
artistic, cultural, athletic, or educational purposes; or it is established and
operated in its Member State or other jurisdiction of residence and it is a
professional organisation, business league, chamber of commerce, labour
organisation, agricultural or horticultural organisation, civic league or an
organisation operated exclusively for the promotion of social welfare;
EN 30 EN
(ii) it is exempt from income tax in its Member State or other
jurisdiction of residence;
(iii) it has no shareholders or members who have a proprietary or
beneficial interest in its income or assets;
(iv) the applicable laws of the NFE's Member State or other
jurisdiction of residence or the NFE's formation documents do not permit
any income or assets of the NFE to be distributed to, or applied for the
benefit of, a private person or non-charitable Entity other than pursuant
to the conduct of the NFE's charitable activities, or as payment of
reasonable compensation for services rendered, or as payment
representing the fair market value of property which the NFE has
purchased; and
(v) the applicable laws of the NFE's Member State or other
jurisdiction of residence or the NFE's formation documents require that,
upon the NFE's liquidation or dissolution, all of its assets be distributed
to a Governmental Entity or other non-profit organisation, or escheat to
the government of the NFE's Member State or other jurisdiction of
residence or any political subdivision thereof.
E. Miscellaneous
1. The term ‘Account Holder’ means the person listed or identified as the holder
of a Financial Account by the Financial Institution that maintains the account. A
person, other than a Financial Institution, holding a Financial Account for the benefit
or account of another person as agent, custodian, nominee, signatory, investment
advisor, or intermediary, is not treated as holding the account for purposes of this
Directive, and such other person is treated as holding the account. In the case of a
Cash Value Insurance Contract or an Annuity Contract, the Account Holder is any
person entitled to access the Cash Value or change the beneficiary of the contract. If
no person can access the Cash Value or change the beneficiary, the Account Holder
is any person named as the owner in the contract and any person with a vested
entitlement to payment under the terms of the contract. Upon the maturity of a Cash
Value Insurance Contract or an Annuity Contract, each person entitled to receive a
payment under the contract is treated as an Account Holder.
2. The term ‘AML/KYC Procedures’ means the customer due diligence
procedures of a Reporting Financial Institution pursuant to the anti-money
laundering or similar requirements to which such Reporting Financial Institution is
subject.
3. The term ‘Entity’ means a legal person or a legal arrangement, such as a
corporation, partnership, trust, or foundation.
4. An Entity is a ‘Related Entity’ of another Entity if (i) either Entity controls the
other Entity; (ii) the two Entities are under common control; or (iii) the two Entities
are Investment Entities described in subparagraph A(6) , point (b), are under
common management, and such management fulfils the due diligence obligations of
such Investment Entities. For this purpose control includes direct or indirect
ownership of more than 50 % of the vote and value in an Entity.
5. The term ‘TIN’ means Taxpayer Identification Number (or functional
equivalent in the absence of a Taxpayer Identification Number).
EN 31 EN
6. The term ‘Documentary Evidence’ includes any of the following:
(a) a certificate of residence issued by an authorised government body (for
example, a government or agency thereof, or a municipality) of the Member
State or other jurisdiction in which the payee claims to be a resident;
(b) with respect to an individual, any valid identification issued by an
authorised government body (for example, a government or agency thereof, or
a municipality), that includes the individual's name and is typically used for
identification purposes;
(c) with respect to an Entity, any official documentation issued by an
authorised government body (for example, a government or agency thereof, or
a municipality) that includes the name of the Entity and either the address of its
principal office in the Member State or other jurisdiction in which it claims to
be a resident or the Member State or other jurisdiction in which the Entity was
incorporated or organised;
(d) any audited financial statement, third-party credit report, bankruptcy
filing, or securities regulator's report.
With respect to a Pre-existing Entity Account, Reporting Financial Institutions may
use as Documentary Evidence any classification in the Reporting Financial
Institution's records with respect to the Account Holder that was determined based on
a standardised industry coding system, that was recorded by the Reporting Financial
Institution consistent with its normal business practices for purposes of AML/KYC
Procedures or another regulatory purposes (other than for tax purposes) and that was
implemented by the Reporting Financial Institution prior to the date used to classify
the Financial Account as a Pre-existing Account, provided that the Reporting
Financial Institution does not know or does not have reason to know that such
classification is incorrect or unreliable. The term ‘standardised industry coding
system’ means a coding system used to classify establishments by business type for
purposes other than tax purposes.
2023/2226 Art. 1.17 and Annex
I.4(h)
7. The term ‘Identification Service’ means an electronic process made available
free of charge by a Member State or the Union to a Reporting Financial Institution
for the purpose of ascertaining the identity and tax residence of an Account Holder or
Controlling Person.
EN 32 EN
2014/107/EU Art. 1.6 and
Annex (adapted)
SECTION IXX
EFFECTIVE IMPLEMENTATION DATES AS REGARDS REPORTING
FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS LOCATED IN AUSTRIA
2014/107/EU Art. 1.6 and
Annex
Pursuant to Article 5 of this Directive, Member States must have rules and administrative
procedures in place to ensure effective implementation of, and compliance with, the reporting
and due diligence procedures set out above including:
(1) rules to prevent any Financial Institutions, persons or intermediaries from
adopting practices intended to circumvent the reporting and due diligence
procedures;
(2) rules requiring Reporting Financial Institutions to keep records of the steps
undertaken and any evidence relied upon for the performance of the above
procedures and adequate measures to obtain those records;
(3) administrative procedures to verify Reporting Financial Institutions'
compliance with the reporting and due diligence procedures; administrative
procedures to follow up with a Reporting Financial Institution when undocumented
accounts are reported;
(4) administrative procedures to ensure that the Entities and accounts defined in
domestic law as Non-Reporting Financial Institutions and Excluded Accounts
continue to have a low risk of being used to evade tax; and
(5) effective enforcement provisions to address non-compliance.
2014/107/EU Art. 1.6 and
Annex (adapted)
In the case of Reporting Financial Institutions located in Austria, all references to ‘2016’ and
‘2017’ in this Annex should be read as references to ‘2017’ and ‘2018’ respectively.
In the case of Pre-existing Accounts held by Reporting Financial Institutions located in
Austria, all references to ‘31 December 2015’ in this Annex should be read as references to
‘31 December 2016’.
2023/2226 Art. 1.17 and Annex
I.5
SECTION XI
TRANSITIONAL MEASURES
Notwithstanding Section I, subparagraph A(1), point (b), and subparagraph A(6a), with
respect to each Reportable Account that is maintained by a Reporting Financial Institution as
EN 33 EN
of 31 December 2025 and for reporting periods ending by the second calendar year following
such date, information with respect to the role(s) by virtue of which each Reportable Person is
a Controlling Person or Equity Interest holder of the Entity is only required to be reported if
such information is available in the electronically searchable data maintained by the
Reporting Financial Institution.
EN 1 EN
2014/107/EU Art. 1.6 and
Annex (adapted)
ANNEX II
COMPLEMENTARY REPORTING AND DUE DILIGENCE RULES FOR
FINANCIAL ACCOUNT INFORMATION
1. CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES
A ‘change in circumstances’ includes any change that results in the addition of information
relevant to a person's status or otherwise conflicts with such person's status. In addition, a
change in circumstances includes any change or addition of information to the Account
Holder's account (including the addition, substitution, or other change of an Account Holder)
or any change or addition of information to any account associated with such account
(applying the account aggregation rules described in subparagraphs C(1) through (3) of
Section VI , subparagraphs C(1), (2) and (3) I of Annex I) if such change or addition
of information affects the status of the Account Holder.
If a Reporting Financial Institution has relied on the residence address test described in
subparagraph B(1) of Section III , subparagraph B(1) of Annex I and there is a change
in circumstances that causes the Reporting Financial Institution to know or have reason to
know that the original Documentary Evidence (or other equivalent documentation) is
incorrect or unreliable, the Reporting Financial Institution must, by the later of the last day of
the relevant calendar year or other appropriate reporting period, or 90 calendar days following
the notice or discovery of such change in circumstances, obtain a self-certification and new
Documentary Evidence to establish the residence(s) for tax purposes of the Account Holder.
If the Reporting Financial Institution cannot obtain the self-certification and new
Documentary Evidence by such date, the Reporting Financial Institution must apply the
electronic record search procedure described in subparagraphs B(2) through (6) of Section III
, subparagraphs B(2) to (6) of Annex I.
2. SELF-CERTIFICATION FOR NEW ENTITY ACCOUNTS
With respect to New Entity Accounts, for the purposes of determining whether a Controlling
Person of a Passive NFE is a Reportable Person, a Reporting Financial Institution may only
rely on a self-certification from either the Account Holder or the Controlling Person.
3. RESIDENCE OF A FINANCIAL INSTITUTION
A Financial Institution is ‘resident’ in a Member State if it is subject to the jurisdiction of
such Member State (i.e., the Member State is able to enforce reporting by the Financial
Institution). In general, where a Financial Institution is resident for tax purposes in a Member
State, it is subject to the jurisdiction of such Member State and it is, thus, a Member State
Financial Institution. In the case of a trust that is a Financial Institution (irrespective of
whether it is resident for tax purposes in a Member State), the trust is considered to be subject
to the jurisdiction of a Member State if one or more of its trustees are resident in such
Member State except if the trust reports all the information required to be reported pursuant to
this Directive with respect to Reportable Accounts maintained by the trust to another Member
State because it is resident for tax purposes in such other Member State. However, where a
Financial Institution (other than a trust) does not have a residence for tax purposes (e.g.,
because it is treated as fiscally transparent, or it is located in a jurisdiction that does not have
EN 2 EN
an income tax), it is considered to be subject to the jurisdiction of a Member State and it is,
thus, a Member State Financial Institution if:
(a) it is incorporated under the laws of the Member State;
(b) it has its place of management (including effective management) in the
Member State; or
(c) it is subject to financial supervision in the Member State.
Where a Financial Institution (other than a trust) is resident in two or more Member States,
such Financial Institution will be subject to the reporting and due diligence obligations of the
Member State in which it maintains the Financial Account(s).
4. ACCOUNT MAINTAINED
In general, an account would be considered to be maintained by a Financial Institution as
follows:
(a) in the case of a Custodial Account, by the Financial Institution that holds
custody over the assets in the account (including a Financial Institution that holds
assets in street name for an Account Holder in such institution);
(b) in the case of a Depository Account, by the Financial Institution that is
obligated to make payments with respect to the account (excluding an agent of a
Financial Institution regardless of whether such agent is a Financial Institution);
(c) in the case of any equity or debt interest in a Financial Institution that
constitutes a Financial Account, by such Financial Institution;
(d) in the case of a Cash Value Insurance Contract or an Annuity Contract, by the
Financial Institution that is obligated to make payments with respect to the contract.
5. TRUSTS THAT ARE PASSIVE NFES
An Entity such as a partnership, limited liability partnership or similar legal arrangement that
has no residence for tax purposes, according to subparagraph D(3) of Section VIII ,
subparagraph D(3) of Annex I, shall be treated as resident in the jurisdiction in which its
place of effective management is situated. For these purposes, a legal person or a legal
arrangement is considered ‘similar’ to a partnership and a limited liability partnership where it
is not treated as a taxable unit in a Member State under the tax laws of such Member State.
However, in order to avoid duplicate reporting (given the wide scope of the term ‘Controlling
Persons’ in the case of trusts), a trust that is a Passive NFE may not be considered a similar
legal arrangement.
6. ADDRESS OF ENTITY'S PRINCIPAL OFFICE
One of the requirements described in subparagraph E(6)(c) of Section VIII , subparagraph
E(6), point (c) of Annex I is that, with respect to an Entity, the official documentation
includes either the address of the Entity's principal office in the Member State or other
jurisdiction in which it claims to be a resident or the Member State or other jurisdiction in
which the Entity was incorporated or organised. The address of the Entity's principal office is
generally the place in which its place of effective management is situated. The address of a
Financial Institution with which the Entity maintains an account, a post office box, or an
address used solely for mailing purposes is not the address of the Entity's principal office
unless such address is the only address used by the Entity and appears as the Entity's
EN 3 EN
registered address in the Entity's organisational documents. Further, an address that is
provided subject to instructions to hold all mail to that address is not the address of the
Entity's principal office.
EN 1 EN
2016/881 Art. 1.9 and Annex
(adapted)
ANNEX III
FILING RULES FOR GROUPS OF MULTINATIONAL ENTERPRISES
SECTION I
DEFINED TERMS
1. The term ‘Group’ means a collection of enterprises related through ownership
or control such that it is either required to prepare Consolidated Financial Statements
for financial reporting purposes under applicable accounting principles or would be
so required if equity interests in any of the enterprises were traded on a public
securities exchange.
2. The term ‘Enterprise’ means any form of conducting business by any person
referred to in points (b), (c) and (d) of Article 3, point 1211 (b), (c) and (d) .
3. The term ‘MNE Group’ means any Group that includes two or more
enterprises the tax residence for which is in different jurisdictions, or includes an
enterprise that is resident for tax purposes in one jurisdiction and is subject to tax
with respect to the business carried out through a permanent establishment in another
jurisdiction, and is not an Excluded MNE Group.
4. The term ‘Excluded MNE Group’ means, with respect to any Fiscal Year of
the Group, a Group having total consolidated group revenue of less than EUR
750000000 or an amount in local currency approximately equivalent to EUR
750000000 as of January 2015 during the Fiscal Year immediately preceding the
Reporting Fiscal Year as reflected in its Consolidated Financial Statements for such
preceding Fiscal Year.
5. The term ‘Constituent Entity’ means any of the following:
(a) any separate business unit of an MNE Group that is included in the
Consolidated Financial Statements of the MNE Group for financial reporting
purposes, or would be so included if equity interests in such business unit of an
MNE Group were traded on a public securities exchange;
(b) any such business unit that is excluded from the MNE Group's
Consolidated Financial Statements solely on size or materiality grounds;
(c) any permanent establishment of any separate business unit of the MNE
Group included in (a) or (b) provided the business unit prepares a separate
financial statement for such permanent establishment for financial reporting,
regulatory, tax reporting, or internal management control purposes.
6. The term ‘Reporting Entity’ means the Constituent Entity that is required to
file a country-by-country report conforming to the requirements in Article 78aa(3) in
its jurisdiction of tax residence on behalf of the MNE Group. The Reporting Entity
may be the Ultimate Parent Entity, the Surrogate Parent Entity, or any entity
described in point 1 of Section II , paragraph 1 .
7. The term ‘Ultimate Parent Entity’ means a Constituent Entity of an MNE
Group that meets the following criteria:
EN 2 EN
(a) it owns directly or indirectly a sufficient interest in one or more other
Constituent Entities of such MNE Group such that it is required to prepare
Consolidated Financial Statements under accounting principles generally
applied in its jurisdiction of tax residence, or would be so required if its equity
interests were traded on a public securities exchange in its jurisdiction of tax
residence;
(b) there is no other Constituent Entity of such MNE Group that owns
directly or indirectly an interest described in point (a) in the first mentioned
Constituent Entity.
8. The term ‘Surrogate Parent Entity’ means one Constituent Entity of the MNE
Group that has been appointed by such MNE Group, as a sole substitute for the
Ultimate Parent Entity, to file the country-by-country report in that Constituent
Entity's jurisdiction of tax residence, on behalf of such MNE Group, when one or
more of the conditions set out in point (b) of the first paragraph of point 1 of Section
II , paragraph 1, point b apply.
9. The term ‘Fiscal Year’ means an annual accounting period with respect to
which the Ultimate Parent Entity of the MNE Group prepares its financial
statements.
10. The term ‘Reporting Fiscal Year’ means that Fiscal Year the financial and
operational results of which are reflected in the country-by-country report referred to
in Article 78aa(3).
11. The term ‘Qualifying Competent Authority Agreement’ means an agreement
that is between authorised representatives of an EU Member State and a non-Union
jurisdiction that are parties to an International Agreement and that requires the
automatic exchange of country-by-country reports between the party jurisdictions.
12. The term ‘International Agreement’ means the Multilateral Convention on
Mutual Administrative Assistance in Tax Matters, any bilateral or multilateral tax
convention, or any tax information exchange agreement to which the Member State
is a party, and that by its terms provides legal authority for the exchange of tax
information between jurisdictions, including automatic exchange of such
information.
13. The term ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’ means the financial statements
of an MNE Group in which the assets, liabilities, income, expenses and cash flows of
the Ultimate Parent Entity and the Constituent Entities are presented as those of a
single economic entity.
14. The term ‘Systemic Failure’ with respect to a jurisdiction means either that a
jurisdiction has a Qualifying Competent Authority Agreement in effect with a
Member State but has suspended automatic exchange (for reasons other than those
that are in accordance with the terms of that Agreement), or that a jurisdiction
otherwise persistently failed to automatically provide to a Member State country-by-
country reports in its possession of MNE Groups that have Constituent Entities in
that Member State.
SECTION II
GENERAL REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
1. A Constituent Entity resident in a Member State which is not the Ultimate Parent
Entity of an MNE Group shall file a country-by-country report with respect to the Reporting
EN 3 EN
Fiscal Year of an MNE Group of which it is a Constituent Entity, if the following criteria are
satisfied:
(a) the entity is resident for tax purposes in a Member State;
(b) one of the following conditions applies:
(i) the Ultimate Parent Entity of the MNE Group is not obligated to file a
country-by-country report in its jurisdiction of tax residence;
(ii) the jurisdiction in which the Ultimate Parent Entity is resident for tax
purposes has a current International Agreement to which the Member State is a
party but does not have a Qualifying Competent Authority Agreement in effect
to which the Member State is a party by the time specified in Article 78aa(1)
for filing the country-by-country report for the Reporting Fiscal Year;
(iii) there has been a Systemic Failure of the jurisdiction of tax residence of
the Ultimate Parent Entity that has been notified by the Member State to the
Constituent Entity resident for tax purposes in the Member State.
Without prejudice to the obligation of the Ultimate Parent Entity referred to in
Article 8aa(1) or its Surrogate Parent Entity to file the first country-by-country report
for the Fiscal Year of the MNE Group commencing on or after 1 January 2016,
Member States may decide that the obligation for Constituent Entities set out in point
1 of this Section shall apply for country-by-country reports with respect to the
Reporting Fiscal Years commencing on or after 1 January 2017 onwards.
A Constituent Entity resident in a Member State as defined in the first paragraph of
this point shall request its Ultimate Parent Entity to provide it with all information
required to enable it to meet its obligations to file a country-by-country report, in
accordance with Article 7 8aa(3). If despite that, that Constituent Entity has not
obtained or acquired all the required information to report for the MNE Group, this
Constituent Entity shall file a country-by-country report containing all information in
its possession, obtained or acquired, and notify the Member State of its residence that
the Ultimate Parent Entity has refused to make the necessary information available.
This shall be without prejudice to the right of the Member State concerned to apply
penalties provided for in its national legislation and this Member State shall inform
all Member States of this refusal.
Where there are more than one Constituent Entities of the same MNE Group that are
resident for tax purposes in within the Union and one or more of the
conditions set out in point (b) of this the first paragraph apply, the MNE
Group may designate one of such Constituent Entities to file the country-by-country
report conforming to the requirements of Article 7 8aa (3) with respect to any
Reporting Fiscal Year within the deadline specified in Article 7 8aa (1) and to notify
the Member State that the filing is intended to satisfy the filing requirement of all the
Constituent Entities of such MNE Group that are resident for tax purposes in
within the Union. That Member State shall, pursuant to Article 7 8aa (2),
communicate the country-by-country report received to any other Member State in
which, on the basis of the information in the country-by-country report, one or more
Constituent Entities of the MNE Group of the Reporting Entity are either resident for
tax purposes or are subject to tax with respect to the business carried out through a
permanent establishment.
Where a Constituent Entity cannot obtain or acquire all the information required to
file a country-by-country report, in line with Article 7 8aa (3), then such Constituent
EN 4 EN
Entity shall not be eligible to be designated to be the Reporting Entity for the MNE
Group in accordance with the fourth paragraph of this point. This rule shall be
without prejudice to the obligation of the Constituent Entity to notify the Member
State of its residence that the Ultimate Parent Entity has refused to make the
necessary information available.
2. By way of derogation from paragraph point 1, when one or more of the
conditions set out in point (b) of the first paragraph 1, point (b) of point 1 apply, an
entity described in paragraph point 1 shall not be required to file a country-by-country
report with respect to any Reporting Fiscal Year if the MNE Group of which it is a
Constituent Entity has made available a country-by-country report in accordance with Article
7 8aa (3) with respect to such Fiscal Year through a Surrogate Parent Entity that files that
country-by-country report with the tax authority of its jurisdiction of tax residence on or
before the date specified in Article 7 8aa (1) and that, in case the Surrogate Parent Entity is
tax resident in a jurisdiction outside the Union, satisfies the following conditions:
(a) the jurisdiction of tax residence of the Surrogate Parent Entity requires filing of
country-by-country reports conforming to the requirements of Article 7 8aa (3);
(b) the jurisdiction of tax residence of the Surrogate Parent Entity has a Qualifying
Competent Authority Agreement in effect to which the Member State is a party by
the time specified in Article 7 8aa (1) for filing the country-by-country report for the
Reporting Fiscal Year;
(c) the jurisdiction of tax residence of the Surrogate Parent Entity has not notified
the Member State of a Systemic Failure;
(d) the jurisdiction of tax residence of the Surrogate Parent Entity has been
notified no later than the last day of the Reporting Fiscal Year of such MNE Group
by the Constituent Entity resident for tax purposes in its jurisdiction that it is the
Surrogate Parent Entity;
(e) a notification has been provided to the Member State in accordance with
paragraph point 4.
3. Member States shall request that any Constituent Entity of an MNE Group that is
resident for tax purposes in that Member State notifies the Member State whether it is the
Ultimate Parent Entity or the Surrogate Parent Entity or the Constituent Entity designated
under paragraph point 1, no later than the last day of the Reporting Fiscal Year of such
MNE Group. Member States may extend that deadline to the last day for filing of a tax return
of that Constituent Entity for the preceding fiscal year.
4. Member States shall request that where a Constituent Entity of an MNE Group, that is
resident for tax purposes in that Member State, is not the Ultimate Parent Entity nor the
Surrogate Parent Entity nor the Constituent Entity designated under paragraph point 1,
it shall notify the Member State of the identity and tax residence of the Reporting Entity, no
later than the last day of the Reporting Fiscal Year of such MNE Group. Member States may
extend that deadline to the last day for filing of a tax return of that Constituent Entity for the
preceding fiscal year.
5. The country-by-country report shall specify the currency of the amounts referred to in
that report.
EN 5 EN
SECTION IIICOUNTRY-BY-COUNTRY REPORT
Α. Template for the country-by-country report
Table 1. Overview of allocation of income, taxes and business activities by tax
jurisdiction
Name of the MNE Group:
Fiscal Year concerned:
TIN
Currency used:
Tax
jurisdi
ction
Revenues Profit
(loss)
before
incom
e tax
Incom
e tax
paid
(on
cash
basis)
Incom
e tax
accru
ed —
curren
t year
Stated
capita
l
Accu
mulat
ed
earnin
gs
Numb
er of
emplo
yees
Tangi
ble
assets
other
than
cash
and
cash
equiv
alents
Unrel
ated
party
Relate
d
party
Total
Table 2 List of all the Constituent Entities of the MNE Group included in each
aggregation per tax jurisdiction
Name of the MNE Group:
Fiscal Year concerned:
Ta
x
Jur
isd
icti
Co
nst
itu
ent
Ent
Tax
Juri
sdic
tion
of
Main Business Activity(ies)
Re
sea
rch
Ho
ldi
ng
Pu
rch
asi
Ma
nufa
ctur
Sal
es,
Ma
Ad
mi
nis
Pr
ovi
sio
Inte
rnal
Gro
Re
gul
ate
Ins
ura
nce
Ho
ldi
ng
Dor
man
t
Ot
her 2
2 Please specify the nature of the activity of the Constituent Entity in the ‘Additional information’
EN 6 EN
on itie
s
Re
sid
ent
in
the
Ta
x
Jur
isd
icti
on
Org
anis
atio
n or
Inco
rpor
atio
n if
Diff
eren
t
fro
m
Tax
Juri
sdic
tion
of
Resi
den
ce
an
d
De
vel
op
me
nt
or
Ma
na
gin
g
Int
ell
ect
ual
Pr
op
ert
y
ng
or
Pr
oc
ure
me
nt
ing
or
Pro
duct
ion
rke
tin
g
or
Dis
tri
but
ion
tra
tiv
e,
Ma
na
ge
me
nt
or
Su
pp
ort
Ser
vic
es
n
of
Ser
vic
es
to
Un
rel
ate
d
Pa
rtie
s
up
Fin
anc
e
d
Fin
an
cia
l
Ser
vic
es
Sh
are
s
or
Ot
her
Eq
uit
y
ins
tru
me
nts
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
3.
Table 3: Additional information
Name of the MNE Group:
Fiscal Year concerned:
Please include any further brief information or explanation you consider necessary or that
would facilitate the understanding of the compulsory information provided in the country-by-
country report
B. General instructions for filling in the country-by-country report
1. Purpose
The template shall be used for reporting a multinational enterprise's (MNE) Group allocation
of income, taxes and business activities on a tax jurisdiction-by-tax jurisdiction basis.
2. Treatment of branches and permanent establishments
EN 7 EN
The permanent establishment data shall be reported by reference to the tax jurisdiction in
which it is situated and not by reference to the tax jurisdiction of residence of the business
unit of which the permanent establishment is a part. Residence tax jurisdiction reporting for
the business unit of which the permanent establishment is a part shall exclude financial data
related to the permanent establishment.
3. Period covered by the annual template
The template shall cover the Fiscal Year of the reporting MNE. For Constituent Entities, at
the discretion of the reporting MNE, the template shall reflect on a consistent basis either of
the following information:
(a) information for the Fiscal Year of the relevant Constituent Entities ending on
the same date as the Fiscal Year of the reporting MNE, or ending within the 12 month period
preceding such date;
(b) information for all the relevant Constituent Entities reported for the Fiscal
Year of the reporting MNE.
4. Source of data
The reporting MNE shall consistently use the same sources of data from year to year in
completing the template. The reporting MNE may choose to use data from its consolidation
reporting packages, from separate entity statutory financial statements, regulatory financial
statements, or internal management accounts. It is not necessary to reconcile the revenue,
profit and tax reporting in the template to the Consolidated Financial Statements. If statutory
financial statements are used as the basis for reporting, all amounts shall be translated to the
stated functional currency of the reporting MNE at the average exchange rate for the year
stated in the ‘Additional information’ section of the template. Adjustments need not be made,
however, for differences in accounting principles applied from tax jurisdiction to tax
jurisdiction.
The reporting MNE shall provide a brief description of the sources of data used in preparing
the template in the ‘Additional information’ section of the template. If a change is made in the
source of data used from year to year, the reporting MNE shall explain the reasons for the
change and its consequences in the ‘Additional information’ section of the template.
C. Specific instructions for filling in the country-by-country report
1. Overview of allocation of income, taxes and business activities by tax jurisdiction
(Table 1)
1.1. Tax jurisdiction
In the first column of the template, the reporting MNE shall list all of the tax jurisdictions in
which Constituent Entities of the MNE Group are resident for tax purposes. A tax jurisdiction
is defined as a State as well as a non-State jurisdiction which has fiscal autonomy. A separate
line shall be included for all Constituent Entities in the MNE Group deemed by the reporting
MNE not to be resident in any tax jurisdiction for tax purposes. Where a Constituent Entity is
resident in more than one tax jurisdiction, the applicable tax treaty tie breaker shall be applied
to determine the tax jurisdiction of residence. Where no applicable tax treaty exists, the
Constituent Entity shall be reported in the tax jurisdiction of the Constituent Entity's place of
effective management. The place of effective management shall be determined with
internationally agreed standards.
1.2. Revenues
EN 8 EN
In the three columns of the template under the heading ‘Revenues’, the reporting MNE shall
report the following information:
(a) the sum of revenues of all the Constituent Entities of the MNE Group in the
relevant tax jurisdiction generated from transactions with associated enterprises;
(b) the sum of revenues of all the Constituent Entities of the MNE Group in the
relevant tax jurisdiction generated from transactions with independent parties;
(c) the total of the sums referred to in points (a) and (b).
Revenues shall include revenues from sales of inventory and properties, services, royalties,
interest, premiums and any other amounts. Revenues shall exclude payments received from
other Constituent Entities that are treated as dividends in the payer's tax jurisdiction.
1.3. Profit (loss) before income tax
In the fifth column of the template, the reporting MNE shall report the sum of the profit (loss)
before income tax for all the Constituent Entities resident for tax purposes in the relevant tax
jurisdiction. The profit (loss) before income tax shall include all extraordinary income and
expense items.
1.4. Income tax paid (on cash basis)
In the sixth column of the template, the reporting MNE shall report the total amount of
income tax actually paid during the relevant Fiscal Year by all the Constituent Entities
resident for tax purposes in the relevant tax jurisdiction. Taxes paid shall include cash taxes
paid by the Constituent Entity to the residence tax jurisdiction and to all other tax
jurisdictions. Taxes paid shall include withholding taxes paid by other entities (associated
enterprises and independent enterprises) with respect to payments to the Constituent Entity.
Thus, if company A resident in tax jurisdiction A earns interest in tax jurisdiction B, the tax
withheld in tax jurisdiction B shall be reported by company A.
1.5. Income tax accrued (current year)
In the seventh column of the template, the reporting MNE shall report the sum of the accrued
current tax expense recorded on taxable profits or losses of the year of reporting of all the
Constituent Entities resident for tax purposes in the relevant tax jurisdiction. The current tax
expense shall reflect only operations in the current year and shall not include deferred taxes or
provisions for uncertain tax liabilities.
1.6. Stated capital
In the eighth column of the template, the reporting MNE shall report the sum of the stated
capital of all the Constituent Entities resident for tax purposes in the relevant tax jurisdiction.
With regard to permanent establishments, the stated capital shall be reported by the legal
entity of which it is a permanent establishment unless there is a defined capital requirement in
the permanent establishment tax jurisdiction for regulatory purposes.
1.7. Accumulated earnings
In the ninth column of the template, the reporting MNE shall report the sum of the total
accumulated earnings of all the Constituent Entities resident for tax purposes in the relevant
tax jurisdiction as of the end of the year. With regard to permanent establishments,
accumulated earnings shall be reported by the legal entity of which it is a permanent
establishment.
1.8. Number of employees
EN 9 EN
In the tenth column of the template, the reporting MNE shall report the total number of
employees on a full-time equivalent (FTE) basis of all the Constituent Entities resident for tax
purposes in the relevant tax jurisdiction. The number of employees may be reported as of the
year-end, on the basis of average employment levels for the year, or on any other basis
consistently applied across tax jurisdictions and from year to year. For this purpose,
independent contractors participating in the ordinary operating activities of the Constituent
Entity may be reported as employees. Reasonable rounding or approximation of the number
of employees is permissible, providing that such rounding or approximation does not
materially distort the relative distribution of employees across the various tax jurisdictions.
Consistent approaches shall be applied from year to year and across entities.
1.9. Tangible assets other than cash and cash equivalents
In the eleventh column of the template, the reporting MNE shall report the sum of the net
book values of tangible assets of all the Constituent Entities resident for tax purposes in the
relevant tax jurisdiction. With regard to permanent establishments, assets shall be reported by
reference to the tax jurisdiction in which the permanent establishment is situated. Tangible
assets for this purpose do not include cash or cash equivalents, intangibles, or financial assets.
2. List of all the Constituent Entities of the MNE Group included in each aggregation per
tax jurisdiction (Table 2)
2.1. Constituent Entities resident in the tax jurisdiction
The reporting MNE shall list, on a tax jurisdiction-by-tax jurisdiction basis and by legal entity
name, all the Constituent Entities of the MNE Group which are resident for tax purposes in
the relevant tax jurisdiction. As stated in point 2 of the general instructions with regard to
permanent establishments, however, the permanent establishment shall be listed by reference
to the tax jurisdiction in which it is situated. The legal entity of which it is a permanent
establishment shall be noted.
2.2. Tax jurisdiction of organisation or incorporation if different from tax jurisdiction of
residence
The reporting MNE shall report the name of the tax jurisdiction under whose laws the
Constituent Entity of the MNE Group is organised or incorporated if it is different from the
tax jurisdiction of residence.
2.3. Main business activity(ies)
The reporting MNE shall determine the nature of the main business activity(ies) carried out
by the Constituent Entity in the relevant tax jurisdiction, by ticking one or more of the
appropriate boxes.
EN 1 EN
2018/822 Art. 1.8 and Annex
(adapted)
new
ANNEX IV
HALLMARKS
Part I. Main benefit test
Hallmarks Generic hallmarks under category A and specific hallmarks under Part
II, category B and under points (b)(i), (c) and (d) of paragraph 1 of Part II,
category C , paragraph 1, points (b)(i), (c) and (d) may only be taken into account where
they fulfil the ‘main benefit test’.
That test will be satisfied if it can be established that the main benefit or one of the main
benefits which, having regard to all relevant facts and circumstances, a person may reasonably
expect to derive from an arrangement is the obtaining of a tax advantage.
In the context of hallmark under paragraph 1 of Part II, category C, paragraph
1, the presence of conditions set out in points (b)(i), (c) or (d) of paragraph 1 of Part
II, category C , paragraph 1, points (b)(i), (c) or (d), cannot alone be a reason for
concluding that an arrangement satisfies the main benefit test.
Part II. Categories of hallmarks
A. (deleted) Generic hallmarks linked to the main benefit test
1. An arrangement where the relevant taxpayer or a participant in the arrangement
undertakes to comply with a condition of confidentiality which may require them not to
disclose how the arrangement could secure a tax advantage vis-à-vis other intermediaries or
the tax authorities.
2. An arrangement where the intermediary is entitled to receive a fee (or interest,
remuneration for finance costs and other charges) for the arrangement and that fee is fixed by
reference to:
(a) the amount of the tax advantage derived from the arrangement; or
(b) whether or not a tax advantage is actually derived from the arrangement. This
would include an obligation on the intermediary to partially or fully refund the fees
where the intended tax advantage derived from the arrangement was not partially or
fully achieved.
3. An arrangement that has substantially standardised documentation and/or structure and
is available to more than one relevant taxpayer without a need to be substantially customised
for implementation.
B. Hallmarks Specific hallmarks linked to the main benefit test
1. An arrangement whereby a participant in the arrangement takes contrived steps which
consist in acquiring a loss-making company, discontinuing the main activity of such company
and using its losses in order to reduce its tax liability, including through a transfer of those
losses to another jurisdiction or by the acceleration of the use of those losses.
2. An arrangement that has the effect of converting income into capital, gifts or other
categories of revenue which are taxed at a lower level or exempt from tax.
EN 2 EN
3. An arrangement which includes circular transactions resulting in the round-tripping of
funds, namely through involving interposed entities without other primary commercial
function or transactions that offset or cancel each other or that have other similar features.
C. Hallmarks Specific hallmarks related to cross-border transactions
1. An arrangement that involves deductible cross-border payments made between two or
more associated enterprises where at least one of the following conditions occurs:
(a) the recipient is not resident for tax purposes in any tax jurisdiction;
(b) although the recipient is resident for tax purposes in a jurisdiction, that
jurisdiction either:
(i) does not impose any corporate tax or imposes corporate tax at the rate
of zero or almost zero; or
(ii) is included in Annex I to a list of third-country jurisdictions which
have been assessed by Member States collectively or within the Council
conclusions on framework of the revised EU list of OECD as being
non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes ;
(c) the payment benefits from a full exemption from tax in the jurisdiction where
the recipient is resident for tax purposes;
(d) the payment benefits from a preferential tax regime in the jurisdiction where
the recipient is resident for tax purposes;
2. Deductions for the same depreciation on the asset are claimed in more than one
jurisdiction.
3. Relief from double taxation in respect of the same item of income or capital is claimed
in more than one jurisdiction.
4. There is an arrangement that includes transfers of assets and where there is a material
difference in the amount being treated as payable in consideration for the assets in those
jurisdictions involved.
D. Specific hallmarks concerning automatic exchange of information and beneficial
ownership
1. An arrangement which may have the effect of undermining the reporting obligation
under the laws implementing Union legislation or any equivalent agreements on the automatic
exchange of Financial Account information, including agreements with third countries, or
which takes advantage of the absence of such legislation or agreements. Such arrangements
include at least the following:
(a) the use of an account, product or investment that is not, or purports not to be, a
Financial Account, but has features that are substantially similar to those of a
Financial Account;
(b) the transfer of Financial Accounts or assets to, or the use of jurisdictions that are not
bound by the automatic exchange of Financial Account information with the State of
residence of the relevant taxpayer;
(c) the reclassification of income and capital into products or payments that are not
subject to the automatic exchange of Financial Account information;
EN 3 EN
(d) the transfer or conversion of a Financial Institution or a Financial Account or the
assets therein into a Financial Institution or a Financial Account or assets not subject
to reporting under the automatic exchange of Financial Account information;
(e) the use of legal entities, arrangements or structures that eliminate or purport to
eliminate reporting of one or more Account Holders or Controlling Persons under the
automatic exchange of Financial Account information;
(f) arrangements that undermine, or exploit weaknesses in, the due diligence procedures
used by Financial Institutions to comply with their obligations to report Financial
Account information, including the use of jurisdictions with inadequate or weak
regimes of enforcement of anti-money-laundering legislation or with weak
transparency requirements for legal persons or legal arrangements.
2. An arrangement involving a non-transparent legal or beneficial ownership chain with the
use of persons, legal arrangements or structures:
(a) that do not carry on a substantive economic activity supported by adequate staff,
equipment, assets and premises; and
(b) that are incorporated, managed, resident, controlled or established in any
jurisdiction other than the jurisdiction of residence of one or more of the beneficial
owners of the assets held by such persons, legal arrangements or structures; and
(c) where the beneficial owners of such persons, legal arrangements or structures, as
defined in Directive (EU) Regulation (EU) 2024/1624 2015/849, are made
unidentifiable.
E. Hallmarks Specific hallmarks concerning transfer pricing
1. An arrangement which involves the use of unilateral safe harbour rules.
2. An arrangement involving the transfer of hard-to-value intangibles. The term ‘hard-to-
value intangibles’ covers intangibles or rights in intangibles for which, at the time of their
transfer between associated enterprises:
(a) no reliable comparables exist; and
(b) at the time the transaction was entered into, the projections of future cash flows
or income expected to be derived from the transferred intangible, or the assumptions
used in valuing the intangible are highly uncertain, making it difficult to predict the
level of ultimate success of the intangible at the time of the transfer.
3. An arrangement involving an intragroup cross-border transfer of functions and/or risks
and/or assets, if the projected annual earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT), during the
three-year period after the transfer, of the transferor or transferors, are less than 50 % of the
projected annual EBIT of such transferor or transferors if the transfer had not been made.
EN 1 EN
2021/514 Art. 1.20 and Annex
(adapted)
new
ANNEX V
DUE DILIGENCE PROCEDURES, REPORTING REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER
RULES FOR PLATFORM OPERATORS
This Annex lays down the due diligence procedures, reporting requirements and other rules
that shall be applied by the Reporting Platform Operators in order to enable Member States to
communicate, by automatic exchange, the information referred to in Article 9 8ac of
this Directive.
This Annex also lays down the rules and administrative procedures that Member States shall
have in place to ensure effective implementation of, and compliance with, the due diligence
procedures and reporting requirements set out in it.
SECTION I
DEFINED TERMS
The following terms have the meaning set forth below:
A. Reporting Platform Operators
1. ‘Platform’ means any software, including one or more a websites
or a part thereof and applications, including mobile applications, accessible by
users and allowing Sellers to be connected to other users for the purpose of
carrying out a Relevant Activity, directly or indirectly, to such users. It also
includes any arrangement for the collection and payment of a Consideration in
respect of Relevant Activity.
The term ‘Platform’ does not include software that without any further
intervention in carrying out a Relevant Activity exclusively allows any of the
following:
(a) processing of payments in relation to Relevant Activity;
(b) users to list or advertise a Relevant Activity;
(c) redirecting or transferring of users to a Platform.
new
2. ‘Platform Operator’ means:
(a) an Entity that operates the software of the Platform or part thereof and
contracts with Sellers to make available all or part of a Platform to such
Sellers, by:
(i) enabling such Sellers to be connected to other users for the provision
of Relevant Activities, including by providing Sellers with direct access to the
Platform or by listing, offering or otherwise making available Relevant
Activities on the Platform on behalf of Sellers; or
(ii) collecting Consideration from users;
EN 2 EN
(b) an Entity that is registered on a Platform as a Seller, or in a functionally
equivalent capacity, and that, pursuant to contractual arrangements with one or
more of its Sellers, makes available the Platform to such Sellers.
The term Platform Operator does not include an Entity whose activities are
limited to the processing of payments, including the handling or transfer of
funds, and that does not have independent knowledge of the underlying
contractual arrangements, the Relevant Activities, or the Consideration.
2021/514 Art. 1.20 and Annex
(adapted)
new
3. ‘Excluded Platform Operator’ means a Platform Operator which:
(a) has demonstrated upfront and on an annual basis to the
satisfaction of the competent authority of the Member State to which, in
accordance with the rules laid down in subparagraphs A(1) to A(3) of Section
III, subparagraphs A(1), (2) and to A(3) of the Platform Operator
otherwise would have had to report that Platform’s entire business model is
such that it does not have Reportable Sellers;
(b) facilitates the provision of Relevant Activities for which the aggregate
Consideration at the level of the Platform over the previous calendar year is
less than EUR 50 000 and that notifies the tax administration of the Member
State of election that it opts to be treated as such .
4. ‘Reporting Platform Operator’ means any Platform Operator, other than
an Excluded Platform Operator, who is in any of the following situations:
(a) it is resident for tax purposes in a Member State or, where such
Platform Operator does not have a residence for tax purposes in a
Member State, it fulfils any of the following conditions:
(i) it is incorporated under the laws of a Member State;
(ii) it has its place of management (including effective
management) in a Member State;
(iii) it has a permanent establishment in a Member State and
is not a Qualified Non-Union Platform Operator;
(b) it is neither resident for tax purposes, nor incorporated or
managed in a Member State, nor has a permanent establishment in a
Member State, but facilitates the carrying out of a Relevant Activity by
Reportable Sellers or a Relevant Activity involving the rental of
immovable property located in a Member State and is not a Qualified
Non-Union Platform Operator.
5. ‘Qualified Non-Union Platform Operator’ means a Platform Operator
for which all Relevant Activities that it facilitates are also Qualified Relevant
Activities and that is resident for tax purposes in a Qualified Non-Union
Jurisdiction or, where such Platform Operator does not have a residence for tax
purposes in a Qualified Non-Union Jurisdiction, it fulfils any of the following
conditions:
EN 3 EN
(a) it is incorporated under the laws of a Qualified Non-Union
Jurisdiction; or
(b) it has its place of management (including effective
management) in a Qualified Non-Union Jurisdiction.
6. ‘Qualified Non-Union Jurisdiction’ means a non-Union jurisdiction that
has in effect an Effective Qualifying Competent Authority Agreement with the
competent authorities of all Member States which are identified as reportable
jurisdictions in a list published by the non-Union jurisdiction.
7. ‘Effective Qualifying Competent Authority Agreement’ means an
agreement between the competent authorities of a Member State and a non-
Union jurisdiction that requires the automatic exchange of information
equivalent to that specified in paragraph B of Section III , paragraph B
of this Annex as confirmed by an implementing act in accordance with Article
118ac(7).
8. ‘Relevant Activity’ means an activity carried out for Consideration and
being any of the following:
(a) the rental of immovable property, including both residential and
commercial property, as well as any other immovable property and
parking spaces;
(b) a Personal Service;
(c) the sale of Goods;
(d) the rental of any mode of transport.
The term ‘Relevant Activity’ does not include an activity carried out by a
Seller acting as an employee of the Platform Operator or a related Entity of the
Platform Operator.
9. ‘Qualified Relevant Activities’ means any Relevant Activity covered
by the automatic exchange pursuant to an Effective Qualifying Competent
Authority Agreement.
10. ‘Consideration’ means compensation in any form, net of any fees,
commissions or taxes withheld or charged by the Reporting Platform Operator,
that is paid or credited to a Seller in connection with the Relevant Activity, the
amount of which is known or reasonably knowable by the Platform Operator.
11. ‘Personal Service’ means a service involving time- or task-based work
performed by one or more individuals, acting either independently or on behalf
of an Entity, and which is carried out at the request of a user, either online or
physically offline after having been facilitated via a Platform.
B. Reportable Sellers
1. ‘Seller’ means a Platform user, either an individual or an Entity, that is
registered at any moment during the Reportable Period on the Platform and
carries out a Relevant Activity.
EN 4 EN
new
For the purposes of the first subparagraph, “registered” shall be interpreted broadly
and includes instances where a user has created a profile or account on the Platform as
well as entered into a contractual relationship with the Platform Operator of the
Platform.
The term “Seller” also means an entity that qualifies as a Platform Operator registered
on a Platform as a Seller, or in a functionally equivalent capacity, and that, pursuant to
contractual arrangements with one or more of its Sellers, makes available all or part of
the Platform to such Sellers.
2021/514 Art. 1.20 and Annex
(adapted)
new
2. ‘Active Seller’ means any Seller that either provides a Relevant
Activity during the Reportable Period or is paid or credited Consideration in
connection with a Relevant Activity during the Reportable Period.
3. ‘Reportable Seller’ means any Active Seller, other than an Excluded
Seller, that is resident in a Member State or that rented out immovable property
located in a Member State.
4. ‘Excluded Seller’ means any Seller
(a) that is a Governmental Entity;
(b) that is an Entity the stock of which is regularly traded on an
established securities market or a related Entity of an Entity the stock of
which is regularly traded on an established securities market;
(c) that is an Entity for which the Platform Operator facilitated
more than 2000 Relevant Activities by means of the rental of immovable
property in respect of a Property Listing during the Reporting Period; or
(d) for which the Platform Operator facilitated less than 30
Relevant Activities by means of the sale of Goods andfor which the total
amount of Consideration paid or credited did not exceed EUR 2000
3000 during the Reporting Period , or
(e) that is a Related Entity of the Reporting Platform Operator.
C. Other definitions
1. ‘Entity’ means a legal person or a legal arrangement, such as a
corporation, partnership, trust or foundation or a sole trader . An Entity is
a related Entity of another Entity if either Entity controls the other Entity, or
the two Entities are under common control. For this purpose control includes
direct or indirect ownership of more than 50 % of the vote and value in an
Entity. In indirect participation, the fulfilment of the requirement for the
holding of more than 50 % of the right of ownership in the capital of the other
Entity shall be determined by multiplying the rates of holding through the
successive tiers. A person holding more than 50 % of the voting rights shall be
deemed to hold 100 %.
EN 5 EN
2. ‘Governmental Entity’ means the government of a Member State or
other jurisdiction, any political subdivision of a Member State or other
jurisdiction (which includes a state, province, county, or municipality), or any
wholly owned agency or instrumentality of a Member State or other
jurisdiction or of any one or more of the foregoing (each, a ‘Governmental
Entity’).
3. ‘TIN’ means a Taxpayer Identification Number, issued by a Member
State, or functional equivalent in the absence of a Taxpayer Identification
Number.
4. ‘VAT identification number’ means the unique number that identifies a
taxable person or a non-taxable legal entity that is registered for value added
tax purposes.
5. ‘Primary Address’ means the address that is the primary residence of a
Seller who is an individual, as well as the address that is the registered office of
a Seller that is an Entity.
6. ‘Reportable Period’ means the calendar year in respect of which
reporting is being completed pursuant to Section III.
7. ‘Property Listing’ means all immovable property units located at the
same street address, owned by the same owner and offered for rent on a
Platform by the same Seller.
8. ‘Financial Account Identifier’ means the unique identifying number or
reference available to the Platform Operator of the bank account or other
similar payment services account to which the Consideration is paid or
credited.
9. ‘Goods’ means any tangible property.
2023/2226 Art. 1.18 and Annex
II.1
10. ‘Identification Service’ means an electronic process made available
free of charge by a Member State or the Union to a Reporting Platform
Operator for the purpose of ascertaining the identity and tax residence of a
Seller.
2021/514 Art. 1.20 and Annex
(adapted)
new
SECTION II
DUE DILIGENCE PROCEDURES
The following procedures shall apply for the purpose of identifying Reportable Sellers.
A. Sellers not subject to review and Sellers that are Reporting Platform
Operators:
EN 6 EN
For the purpose of determining whether a Seller that is an Entity qualifies as an
Excluded Seller described in points (a) and (b) of subparagraph B(4) of Section I
, subparagraph B(4), points (a) and (b) , a Reporting Platform Operator may
rely on publicly available information or a confirmation from the Seller that is an
Entity.
For the purpose of determining whether a Seller qualifies as an Excluded Seller
described in points (c) and (d) of subparagraph B(4) of Section I , subparagraph
B(4), points (c) and (d) , a Reporting Platform Operator may rely on its available
records.
new
For the purpose of determining whether an Entity Seller is a Reporting Platform
Operator or a reporting platform operator in another Member State or a non-Union
jurisdiction being not a Qualified non-Union jurisdiction as defined in Section I,
subparagraph A(6), a Reporting Platform Operator shall obtain a written confirmation
from the Entity Seller.
2021/514 Art. 1.20 and Annex
B. Collection of Seller information
1. The Reporting Platform Operator shall collect all of the following
information for each Seller who is an individual and not an Excluded Seller:
(a) the first and last name;
(b) the Primary Address;
(c) any TIN issued to that Seller, including each Member State of
issuance, and in the absence of a TIN, the place of birth of that Seller;
(d) the VAT identification number of that Seller, where available;
(e) the date of birth.
2. The Reporting Platform Operator shall collect all of the following
information for each Seller that is an Entity and not an Excluded Seller:
(a) the legal name;
(b) the Primary Address;
(c) any TIN issued to that Seller, including each Member State of
issuance;
(d) the VAT identification number of that Seller, where available;
(e) the business registration number;
(f) the existence of any permanent establishment through which
Relevant Activities are carried out in the Union, where available,
indicating each respective Member State, where such a permanent
establishment is located.
EN 7 EN
2021/514 Art. 1.20 and Annex
(adapted)
34. Notwithstanding point (c) of subparagraph B(1) , point (c) and
points (c) and (e) of subparagraph B(2) , points (c) and (e) , the
Reporting Platform Operator shall not be required to collect the TIN or the
business registration number, as the case may be, in any of the following
situations:
(a) the Member State of residence of the Seller does not issue a
TIN or business registration number to the Seller;
(b) the Member State of residence of the Seller does not require the
collection of the TIN issued to the Seller.
C. Verification of Seller information
1. The Reporting Platform Operator shall determine whether the
information collected pursuant to paragraph A, subparagraph B(1), points (a) to
(e) of subparagraph B(2) , points (a) to (e) and paragraph E is reliable,
using all information and documents available to the Reporting Platform
Operator in its records, as well as any electronic interface made available by a
Member State or the Union free of charge to ascertain the validity of the TIN
and/or VAT identification number.
2. Notwithstanding subparagraph C(1), for the completion of the due
diligence procedures pursuant to subparagraph F(2), the Reporting Platform
Operator may determine whether the information collected pursuant to
paragraph A, subparagraph B(1), points (a) to (e) of subparagraph B(2) ,
points (a) to (e) and paragraph E is reliable, using information and
documents available to the Reporting Platform Operator in its electronically
searchable records.
3. In application of point (b) of subparagraph F(3) , point (b) and
notwithstanding subparagraphs C(1) and C(2), in instances where the
Reporting Platform Operator has reason to know that any of the information
items described in paragraph B or E may be inaccurate by virtue of information
provided by the competent authority of a Member State in a request concerning
a specific Seller, it shall request the Seller to correct information items that
were found to be incorrect and to provide supporting documents, data or
information, which is reliable and of independent source, such as:
(a) valid government-issued identification document,
(b) recent tax residency certificate.
D. Determination of Member State(s) of residence of Seller for the purposes of
this Directive
1. A Reporting Platform Operator shall consider a Seller resident in the
Member State of the Seller’s Primary Address. Where different from the
Member State of the Seller’s Primary Address, a Reporting Platform Operator
shall consider Seller resident also in the Member State of issuance of TIN.
Where the Seller has provided information with respect to the existence of a
permanent establishment pursuant to point (f) of subparagraph B(2) , point
EN 8 EN
(f) , a Reporting Platform Operator shall consider a Seller resident also in
the respective Member State as specified by the Seller.
2. Notwithstanding subparagraph D(1), a Reporting Platform Operator
shall consider a Seller resident in each Member State confirmed by an
electronic identification service made available by a Member State or the
Union pursuant to subparagraph B(3).
E. Collection of information on rented immovable property
Where a Seller is engaged in Relevant Activity involving the rental of immovable
property, the Reporting Platform Operator shall collect the address of each Property
Listing and, where issued, respective land registration number or its equivalent under
the national law of the Member State where it is located. Where a Reporting Platform
Operator facilitated more than 2000 Relevant Activities by means of the rental of a
Property Listing for the same Seller that is an Entity, the Reporting Platform
Operator shall collect supporting documents, data or information that the Property
Listing is owned by the same owner.
F. Timing and validity of due diligence procedures
1. A Reporting Platform Operator shall complete the due diligence
procedures set out in paragraphs A to E by 31 December of the Reportable
Period.
2. Notwithstanding subparagraph F(1), for Sellers that were already
registered on the Platform as of 1 January 2023 or as of the date on which an
Entity becomes a Reporting Platform Operator, the due diligence procedures
set out in paragraphs A to E are required to be completed by 31 December of
the second Reportable Period for the Reporting Platform Operator.
3. Notwithstanding subparagraph F(1), a Reporting Platform Operator
may rely on the due diligence procedures conducted in respect of previous
Reportable Periods, provided that:
(a) the Seller information required in subparagraphs B(1) and B(2)
has been either collected and verified or confirmed within the last 36
months; and
(b) the Reporting Platform Operator does not have reason to know
that information collected pursuant to paragraphs A, B and E is or has
become unreliable or incorrect.
G. Application of the due diligence procedures to Active Sellers only
A Reporting Platform Operator may elect to complete the due diligence procedures
pursuant to paragraphs A to F in respect of Active Sellers only.
H. Completion of the due diligence procedures by third parties
1. A Reporting Platform Operator may rely on a third party service
provider to fulfil the due diligence obligations laid down in this Section, but
such obligations shall remain the responsibility of the Reporting Platform
Operator.
2. Where a Platform Operator fulfils the due diligence obligations for a
Reporting Platform Operator with respect to the same Platform pursuant to
subparagraph H(1), such Platform Operator shall carry out the due diligence
EN 9 EN
procedures pursuant to the rules laid down in this Section. The due diligence
obligations shall remain the responsibility of the Reporting Platform Operator.
SECTION III
REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Time and manner of reporting
1. A Reporting Platform Operator within the meaning of point (a) of
subparagraph A(4) of Section I , subparagraph A(4), point (a), shall
report to the competent authority of the Member State determined in
accordance with point (a) of subparagraph A(4) of Section I , subparagraph
A(4), point (a) the information set out in paragraph B of this Section with
respect to the Reportable Period no later than 31 January of the year following
the calendar year in which the Seller is identified as a Reportable Seller. Where
there is more than one Reporting Platform Operator, any of those Reporting
Platform Operators shall be exempt from reporting the information if it has
proof, in accordance with national law, that the same information has been
reported by another Reporting Platform Operator.
2. If a Reporting Platform Operator within the meaning of point (a) of
subparagraph A(4) of Section I , subparagraph A(4), point (a) fulfils
any of the conditions listed therein in more than one Member State, it shall
elect one of those Member States in which it will fulfil the reporting
requirements set out in this Section. Such Reporting Platform Operator shall
report the information listed in paragraph B of this Section with respect to the
Reportable Period to the competent authority of the Member State of election,
as this is determined in accordance with paragraph E of Section IV ,
paragraph E , no later than 31 January of the year following the calendar
year in which the Seller is identified as a Reportable Seller. Where there is
more than one Reporting Platform Operator, any of those Reporting Platform
Operators shall be exempt from reporting the information if it has proof, in
accordance with national law, that the same information has been reported by
another Reporting Platform Operator in another Member State.
3. A Reporting Platform Operator within the meaning of point (b) of
subparagraph A(4) of Section I , subparagraph A(4), point (b) shall
report the information set out in paragraph B of this Section with respect to the
Reportable Period to the competent authority of the Member State of
registration, as this is determined in accordance with subparagraph F(1) of
Section IV , subparagraph F(1) , no later than 31 January of the year
following the calendar year in which the Seller is identified as a Reportable
Seller.
4. Notwithstanding subparagraph A(3) of this Section, a Reporting
Platform Operator within the meaning of point (b) of subparagraph A(4) of
Section I , subparagraph A(4), point (b) shall not be required to provide
the information set out in paragraph B of this Section with respect to Qualified
Relevant Activities, covered by an Effective Qualifying Competent Authority
Agreement, which already provides for the automatic exchange of equivalent
information with a Member State on Reportable Sellers resident in that
Member State.
EN 10 EN
5. A Reporting Platform Operator shall also provide the information set
out in subparagraphs B(2) and B(3) to the Reportable Seller to which it relates,
no later than 31 January of the year following the calendar year in which the
Seller is identified as a Reportable Seller.
6. The information with respect to the Consideration paid or credited in a
fiat currency shall be reported in the currency in which it was paid or credited.
In case the Consideration was paid or credited in a form other than fiat
currency, it shall be reported in the local currency, converted or valued in a
manner that is consistently determined by the Reporting Platform Operator.
7. The information about the Consideration and other amounts shall be
reported in respect of the quarter of the Reportable Period in which the
Consideration was paid or credited.
B. Information to be reported
Each Reporting Platform Operator shall report the following information:
1. The name, registered office address, TIN and, where relevant,
individual identification number allocated pursuant to subparagraph F(4) of
Section IV , subparagraph F(4) of the Reporting Platform Operator, as
well as the business name(s) of the Platform(s) in respect of which the
Reporting Platform Operator is reporting.
2. With respect to each Reportable Seller that carried out Relevant
Activity, other than immovable property rental:
(a) the information items required to be collected pursuant to
paragraph B of Section II , paragraph B ;
(b) the Financial Account Identifier, insofar as it is available to the
Reporting Platform Operator and the competent authority of the Member
State where the Reportable Seller is resident in the meaning of paragraph
D of Section II , paragraph D has not published that it does not
intend to use the Financial Account Identifier for this purpose;
(c) where different from the name of the Reportable Seller, in
addition to the Financial Account Identifier, the name of the holder of the
financial account to which the Consideration is paid or credited, to the
extent available to the Reporting Platform Operator, as well as any other
financial identification information available to the Reporting Platform
Operator with respect to that account holder;
(d) each Member State in which the Reportable Seller is resident
for the purposes of this Directive as determined pursuant to paragraph D
of Section II , paragraph D ;
(e) the total Consideration paid or credited during each quarter of
the Reportable Period and the number of Relevant Activities in respect of
which it was paid or credited;
(f) any fees, commissions or taxes withheld or charged by the
Reporting Platform Operator during each quarter of the Reportable
Period.
3. With respect to each Reportable Seller that carried out Relevant
Activity involving immovable property rental:
EN 11 EN
(a) the information items required to be collected pursuant to
paragraph B of Section II , paragraph B ;
(b) the Financial Account Identifier, insofar as it is available to the
Reporting Platform Operator and the competent authority of the Member
State where the Reportable Seller is resident in the meaning of paragraph
D of Section II , paragraph D has not published that it does not
intend to use the Financial Account Identifier for this purpose;
(c) where different from the name of the Reportable Seller, in
addition to the Financial Account Identifier, the name of the holder of the
financial account to which the Consideration is paid or credited, to the
extent available to the Reporting Platform Operator, as well as any other
financial identification information available to the Reporting Platform
Operator with respect to the account holder;
(d) each Member State in which the Reportable Seller is resident
for the purposes of this Directive as determined pursuant to subparagraph
D of Section II , subparagraph D ;
(e) the address of each Property Listing, determined on the basis of
the procedures set out in paragraph E of Section II , paragraph E ,
and respective land registration number or its equivalent under the
national law of the Member State where it is located, where available;
(f) the total Consideration paid or credited during each quarter of
the Reportable Period and the number of Relevant Activities provided
with respect to each Property Listing;
(g) any fees, commissions or taxes withheld or charged by the
Reporting Platform Operator during each quarter of the Reportable
Period;
(h) where available, the number of days each Property Listing was
rented during the Reportable Period and the type of each Property
Listing.
2023/2226 Art. 1.18 and Annex
II.3
4. Notwithstanding subparagraph B(2), point (a), and subparagraph B(3),
point (a), the Reporting Platform Operator shall not be required to report the
information items required to be collected pursuant to Section II, paragraph B,
where it reports to a competent authority that uses an Identification Service and
relies on direct confirmation of the identity and residence of the Seller through
an Identification Service made available by a Member State or the Union to
ascertain the identity and all tax residencies of the Seller. In case the Reporting
Platform Operator relied on an Identification Service to ascertain the identity
and all tax residencies of a Reportable Seller, the name, Identification Service
identifier(s) and the Member State(s) of issuance shall be reported.
EN 12 EN
new
5. Notwithstanding subparagraphs B(2) and (3), the Reporting Platform
Operator is not required to report information pursuant to subparagraphs B(2),
points (b), (c), (d), (f) and (g) and B(3), points (b), (c), (d), (f), (g), (h) and (i)
with respect to a Reportable Seller that is a Reporting Platform Operator or a
reporting platform operator in another Member State or a non-Union
jurisdiction being not a Qualified non-Union jurisdiction as defined in Section
I, paragraph A(6)
2021/514 Art. 1.20 and Annex
(adapted)
SECTION IV
EFFECTIVE IMPLEMENTATION
Pursuant to Article 9 8ac, Member States shall have rules and administrative
procedures in place to ensure effective implementation of, and compliance with, the due
diligence procedures and reporting requirements set out in Sections II and III of this Annex.
A. Rules to enforce the collection and verification requirements laid down in
Section II
1. Member States shall take the necessary measures to require Reporting
Platform Operators to enforce the collection and verification requirements
under Section II in relation to their Sellers.
2. Where a Seller does not provide the information required under Section
II after two reminders following the initial request by the Reporting Platform
Operator, but not prior to the expiration of 60 days, the Reporting Platform
Operator shall close the account of the Seller and prevent the Seller from re-
registering on the Platform or withhold the payment of the Consideration to the
Seller as long as the Seller does not provide the information requested.
B. Rules requiring Reporting Platform Operators to keep records of the steps
undertaken and any information relied upon for the performance of the due diligence
procedures and reporting requirements and adequate measures to obtain those
records
1. Member States shall take the necessary measures to require Reporting
Platform Operators to keep records of the steps undertaken and any
information relied upon for the performance of the due diligence procedures
and reporting requirements set out in Sections II and III. Such records shall
remain available for a sufficiently long period of time and in any event for a
period of not less than five5 years but not more than 10 years following the end
of the Reportable Period to which they relate.
2. Member States shall take the necessary measures, including the
possibility of addressing an order for reporting to Reporting Platform
Operators, in order to ensure that all necessary information is reported to the
competent authority so that the latter can comply with the obligation to
communicate information in accordance with Article 98ac(2).
EN 13 EN
C. Administrative procedures to verify compliance of Reporting Platform
Operators with the due diligence procedures and reporting requirements
Member States shall lay down administrative procedures to verify the compliance of
Reporting Platform Operators with the due diligence procedures and reporting
requirements set out in Sections II and III.
D. Administrative procedures to follow up with a Reporting Platform Operator
where incomplete or inaccurate information is reported
Member States shall lay down procedures for following up with Reporting Platform
Operators where the reported information is incomplete or inaccurate.
E. Administrative procedure for the election of a single Member State in which to
report
If a Reporting Platform Operator within the meaning of point (a) of subparagraph
A(4) of Section I , subparagraph A(4), point (a) fulfils any of the conditions
listed therein in more than one Member State, it shall elect one of those Member
States, to fulfil its reporting requirements pursuant to Section III. The Reporting
Platform Operator shall notify all the competent authorities of those Member States
of its election.
F. Administrative procedure for single registration of a Reporting Platform
Operator
1. A Reporting Platform Operator within the meaning of point (b) of
subparagraph A(4) of Section I , subparagraph A(4), point (b) of this
Annex shall register with the competent authority of any Member State
pursuant to Article 10 8ac(4) when it commences its activity as a
Platform Operator.
2. The Reporting Platform Operator shall communicate to the Member
State of its single registration the following information:
(a) name;
(b) postal address;
(c) electronic addresses, including websites;
(d) any TIN issued to the Reporting Platform Operator;
(e) a statement with information about identification of that
Reporting Platform Operator for VAT purposes within the Union,
pursuant to Title XII, Chapter 6, Sections 2 and 3 of Council Directive
2006/112/EC 3 ;
(f) Member States in which Reportable Sellers are residents within
the meaning of paragraph D of Section II , paragraph D .
3. The Reporting Platform Operator shall notify the Member State of
single registration of any changes in the information provided under
subparagraph F(2).
3 Council Directive 2006/112/EC of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax
(OJ L 347, 11.12.2006, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2006/112/oj)
EN 14 EN
4. The Member State of single registration shall allocate an individual
identification number to the Reporting Platform Operator and shall notify it to
the competent authorities of all Member States by electronic means.
2023/2226 Art. 1.18 and Annex
II.4
5. The Member State of single registration shall remove a Reporting
Platform Operator from the central register in the following cases:
2021/514 Art. 1.20 and Annex
(adapted)
new
(a) the Platform Operator notifies that Member State that it no
longer carries out any activity as a Platform Operator;
(b) in the absence of a notification pursuant to point (a), there are
grounds to assume that the activity of a Platform Operator has ceased;
(c) the Platform Operator no longer meets the conditions laid down
in point (b) of subparagraph A(4) of Section I , subparagraph A(4),
point (b) ;
(d) the Member State revoked the registration with its competent
authority pursuant to subparagraph F(7).
6. Each Member State shall forthwith notify the Commission of any
Platform Operator within the meaning of point (b) of subparagraph A(4) of
Section I , subparagraph A(4), point (b) that commences its activity as a
Platform Operator while failing to register itself pursuant to this paragraph.
Where a Reporting Platform Operator does not comply with the obligation to
register or where its registration has been revoked in accordance with
subparagraph F(7) of this Section, Member States shall, without prejudice to
Article 3425a, take effective, proportionate and dissuasive measures to enforce
compliance within their jurisdiction. The choice of such measures shall remain
within the discretion of Member States. Member States shall also endeavour to
coordinate their actions aimed at enforcing compliance, including the
prevention of the Reporting Platform Operator from being able to operate
within the Union as a last resort.
7. Where a Reporting Platform Operator does not comply with the
obligation to report in accordance with subparagraph A(3) of Section III ,
subparagraph A(3) of this Annex after two reminders by the Member State
of single registration, that the Member State shall, in accordance
with without prejudice to Article 3425a, take the necessary measures to
ensure that penalties provided are implemented in case of infringements, and
to revoke the registration of the Reporting Platform Operator made pursuant
to Article 10 8ac(4). The registration shall be revoked not later than
after the expiration of 90 days but not prior to the expiration of 30 days after
the second reminder.
EN 15 EN
new
8. Member States’ competent authorities shall endeavour to notify the following
information, of which they are aware and which may be useful to the
competent authorities of the other Member States for enforcement purposes, [
in relation to cases of non-compliance] referred to in subparagraphs 6 and 7 :
(a) any identification information of the Reporting Platform Operator,
including the information listed in Section IV, subparagraph F(2), points (a) to
(e);
(b) the type of Relevant Activity within the meaning of Section I,
subparagraph A(8) facilitated by the Platform Operator and, where available,
the Member State(s) in which such Relevant Activities are carried out;
(c) a summary of the case of non-compliance, including a description of
the nature of the infringement, the reportable period to which it relates and any
other information that could assist Member States’ competent authorities
concerned in assessing the case;
(d) any compliance or enforcement action taken towards the Platform
Operator by one or more Member States, and their results if they are known.
EN 1 EN
2023/2226 Art. 1.19 and Annex
III (adapted)
new
ANNEX VI
REPORTING REQUIREMENTS, DUE DILIGENCE PROCEDURES AND OTHER
RULES APPLICABLE TO REPORTING CRYPTO-ASSET SERVICE PROVIDERS
This Annex lays down the reporting requirements, due diligence procedures and other rules to
be applied by the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Providers in order to enable Member States
to communicate, by automatic exchange, the information referred to in Article 12 8ad.
This Annex also lays down the rules and administrative procedures that Member States are to
have in place in order to ensure the effective implementation of, and compliance with, the
reporting requirements and the due diligence procedures set out herein.
SECTION I
OBLIGATIONS OF REPORTING CRYPTO-ASSET SERVICE PROVIDERS
A. A Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider as defined in Section IV,
subparagraph B(3), is subject to the reporting and due diligence requirements set out
in Sections II and III, respectively, in a Member State, if it is:
1. an Entity authorised by a Member State in accordance with Article 63
of Regulation (EU) 2023/1114 or allowed to provide Crypto-Asset Services
following a notification to a Member State in accordance with Article 60 of
that Regulation (EU) 2023/1114; or
2. not an Entity authorised by a Member State in accordance with
Article 63 of Regulation (EU) 2023/1114 or allowed to provide Crypto-Asset
Services following a notification to a Member State in accordance with
Article 60 of that Regulation (EU) 2023/1114, and it is:
(a) an Entity or individual resident for tax purposes in a Member
State;
(b) an Entity that (i) is incorporated or organised under the laws of
a Member State and (ii) either has legal personality in a Member State or
has an obligation to file tax returns or tax information returns to the tax
authorities in a Member State with respect to the income of the Entity;
(c) an Entity managed from a Member State; or
(d) an Entity or individual that has a regular place of business in a
Member State.
B. A Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider is subject to the reporting and due
diligence requirements set out in Sections II and III, respectively, in a Member State
with respect to Reportable Transactions effectuated through a Branch based in a
Member State.
C. A Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider that is an Entity is not required to
complete the reporting and due diligence requirements set out in Sections II and III,
respectively, in a Member State it is subject to pursuant to subparagraph A(2), point
(b), (c) or (d), if those requirements are completed by such Reporting Crypto-Asset
EN 2 EN
Service Provider in any other Member State or in a Qualified Non-Union Jurisdiction
by virtue of it being resident for tax purposes in such Member State or Qualified
Non-Union Jurisdiction.
D. A Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider that is an Entity is not required to
complete the reporting and due diligence requirements set out in Sections II and III,
respectively, in a Member State it is subject to pursuant to subparagraph A(2), point
(c) or (d), if those requirements are completed by such Reporting Crypto-Asset
Service Provider in any other Member State or in a Qualified Non-Union Jurisdiction
by virtue of it being an Entity that (a) is incorporated or organised under the laws of
such Member State or Qualified Non-Union Jurisdiction and (b) either has legal
personality in the other Member State or Qualified Non-Union Jurisdiction or has an
obligation to file tax returns or tax information returns to the tax authorities in the
other Member State or Qualified Non-Union Jurisdiction with respect to the income
of the Entity.
E. A Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider that is an Entity is not required to
complete the reporting and due diligence requirements set out in Sections II and III,
respectively, in a Member State it is subject to pursuant to subparagraph A(2), point
(d), if those requirements are completed by such Reporting Crypto-Asset Service
Provider in any other Member State or in a Qualified Non-Union Jurisdiction by
virtue of it being managed from such Member State or Qualified Non-Union
Jurisdiction.
F. A Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider that is an individual is not required
to complete the reporting and due diligence requirements set out in Sections II and
III, respectively, in a Member State it is subject to pursuant to subparagraph A(2),
point (d), if those requirements are completed by such Reporting Crypto-Asset
Service Provider in any other Member State or in a Qualified Non-Union Jurisdiction
by virtue of it being resident for tax purposes in such Member State or Qualified
Non-Union Jurisdiction.
G. A Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider is not required to complete the
reporting and due diligence requirements set out in Sections II and III, respectively,
in a Member State it is subject to pursuant to subparagraph A(2), point (a), (b), (c) or
(d), if it has lodged a notification with a Member State in a format specified by such
Member State confirming that those requirements are completed by such Reporting
Crypto-Asset Service Provider under the rules of any other Member State or
Qualified Non-Union Jurisdiction pursuant to criteria that are substantially similar to
subparagraph A(2), point (a), (b), (c) or (d), respectively.
H. A Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider is not required to complete the
reporting and due diligence requirements set out in Sections II and III, respectively,
in a Member State with respect to Reportable Transactions it effectuates through a
Branch in any other Member State or Qualified Non-Union Jurisdiction, if those
requirements are completed by that Branch in such other Member State or Qualified
Non-Union Jurisdiction.
SECTION II
REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
A. A Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider within the meaning of Section I,
paragraphs A and B, shall report the information set out in paragraph B of this
EN 3 EN
Section to the competent authority of the Member State where it is subject to
reporting requirements in accordance with Section I.
B. For each relevant calendar year or other appropriate reporting period, and
subject to the obligations of Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Providers set out in
Section I and the due diligence procedures set out in Section III, a Reporting Crypto-
Asset Service Provider shall report the following information with respect to its
Crypto-Asset Users that are Reportable Users or that have Controlling Persons that
are Reportable Persons:
1. the name, address, Member State(s) of residence, TIN(s) and, in the
case of an individual, date and place of birth of each Reportable User and, in
the case of any Entity that, after application of the due diligence procedures
laid down in Section III, is identified as having one or more Controlling
Persons that is a Reportable Person, the name, address, Member State(s) of
residence and TIN(s) of the Entity and the name, address, Member State(s) of
residence, TIN(s) and date and place of birth of each Controlling Person of the
Entity that is a Reportable Person, as well as the role(s) by virtue of which each
such Reportable Person is a Controlling Person of the Entity;
notwithstanding subparagraph B(1), first subparagraph, where the Reporting
Crypto-Asset Service Provider reports to a competent authority that uses an
Identification Service and relies on direct confirmation of the identity and
residence of the Reportable Person through an Identification Service made
available by a Member State or the Union to ascertain the identity and all tax
residencies of the Reportable Person, the information to be reported regarding
the Reportable Person is the name, the Identification Service identifier(s) and
the Member State(s) of issuance, as well as the role(s) by virtue of which each
Reportable Person is a Controlling Person of the Entity;
2. the name, address, TIN and, if available, the individual identification
number referred to in Article 13 8ad(7) and the global legal entity
identifier of the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider;
3. for each type of Reportable Crypto-Asset with respect to which the
Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider has effectuated Reportable
Transactions during the relevant calendar year or other appropriate reporting
period, where relevant:
(a) the full name of the type of Reportable Crypto-Asset;
(b) the aggregate gross amount paid, the aggregate number of units
and the number of Reportable Transactions in respect of acquisitions
against Fiat Currency;
(c) the aggregate gross amount received, the aggregate number of
units and the number of Reportable Transactions in respect of disposals
against Fiat Currency;
(d) the aggregate fair market value, the aggregate number of units
and the number of Reportable Transactions in respect of acquisitions
against other Reportable Crypto-Assets;
(e) the aggregate fair market value, the aggregate number of units
and the number of Reportable Transactions in respect of disposals against
other Reportable Crypto-Assets;
EN 4 EN
(f) the aggregate fair market value, the aggregate number of units
and the number of Reportable Retail Payment Transactions;
(g) the aggregate fair market value, the aggregate number of units
and the number of Reportable Transactions, and subdivided by transfer
type where known by the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider, in
respect of Transfers to the Reportable User not covered by points (b) and
(d);
(h) the aggregate fair market value, the aggregate number of units
and the number of Reportable Transactions, and subdivided by transfer
type where known by the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider, in
respect of Transfers by the Reportable User not covered by points (c), (e)
and (f); and
(i) the aggregate fair market value, as well as the aggregate number
of units of Transfers effectuated by the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service
Provider to distributed ledger addresses referred to in Regulation
(EU) 2023/1114 not known to be associated with a virtual asset service
provider or financial institution.
For the purposes of subparagraph B(3), points (b) and (c), the amount paid or
received shall be reported in the Fiat Currency in which it was paid or received.
In case the amounts were paid or received in multiple Fiat Currencies, the
amounts shall be reported in a single currency, converted at the time of each
Reportable Transaction in a manner that is consistently applied by the
Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider.
For the purposes of subparagraph B(3), points (d) to (i), the fair market value
shall be determined and reported in a single currency, valued at the time of
each Reportable Transaction in a manner that is consistently applied by the
Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider.
The information reported shall identify the Fiat Currency in which each
amount is reported.
C. Notwithstanding subparagraph B(1), the place of birth is not required to be
reported unless the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider is otherwise required to
obtain and report it under domestic law.
D. The information listed in paragraph B shall be reported annually in the
calendar year following the year to which the information relates. The first
information shall be reported for the relevant calendar year or other appropriate
reporting period as from 1 January 2026.
E. Notwithstanding paragraphs A and D of this Section, a Reporting Crypto-Asset
Service Provider within the meaning of Section I, subparagraph A(2), point (a), (b),
(c) or (d), shall not be required to provide the information set out in paragraph B of
this Section with respect to a Reportable User or Controlling Person for which the
Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider completes the reporting of such
information in a non-Union jurisdiction that is covered by an Effective Qualifying
Competent Authority Agreement with the Member State of residence of such
Reportable User or such Controlling Person.
EN 5 EN
SECTION III
DUE DILIGENCE PROCEDURES
A Crypto-Asset User is treated as a Reportable User beginning as of the date when it is
identified as such pursuant to the due diligence procedures described in this Section.
A. Due diligence procedures for Individual Crypto-Asset Users
The following procedures apply for the purpose of determining whether the
Individual Crypto-Asset User is a Reportable User.
1. When establishing the relationship with the Individual Crypto-Asset
User, or with respect to Pre-existing Individual Crypto-Asset Users by
1 January 2027, the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider shall obtain a
self-certification that allows the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider to
determine the Individual Crypto-Asset User’s residence(s) for tax purposes and
confirm the reasonableness of such self-certification based on the information
obtained by the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider, including any
documentation collected pursuant to Customer Due Diligence Procedures.
2. If at any point there is a change of circumstances with respect to an
Individual Crypto-Asset User that causes the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service
Provider to know, or have reason to know, that the original self-certification is
incorrect or unreliable, the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider cannot
rely on the original self-certification and shall obtain a valid self-certification,
or a reasonable explanation and, where appropriate, documentation supporting
the validity of the original self-certification.
B. Due diligence procedures for Entity Crypto-Asset Users
The following procedures apply for the purpose of determining whether the Entity
Crypto-Asset User is a Reportable User or an Entity, other than an Excluded Person
or an Active Entity, with one or more Controlling Persons who are Reportable
Persons.
1. Determine whether the Entity Crypto-Asset User is a Reportable
Person.
(a) When establishing the relationship with the Entity Crypto-Asset
User, or with respect to Pre-existing Entity Crypto-Assets Users by
1 January 2027, the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider shall obtain
a self-certification that allows the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service
Provider to determine the Entity Crypto-Asset User’s residence(s) for tax
purposes and confirm the reasonableness of such self-certification based
on the information obtained by the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service
Provider, including any documentation collected pursuant to Customer
Due Diligence Procedures. If the Entity Crypto-Asset User certifies that
it has no residence for tax purposes, the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service
Provider may rely on the place of effective management or the address of
the principal office to determine the residence of the Entity Crypto-Asset
User.
(b) If the self-certification indicates that the Entity Crypto-Asset
User is resident in a Member State, the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service
Provider shall treat the Entity Crypto-Asset User as a Reportable User,
unless it reasonably determines based on the self-certification or on
EN 6 EN
information in its possession or that is publicly available, that the Entity
Crypto-Asset User is an Excluded Person.
2. Determine whether the Entity has one or more Controlling Persons who
are Reportable Persons. With respect to an Entity Crypto-Asset User, other
than an Excluded Person, the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider shall
determine whether it has one or more Controlling Persons who are Reportable
Persons, unless it determines that the Entity Crypto-Asset User is an Active
Entity, based on a self-certification from the Entity Crypto-Asset User.
(a) Determining the Controlling Persons of the Entity Crypto-Asset
User. For the purpose of determining the Controlling Persons of the
Entity Crypto-Asset User, a Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider
may rely on information collected and maintained pursuant to Customer
Due Diligence Procedures, provided that such procedures are consistent
with Regulation (EU) 2024/1624 Directive (EU) 2015/849. If the
Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider is not legally required to apply
Customer Due Diligence Procedures that are consistent with Regulation
(EU) 2024/1624 Directive (EU) 2015/849, it shall apply substantially
similar procedures for the purpose of determining the Controlling
Persons.
(b) Determining whether a Controlling Person of an Entity Crypto-
Asset User is a Reportable Person. For the purpose of determining
whether a Controlling Person is a Reportable Person, a Reporting Crypto-
Asset Service Provider shall rely on a self-certification from the Entity
Crypto-Asset User or such Controlling Person that allows the Reporting
Crypto-Asset Service Provider to determine the Controlling Person’s
residence(s) for tax purposes and confirm the reasonableness of such
self-certification based on the information obtained by the Reporting
Crypto-Asset Service Provider, including any documentation collected
pursuant to Customer Due Diligence Procedures.
3. If at any point there is a change of circumstances with respect to an
Entity Crypto-Asset User or its Controlling Persons that causes the Reporting
Crypto-Asset Service Provider to know, or have reason to know, that the
original self-certification is incorrect or unreliable, the Reporting Crypto-Asset
Service Provider cannot rely on the original self-certification and shall obtain a
valid self-certification, or a reasonable explanation and, where appropriate,
documentation supporting the validity of the original self-certification.
C. Requirements for validity of self-certifications
1. A self-certification provided by an Individual Crypto-Asset User or
Controlling Person is valid only if it is signed or otherwise positively affirmed
by the Individual Crypto-Asset User or Controlling Person, it is dated at the
latest at the date of receipt and it contains the following information with
respect to the Individual Crypto-Asset User or Controlling Person:
(a) first and last name;
(b) residence address;
(c) Member State(s) or other jurisdiction(s) of residence for
tax purposes;
EN 7 EN
(d) with respect to each Reportable Person, the TIN with respect to
each Member State or other jurisdiction ;
(e) date of birth.
2. A self-certification provided by an Entity Crypto-Asset User is valid
only if it is signed or otherwise positively affirmed by the Entity Crypto-Asset
User, it is dated at the latest at the date of receipt and it contains the following
information with respect to the Entity Crypto-Asset User:
(a) legal name;
(b) address;
(c) Member State(s) or other jurisdiction(s) of residence for
tax purposes;
(d) with respect to each Reportable Person, the TIN with respect to
each Member State or other jurisdiction ;
(e) in the case of an Entity Crypto-Asset User other than an Active
Entity or an Excluded Person, the information described in subparagraph
C(1) with respect to each Controlling Person of the Entity Crypto-Asset
User, unless such Controlling Person has provided a self-certification
pursuant to subparagraph C(1), as well as the role(s) by virtue of which
each Reportable Person is a Controlling Person of the Entity, if not
already determined on the basis of Customer Due Diligence Procedures;
(f) if applicable, information as to the criteria it meets to be treated
as an Active Entity or Excluded Person.
D. General due diligence requirements
1. A Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider that is also a Financial
Institution for the purposes of this Directive may rely on the due diligence
procedures completed pursuant to Sections IV and VI of Annex I for the
purposes of the due diligence procedures pursuant to this Section. A Reporting
Crypto-Asset Service Provider may also rely on a self-certification already
collected for other tax purposes, provided such self-certification meets the
requirements of paragraph C of this Section.
2. A Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider may rely on a third party to
fulfil the due diligence obligations set out in this Section, but such obligations
remain the responsibility of the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider.
SECTION IV
DEFINED TERMS
The following terms have the meaning set out below:
A. Reportable Crypto-Asset
1. ‘Crypto-Asset’ means crypto-asset as defined in Article 3(1), point (5),
of Regulation (EU) 2023/1114.
2. ‘Central Bank Digital Currency’ means any digital Fiat Currency issued
by a Central Bank or other monetary authority.
EN 8 EN
3. ‘Central Bank’ means an institution that is by law or government
sanction the principal authority, other than the government of the jurisdiction
itself, issuing instruments intended to circulate as currency. Such an institution
may include an instrumentality that is separate from the government of the
jurisdiction, whether or not owned in whole or in part by the jurisdiction.
4. ‘Reportable Crypto-Asset’ means any Crypto-Asset other than a
Central Bank Digital Currency, Electronic Money, or any Crypto-Asset for
which the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider has adequately determined
that it cannot be used for payment or investment purposes.
5. For the purposes of this Annex, ‘Electronic Money’ or ‘E-money’
means any Crypto-Asset that is:
(a) a digital representation of a single Fiat Currency;
(b) issued on the receipt of funds for the purpose of making
payment transactions;
(c) represented by a claim on the issuer denominated in the same
Fiat Currency;
(d) accepted in payment by a natural or legal person other than the
issuer; and
(e) by virtue of regulatory requirements to which the issuer is
subject, redeemable at any time and at par value for the same Fiat
Currency upon request of the holder of the product.
The term ‘Electronic money’ or ‘E-money’ does not include a product created
for the sole purpose of facilitating the transfer of funds from a customer to
another person pursuant to instructions of the customer. A product is not
created for the sole purpose of facilitating the transfer of funds if, in the
ordinary course of business of the transferring Entity, either the funds
connected with such product are held longer than 60 days after receipt of
instructions to facilitate the transfer, or, if no instructions are received, the
funds connected with such product are held longer than 60 days after receipt of
the funds.
B. Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider
1. ‘Crypto-Asset Service Provider’ means crypto-asset service provider as
defined in Article 3(1), point (15), of Regulation (EU) 2023/1114.
2. ‘Crypto-Asset Operator’ means a provider of Crypto-Asset Services
other than a Crypto-Asset Service Provider.
3. ‘Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider’ means any Crypto-Asset
Service Provider and any Crypto-Asset Operator that conducts one or more
Crypto-Asset Services effectuating Exchange Transactions for or on behalf of a
Reportable User.
4. ‘Crypto-Asset Service’ means crypto-asset service as defined in
Article 3(1), point (16), of Regulation (EU) 2023/1114, including staking and
lending.
C. Reportable Transaction
1. ‘Reportable Transaction’ means any:
EN 9 EN
(a) Exchange Transaction; and
(b) Transfer of Reportable Crypto-Assets.
2. ‘Exchange Transaction’ means any:
(a) exchange between Reportable Crypto-Assets and Fiat
Currencies; and
(b) exchange between one or more forms of Reportable Crypto-
Assets.
3. ‘Reportable Retail Payment Transaction’ means a Transfer of
Reportable Crypto-Assets in consideration of goods or services for a value
exceeding USD 50000 (or the equivalent amount in any other currency).
4. ‘Transfer’ means a transaction that moves a Reportable Crypto-Asset
from or to the Crypto-Asset address or account of one Crypto-Asset User, other
than one maintained by the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider on behalf
of the same Crypto-Asset User, where, based on the knowledge available to the
Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider at the time of transaction, the
Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider cannot determine that the transaction
is an Exchange Transaction.
5. ‘Fiat Currency’ means the official currency of a jurisdiction, issued by
a jurisdiction or by a jurisdiction’s designated Central Bank or monetary
authority, as represented by physical banknotes or coins or by money in
different digital forms, including bank reserves and Central Bank Digital
Currencies. The term also includes commercial bank money and electronic
money products (Electronic Money).
D. Reportable User
1. ‘Reportable User’ means a Crypto-Asset User that is a Reportable
Person resident in a Member State.
2. ‘Crypto-Asset User’ means an individual or Entity that is a customer of
a Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider for the purpose of carrying out
Reportable Transactions. An individual or Entity, other than a Financial
Institution or a Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider, acting as a Crypto-
Asset User for the benefit or account of another individual or Entity as agent,
custodian, nominee, signatory, investment advisor, or intermediary, is not
treated as a Crypto-Asset User, and such other individual or Entity is treated as
the Crypto-Asset User. Where a Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider
provides a service effectuating Reportable Retail Payment Transactions for or
on behalf of a merchant, the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider shall
also treat the customer that is the counterparty to the merchant for such
Reportable Retail Payment Transactions as the Crypto-Asset User with respect
to such Reportable Retail Payment Transaction, provided that the Reporting
Crypto-Asset Service Provider is required to verify the identity of such
customer by virtue of the Reportable Retail Payment Transaction pursuant to
domestic anti-money laundering rules.
3. ‘Individual Crypto-Asset User’ means a Crypto-Asset User that is an
individual.
EN 10 EN
4. ‘Pre-existing Individual Crypto-Asset User’ means an Individual
Crypto-Asset User that has established a relationship with the Reporting
Crypto-Asset Service Provider as of 31 December 2025.
5. ‘Entity Crypto-Asset User’ means a Crypto-Asset User that is an
Entity.
6. ‘Pre-existing Entity Crypto-Asset User’ means an Entity Crypto-Asset
User that has established a relationship with the Reporting Crypto-Asset
Service Provider as of 31 December 2025.
7. ‘Reportable Person’ means a Member State Person other than an
Excluded Person.
8. ‘Member State Person’ with regard to each Member State means an
Entity or individual that is resident in any Member State under the tax laws of
that Member State, or an estate of a decedent that was a resident of any
Member State. For that purpose, an Entity such as a partnership, limited
liability partnership or similar legal arrangement that has no residence for tax
purposes shall be treated as resident in the jurisdiction in which its place of
effective management is situated.
9. ‘Controlling Persons’ means the natural persons who exercise control
over an Entity. In the case of a trust, such term means the settlor(s), the
trustee(s), the protector(s) (if any), the beneficiary(ies) or class(es) of
beneficiaries, and any other natural person(s) exercising ultimate effective
control over the trust, and in the case of a legal arrangement other than a trust,
such term means persons in equivalent or similar positions. The term
‘Controlling Persons’ shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the term
of ‘beneficial owner’ as defined in Article 2(1), point 28 of Regulation (EU)
2024/1624 Article 3, point (6), of Directive (EU) 2015/849, as far as Reporting
Crypto-Asset Service Providers are concerned.
10. ‘Active Entity’ means any Entity that meets any of the following
criteria:
(a) less than 50 % of the Entity’s gross income for the preceding
calendar year or other appropriate reporting period is passive income and
less than 50 % of the assets held by the Entity during the preceding
calendar year or other appropriate reporting period are assets that
produce or are held for the production of passive income;
(b) substantially all of the activities of the Entity consist of holding
(in whole or in part) the outstanding stock of, or providing financing and
services to, one or more subsidiaries that engage in trades or businesses
other than the business of a Financial Institution, except that an Entity
does not qualify for this status if the Entity functions (or holds itself out)
as an investment fund, such as a private equity fund, venture capital fund,
leveraged buyout fund, or any investment vehicle whose purpose is to
acquire or fund companies and then hold interests in those companies as
capital assets for investment purposes;
(c) the Entity is not yet operating a business and has no prior
operating history, but is investing capital into assets with the intent to
operate a business other than that of a Financial Institution, provided that
EN 11 EN
the Entity does not qualify for this exception after the date that is 24
months after the date of the initial organisation of the Entity;
(d) the Entity was not a Financial Institution in the past five years,
and is in the process of liquidating its assets or is reorganising with the
intent to continue or recommence operations in a business other than that
of a Financial Institution;
(e) the Entity primarily engages in financing and hedging
transactions with, or for, Related Entities that are not Financial
Institutions, and does not provide financing or hedging services to any
Entity that is not a Related Entity, provided that the group of any such
Related Entities is primarily engaged in a business other than that of a
Financial Institution; or
(f) the Entity meets all of the following requirements:
(i) it is established and operated in its jurisdiction of residence
exclusively for religious, charitable, scientific, artistic, cultural,
athletic, or educational purposes; or it is established and operated in
its jurisdiction of residence, and it is a professional organisation,
business league, chamber of commerce, labour organisation,
agricultural or horticultural organisation, civic league or an
organisation operated exclusively for the promotion of social
welfare;
(ii) it is exempt from income tax in its jurisdiction of residence;
(iii) it has no shareholders or members who have a
proprietary or beneficial interest in its income or assets;
(iv) the applicable laws of the Entity’s jurisdiction of
residence or the Entity’s formation documents do not permit any
income or assets of the Entity to be distributed to, or applied for the
benefit of, a private person or non-charitable Entity other than
pursuant to the conduct of the Entity’s charitable activities, or as
payment of reasonable compensation for services rendered, or as
payment representing the fair market value of property which the
Entity has purchased; and
(v) the applicable laws of the Entity’s jurisdiction of residence or
the Entity’s formation documents require that, upon the Entity’s
liquidation or dissolution, all of its assets be distributed to a
Governmental Entity or other non-profit organisation, or escheat to
the government of the Entity’s jurisdiction of residence or any
political subdivision thereof.
E. Excluded Person
1. ‘Excluded Person’ means:
(a) an Entity the stock of which is regularly traded on one or more
established securities markets;
(b) any Entity that is a Related Entity of an Entity described in
point (a);
(c) a Governmental Entity;
EN 12 EN
(d) an International Organisation;
(e) a Central Bank; or
(f) a Financial Institution other than an Investment Entity described
in subparagraph E(5), point (b).
2. ‘Financial Institution’ means a Custodial Institution, a Depository
Institution, an Investment Entity, or a Specified Insurance Company.
3. ‘Custodial Institution’ means any Entity that holds, as a substantial
portion of its business, Financial Assets for the account of others. An Entity
holds Financial Assets for the account of others as a substantial portion of its
business if the Entity’s gross income attributable to the holding of Financial
Assets and related financial services equals to or exceeds 20 % of the Entity’s
gross income during the shorter of: (i) the three-year period that ends on 31
December (or the final day of a non-calendar year accounting period) prior to
the year in which the determination is being made; or (ii) the period during
which the Entity has been in existence.
4. ‘Depository Institution’ means any Entity that:
(a) accepts deposits in the ordinary course of a banking or similar
business; or
(b) holds Electronic Money or Central Bank Digital Currencies for
the benefit of customers.
5. ‘Investment Entity’ means any Entity:
(a) that primarily conducts as a business one or more of the
following activities or operations for or on behalf of a customer:
(i) trading in money market instruments (cheques, bills, certificates
of deposit, derivatives, etc.); foreign exchange; exchange, interest
rate and index instruments; transferable securities; or commodity
futures trading;
(ii) individual and collective portfolio management; or
(iii) otherwise investing, administering, or managing
Financial Assets, money, or Reportable Crypto-Assets on behalf of
other persons; or
(b) the gross income of which is primarily attributable to investing,
reinvesting, or trading in Financial Assets or Reportable Crypto-Assets, if
the Entity is managed by another Entity that is a Depository Institution, a
Custodial Institution, a Specified Insurance Company, or an Investment
Entity described in subparagraph E(5), point (a).
An Entity is treated as primarily conducting as a business one or more of the
activities described in subparagraph E(5), point (a), or an Entity’s gross income
is primarily attributable to investing, reinvesting, or trading in Financial Assets
or Reportable Crypto-Assets for the purposes of subparagraph E(5), point (b),
if the Entity’s gross income attributable to the relevant activities equals to or
exceeds 50 % of the Entity’s gross income during the shorter of: (i) the three-
year period ending on 31 December of the year preceding the year in which the
EN 13 EN
determination is made; or (ii) the period during which the Entity has been in
existence.
For the purposes of subparagraph E(5), point (a)(iii), the term ‘otherwise
investing, administering, or managing Financial Assets, money, or Reportable
Crypto-Assets on behalf of other persons’ does not include the provision of
services effectuating Exchange Transactions for or on behalf of customers. The
term ‘Investment Entity’ does not include an Entity that is an Active Entity
because it meets any of the criteria in subparagraph D(10), points (b) to (e).
This subparagraph shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the similar
language set out in the definition of ‘financial institution’ in Article 2(1),
point 6 of Regulation (EU) 2024/1624 Article 3, point (2), of Directive
(EU) 2015/849.
6. ‘Specified Insurance Company’ means any Entity that is an insurance
company (or the holding company of an insurance company) that issues, or is
obligated to make payments with respect to, a Cash Value Insurance Contract
or an Annuity Contract.
7. ‘Governmental Entity’ means the government of a jurisdiction, any
political subdivision of a jurisdiction (which, for the avoidance of doubt,
includes a state, province, county, or municipality), or any wholly owned
agency or instrumentality of a jurisdiction or of any one or more of the
foregoing. This category is comprised of the integral parts, controlled entities,
and political subdivisions of a jurisdiction.
(a) An ‘integral part’ of a jurisdiction means any person,
organisation, agency, bureau, fund, instrumentality, or other body,
however designated, that constitutes a governing authority of a
jurisdiction. The net earnings of the governing authority shall be credited
to its own account or to other accounts of the jurisdiction, with no portion
inuring to the benefit of any private person. An integral part does not
include any individual who is a sovereign, official, or administrator
acting in a private or personal capacity.
(b) A ‘controlled entity’ means an Entity that is separate in form
from the jurisdiction or that otherwise constitutes a separate juridical
entity, provided that:
(i) the Entity is wholly owned and controlled by one or more
Governmental Entities directly or through one or more controlled
entities;
(ii) the Entity’s net earnings are credited to its own account or to
the accounts of one or more Governmental Entities, with no portion
of its income inuring to the benefit of any private person; and
(iii) the Entity’s assets vest in one or more Governmental
Entities upon dissolution.
(c) Income does not inure to the benefit of private persons if such
persons are the intended beneficiaries of a governmental programme, and
the programme activities are performed for the general public with
respect to the common welfare or relate to the administration of some
phase of government. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, income is
EN 14 EN
considered to inure to the benefit of private persons if the income is
derived from the use of a governmental entity to conduct a commercial
business, such as a commercial banking business, that provides financial
services to private persons.
8. ‘International Organisation’ means any international organisation or
wholly owned agency or instrumentality thereof. This category includes any
intergovernmental organisation (including a supranational organisation):
(a) that is comprised primarily of governments;
(b) that has in effect a headquarters or substantially similar
agreement with the jurisdiction; and
(c) the income of which does not inure to the benefit of private
persons.
9. ‘Financial Asset’ includes a security (for example, a share of stock in a
corporation; partnership or beneficial ownership interest in a widely held or
publicly traded partnership or trust; note, bond, debenture, or other evidence of
indebtedness), partnership interest, commodity, swap (for example, interest rate
swaps, currency swaps, basis swaps, interest rate caps, interest rate floors,
commodity swaps, equity swaps, equity index swaps, and similar agreements),
Insurance Contract or Annuity Contract, or any interest (including a futures or
forward contract or option) in a security, Reportable Crypto-Asset, partnership
interest, commodity, swap, Insurance Contract, or Annuity Contract. The term
‘Financial Asset’ does not include a non-debt, direct interest in real property.
10. ‘Equity Interest’ means, in the case of a partnership that is a Financial
Institution, either a capital or profits interest in the partnership. In the case of a
trust that is a Financial Institution, an Equity Interest is considered to be held
by any person treated as a settlor or beneficiary of all or a portion of the trust,
or any other natural person exercising ultimate effective control over the trust.
A Reportable Person will be treated as being a beneficiary of a trust if such
Reportable Person has the right to receive directly or indirectly (for example,
through a nominee) a mandatory distribution or may receive, directly or
indirectly, a discretionary distribution from the trust.
11. ‘Insurance Contract’ means a contract (other than an Annuity Contract)
under which the issuer agrees to pay an amount upon the occurrence of a
specified contingency involving mortality, morbidity, accident, liability, or
property risk.
12. ‘Annuity Contract’ means a contract under which the issuer agrees to
make payments for a period of time determined in whole or in part by reference
to the life expectancy of one or more individuals. The term also includes a
contract that is considered to be an Annuity Contract in accordance with the
law, regulation, or practice of the Member State or other jurisdiction in which
the contract was issued, and under which the issuer agrees to make payments
for a term of years.
13. ‘Cash Value Insurance Contract’ means an Insurance Contract (other
than an indemnity reinsurance contract between two insurance companies) that
has a Cash Value.
EN 15 EN
14. ‘Cash Value’ means the greater of (i) the amount that the policyholder
is entitled to receive upon surrender or termination of the contract (determined
without reduction for any surrender charge or policy loan) and (ii) the amount
the policyholder can borrow under or with regard to the contract.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term ‘Cash Value’ does not include an
amount payable under an Insurance Contract:
(a) solely by reason of the death of an individual insured under a
life insurance contract;
(b) as a personal injury or sickness benefit or other benefit
providing indemnification of an economic loss incurred upon the
occurrence of the event insured against;
(c) as a refund of a previously paid premium (less cost of insurance
charges whether or not actually imposed) under an Insurance Contract
(other than an investment-linked life insurance or annuity contract) due
to cancellation or termination of the contract, decrease in risk exposure
during the effective period of the contract, or arising from the correction
of a posting or similar error with regard to the premium for the contract;
(d) as a policyholder dividend (other than a termination dividend)
provided that the dividend relates to an Insurance Contract under which
the only benefits payable are described in point (b); or
(e) as a return of an advance premium or premium deposit for an
Insurance Contract for which the premium is payable at least annually if
the amount of the advance premium or premium deposit does not exceed
the next annual premium that will be payable under the contract.
F. Miscellaneous
1. ‘Customer Due Diligence Procedures’ means the customer due
diligence procedures of a Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider pursuant to
Regulation (EU) 2024/1624Directive (EU) 2015/849 or similar requirements to
which such Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider is subject.
2. ‘Entity’ means a legal person or a legal arrangement, such as a
corporation, partnership, trust, or foundation.
3. An Entity is a ‘Related Entity’ of another Entity if either Entity controls
the other Entity, or the two Entities are under common control. For this
purpose, control includes direct or indirect ownership of more than 50 % of the
vote and value in an Entity.
4. ‘Branch’ means a unit, business or office of a Reporting Crypto-Asset
Service Provider that is treated as a branch under the regulatory regime of a
jurisdiction or that is otherwise regulated under the laws of a jurisdiction as
separate from other offices, units, or branches of the Reporting Crypto-Asset
Service Provider. All units, businesses, or offices of a Reporting Crypto-Asset
Service Provider in a single jurisdiction shall be treated as a single branch.
5. ‘Effective Qualifying Competent Authority Agreement’ means an
agreement between the competent authorities of a Member State and a non-
Union jurisdiction that requires the automatic exchange of information
corresponding to that specified in Section II, paragraph B, of this Annex, as
EN 16 EN
determined by an implementing act in accordance with Article 14.
8ad(11).
6. ‘Qualified Non-Union Jurisdiction’ means a non-Union jurisdiction that
has in effect an Effective Qualifying Competent Authority Agreement with the
competent authorities of all Member States which are identified as reportable
jurisdictions in a list published by the non-Union jurisdiction.
7. ‘TIN’ means Taxpayer Identification Number (or functional equivalent
in the absence of a Taxpayer Identification Number). The TIN is any number
or code that a competent authority uses to identify a taxpayer.
8. ‘Identification Service’ means an electronic process made available
free of charge by a Member State or the Union to a Reporting Crypto-Asset
Service Provider for the purpose of ascertaining the identity and tax residence
of a Crypto-Asset User.
SECTION V
EFFECTIVE IMPLEMENTATION
A. Rules to enforce the collection and verification requirements laid down in
Section III
1. Member States shall take the necessary measures to require Reporting
Crypto-Asset Service Providers to enforce the collection and verification
requirements under Section III in relation to their Crypto-Asset Users.
2. Where a Crypto-Asset User does not provide the information required
under Section III after two reminders following the initial request by the
Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider, but not prior to the expiration of 60
days, the Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider shall prevent the Crypto-
Asset User from performing Reportable Transactions.
B. Rules requiring Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Providers to keep records of
the steps undertaken and any information relied upon for the performance of the
reporting requirements and due diligence procedures and adequate measures to
obtain those records
1. Member States shall take the necessary measures to require Reporting
Crypto-Asset Service Providers to keep records of the steps undertaken and
any information relied upon for the performance of the reporting requirements
and due diligence procedures set out in Sections II and III, respectively. Such
records shall remain available for a sufficiently long period of time and in any
event for a period of not less than five years but not more than 10 years
following the end of the period within which the Reporting Crypto-Asset
Service Provider is required to report the information if the information is
reportable pursuant to Section II.
2. Member States shall take the necessary measures, including the
possibility of addressing an order for reporting to Reporting Crypto-Asset
Service Providers, in order to ensure that all necessary information is reported
to the competent authority so that the latter can comply with the obligation to
communicate information in accordance with Article 128ad(3).
EN 17 EN
C. Administrative procedures to verify compliance of Reporting Crypto-Asset
Service Providers with the reporting requirements and due diligence procedures
Member States shall lay down administrative procedures to verify the compliance of
Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Providers with the reporting requirements and due
diligence procedures set out in Sections II and III, respectively.
D. Administrative procedures to follow up with Reporting Crypto-Asset Service
Providers where incomplete or inaccurate information is reported
Member States shall lay down procedures for following up with Reporting Crypto-
Asset Service Providers where the reported information is incomplete or inaccurate.
E. Administrative procedure for authorisation of a Crypto-Asset Service Provider
The competent authority of a Member State providing authorisation to Crypto-Asset
Service Providers in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2023/1114 shall communicate
on a regular basis and at the latest before 31 December of the relevant calendar year
or other appropriate reporting period to the competent authority under this Directive,
if that is a different authority, a list of all authorised Crypto-Asset Service Providers.
F. Administrative procedure for single registration of a Crypto-Asset Operator
1. A Crypto-Asset Operator that is a Reporting Crypto-Asset Service
Provider as defined in Section IV, subparagraph B(3), shall register, pursuant
to Article 13 8ad(7), with the competent authority of the Member State,
determined in accordance with Section I, subparagraph A(2), point (a), (b), (c)
or (d), or paragraph B, before the end of the period within which such Crypto-
Asset Operator must report the information set out in Section II, paragraph B.
If such Crypto-Asset Operator fulfils the conditions in Section I, subparagraph
A(2), point (a), (b), (c) or (d), or paragraph B, respectively, in more than one
Member State, it shall register, pursuant to Article 13 8ad(7),with the
competent authority of one of those Member States, before the end of the
period within which the Crypto-Asset Operator must report the information set
out in Section II, paragraph B.
Notwithstanding subparagraph F(1), first subparagraph, a Crypto-Asset
Operator that is a Reporting Crypto-Asset Service Provider as defined in
Section IV, subparagraph B(3), shall not register with the competent authority
of a Member State in which such Crypto-Asset Operator is not required to
complete the reporting and due diligence requirements set out in Sections II
and III, respectively, pursuant to Section I, paragraph C, D, E, F, G or H, by
virtue of such requirements being completed by such Crypto-Asset Operator in
any other Member State or in a Qualified Non-Union Jurisdiction .
2. Upon registration, the Crypto-Asset Operator shall communicate to the
Member State of its single registration, determined in accordance with
subparagraph F(1), the following information:
(a) name;
(b) postal address;
(c) electronic addresses, including websites;
(d) any TIN issued to the Crypto-Asset Operator;
EN 18 EN
(e) Member States in which Reportable Users are residents within
the meaning of Section III, paragraphs A and B;
(f) any Qualified Non-Union Jurisdiction as referred to in Section
I, paragraph C, D, E, F or H.
3. The Crypto-Asset Operator shall notify the Member State of single
registration of any changes in the information provided under subparagraph
F(2).
4. The Member State of single registration shall allocate an individual
identification number to the Crypto-Asset Operator and shall notify it to the
competent authorities of all Member States by electronic means.
5. The Member State of single registration shall be able to remove a
Crypto-Asset Operator from the Crypto-Asset Operator register in the
following cases:
(a) the Crypto-Asset Operator notifies that Member State that it no
longer has Reportable Users in the Union;
(b) in the absence of a notification pursuant to point (a), there are
grounds to assume that the activity of a Crypto-Asset Operator has
ceased;
(c) the Crypto-Asset Operator no longer meets the conditions laid
down in Section IV, subparagraph B(2);
(d) the Member State revoked the registration with its competent
authority pursuant to subparagraph F(7).
6. Each Member State shall forthwith notify the Commission of any
Crypto-Asset Operator within the meaning of Section IV, subparagraph B(2),
that has Reportable Users resident in the Union while failing to register itself
pursuant to this paragraph. Where a Crypto-Asset Operator does not comply
with the obligation to register or where its registration has been revoked in
accordance with subparagraph F(7) of this Section, Member States shall,
without prejudice to Article 3425a, take effective, proportionate and dissuasive
measures to enforce compliance within their jurisdiction. The choice of such
measures shall remain within the discretion of Member States. Member States
shall also endeavour to coordinate their actions aimed at enforcing compliance,
including the prevention of the Crypto-Asset Operator from being able to
operate within the Union as a last resort.
7. Where a Crypto-Asset Operator does not comply with the obligation to
report in accordance with Section II, paragraph B, of this Annex after two
reminders by the Member State of single registration, the Member State of
single registration shall, without prejudice to Article 3425a, take the necessary
measures to revoke the registration of the Crypto-Asset Operator made
pursuant to Article 13 8ad(7).The registration shall be revoked not later
than after the expiration of 90 days but not prior to the expiration of 30 days
after the second reminder.
EN 1 EN
2025/872 Art. 1.11 and Annex
(adapted)
ANNEX VII
Filing rules and standard template for Top-up tax information return
SECTION I
DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this Annex, the following definitions apply:
(1) ‘Implementing Member State’ means a Member State that has implemented
either a qualified income inclusion rule (IIR) or a qualified undertaxed profit rule
(UTPR), as defined in Article 3, points (18) and (43), respectively, of Directive (EU)
2022/2523, or both, for the given Reporting fiscal year;
(2) ‘Qualified domestic top-up tax (QDTT)-only Member State’ means a Member
State that has only implemented a qualified domestic top-up tax, as defined in
Article 3, point (28), of Directive (EU) 2022/2523 for the given Reporting fiscal
year;
(3) ‘Top-up tax information return’ means the information return filed by an
ultimate parent entity, designated filing entity, designated local entity or constituent
entity for which a standard template is set Article 15 of this Directive out in
Section IV of this Annex;
(4) ‘General section’ means the section of the Top-up tax information return that
contains general information on the MNE group as a whole, including its corporate
structure and a high-level summary of the application of Directive (EU) 2022/2523,
such section being consistent with Section 1 of the standard template for the Top-up
tax information return;
(5) ‘Jurisdictional sections’ means the sections of the Top-up tax information
return that contain information on the detailed application of the qualified IIR,
qualified UTPR and qualified domestic top-up tax in respect of each jurisdiction
where the MNE group is operating, such sections being consistent with Sections 2
and 3 of the standard template for the Top-up tax information return;
(6) ‘Reporting fiscal year’ means the fiscal year to which the Top-up tax
information return relates.
SECTION II
FILING REQUIREMENTS
The constituent entity filing the Top-up tax information return shall identify the relevant
sections and the relevant Member States that the information shall be distributed to pursuant
to the dissemination approach set out in Article 158ae.
EN 2 EN
SECTION III
FILING FORMAT AND EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION FOR LARGE-SCALE
DOMESTIC GROUPS WITH JOINT VENTURES
When a parent entity of a large-scale domestic group holds a direct or indirect ownership
interest in a joint venture or joint venture affiliate that is subject to a qualified domestic top-up
tax in a Member State other than the Member State where the large-scale domestic group is
located, such large-scale domestic group shall use the standard form template for the
Top-up tax information return as defined set out in Article 15 Section IV of
this Annex.
In cases covered by the first subparagraph, Member States shall take the necessary measures
to ensure that Article 158ae (2) and Article 229a apply.
SECTION IV
DATA POINTS
1. MNE group information
1.1. Identification of the filing constituent entity
1. UPE
is the filing
constituent
entity
2.
Nam
e of the
filing
constituent
entity
3.
T
ax
identific
ation
number
4.
Role
5. Jurisdiction
where the filing
constituent entity is
located
6. Recipient
Jurisdictions for
Exchange of
Information (if
relevant)
Yes/No
1.2. MNE group general information
1.2.1. MNE group and Reporting fiscal year
1. Name of the
MNE group
2. Start date of the
Reporting fiscal year
3. End date of the
Reporting fiscal year
4.
Amende
d return
Yes/No
1.2.2. MNE general accounting information
1. Consolidated
financial statements of
the UPE (type)
2. Financial accounting
standard used for the
consolidated financial
statements of the UPE
3. Presentation currency used
for the consolidated financial
statements of the UPE (ISO code)
EN 3 EN
1.3. Corporate structure
1.3.1. Ultimate parent entity
1. UPE Jurisdiction
2. Applicable rules?
3. Name of the UPE
4. TIN of the UPE
5. TIN of the UPE in the filing jurisdiction (if different, and if any)
6. Status for purposes of the rules
7. If the UPE is an excluded entity – Type
8. The jurisdiction in which a dual resident parent entity is deemed to be subject to
qualified IIR (if based on the rules that parent entity is deemed to be located in another
jurisdiction where it is in not subject to qualified IIR) (if any)
1.3.2. Group entities (other than the UPE) and members of joint venture groups
1.3.2.1. Constituent entities and members of joint venture groups
Changes 1. Changes from previous Reporting fiscal
year?
Yes/No
Jurisdiction 2. Jurisdiction
3. Applicable rules?
Identification of the
constituent entity, joint
venture or joint venture
affiliate
4. Name of constituent entity, joint venture or
joint venture affiliate
5. TIN
6 TIN for filing jurisdiction (if any)
7. Status for purposes of the rules
Ownership structure of the
constituent entity, joint
venture or joint venture
affiliate
For each entity holding ownership interests in the
constituent entity, joint venture or joint venture
affiliate:
8. Type
9. TIN (for constituent entities or
members of joint venture groups)
10. Ownership interest held
(percentage)
EN 4 EN
If the constituent entity is
a partially owned parent
entity or an intermediate
parent entity, is the entity
required to apply a qualified
IIR?
11. Parent entity status
12. If the intermediate parent entity shall not
apply IIR, because the UPE is subject to qualified
IIR or there is another intermediate parent entity
that owns a controlling interest in it and is subject
to qualified IIR, identify the UPE or the other
intermediate parent entity (TIN)
13. If the partially owned parent entity shall not
apply IIR, because another partially owned parent
entity that is subject to qualified IIR holds 100 %
of its ownership interests, identify the other
partially owned parent entity required to apply
a qualified IIR (TIN)
Is UTPR applicable in
respect of the entity?
14. Initial phase of international activity
applicable?
Yes/No
15. Aggregate ownership interests (respectively
allocable share of top-up taxes) of parent entities
required to apply a qualified IIR in respect of the
constituent entity (respectively member of joint
venture group) (in percentage)
16. Are the UPE's ownership interests in the
constituent entity (respectively UPE’s allocable
share of top-up tax for the member of joint venture
group) greater than the aggregate ownership
interests (respectively allocable share) of parent
entities required to apply a qualified IIR in that
constituent entity (respectively member of joint
venture group)?
Yes/No
1.3.2.2. Excluded entities
1. Changes from previous Reporting fiscal
year?
Yes/No
2. Name of the excluded entity
3. Type of the excluded entity
1.3.3. Changes in the corporate structure that occurred during the Reporting fiscal year
Were changes in the corporate structure that occurred during the Reporting fiscal
year not reported because they neither affected the effective tax rate computation or
the computation or allocation of top-up tax?
Yes/No
EN 5 EN
1.
Name
of the
constitu
ent
entity
(or
other
entity
of the
MNE
group)
or
member
of joint
venture
group
2.
TIN
3.
Effectiv
e date
of the
change
4.
Status
before
the
change
5.
S
tatus
after the
change
6.
Entities
holding
owners
hip
interests
in that
constitu
ent
entity
(or
other
entity)
or
member
of joint
venture
group
before
or after
the
change
7.
Owners
hip
interests
held in
that
constitu
ent
entity
(or
other
entity)
or
member
of joint
venture
group
before
the
change
(Percent
age)
8. Ownership
interests held in
that constituent
entity (or other
entity) or member
of joint venture
group after the
change
(Percentage)
1.4. High-level summary of information
1.
Name
of the
jurisdict
ion
2.
Type of
subgrou
p (if
any)
3.
I
dentific
ation of
subgrou
p (if
any)
4.
Name(s
) of
jurisdict
ion(s)
with
taxing
rights
5.
S
afe
harbour
or
exclusio
n
applied?
6.
Effectiv
e tax
rate
range
7.
Has
applicat
ion of
substan
ce-
based
income
exclusio
n
resulted
in no
top- up
tax
arising?
8.
Top-up
tax
payable
(qualifi
ed
domesti
c top-up
tax) –
range
9.
Top-up
tax
payable
(qualifi
ed IIR/
qualifie
d
UTPR)
– range
[Insert
relevant
option]
[Insert
relevant
option]
Yes/No [Insert
relevant
option]
[Insert
relevant
option]
EN 6 EN
2. Jurisdictional safe harbours and exclusions
2.1. Characteristics of the jurisdiction
1. Name of the jurisdiction
2. Type of subgroup (if any)
3. Identification of subgroup (if any)
4. Jurisdiction with taxing rights
5. Existence of reportable differences
(Yes/No)
2.2. Jurisdictional exceptions applicable in respect of this jurisdiction (top-up tax reduced
to zero)
2.2.1. Safe harbour jurisdiction election
2.2.1.1. Safe harbour election
1. Safe Harbour
elected
[insert the relevant option]
2.2.1.2. Permanent safe harbours
Simplified calculation for non-material constituent entities
1. Total revenue of all
non-material constituent
entities in the jurisdiction
2. Aggregate simplified tax of
all non-material constituent entities
in the jurisdiction
a. Reporting fiscal
year
b. 1st preceding
fiscal year (if
applicable)
n.a.
c. 2nd preceding
fiscal year (if
applicable)
n.a.
d. Average of the
three fiscal years (if
applicable)
n.a.
EN 7 EN
2.2.1.3. Transitional safe harbours
(a) Transitional Country-by-Country Reporting (CbCR) safe harbour
1. Total revenue
2. Profit (loss) before
income tax
3. Simplified covered taxes
(b) Transitional UTPR safe harbour
1. Corporate income
tax rate
2.2.2. Election for de minimis exclusion
Election to apply the de minimis exclusion for the Reporting fiscal year
Simplified calculations for non-material constituent entities – constituent entities that
are not non-material constituent entities
1.
Revenu
e (financial
accounts)
2.
Qualifyi
ng revenue
3. Financial
accounting net
income or loss
4.
Qualifyin
g income or loss
a. Reporting
fiscal year
b. 1st
preceding fiscal
year (if applicable)
c. 2nd
preceding fiscal
year (if applicable)
d. Average of
the three fiscal
years
2.3. MNE group in the initial phase of international activity (if applicable)
1. First day of the first fiscal year in which the
MNE group originally falls within the scope of the rules
2. Reference jurisdiction
EN 8 EN
3. Net book value of tangible assets in reference
jurisdiction for the fiscal year in which the MNE group
originally falls within the scope of the rules
4. Number of jurisdictions where the MNE group
has constituent entities for the fiscal year in which the
MNE group originally falls within the scope of the rules
5. Tangible assets of constituent entities located
outside the reference jurisdiction for the fiscal year in
which the MNE group originally falls within the scope
of the rules
a. Jurisdiction
b. Net book values of tangible
assets of all constituent entities
located in each jurisdiction
6. Number of jurisdictions where the MNE group
has constituent entities during the Reporting fiscal year
7. Sum of the net book values of tangible assets of
all constituent entities located in other jurisdictions than
the reference jurisdiction during the Reporting fiscal
year
3. Computations
3.1. Characteristics of the jurisdiction
1. Name of the jurisdiction
2. Type of subgroup (if any)
3. Identification of subgroup (if any) for the effective tax rate and top-up tax
computation
4. Jurisdiction with taxing rights
5. Effective tax rate
6. Adjusted covered taxes
7. Net qualifying income or loss
8. Substance-based income exclusion
9. Additional current top-up tax
10. Top-up tax amount under domestic legislation
11. Elections
12. Aggregate current tax expense with respect to covered taxes after allocations of
covered taxes incurred by certain types of constituent entities
EN 9 EN
13. Qualified refundable tax credits or marketable transferable tax credits (tax expense)
14. Other tax credits (tax expense)
15. Deferred tax expense amount
16. Qualified refundable tax credits or marketable transferable tax credits (income)
17. Excess negative tax expense carry-forward
18. Transition rules
3.2. Effective tax rate computation
3.2.1. Effective tax rate
a. Financial
accounting net income
or loss
b. Net
qualifying
income or loss
c. Income
tax expense
d. Adjusted
covered taxes
e.
Effecti
ve tax rate
[A] [B] [C]=[B]/[A]
3.2.1.1. Computation of the qualifying income or loss
1. Aggregate financial accounting net income or loss amount after
allocations (All constituent entities in the jurisdiction)
2. Adjustments Net amount
(a) Net taxes expense
(b) Excluded dividends
(c) Excluded equity gain or loss
(d) Included revaluation method gain or loss
(e) Gain or loss from disposition of assets and liabilities excluded due to
reorganisation
(f) Asymmetric foreign currency gains or losses
(g) Policy disallowed expenses
(h) Prior period errors
(i) Changes in accounting principles
(j) Accrued pension expense
EN 10 EN
(k) Debt releases
(l) Stock-based compensation
(m) Arm’s length adjustments
(n) Qualified refundable tax credit or marketable transferable tax credit
(o) Election for gains and losses using realisation principle
(p) Election for adjusted asset gain
(q) Intragroup financing arrangement expense
(r) Election for intragroup transactions in same jurisdiction
(s) Insurance company taxes charged to policyholders
(t) Increase/decrease to equity attributed to additional tier one and
restricted tier one capital distributions paid/payable or received/receivable
(u) Constituent entities joining and leaving an MNE group
(v) Reduction of qualifying income of the UPE that is a flow-through
entity
(w) Reduction of qualifying income of the UPE that is subject to
a deductible dividend regime
(x) Taxable distribution method election
(y) International shipping income
(z) Transactions between constituent entities
3. Net qualifying income or loss of the jurisdiction
3.2.1.2. Computation of adjusted covered taxes
(a) Total amount of adjusted covered taxes
1. Aggregate current tax expense with respect to covered taxes after
allocations (All constituent entities in the jurisdiction)
2. Adjustments Net amount
(a) Covered tax accrued as an expense in the profit before taxation in the
financial accounts
(b) Qualifying loss deferred tax asset established or used
EN 11 EN
(c) Covered taxes for uncertain tax position recorded as a reduction to
covered taxes in prior year
(d) Qualified refundable tax credit or marketable transferable tax credits
recorded as a reduction to current tax expense
(e) Qualified flow-through tax benefits of qualified ownership interests
(f) Current tax expense on income excluded from qualifying income or
loss
(g) Non-qualified refundable tax credit, non-marketable transferable tax
credit or other tax credits not recorded as a reduction to current tax expense
(h) Covered taxes refunded or credited (except for any qualified
refundable tax credit, or marketable transferable tax credits) not treated as an
adjustment to current tax expense
(i) Current tax expense related to uncertain tax position
(j) Current tax expense not expected to be paid within three years
(k) Post-filing adjustments
(l) Covered taxes relating to net asset gain or net asset loss
(m) Reduction of covered taxes of the UPE that is a flow-through entity
(n) Covered taxes for qualifying income of the UPE that is reduced under
a deductible dividend regime
(o) Deemed distribution tax
(p) Taxable distribution method election
(q) Total deferred tax adjustment amount
(r) Increase or decrease in covered taxes recorded in equity or other
comprehensive income relating to amounts included in qualifying income or
loss that will be subject to tax under local tax rules
(s) Excess negative tax expense carry-forward generated
(t) Decrease in covered taxes (but not below zero) by the remaining
balance of the excess negative tax expense carry-forward
3. Adjusted covered taxes
EN 12 EN
(b) Excess negative tax expense carry-forward
1. Balance from prior years [A]
2. Excess negative tax expense carry-forward generated in the
Reporting fiscal year
[B]
3. Excess negative tax expense carry-forward utilised for the
Reporting fiscal year
[C]
4. Excess negative tax expense carry-forward remaining for
subsequent years
[D]=[A]+[B]-
[C]
(c) Transitional blended controlled foreign company (CFC) regime calculation (if any)
1. CFC
jurisdictions
2.
Subg
roup
3. Aggregated taxes allocated to that subgroup under
a blended CFC tax regime
Total
3.2.2. Jurisdictional computations relating to deferred tax accounting
3.2.2.1. Deferred tax adjustments
(a) High-level summary
1. Deferred tax
expense for purposes of the
rules before recasting and
adjustments
(a) Deferred tax expense in the financial
accounts
[A]
(b) Deferred tax expense in relation to
assets or liabilities for which the carrying
value based on the rules is different to the
accounting carrying value
[B]
(c) Deferred tax expense based on the
carrying value of assets or liabilities as
determined based on the rules
[C]
(d) Deferred tax expense for purposes of
the rules before recasting and adjustments
[D]=[A]-
[B]+[C]
2. Total amount of the adjustments [E]
3. Recasting the
deferred tax expense to the
minimum tax rate
(e) Deferred tax expense for purposes of
the rules before recasting
[F]=[D]+[E]
(f) Difference between deferred tax [G]
EN 13 EN
expense recorded at a lower tax rate than the
minimum tax rate and recast at the minimum
tax rate
(g) Difference between deferred tax
expense recorded at a higher tax rate than
the minimum tax rate and recast at the
minimum tax rate
[H]
4. Total deferred tax adjustment amount [I]=[F]+[G]-[H]
(b) Breakdown of the adjustments
1. Adjustments to deferred tax expense Net amount
(a) Deferred tax expense related to items excluded from qualifying
income or loss
(b) Deferred tax expense related to disallowed accruals
(c) Deferred tax expense related to unclaimed accruals
(d) Valuation adjustment or accounting recognition adjustment related to
a deferred tax asset
(e) Deferred tax expense arising from a re-measurement related to
changes in the tax rate
(f) Deferred tax expense related to the generation and use of tax credits
(g) Substitute loss carry-forward deferred tax asset or deemed substitute
loss carry-forward deferred tax asset
(h) Disallowed accruals or unclaimed accruals paid during the fiscal year
(i) Recapture deferred tax liability paid during the fiscal year
(j) Recognition of a loss deferred tax asset not included in the financials
(k) Deferred tax expense adjustment resulting from a reduction to a tax
rate
(l) Deferred tax expense adjustment resulting from an increase to a tax
rate
(m) Constituent entities joining and leaving an MNE group
(n) Deferred tax expense of the UPE that is a flow-through entity
(o) Deferred tax expense of the UPE that is subject to deductible dividend
regime
EN 14 EN
(p) Deferred tax adjustment resulting from transactions between
constituent entities
2. Total amount of the adjustments [E]
(c) Loss carry-backs
1. Deemed deferred tax
assets attributable to loss carry
backs
2. Covered tax refund
relating to loss carry backs
a. Amount attributed
to prior fiscal year X
b. Amount attributed
to prior fiscal year Y, etc.
c. Total
3.2.2.2. Recapture mechanism
(a) Annual amount of deferred tax liabilities subject to recapture rule
1. Amount of deferred tax liabilities subject to recapture rule claimed in the fifth fiscal
year preceding the Reporting fiscal year
2. Amount of recaptured deferred tax liability determined in the Reporting fiscal year in
relation to the fifth fiscal year preceding the Reporting fiscal year
3. Amount of deferred tax liabilities subject to recapture rule claimed for the Reporting
fiscal year
(b) Aggregate deferred tax liability recapture accounts
1. Reporting
fiscal year
2. Prior
fiscal year
a. Amount of pre-transition year deferred
tax liabilities
b. Amount of outstanding balance
c. Amount of unjustified balance
EN 15 EN
3.2.2.3. Transition rules
1. Transition
year
(a) Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at the beginning of the transition year
Deferred tax liabilities
1. Deferred tax liabilities at the beginning of the
transition year
2. Deferred tax liabilities
recast at the minimum tax rate (if
applicable)
Deferred tax assets
3. Deferred tax
assets at the
beginning of the
transition year
4. Deferred tax
assets recast at the
minimum tax rate (if
applicable)
5. Deferred tax
assets arising from
excluded items
6. Deferred tax
assets taken into
account for purposes
of the rules
[A] [B] [C] [D] = [[A] or [B], if
applicable] - [C]
(b) Transfer of assets after 30 November 2021 and before the commencement of
a transition year
1.
Jurisdict
ion of the
disposing
entities
2.
Ta
x paid in
respect of
the
transaction
(s)
3. Net
deferred tax asset
or liability
reflected in the
financial
accounts of the
disposing
constituent
entity(ies)
4. Carrying
value of the
transferred assets
for purposes of
the rules
5. Net deferred
tax asset or liability
is determined with
respect to the
transferred assets for
purposes of the rules
for acquiring
constituent entity(ies)
3.2.3. Jurisdictional elections (if any)
3.2.3.1. Jurisdictional elections
(a) Elections
1. Annual elections
a. Aggregate asset gain election
EN 16 EN
b. Immaterial decrease in covered taxes election
c. Election not to apply the substance-based income exclusion
d. Negative tax expense carry-forward
2. Five-year elections 3. Election year 4.
Revocatio
n year
e. Equity investment inclusion
election
f. Stock-based compensation election
g. Realisation-principle election
h. Intra-group transactions election
i. Election not to allocate cross-
border deferred tax
5. Other
elections
6. Election year 7. Revocation year
j. Qualifying
loss election
(b) Information requirements related to jurisdictional elections
1. Inclusion of equity gain or loss with respect to an equity
investment inclusion election
2. Balance of the owner’s investment in a qualified ownership interest
from prior years
[A]
3. Additions to the owner’s investment in a qualified ownership
interest
[B]
4. Reductions to the owner’s investment in a qualified ownership
interest
[C]
5. Outstanding balance of the owner’s investment in a qualified
ownership interest
[D]=[A]+[B]-
[C]
3.2.3.2. Deemed distribution tax election
1. Deemed distribution tax
election
EN 17 EN
(a) Recapture mechanism
1.
Fisca
l year
2.
Amo
unt of
deemed
distribution
tax
3. Deemed distribution tax paid or
used
4. Outstanding
balance of
a deemed
distribution tax
recapture account
3rd
precedi
ng
fiscal
year
2nd
precedi
ng
fiscal
year
1st
precedi
ng
fiscal
year
Reporting
fiscal year
4th
preceding
fiscal year
3rd
preceding
fiscal year
Not
applica
ble
2nd
preceding
fiscal year
Not
applica
ble
Not
applica
ble
1st
preceding
fiscal year
Not
applica
ble
Not
applica
ble
Not
applica
ble
Reporting
fiscal year
Not
applica
ble
Not
applica
ble
Not
applica
ble
Not
applicable
Not applicable
(b) Recalculation of effective tax rate and top-up tax
1. Reduction to the adjusted covered
taxes for a prior fiscal year
2. Incremental
top-up tax
3. Disposition
recapture ratio
[A] [B] [C]
3.2.4. Constituent entity computations
(a) Election for the transitional simplified jurisdictional reporting framework
1. Does the MNE group elect to apply the transitional simplified
jurisdictional reporting framework?
Yes/No
EN 18 EN
(b) Aggregated reporting for tax consolidated groups
1. Tax consolidated group
(TIN)
2. Consolidated entities
(TIN)
3.2.4.1. Qualifying income or loss
(a) Adjustments to the financial accounting net income or loss
1. Constituent entity or member of joint venture group
(TIN)
2. Financial accounting net income or loss amount after
allocations
3. Adjustments Additions Reductions
(a) Net taxes expense
(b) Excluded dividends
(c) Excluded equity gain or loss
(d) Included revaluation method gain or loss
(e) Gain or loss from disposition of assets and liabilities
excluded due to reorganisation
(f) Asymmetric foreign currency gains or losses
(g) Policy disallowed expenses
(h) Prior period errors
(i) Changes in accounting principles
(j) Accrued pension expense
(k) Debt releases
(l) Stock-based compensation
(m) Arm’s length adjustments
(n) Qualified refundable tax credit or marketable transferable
tax credits
(o) Election for gains and losses using realisation principle
(p) Election for adjusted asset gain
EN 19 EN
(q) Intragroup financing arrangement expense
(r) Election for intragroup transactions in same jurisdiction
(s) Insurance company taxes charged to policyholders
(t) Increase/decrease to equity attributed to additional tier
one and restricted tier one capital distributions paid/payable or
received/receivable
(u) Constituent entities joining and leaving an MNE group
(v) Reduction of qualifying income of the UPE that is
a flow-through entity
(w) Reduction of qualifying income of the UPE that is
subject to a deductible dividend regime
(x) Taxable distribution method election
(y) International shipping income
(z) Transactions between constituent entities
4. Qualifying income or loss of the constituent entity or
member of joint venture group
(b) Cross-border allocation of income or loss between a main entity and a permanent
establishment and of a flow-through entity
1.
C
onstituent
entity or
members
of joint
venture
groups
located in
this
jurisdictio
n or
stateless
constituen
t entity
(TIN)
2.
F
inancial
accounti
ng net
income
or loss
before
the
adjustme
nt
3.
Ba
sis for the
adjustmen
t
4.
O
ther
constitue
nt entity
or
member
of joint
venture
group
(TIN)
5.
Ju
risdiction
of other
constituen
t entity or
member
of joint
venture
group
(ISO)
6.
A
dditions
to this
constitue
nt entity
7.
Re
ductions
to this
constituen
t entity
8.
F
inancial
accounti
ng net
income
or loss
after the
adjustme
nt
EN 20 EN
(c) Cross-border adjustments
1.
Constitu
ent entity or
member of joint
venture group
(TIN)
2.
B
asis for
the
adjustme
nt
3.
Oth
er
constituent
entity or
member of
joint
venture
group
(TIN)
4.
Jurisdict
ion of other
constituent
entity (ISO)
5.
Additi
ons to this
constituent
entity
6.
Reduct
ions to this
constituent
entity
(d) Adjustments to the qualifying income of the UPE that is a flow-through entity or is
subject to a deductible dividend regime
1. Constituent
entity (or member of
joint venture group)
located in this
jurisdiction (TIN)
2.
B
asis for
reductio
n
3. Identification
of holders of
ownership interests
or dividend recipients
4.
Ownersh
ip interest
directly held (in
percentage)
5.
Reducti
ons for this
constituent
entity
3.2.4.2. Adjusted covered taxes
(a) Adjustments to the current tax expense in the financial accounts
1. Constituent entity or member of joint venture group
(TIN)
2. Current tax expense with respect to covered taxes after
allocations
3. Adjustments Additions Reductions
(a) Covered tax accrued as an expense in the profit before
taxation in the financial accounts
(b) Covered taxes for uncertain tax position recorded as
a reduction to covered taxes in prior year
(c) Qualified refundable tax credit or marketable transferable
tax credits recorded as a reduction to current tax expense
(d) Qualified flow-through tax benefits of qualified
ownership interests
(e) Current tax expense on income excluded from qualifying
EN 21 EN
income or loss
(f) Non-qualified refundable tax credit, non-marketable
transferable tax credits or other tax credits not recorded as
a reduction to current tax expense
(g) Covered taxes refunded or credited (except for any
qualified refundable tax credit, or marketable transferable tax
credits) not treated as an adjustment to current tax expense
(h) Current tax expense related to uncertain tax position
(i) Current tax expense not expected to be paid within three
years
(j) Post-filing adjustments
(k) Covered taxes relating to net asset gain or net asset loss
(l) Reduction of covered taxes of the UPE that is a flow-
through entity
(m) Covered taxes for qualifying income of the UPE that is
reduced under a deductible dividend regime
(n) Deemed distribution tax
(o) Taxable distribution method election
(p) Total deferred tax adjustment amount
(q) Increase or decrease in covered taxes recorded in equity
or other comprehensive income relating to amounts included in
qualifying income or loss that will be subject to tax under local
tax rules
4. Adjusted covered taxes
(b) Cross allocation of taxes
1.
C
onstituent
entity
located in
this
jurisdictio
n or
stateless
constituen
t entity
2.
C
overed
taxes of
the
constitue
nt entity
(or
member
of joint
venture
3.
Ba
sis for the
adjustmen
t
4.
O
ther
constitue
nt entity
(or
member
of joint
venture
group)
5.
Ju
risdiction
of other
constituen
t entity
(or
member
of joint
venture
group)
6.
A
dditions
to this
constitue
nt entity
7.
Re
ductions
to this
constituen
t entity
8.
C
overed
taxes of
the
constitue
nt entity
(or
member
of joint
venture
EN 22 EN
(or
member
of joint
venture
group)
(TIN)
group)
before
the
adjustme
nt
(TIN) (ISO) group)
after the
adjustme
nt
(c) Deferred tax expense
1. Constituent entity or member of joint venture group
(TIN)
2. Deferred tax expense amount for purposes of the rules
3. Adjustments to deferred tax expense Additions Reductions
(a) Deferred tax expense related to items excluded from
qualifying income or loss
(b) Deferred tax expense related to disallowed accruals
(c) Deferred tax expense related to unclaimed accruals
(d) Valuation adjustment or accounting recognition
adjustment related to a deferred tax asset
(e) Deferred tax expense arising from a re-measurement
related to changes in the tax rate
(f) Deferred tax expense related to the generation and use of
tax credits
(g) Substitute loss carry forward DTA or deemed substitute
loss carry forward DTA
(h) Disallowed accruals or unclaimed accruals paid during
the fiscal year
(i) Recapture deferred tax liability paid during the fiscal year
(j) Recognition of a loss deferred tax asset not included in
the financials
(k) Deferred tax expense adjustment resulting from
a reduction to a tax rate
(l) Deferred tax expense adjustment resulting from an
increase to a tax rate
(m) Constituent entities joining and leaving an MNE group
EN 23 EN
(n) Deferred tax expense of the UPE that is a flow-through
entity
(o) Deferred tax expense of the UPE that is subject to
deductible dividend regime
(p) Deferred tax adjustment resulting from transactions
between constituent entities
4. Difference between deferred tax expense recorded at
a lower tax rate than the minimum tax rate and recast at
minimum tax rate
5. Difference between deferred tax expense recorded at
a higher tax rate than the minimum tax rate and recast at
minimum tax rate
6. Total deferred tax adjustment amount
3.2.4.3. Constituent entity elections (or elections that apply to a joint venture group)
1. Constituent entities (or member of joint venture
group) for which an election is made (TIN)
2. Annual
elections
a. Election to apply the simplified
calculations for non-material constituent
entities (simplified calculations safe
harbour)
b. Debt release election
c. Unclaimed accrual election
3. Five-
year elections
4.
Elec
tion year
5.
Revoca
tion year
d. Not treating an entity as an excluded
entity election
e. Inclusion of all dividends with
respect to portfolio shareholdings
f. Treating foreign exchange gains or
losses attributable to hedging as an
excluded equity gain or loss
g. Investment entity tax transparency
election
EN 24 EN
h. Taxable distribution method
election
i. Unclaimed accrual five-year
election
6. Other
elections
j. Qualifying loss election
k. Fair value election
1. Constituent entities (or members
of joint venture groups) for which the
election is made (TIN)
2. Fiscal
year of the
triggering event
3. Inclusion in the fiscal
year of the triggering event or
five-year inclusion
3.2.4.4. International shipping income exclusion
(a) International shipping income exclusion
1. Constituent entity or member of joint venture group located in this
jurisdiction (TIN)
International shipping
income
2. Category
3. Revenue [A]
4. Costs [B]
5. International shipping income [C]=[A]-[B]
Qualified ancillary
international shipping
income
6. Category
7. Revenue [D]
8. Costs [E]
9. Qualified ancillary international shipping
income
[F]=[D]-[E]
Effect on substance-
based income
exclusion
10. Payroll costs attributable to the excluded
international shipping income or qualified ancillary
international shipping income
11. Carrying value of tangible assets used in the
generation of the excluded international shipping
income or qualified ancillary international shipping
income
Covered taxes 12. Covered taxes attributable to the excluded
EN 25 EN
international shipping income or qualified ancillary
international shipping income
(b) Jurisdictional cap for the qualified ancillary international shipping income exclusion
1. Total international shipping income for all constituent entities (or
members of joint venture group)
[A]
2. 50 % cap 50 %x[A]
3. Total qualified ancillary international shipping income for all
constituent entities (or members of joint venture group)
[B]
4. Excess of the cap if B exceeds 50 % of A [B]-50 %x[A]
3.2.4.5. Information for purposes of election to apply taxable distribution method (if
applicable)
Taxable distribution method election
1. Constituent
entity-owner (or
member of joint
venture group) for
which an election
is made (TIN)
2.
Investme
nt entity for
which the
election is made
(TIN)
3. Actual
and deemed
distributions of
the investment
entity’s
qualifying
income received
by the
constituent
entity-owner
4.
Lo
cal
creditable
tax gross-
up
incurred
by the
investment
entity
5. Constituent
entity-owner’s
proportionate share
of the investment
entity’s
undistributed net
qualifying income
3.2.4.6. Other accounting standard
1. Constituent entity (or member of joint venture group)
with financial accounting net income or loss based on
a different accounting standard (TIN)
2. Acceptable or
authorised financial
accounting standard
3.3. Top-up tax computation
3.3.1. Top-up tax
a.
To
p-up tax
percentage
b. Substance-
based income
exclusion
c.
Ex
cess
profit
d.
Addit
ional top-up
tax
e.
Pay
able
domestic
f. Top-up
tax
EN 26 EN
top-up tax
[A]=15 %
- effective
tax rate
[B] [C] = net
qualifying
income or
loss -[B]
[D] [E] =[A]x[C]+[D]-
[E]
3.3.2. Computation of substance-based income exclusion (if applicable)
3.3.2.1. Total amount of the substance-based income exclusion
Payroll carve-out Tangible assets carve-out Total
1.
Releva
nt eligible
payroll costs
of eligible
employees
performing
activities in
the jurisdiction
2.
Applicat
ion of relevant
mark-up
percentage for
the Reporting
fiscal year
3.
Carryin
g value of
relevant
eligible
tangible assets
located in the
jurisdiction
4.
Applicati
on of relevant
mark-up
percentage for
the Reporting
fiscal year
5. Substance-
based income
exclusion
[A] [B] [C] [D] [E]=[A]x[B]+[C]x[D
]
3.3.2.2. Allocation of eligible payroll costs and carrying value of eligible tangible assets to
permanent establishments for purposes of the substance-based income exclusion
1.
Rele
vant eligible
payroll costs
2.
Carryin
g value of
relevant
eligible
tangible assets
3.
Jurisdictio
n of permanent
establishments
4. Relevant
eligible payroll
costs allocated to
permanent
establishments
5. Carrying
value of relevant
eligible tangible
assets allocated to
permanent
establishments
3.3.2.3. Allocation of eligible payroll costs and carrying value of eligible tangible assets of
a flow-through entity for purposes of the substance-based income exclusion
1.
Rele
vant eligible
payroll costs
2.
Carryin
g value of
relevant
eligible
tangible assets
3. Jurisdiction
of constituent entity
owners (or
members of joint
venture group)
4. Relevant
eligible payroll
costs allocated
to constituent
entity owner (or
excluded)
5. Carrying
value of relevant
eligible tangible
assets allocated to
constituent entity
owner (or
excluded)
EN 27 EN
3.3.3. Additional current top-up tax
3.3.3.1. Additional top-up tax other than in case of a net qualifying loss in the Reporting
fiscal year
1.
Releva
nt
Article
s
2.
Releva
nt year
3.
As
previo
usly
reporte
d or
recalcu
lated
4.
Net
qualify
ing
income
/loss
5.
Adjust
ed
covere
d taxes
6.
Effecti
ve tax
rate
7.
Excess
profit
8.
Top-up
tax
percent
age
9.
Top-up
tax
10.
Additi
onal
top-up
tax
Prior
fiscal
year X
a.
Previo
usly
reporte
d
b.
Recalc
ulated
3.3.3.2. Additional top-up tax in case of a net qualifying loss for the Reporting fiscal year
1. Adjusted covered taxes for the jurisdiction (if
negative)
[A]
2. Qualifying loss for the jurisdiction [B]
3. Expected adjusted covered taxes [C]=[B]×15
%
4. Additional top-up tax [D]=[C]-[A]
3.3.4. Qualified domestic top-up tax
1. Financial accounting standard
2. Qualified domestic top-up tax amount
payable
EN 28 EN
3. Qualified domestic top-up tax minimum
tax rate (if higher than 15 %)
4. Basis for the blending of income and
taxes (if different from the IIR rules)
5. Currency used (if different from
consolidated financial statement presentation
currency)
6. Five-year election to use the consolidated
financial statement currency or the local currency
Currency Election
year
Revocation
year
7 Substance-based income exclusion
available?
Yes/No
8. De-minimis available? Yes/No
3.4. Top-up tax allocation and attribution (if any)
3.4.1. Application of the IIR in respect of this jurisdiction
1. Group entity
allocated top-up tax
a. Low-taxed constituent entity or
member of joint venture group (TIN)
b. Qualifying income of the low
taxed constituent entity or member of
joint venture group
[A]
c. Top-up tax of the low-taxed
constituent entity or the member of the
joint venture group
[C] = [T] x
[A]/[A+B+etc.]
2. Parent entities
required to apply
a qualified IIR
a. Parent entity (TIN) [Parent entity 1]
b. Parent entity jurisdiction Jurisdiction B
c. The amount of qualifying income
attributable to ownership interests held
by other owners
[D]
d. Parent entity’s inclusion ratio [F]=([A]-
[D])/[A]
3. IIR top-up tax a. Parent entity’s allocable share of
the top-up tax
[G]=[C]×[F]
b. IIR offset [H]
c. Top-up tax payable by parent
entity
[I]=[G]-[H]
EN 29 EN
3.4.2. Total UTPR top-up tax amount in respect of this jurisdiction
1. Low taxed constituent entity (or member of joint venture group) for which the
reduction of UTPR to zero does not apply (TIN)
2. Top-up tax taken into account for calculating the total UTPR top-up tax for each low-
taxed constituent entity
3. Total UTPR top-up tax amount in respect of this jurisdiction
3.4.3. Attribution of top-up tax under the UTPR
1.
U
TPR
jurisdicti
ons
2.
U
TPR top-
up tax
carry-
forward
3.
Nu
mber of
employees
4.
Net
book
value
of
tangib
le
assets
5.
U
TPR
percenta
ge
6.
U
TPR top-
up tax
amount
attribute
d for the
Reportin
g fiscal
year
7.
Additi
onal cash tax
expense
incurred by
constituent
entities in
UTPR
jurisdiction
8.
U
TPR top-
up tax
left to be
carried
forward
Total
EN 1 EN
ANNEX VIII
Part A
Repealed Directive with list of the successive amendments thereto
(referred to in Article 57)
Council Directive 2011/16/EU
(OJ L 64, 11.3.2011, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2011/16/oj)
Council Directive 2014/107/EU
OJ L 359, 16.12.2014, pp. 1–29, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2014/107/oj
Council Directive (EU) 2015/2376
OJ L 332, 18.12.2015, pp. 1–10, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2015/2376/oj
Council Directive (EU) 2016/881
OJ L 146, 3.6.2016, pp. 8–21, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2016/881/oj
Council Directive (EU) 2016/2258
OJ L 342, 16.12.2016, pp. 1–3, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2016/2258/oj
Council Directive (EU) 2018/822
OJ L 139, 5.6.2018, pp. 1–13, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2018/822/oj
Council Directive (EU) 2020/876
OJ L 204, 26.6.2020, pp. 46–48, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2020/876/oj
Council Directive (EU) 2021/514
OJ L 104, 25.3.2021, pp. 1–26, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2021/514/oj
Council Directive (EU) 2023/2226
OJ L, 2023/2226, 24.10.2023, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2023/2226/oj
Council Directive (EU) 2025/872
OJ L, 2025/872, 6.5.2025, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2025/872/oj
Part B
Time-limits for transposition into national law and dates of application
EN 2 EN
(referred to in Article 57)
Directive Time-limit for
transposition
Date of application
Council Directive 2011/16/EU
1 January 2013
(1 January 2015 as
regards Article 8)
Council Directive 2014/107/EU
31 December 2015 1 January 2016
(1 January 2017 as
far as Austria is
concerned)
Council Directive (EU) 2015/2376 31 December 2016 1 January 2017
Council Directive (EU) 2016/881 4 June 2017 5 June 2017
Council Directive (EU) 2016/2258 31 December 2017 1 January 2018
Council Directive (EU) 2018/822 31 December 2019 1 July 2020
Council Directive (EU) 2020/876 27 June 2020
Council Directive (EU) 2021/514
31 December 2022
[31 December 2023 as
regards Article 1,
point (1)(d), insofar as
it concerns Article 3,
point (26), of
Directive 2011/16/EU,
and Article 1, point
(12)]
1 January 2023.
[1 January 2024 as
regards Article 1,
point (1)(d), insofar
as it concerns Article
3, point (26), of
Directive
2011/16/EU, and
Article 1, point (12)]
Council Directive (EU) 2023/2226
31 December 2025
[31 December 2027 as
regards Article 1,
point (11), and Article
1, point (16), insofar
as it concerns Article
27c, points (3) and (4),
of Directive
1 January 2026
[1 January 2028 as
regards Article 1,
point (11), and
Article 1, point (16),
insofar as it concerns
Article 27c, points (3)
and (4), of Directive
EN 3 EN
2011/16/EU]
[31 December 2029 as
regards Article 1,
point (16), insofar as it
concerns Article 27c,
point (2), of Directive
2011/16/EU]
2011/16/EU]
[1 January 2030 as
regards Article 1,
point (16), insofar as
it concerns Article
27c, point (2), of
Directive
2011/16/EU]
Council Directive (EU) 2025/872
31 December 2025
[31 December 2027 as
regards Article 1,
point (8)]
[Pillar Two linkage:
transposition applies
upon national
implementation of the
Pillar Two Directive,
where relevant
coordination
provisions depend on
it (Article 2(4)]
1 January 2026.
[1 January 2028 as
regards Article 1,
point (8)]
[Pillar Two
dependency clause:
application of
relevant coordination
provisions takes
effect from the date
Member States
implement the Pillar
Two Directive in
national law (Article
2(4)]
_____________
EN 1 EN
ANNEX IX
CORRELATION TABLE
Directive 2011/16/EU This Directive
Article 1 Article 1
Article 2 Article 2
Article 3 Article 3
Article 4 Article 29
Article 5 Article 17
Article 5a Article 18
Article 6 Article 19
Article 7 Article 20
Article 8 Article 4
Article 8(3) Article 5
Article 8a Article 6
Article 8aa Article 7
Article 8ab Article 8
Article 8ac (1), (2), (3) Article 9
Article 8ac (4), (5), (6) Article 10
Article 8ac (7) Article 11
Article 8ad (1), (2), (3), (5) Article 12
Article 8ad (7), (8), (9), (10) Article 13
Article 8ad (11), (12) Article 14
Article 8ae Article 15
--- Article 16
Article 8b Article 46
Article 9 Article 21
Article 9a Article 22
EN 2 EN
Article 10 Article 23
Article 11 Article 24
Article 12 Article 25
Article 12a Article 26
Article 13 Article 27
Article 14 Article 28
Article 15 Article 45
Article 16 Article 30
Article 17 Article 31
Article 18 Article 32
Article 19 Article 33
Article 20 (1) – (4) Article 42
Article 20 (4) Article 43
Article 21(1) – (3) Article 44
Article 21 (7) Article 47
Article 22 Article 37
--- Article 38
--- Article 39
Article 23 Article 48
Article 23a Article 49
Article 24 Article 50
Article 25 (1) – (5) Article 40
Article 25 (6), (7), (8) Article 41
Article 25a Article 34
Article 26 Article 51
--- Article 52
Article 27 Article 53
EN 3 EN
Article 27a ---
Article 27b ---
Article 27c Article 35
--- Article 36
Article 27d Article 54
Article 28 Article 57
Article 29 Article 55
Article 2 Directive 2025/872/EU Article 56
Article 30 Article 58
Article 31 Article 59
Annex I Annex I
Annex II Annex II
Annex III Annex III
Annex IV Annex IV
Annex V Annex V
Annex VI Annex VI
Annex VII Annex VII
_____________
Resolutsiooni liik: Riigikantselei resolutsioon Viide: Rahandusministeerium / / ; Riigikantselei / / 2-5/26-01886
Resolutsiooni teema: Euroopa Liidu otsese maksustamise raamistiku lihtsustamine ja maksualase halduskoostöö tõhustamine
Adressaat: Rahandusministeerium Ülesanne: Tulenevalt Riigikogu kodu- ja töökorra seaduse § 152` lg 1 p 2 ning Vabariigi Valitsuse reglemendi § 3 lg 4 palun valmistada ette Vabariigi Valitsuse seisukohtade ja otsuste eelnõud järgmiste algatuste kohta, kaasates seejuures olulisi huvigruppe ja osapooli:
- Proposal for a COUNCIL DIRECTIVE amending Directives 2003/49/EC, 2009/133/EC, 2011/96 /EU, (EU) 2016/1164, (EU)2017/1852, (EU) 2025/50 as regards the simplification of the Union framework on direct taxation and supporting growth and competitiveness of the EU, COM(2026)560
- Proposal for a COUNCIL DIRECTIVE on administrative cooperation in the field of taxation (recast), COM(2026)308
EISi toimiku nr: 26-0278 Tähtaeg: 02.10.2026
Lisainfo: Eelnõusid on kavas arutada valitsuse 15.10.2026. aasta istungil ning Vabariigi Valitsuse reglemendi § 6 lg 6 kohaselt sellele eelneval nädalal (07.10.2026) EL koordinatsioonikogus. Esialgsed materjalid EL koordinatsioonikoguks palume esitada hiljemalt 02.10.2026.
Kinnitaja: Nele Grünberg, Euroopa Liidu asjade direktori asetäitja Kinnitamise kuupäev: 30.09.2026 Resolutsiooni koostaja: Sandra Metste [email protected],
.